NCD991278953_19980730_National Starch & Chemical Corp._FRBCERCLA RD_Draft Final Design Report OU-3-OCR

D
0
D
0
0
D
D
0
I
I
I D
i
D
I
I
m
I
m
m
m
REPORT
Final Design Report
Operable Unit 3
DRAFT
National Starch and Chemical Company
Cedar Springs Road Plant
Salisbury, North Carolina
July 1998
APPENDIX A in Notebook Binders:
See Shelves Above Filing Cabinets
i
BBL
_______________ BLASLAND, BOUCK&LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I
g
I
g
g
D
0
D
D
I
m
m
I
• •
I
TECHNICAL REPORT
Final Design Report
Operable Unit 3
DRAFT
RECEIVED
AUG 07 7998
SUPERFUNO SECTION
National Starch and Chemical Company
Cedar Springs Road Plant
Salisbury, North Carolina
July 1998
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC. __________________ _
engineers & scientists
6723 Towpath Road, P .0. Box 66
Syracuse, New York, 13214-0066
[phone]
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
I
D
0
0
D
u
I
DRAFT
Table of Contents
Section 1.
Section 2.
Section 3.
Section 4.
672808<!2,RPT •• 7/J0t,8
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1 Site History & Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2 Remedial Design/Remedial Action Requirements
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.4
Objectives ..................................... .
Report Objectives ............................... .
Design Objectives ............................... .
Report Organization ............................. .
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
Site Characterization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1
2.2
2.3
Geologic/Hydrogeologic Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Ground-Water Flow .............................. 2-1
Ground-Water Impacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
ARARs, Applicable Codes and Standards, and Other Requirements
3-1
3.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 ARARs ........................................ 3-1
3.2.1 Chemical-Specific ARARs for Ground Water ........... 3-1
3.2.2 Chemical-Specific ARARs for Surface Water . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.2.3 Location-Specific ARARs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.2.4 Action-Specific ARARs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.3 Point of Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.4 Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.4.1 Air Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Remedial Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.5
4.5.1
4.5.2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Basis of Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Pretreatment System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Existing OU1 Pretreatment Building Equipment
Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Interior Equipment Demolition ...................... 4-3
Exterior Equipment Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Building Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Ground-Water Collection System ......... ·. . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Ground-Water Collection Trench and Pumping
Well ........................................... 4-4
BlASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I
I
g
I
0
D
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 5.
Section 6.
Tables
Figures
Appendices
672808·"2.RPT --7/J0nB
4.5.3
4.6
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
4.6.4
4.6.5
4.6.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
DR.-IFT
Extraction Wells NS-49 and NS-51 ................... 4-5
Ground-Water Treatment ................... _. ...... 4-6
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Existing Equalization Tank ......................... 4-6
Low-Profile Air Stripper ............................ 4-6
Catalytic Oxidizer and Scrubbing System .............. 4-7
Caustic Storage Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Granular Activated Carbon Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Instrumentation and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Ground-Water Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Preliminary Construction Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Remedial Action Startup and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Remedial Action Operation and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
1-1
4-1
1-1
2-1
3
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
Constituents of Concern
Basis of Design Influent Concentrations
Site Location Map
Site Map
Ground-Water Impacts Map
Ground-Water Flow Modeling Information
Ground-Water Quality Test
Air Permit Application
Final Design Plans and Specifications
Final Design Calculations
Construction Management Plan
Construction Health and Safety Plan
Construction Quality Assurance Plan
Operation and Maintenance Plan
Performance Verification Plan
Engineer's Estimate of Probable Construction Cost
Preliminary·Construction Schedule
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I
m
I
I
I
D
0
D
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
1. Introduction
Blasland, Bouck & Lee, Inc. (BBL) has been retained by National Starch and Chemical Company (NSCC) to
prepare this Final Design Report (FDR) for the remedial action (RA) for Operable Unit 3 (OU3) at the Cedar
Springs Road Plant Site (Site) located in Salisbury, North Carolina. Figure 1-1 presents a site location map.
This FDR is provided to satisfy the requirements set forth in the Statement of Work (SOW) attached to the
Unilateral Administrative Order (UAO) for OU3 and OU4 dated September 22, 1995. This FDR is also prepared
in accordance with the Supplemental Remedial Design/Remedial Action (RD/RA) Work Plan prepared by BBL,
submitted on February 26, 1998 and amended by correspondence dated April 3, 1998. The Supplemental RD/RA
Work Plan was conditionally approved by t_he United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and North
Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources (NCDENR) by correspondence dated April 29, 1998.
May 8, 1998, and July 7, 1998.
Previous to this submission, NSCC submitted a Field Investigations Summary Report (FISR) which presented the
results of additional ground-water quality investigations pertinent to the remedial design. Additionally, BBL
submitted a Technical Memorandum on the Site Conceptual Model (March 1998) and a Technical Me,;norandum
for the Site Ground-Water Flow Modeling (June 1998). The Technical Memorandum for the Site Ground-Water
Flow Modeling presented an overview of the numerical ground-water flow models constructed for the Site and the
conceptual OU3 ground-water collection system. These documents are incorporated by reference into this FDR.
1.1 Site History & Description
The Site is located in Rowan County, North Carolina, approximately 5 miles south of the city of Salisbury.
Salisbury is approximately 40 miles northeast of Charlotte, North Carolina. The Site property is approximately
500 acres in size. The areas surrounding the Site are used for industrial, commercial, and residential purposes.
Figure 1-2 presents a site map.
Construction of the Cedar Springs Road Plant began in 1970. The production facility is located in the southeastern
portion of the site. Operations at the plant consist of the production of textile-finishing chemicals and custom
speciality chemicals. Chemical production takes place on a batch basis and varies depending on demand. Volatile
and semi-volatile chemicals are used in the manufacturing process at the Site and acid and alkaline solutions are
used in both manufacturing and cleaning processes. The waste stream includes reactor and feed line wash and
rinse, containing trace amounts of organic and inorganic compounds in solution.
Three wastewater lagoons were constructed in an area of natural clay at the Site during the original plant
construction. The process waste stream was discharged to these lagoons from 1970 to 1978. Lagoon 3 was lined
with concrete in 1978 and Lagoons I and 2 were excavated and lined with concrete in 1984. The three lagoons are
used for pretreatment consisting of equalization, settling, and surface aeration of the raw wastewater stream before
controlled discharge to the city of Salisbury publicly owned treatment works (POTW). Prior to connection to the
POTW, effluent from the on-site treatment lagoons was discharged to infiltration trenches located to the west of
the plant area. This is known as the Trench Area and is the focus of the remedial activities in OU I and OU2.
In I 992, a fourth lagoon was constructed as part of the Remedial Action for OU I to pretreat plant effluent and
impacted ground water extracted from the trench and plume periphery areas. Plant, trench, and plume periphery
water is equalized in Lagoon I, aerated in Lagoon 2, and treated biologically in Lagoon 3. The fourth lagoon is
operated as a clarifier for the bio-treated water prior to discharge to the POTW.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\672808·"2.RPT --7/J0/98 engineers & scientists 1-1
I
I
I
I
g
I
0
D
I
I
I
I
I
DR.-IFT
Currently, ground-water extraction and monitoring occurs at the Site in accordance with the Records of Decision
(RODs) for OUI and OU2. OU! consists of impacted ground water located in the west-southwest ponion of the
Site. OU2 consists of impacted soils in the former trench disposal area. The Plume Periphery Extraction System
consists of four extraction wells which pump at a combined rate of approximately 80 gallons per minute (gpm) and
discharge directly to the plant wastewater lagoons. The OU I Trench Area Extraction System consists of six
extraction wells which pump at a combined rate of approximately 12 gallons per minute (gpm) (EDM, 1998) and
are pre-treated by pH adjustment (via lime addition) and air stripping prior to discharge to the plant wastewater
lagoons. Ground-water monitoring for the two operable units is performed quanerly by plant employees.
OU3 addresses impacted ground water, surface water, and sediments in the plant area within the watershed of the
Northeast Tributary. OU4 addresses residually impacted soils in the OU3 area.
1.2 Remedial Design/Remedial Action Requirements
The RD/RA requirements are set forth in the following documents:
The ROD for OU3 dated October 7, 1993; and
• The UAO for OU3 and OU4 dated September 29, 1995 including the SOW.
These requirements include the following: r
• Monitoring of the surface water and sediment quality in the Northeast Tributary, which is described in the
Performance Standards Verification Plan (PVSP) appended to this report;
• Review of the existing ground-water monitoring system to ensure proper monitoring of ground-water flow and
quality which is presented herein;
• Implementation of a deed restriction on the property which has been completed by NSCC;
More accurately evaluate the speed and direction of the flow of ground water in the bedrock which is included
in the results of the ground-water modeling program; and
• Design and implementation of a ground-water remediation system whose design is presented herein.
The ground-water remediation system description in the UAO and ROD includes the following:
• Ground-water extraction wells;
• An air stripper;
• Vapor-phase carbon adsorption filters to control air emissions; and
• Discharge of treated water to the POTW.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A.\67280842.RPT ·· 7()01')8 engineers & scientists 1-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
DR.-IFT
1.3 Objectives
1.3.1 Report Objectives
The objectives of this report are to present:
• The design of the ground-water remediation system including elements of the design which may differ from
the descriptions in the ROD and UAO for OU3;
• The plans for future operation of the ground-water remediation system; and
The plans for future monitoring of ground-water, surface water, and sediment quality.
1.3.2 Design Objectives
The results of the remedial design field investigation and the ground-water modeling program indicated differing
conditions in the hydrogeology and nature of the impacts to ground water than those reported in the RI.
Specifically, these differing conditions include the following:
Concentrations of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) in ground water which would make the implementation
of carbon adsorption for air emissions control uneconomical;
• A transition zone between the saprolite and the bedrock which acts as a significant conduit for the flow of
ground water;
• A zone of low hydraulic conductivity in the saprolite, transition zone, and bedrock in the vicinity of Area 2;
and
• A potential dense non-aqueous phase liquid (DNAPL) in the ground water in OU3.
The design presented herein addresses the intent of the design requirements outlined in the previous section and
the differing conditions described above. Specifically, the intent of the ground-water remediation system design
is to:
• Control the aqueous phase impacts that may be emanating from the potential DNAPL zone;
• Use a monitoring program that will effectively assess the technical practicability of aquifer restoration within
the potential DNAPL zone; and
• Emphasize the use of the transition zone for controlling the aqueous phase impacts including the use of a
shallow ground-water collection trench in Area 2 in lieu of extraction wells.
1.4 Report Organization
This report is organized into the following sections:
Section I presents the introduction including a description of the project and identification of project
objectives;
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
A:\67200842.RPT •· 7/30/18 engineers & scientists 1-3
I
I
I
I
I
0
D
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
DR.-IFT
Section 2 presents a summary of the Site characterization:
• Section 3 presents a summary of the Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements, applicable codes
and standards, and other requirements;
• Section 4 presents a description of the basis of design and description of the ground-water remediation system;
• Section 5 presents a description of the initial start-up and testing activities; and
• Section 6 presents a description of the operation and maintenance activities. r
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
A:\67280842.RPT •· 7/30/JB engineers & scientists 1-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
0
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
DR.-IFT
2. Site Characterization
The Site has undergone remedial investigation and remedial action programs since 1984. The following documents
relate specifically to the site characterization for OU3:
• The RI Report for OU I prepared by IT Corporation in I 988;
• The RI Report for OU3 prepared by IT Corporation in July 1993;
The RD/RA FISR prepared by NSCC in January 1997;
• The Technical Memorandum on the Site Conceptual Model prepared by BBL in March 1998; and
• The Technical Memorandum for Site Ground-Water Flow Modeling prepared by BBL in June 1998.
The following presents a brief overview of the Site characterization. More specific information is presented in the
documents identified above.
2.1 Geologic/Hydrogeologic Setting
The Site lies within the Piedmont Province of North Carolina. The Piedmont is characterized by a relatively thick
regolith overlying a fractured igneous and metamorphosed igneous and sedimentary bedrock.
The following geologic understanding has been derived based on various investigations:
The Site is underlain by a metamorphosed intrusive mafic rock or mafic lava flows;
The bedrock has been weathered in-place forming a saprolite and a transition zone of saprolite, partially
weathered rock, and competent rock fragments;
The rock underlying the Site has been observed to have both a steeply dipping foliation and steeply dipping
fractures;
• Fractures generally follow the traces of topographic lineaments in the vicinity of the Site (i.e., the northwest
trending ridge, and the Northeast Tributary); and
• A narrow shear zone trending northeast has been inferred to intersect the northwest trending lineaments
roughly coincident with the topographic draw in the vicinity of the Site wastewater treatment lagoons.
2.2 Ground-Water Flow
The ground water underlying the Site is introduced as recharge from precipitation. The ground-water flow has both
a horizontal and vertical component. Near the top of the ridge separating OU3 from OU I, ground water flows in
the saprolite both horizontally convergent to the Northeast Tributary and vertically into the transition zone. In the
transition zone, ground water flows both horizontally convergent to the Northeast Tributary and vertically into the
bedrock. In the bedrock, the ground-water flow is primarily in the fractures that are generally oriented roughly
parallel to the Northeast Tributary. As the ground water approaches the Northeast Tributary, the gradients are
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\67280842.RPT ·· 7/]0f.lB engineers & scientists 2-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
• a
I
0
D
m
m
I
I
I
I
I
DR.·IFT
reversed and flow is upward into the transition zone and saprolite. Ultimately. ground "ater discharges to the
Northeast Tributary.
2.3 Ground-Water Impacts
The ground-water impacts in OU3 have been detected in wells and temporary well points in each of the three
hydrogeologic zones identified at the Site. These detections have provided a horizontal delineation of impacts to
ground water which indicate that impacts have not migrated off-site in the ground water. Surface water quality
sampling also indicates that impacts have not migrated off-site.
Although trace quantities of other constituents have been detected in the ground water in OU3, the primary
constituent of concern is 1,2-dichloroethane ( 1,2-DCA). The RI depicted 1,2-DCA plume dimensions in the
saprolite of approximately 600 feet (ft) by 1,300 ft {IT, 1993). Figure 2-1 presents a summary of 1,2-DCA
concentrations observed in the most recent OU3 well sampling.
The source of the impacts to ground water have been identified as the previously unlined Site wastewater treatment
lagoons and the former underground terracotta process sewerage. The concentrations of 1,2-DCA, which has a
specific gravity greater than water, exceed I percent of the aqueous solubility. Furthermore, 1,2-DCA is present
in deeper wells on-site where there is an upward hydraulic gradient. This data indicates the potential presence of
a DNAPL in the subsurface. The presence of a DNAPL in a pooled or residual form will dictate. the viability for
aquifer restoration to the standards set forth in the ROD. It is unlikely that using a pump-and-treat approach will
be technically practicable to achieve aquifer restoration to the clean-up criteria. This is due to a combination of
several factors including the following:
• The extraction system will not be capable of capturing separate phase product;
• The constituents may adsorb and desorb to aquifer materials over time; and
The constituents may diffuse into and out of the bedrock matrix dependant on chemical gradients.
The long-term monitoring of the system effectiveness, as presented in the appended PSYP, will be geared toward
collecting data that will yield information on the potential presence of DNAPL under pumping conditions.
Bl.ASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
A:\672808~2.RPT -· 7/30/98 engineers & scientists 2-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
0
D
m
I
I
I
I
DR.-IFT
3. ARARs, Applicable Codes and Standards, and
Other Requirements
3.1 General
Implementation of the remedial design generally complies with all provisions offederal environmental statutes and
regulations, as well as applicable state and local requirements. As a group, these requirements are· known as
· , applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs). The remedial design also will be implemented in
· accordance with all applicable codes and standards (i.e., building and construction codes, fire prevention codes,
etc.) and necessary permits (i.e., air emissions permit, sanitary sewer discharge permits, etc.). The ARARs,
applicable standards and codes, and necessary permits associated with the implementation of the remedial design
are discussed below.
3.2 ARARs
Applicable requirements are those federal and state regulatory requirements that directly and fully address or
regulate the hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant, action being taken, or other circumstance at a
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) site. Examples of federal
statutes specifically cited in CERCLA from which requirements may apply include the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA), Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), the Safe Drinking Water Act (SOW A), the Clean
Air Act (CAA), the Clean Water Act (CWA), and the Marine Protection Research and Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA).
Relevant and appropriate requirements are those federal and state human health and environmental regulatory
requirements that address problems or situations sufficiently similar to those encountered at CERCLA sites and
are appropriate to the circumstances of release or threatened release, so their uses are well suited to the particular
site. In such cases, application of these requirements would be relevant and appropriate, although not specifically
mandated by law. Relevant and appropriate requirements are intended to carry the same weight as applicable
requirements.
The USEPA divides ARARs into three categories: chemical-specific, location-specific, and action-specific
requirements. Chemical-specific ARARs are acceptable promulgated exposure levels to specific chemicals.
Location-specific requirements are restrictions placed on the concentration of hazardous substances or on specific
activities because they occur in sensitive locations such as wetlands. Action-specific requirements are controls or
restrictions for particular remedial activities related to the implementation of the proposed remedial activities.
3.2.1 Chemical-Specific ARARs for Ground Water
Ground-water ARARs were selected according to the USEPA's National Contingency Policy (NCP). The aquifer
located in OU3 is a potential drinking water source containing equal to or less than 250 milligrams per liter (mg/L)
of chloride. The aquifer is therefore classified as Class GA Waters according to North Carolina Administrative
Code ( 15A NCAC 2L.0201 ). This classification is comparable to the federal Class II designation. The ground-
water ARARs are based on the following drinking water standards:
• State of North Carolina Ground-Water Quality Standards (NCAC 15-2L.0202);
• USEPA Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs); and
Bl.ASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
A:\67280842.RPT •• 7130/18 engineers & scientists 3-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
0
D
I
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
DR.-IFT
• Contract Required Quantitation Limits i"CRQLs).
The Target Compound List (TCL) VOC detection limits for some of the chemicals of concern are aboYe the state
mandated ground-water quality standards.
A list of performance standards and basis of selection for the 18 identified constituents of concern in the ground
water is presented in Table 1-1.
3.2.2 Chemical-Specific ARARs for Surface Water
The Northeast Tributary at the point of compliance for surface water and sediment is classified by the NCDENR
as a Class C Stream. Class C streams are designated for fish and aquatic life, not as drinking water sources.
Therefore, the water quality standards for protection of fish and aquatic life are the ARARs for the surface water
medium.
The ARAR for 1,2-DCA in surface water is defined as the concentration that will not result in chronic toxicity for
fish and aquatic life. The USEPA Region IV Waste Management Division Screening Values for Hazardous Waste
Sites reports a chronic toxicity value of 2,000 parts per billion (ppb) for 1,2-DCA. The surface water performance
standard and basis of selection is listed in Table 1-1.
3.2.3 Location-Specific ARARs
Location-specific ARARs address site-specific aspects such as critical habitat upon which endangered species or
threatened species depends, the presence of a wetland, or historically significant features. No location-specific
ARARs are applicable to the remedial design.
3.2.4 Action-Specific ARARs
Action-specific ARARs address requirements for remediation-specific activities such as capping, air stripping, and
closure. Action-specific ARARs are identified by evaluating each alternative relative to any federal or state statute
and implementing regulations that address the type of activities proposed in the alternative. Action-specific ARA Rs
include modification of the existing facility air permit.
3.3 Point of Compliance
CERCLA (40 CFR 300.430)(f)(5)(iii)(A) requires that the performance of a site remedy shall be measured at
appropriate locations in the media. The appropriate locations in the media of concern where performance standards
are to be attained are the points of compliance with the performance standards. The point of compliance (POC)
will be the locations from which a sample or set of samples could be selected for monitoring the progress of
remediation activities or for determining when performance standards have been achieved. ·The POC for ground
water is the entire plume. The surface water POC will be at sampling station SW/SE-09, located at the property
boundary.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\672BOB<12.RPT .• mona engineers & scientists 3-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DR.-IFT
3.4 Permits
3.4.1 Air Emissions
Air strippers in North Carolina must be registered, not permitted. No testing is required for registered sources. The
alteration will be submitted as a modification to the existing facility air permit. Appendix C presents the air permit
rriodification package.
BLASI.AND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\67260842.RPT --7/J0f,18 engineers & scientists 3-3
I
••
I
I
I
a
I
B
0
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. Remedial Design
4.1 General
This section presents a basis of design and design description of the Pretreatment System. Presented below is the
basis of design and a description of significant Pretreatment System components, as well as other activities
associated with the implementation of the remedial design such as existing equipment demolition and operation,
maintenance, and monitoring activities.
4.2 Basis of Design
The proposed Pretreatment System design utilizes a proven, conventional remedial technology. Air stripping to
remove VOCs from the impacted ground water followed by thermal destruction of VOCs in the vapor phase is a
readily available treatment technology well suited for remediation of OU l and OU3 ground water. This remedial
technology was proposed in the Addendum to the Supplemental RD/RA Work Plan (RD/RA Addendum) submitted
to the US EPA and the NCDENR on April 3, 1998. The USEPA and NCDENR subsequently approved the RD/RA
Addendum without comment.
The treatment system is made up of two major pieces of equipment, the low-profile air stripper and the catalytic
oxidizer and scrubber system. These pre-engineered, packaged systems were selected based on the given site
conditions, expected influent conditions, capital and operational costs, and operation, maintenance, and monitoring
requirements. In order to size and select the appropriate treatment equipment, a basis of design including influent
flow rate and concentrations was developed.
The basis of design ground-water flow rates and concentrations were developed during the supplemental remedial
design. The basis of the flow rates is primarily derived from the ground-water flow modeling performed for the
Site and from a review of the operation of the existing OUl extraction wells. The submitted Technical
Memorandum for Site Ground-Water Flow Modeling presented information on the ground-water flow modeling
and the simulation of the proposed extraction system. Additional information on the ground-water flow modeling
is presented in Appendix A. The established basis of design flow rates are s~own in the table below.
\'''£'ar~~';:!}·, -~·•t,~·"-"•<l);'"l.'"'; '" :y•r•"~~"n> •· ;W,i•· , .• ':l:;i• ".'l ·1•·•, 'fr '_'····,,;' "· ·:' <> '1 ii .,M~lfnitini,_Fl~wt.·' ' -~ -~11~~~-~~.~>it~~Cl)~Oii''t:.~ .:: :.:;~.;.~{,:·-/ :i '._,,,,,Average,Flow~Y -~
Existing OU I Extraction Wells 12 gpm 16gpm
OU3 Collection Trench 5 gpm 20gpm
:) OU3 Extraction Wells 20gpm 40gpm
The ground,water flow model was verified against the Dynamic Ground-Water Quality Test (DGWQT) performed
by BBL as part of the supplemental remedial design in May 1998. Appendix B presents additional information on
the results of the DGWQT. In summary, during the DGWQT pumping tests, ground-water samples were obtained
from transition zone extraction wells in OU3 (NS-47 and NS-51) at 24 hours and 72 hours. These samples were
deemed to be representative of the ground-water quality under dynamic conditions from Area 2 and from the lagoon
area. In addition, existing OU I ground water was sampled directly from the Pretreatment System influent sump.
Sample results are presented in Appendix B. A flow weighted average of the sample results was used to establish
basis of design influent concentrations for the new Pretreatment System as presented in Table 4-1. The flow
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC
A:\67280642.RPT --7/30fi8 engineers & scientists 4-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DR.IFT
weighted average concentrations and the previously established design tlO\\" rates \\·ere then u:-;ed tl) c~1kul3te hasis
of design mass loading rates for the Pretreatment System (also presented on Table -l-1 ).
It is of interest to note that the design mass loading from the ground-water collection trench is considered
conservative. The collection trench will be located in the low area adjacent to NS-45. The dynamic ground-water
quality test results for Area 2, which are from NS-47, indicated a design influent 1,2-DCA concentration of 360,000
ppb under pumping conditions. The most recent OU3 ground-water quality sampling event (May 1998) indicated
1,2-DCA concentrations of 3,000 ppb in NS-45, and 470,000 ppb in NS-47. The plume maps generated in
Remedial Investigation Report and the Field Investigation Summary Report indicate that the portions of the plume
. with the highest concentrations are fairly narrowly focussed compared to the length of the collection trench.
The assumption of uniform concentration of ground water from the trench is conservative. Once the collection
trench is installed, the concentration of I ,2-DCA in the ground water from the collection trench should be less than
the ground water from NS-47. This will be due to the following:
• The ground-water collection trench will draw from both the upgradient area and the downgradient area,
reducing the concentrations from the upgradient source area; and
• The concentration of I ,2-DCA in the ground water along the length of the trench should decrease as it
originates from less impacted areas.
The basis of design influent data presented in Table 4-1 were utilized in selecting the appropriate treatment
equipment to provide for stripping of VOCs from the liquid phase and removal of VOCs in the vapor phase via
thermal destruction. The selected air stripper was sized by the manufacturer based on the manufacturer's
equipment modeling program that projects anticipated VOC stripping efficiencies, and therefore mass removal
rates, for the given influent parameters. Similarly, the catalytic oxidation and scrubber system manufacturer
utilized a modeling program to determine VOC destruction rates given the basis of design influent parameters.
Both equipment manufacturers will warranty their equipment to meet stated performance standards given the basis
of design influent conditions. Equipment performance data and warranties will be provided in the Operation and
Maintenance Manual to be completed at the 30 percent construction stage as required by the RD/RA Statement of
Work.
4.3 Pretreatment System Overview
The Pretreatment System will collect and treat ground water extracted from both OU I and OU3. Six existing OU I
extraction wells, one proposed OU3 collection trench and pumping well, and two new OU3 extraction wells will
collect area ground water. Collected ground water is then pumped to the existing OU I pretreatment building
equalization tank for pH adjustment via sodium hydroxide (caustic) addition. The neutralized ground water will
then be pumped through a low-profile air stripper where VOCs will be stripped to the vapor phase via a forced
draft, countercurrent air stream. The VOC-impacted vapor stream' will be drawn through a catalytic oxidation and
scrubbing system for treatment. The ground-water effluent leaving the air stripper will be pumped directly to
Lagoon I unless site screening of the air stripper's effluent warrant further treatment. In this case, ground-water
effluent leaving the air stripper will be pumped through a granular activated carbon (GAC) unit before discharging
to Lagoon I. The low-profile air stripper, catalytic oxidizer and scrubbing system, caustic storage tank, and related
electrical and instrumentation equipment will be located in the existing OU I pretreatment building. Existing OU I
pretreatment system equipment will be removed as necessary and the building will be retrofitted to accommodate
the proposed Pretreatment System.
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\67280842.RPT ·· 7/30fl8 engineers & scientists 4-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4.4 Existing OU1 Pretreatment Building Equipment Demolition
4.4.1 General
DR.-1rr
The Pretreatment System will be located in the existing OU I pretreatment building. Currently located in the OU I
pretreatment building are process equipment, electrical, controls, and piping related to the existing OU I
Pretreatment System that will no longer be used for the new Pretreatment System. Outside the pretreatment building
are additional equipment, electrical, controls, and piping within the covered containment area that also will not be
required for the new Pretreatment System. Therefore, the OU I pretreatment building will be retrofitted to house
the new Pretreatment System by removing all unrelated equipment, electrical, controls, and piping from within the
building, abandoning in-place equipment, electrical, controls, and piping outside the building, and modifying the
existing building to accommodate the new Pretreatment System equipment, electrical, control, structural, and
ventilation requirements.
4.4.2 Interior Equipment Demolition
Equipment to be demolished within the existing pretreatment building is identified on Final Design Drawing 4.
Equipment demolitions within the pretreatment building will consist of the following:
• Removal of the sludge filter press, its support platform, and all associated electrical, controls, and piping; and
• Removal of the lime mixing system including tanks, pumps, and other chemical feed equipment, the support
platform, electrical, controls, and piping.
Note that equipment support structures will be completely removed, including removal of associated concrete pads
and piers flush with the existing floor slab.
During the interior equipment demolition process, all piping connected to the equipment to be demolished will be
removed back to the last active tap or to the service entrance if no longer needed. At all points where unneeded
piping exits the_ building, it will be removed to the first joint outside the building, cut and capped. All building
penetrations are will be patched weather tight with material matching the existing outer sheathing. Electrical power
wiring and conduit associated with the demolished equipment will be completely removed back to the existing
circuit breaker. Control wiring and conduit will be removed back to the existing programmable logic controller
(PLC) cabinet. All equipment to be demolished will be removed from the building and transported to an on-site
storage area as directed by NSCC. Final disposition of the equipment may include resale to an outside party, re-use
by another NSCC facility, or temporary storage at the NSSC facility.
4.4.3 Exterior Equipment Demolition
Exterior equipment and associated structural support, electrical, and controls located within the covered
containment area will be abandoned in place. Certain existing exterior equipment, namely the equalization tank
and influent sump will remain active as part of the new Pretreatment System as indicated on the Final Design
drawings. All exterior equipment and piping that is not part of the new Pretreatment System will be completely
drained of liquid. Piping and equipment will be flushed and blown-out as necessary. All piping will be cut and
capped at the containment area wall prior to entering the building. lfnecessary, small drains will be leti open on
equipment that may collect rainwater. All power to the equipment to be abandoned in place will be de-energized
at the circuit breaker and at its local disconnect, both of which will be tagged accordingly. All unneeded heat
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
A:\67280842.RPT ·· 7/30{18 engineers & scientists 4-3
I
I
t
I ,,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
I
II
/JN.-IFT
tracing circuits will be de-energized and tagged accordingly .. ..\ir. ser;ice \\·ater. etc.. to all equipmt:nt that i~ to bt.'
abandoned in place will be turned off inside the building. and the valves tagged accordingly.
4.4.4 Building Modifications
In order to accommodate the new Pretreatment System equipment, minor modifications to the existing pretreatment
building will be necessary. Building modifications will include the following:
• Replace the existing roll-up door with a new JO-foot-wide by 18-foot-high motorized roll-up door;
• Provide a new concrete masonry unit block wall containment area within the building to accommodate the new
5,000-gallon caustic storage tank;
• Permanently seal the second floor man door to the exterior containment area mezzanine as the door will no
longer be accessible upon removal of the existing interior lime slurry system mezzanine;
• Remove one existing roof-mounted exhaust fan and provide a new roof-mounted exhaust fan to meet the new
Pretreatment System building ventilation requirements; and
• Provide new wall and roof penetrations for new piping and ductwork as necessary.
4.5 Ground-Water Collection System
4.5.1 General
The Pretreatment System will collect and treat ground water extracted from both OU I and OU3. Six existing OU 1
extraction wells, one proposed Ol:13 collection trench and pumping manhole, and two new OU3 extraction wells
will collect area ground water. The new collection trench and pumping manhole and the two new extraction wells
have been designed to promote efficient removal of ground water from area OU3 and operational flexibility. No
changes to the existing ground-water collection system in OU! are proposed. Final Design drawings 5 and 6 detail
the design of the ground-water collection trench and pumping manhole, and new extraction wells NS-49 and NS-51.
4.5.2 Ground-Water Collection Trench and Pumping Well
The ground-water collection trench will be located in the northeastern portion of the site parallel to the Site fencing
approximately 25 feet north of existing well NS-45, as shown on Final Design drawing I. The collection trench
will be approximately 200-feet long by a minimum 3-feet wide by 20-feet deep. The trench will include an 8-inch-
diameter high density polyethylene (HDPE) perforated pipe installed approximately I-foot above the base of the
trench. The pipe will be sloped to discharge directly into a 14-inch PVC diameter, HDPE pumping well. The
perforated pipe will be embedded in thoroughly washed crushed gravel, which will be used to backfill the trench
to a depth of 3-feet below grade. The crushed gravel within the collection trench will be surrounded by a non-
woven geotextile fabric to mitigate the influx of fine sediment into the trench. Backfill above the crushed gravel
will consist of approximately 3 feet of native soil to grade. Collection trench details are presented on Final Design
drawing 6. ·
The pumping well is located at the eastern end of the collection trench. The pumping well consists of a 14-
inch-diameter, by approximately 22-foot-deep HDPE pipe containing one submersible pump and associated level
controls. The pump will be connected to a 2-inch-diameter PVC discharge pipe. This pipe exits the top of the pump
Bl.ASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
A:\672808'12.RPT --7130/98 engineers & scientists 4-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
I
I ,,
I.
I
DR.-IFT
well and transitions to a 2-inch-diameter schedule SO gal,·anized steel pipe. \\·hich transpons the ground \\"ater to
the pretreatment building.
The ground-water discharge flow rate from the pumping well will be measured by a flow meter located in the
pretreatment building. Total operating time of the submersible pump will be recorded on an elapsed time meter
located in the pumping well control panel. The pumping well control panel also contains a main panel breaker
switch, hand/off/auto switch, ready/run light, and a high-level alarm light.
Operation of the pump within the pumping well will maintain a constant drawdown on the water level in the trench
and thereby create an inward gradient from the surrounding formation. As ground water enters the pumping well.
the pump will start up. The pump will operate until the water level is lowered to the pump off elevation. As
discussed in the basis of design (Section 4.2), the anticipated flow rate from the pumping manhole is 5 to 20 gpm.
4.5.3 Extraction Wells NS-49 and NS-51
Existing wells NS-49 and NS-51 are located on the eastern ponion of the Site near Lagoon 2 as shown on Final
Design drawing I. These existing wells are constructed as follows:
¼f:~l;~f~;-_i;?'0':'-¢f •" ~>/ ::• .. :··:r~:-: . ~>1n¾r-;,1nJ,.,;,::\9\.:':.,cr t,em:'"· t.< , -~-~ .' ,.·_ :/1riis-49:,.,,:;. ,;-·,:-'" Ns~si. ·''
Diameter (inches) 6.00 6.00
Top of Casing (ft. above mean 767.0 765.0
sea level)
Depth, ft. 115.5 117.6
Screen Interval, ft. -44.5 to -113.6 -43.5 to -1 I 2.5
Casing Interval, ft. + 2.58 to -44.5 +2.41 to -43.5
Submersible well pumps will be installed into each of the wells and will be controlled by intrinsically safe contact
probes and local control panels. Operation of the pumps within the extraction wells shall maintain a constant
drawdown on the water level and create an inward gradient from the surrounding formation. Each pump discharge
pipe will have a pressure gauge, a check valve to prevent backflow into the well and a ball valve to throttle the
discharge flow. Each control panel will each have a main breaker, run and ready lights for the pump, and an
elapsed time meter.
The wells will discharge into a buried, 2-inch by 4-inch double containment HOPE pipe which will be routed to
the existing overhead pipe rack (modified as necessary).or a new pipe rack will be provided. All underground
piping shall be pitched back to the wells so that they can be visually inspected for leakage. The piping material will
change to 2-inch-diameter, schedule 80 welded galvanized steel pipe and then will run aboveground on the existing
pipe rack system to the pretreatment building. All aboveground piping will be insulated and electrically heat traced.
As discussed in the basis of design (Section 4.2), the anticipated combined flow rate from the two extraction wells
is 20 to 40 gpm.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
A:\67280842.RPT --7/JOf.lB engineers & scientists 4-5
I
.I
I
I
I
I
u
n
u
I
E
I
t
I
I
4.6 Ground-Water Treatment
4.6.1 General
DR.·IFT
Impacted ground water pumped fro'? the ground-water collection system described in Section 4.5 and the existing
OU I ground-water collection system will be combined and treated in the existing pretreatment building. As
described in the basis of design (Section 4.2), the Pretreatment System will consist of integrated, pre-engineered
packaged treatment equipment designed for treatment of both the liquids and vapors. Major Pretreatment System
equipment includes: the existing equalization tank, a low-profile air stripper, a vapor phase catalytic oxidation and
scrubbing system, and a liquid phase granular activated carbon unit for final effluent polishing, if necessary. The
Pretreatment System is designed to run continuously with minimal operator attention. This section provides a
description of the Pretreatment System equipment, its operation and control.
4.6.2 Existing Equalization Tank
Ground-water collected from the existing OU! collection system, the new collection trench and pumping manhole,
and the new extraction wells will be routed directly to the existing equalization tank. The purpose of the
equalization tank is to provide storage of collected ground water to equalize Pretreatment System flow rates and
to provide a vessel for pH adjustment. The equalization tank is located in the exterior containment area adjacent
to the pretreatment building. The tank is a 13-foot-diameter by 20-foot-high FRP chop hoop wound tank with a
19,900-gallon nominal capacity. The tank is equipped with an existing Lightning Mixer Model 17-S-5 which will
remain active as part of the new Pretreatment System. A new pH element and indicating transmitter will be located
on a 2-inch recirculation line at the equalization tank. The pH of the combined ground water entering the tank is
expected to be approximately 5.5 to 6.5 standard units (s.u.). The pH in the tank will be maintained at
approximately 7.0 via caustic addition. A metering pump will pump caustic solution directly into the tank and will
be controlled via a 4-20 milli-amp (mA) signal sent from the pH transmitter.
The impacted ground water will be discharged from the equalization tank to the air stripper by a centrifugal transfer
pump located adjacent to the tank in the exterior containment area. The discharge pumping rate will be regulated
by a control valve on the discharge line. The control valve will be controlled by a 4-20 mA signal sent from a level
transmitter located on the hydrolysis/equalization tank sidewall. Therefore, the flow control valve will regulate
the discharge pumping rate to maintain a level set point in the tank.
4.6.3 Low-Profile Air Stripper
Impacted ground water will be pumped directly from the equalization tank to the top of the low-profile air stripper.
The low-profile air stripper will likely be a Shallow Tray Model 3651 as manufactured by Northeast Environmental
Products (NEEP). The air stripper will consist of a tank with five trays constructed of 316 stainless steel, a forced
draft blower, a discharge pump, and associated controls. The low-profile air stripper will use forced draft, counter-
current air stripping through five baffled aeration trays to remove VOCs from the impacted ground water. The
impacted ground water is sprayed into the inlet chamber through a coarse mist spray nozzle. The water flows over
a flow distribution weir and along the baffled aeration trays. Clean air, blown up through 3/16-inch-diameter holes
in the aeration trays, forms a froth of bubbles generating a large mass transfer area where the VOCs are volatilized
and partitioned from the liquid to vapor phase. Vapors leaving the air stripper are routed through stainless steel
ductwork to the catalytic oxidation and scrubbing unit for treatment.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
A:\67280842.RPT --7/J0/!8 engineers & scientists 4-6
I
I
I
I
•
I
I
B
I
I
I
I ,,
I
I
DR.-IFT
4.6.4 Catalytic Oxidizer and Scrubbing System
The VOC,impacted vapor stream discharged from the low-profile air stripper will be drawn through a catalytic
oxidation and scrubbing system for treatment. The catalytic oxidizer and scrubbing system will likely be a Global
Model IO VTM-Chloro-Catalytic Oxidizer and a Global Model IO Scrubber. The catalytic oxidation and scrubbing
system will consist of the following components:
• A centrifugal fan to pull VOC-impacted air from the low-profile air stripper and force it through the catalytic
oxidizer and scrubbing system;
• An air-to-air heat exchanger to increase the temperature of the VOC-impacted air influent for efficient
oxidation and catalysis;
• A catalyst bed where thennal destruction of VOCs in vapor stream (99 percent destruction efficiency) at
temperatures as low as 850 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) (significantly lower than thennal oxidation);
• A hastelloy quench section to cool the vapor stream exiting the catalyst bed; and
• A caustic scrubber, to treat the hydrogen chloride (HCL) generated from the oxidation of chlorinated
hydrocarbons with a minimum scrubbing efficiency of99 percent.
In addition to electrical requirements, utility connections to the catalytic oxidation and scrubbing system will
include potable water for quench water make-up, and natural gas for supplemental burner fuel. Periodic wastewater
discharges from the scrubber sump will occur based on elevated levels of salts in the scrubber water. This
wastewater discharge will be routed to Lagoon I. Caustic addition to the scrubber will be accomplished using a
metering pump to pump caustic solution from the caustic storage tank directly into scrubber sump. The caustic
addition rate will be controlled via a 4-20 mA signal sent from a pH transmitter located in the scrubber sump.
Clean vapors exiting the scrubber will be discharged through a fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) stack through
the building roof.
4.6.5 Caustic Storage Tank
In order to provide caustic for pH adjustment in the equalization tank and the vapor phase scrubber, a new caustic
storage tank will be provided in the pretreatment building. The caustic storage tank will be 8 feet in diameter, 14
feet high, with a 5,000-gallon FRP domed top tank. The tank will be manufactured of a filament wound glass fiber
reinforced thennoset resin specially fonnulated to be compatible with 25 percent or 50 percent caustic to be stored
in the tank. The tank will be located inside a concrete containment area to be constructed within the pretreatment
building. The containment area will consist of a 4-foot-high block wall surrounding an area sized to contain I IO
percent of the tank volume. The containment area floor and interior walls will be coated with a caustic resistant,
water-tight coatil}g. A sump will be provided within the containment area. Associated meting pumps will be
located within the containment area. Access to the containment area will be provided via FRP stairs. The tank will
be equipped with a tank level gauge and high level alarm. Filling of the tank will occur via bulk (tanker truck)
delivery. A quick connect tank fill line will be provided through the building wall terminating above the exterior
containment area. Tank filling procedures are documented in the operation and maintenance plan (see Appendix
I). A safety shower and eye wash station will be provided adjacent to the tank containment area and on the building
exterior at the tank filling station.
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\67280B<12.RPT --7(30fi6 engineers & scientists 4-7
I
I
I
u
u
' \/
DR.IFT
4.6.6 Granular Activated Carbon Unit
The design presented herein provides for removal of the primary constituent of concern, 1,2-DCA, to bdow 50 ppb
in the liquid phase prior to discharge· to Lagoon I under the anticipated design conditions. If influent concentrations
of the primary constituent of concern, I ,2-DCA, exceed the anticipated basis of design concentrations, and/or flow
rates are correspondingly above those anticipated in the basis of design, it may be necessary to provide additional
liquid phase treatment via GAC. Therefore, provisions have been inade to provide for installation of a 2,000-pound
GAC unit if necessary to provide final effluent polishing to remove I ,2-DCA to acceptable levels.
4.7 Instrumentation and Control
The Pretreatment System will be adequately equipped with instrumentation necessary for continuous operation with
minimal operator attention. The Pretreatment System design utilizes the existing NSCC PLC for monitoring and
control. The submersible pump operation at extraction wells NS-49 and NS-51 will be controlled via a three-float
type new pH level control corresponding to pump "off', pump "on", and high level alarm. The submersible pump
operation at the collection trench pumping well will be controlled via a four-float type level control corresponding
to low level alarm, pump "off', pump "on", and high level alarm. Submersible pumps and floats will be controlled
through the existing PLC.
The equalization tank will be equipped with a level indicating transmitter. The discharge flow rate from the
equalization tank will be controlled by a control valve. The control valve will receive a 4-20 mA signal from the
level transmitter through the PLC based upon a programmed set point level. Three alarm conditions will be
programmed into the PLC based upon equalization tank level. A low-low level alarm will signal the equalization
tank transfer pump .and the influent caustic metering pump to tum "off'. A low level alarm will signal the control
valve to close. A high level alarm will signal all well and sump pumps feeding the equalization tank to turn "off'.
The equalization tank will also be equipped with a pH indicating transmitter. The ground water pH will be
maintained via caustic addition from a metering pump. The metering pump will receive a 4-20 mA signal from
the pH transmitter through the PLC based upon a programmed set point of7.0 s.u. Three alarm conditions will be
progranuned into the PLC based upon ground water pH. A low-low pH alarm will signify a transmitter failure and
will signal the caustic metering pump to tum "off' and the control valve to close. A low pH alarm will signal the
control valve to close. A high pH alarm will signal the caustic metering pump to turn "off' and the control valve
to close. ·
The low-profile air stripper system will be a prepackaged system with level switches, pressure switches, and alarms
primarily controlled by a local control panel. Three primary alarm conditions will be tied back to the PLC. A high
level alarm, low pressure alarm, and high pressure alarm at the air stripper will all signal the equalization transfer
pump and air stripper blower to turn ''.off' through the PLC.
The catalytic oxidizer and scrubbing system will be a prepackaged system with a pH controller, level switch and
alarms, conductivity switch and alarms, temperature controllers, motorized valves, and pressure switches all
controlled through a local PLC. A catalytic oxidizer and scrubbing system "shutdown" will be linked from the local
PLC to the existing main PLC. In the event that there is a catalytic oxidizer and scrubbing system "shutdown", the
equalization tank transfer pump and air stripper blower will tum "off'.
The caustic storage tank will be equipped with a level transmitter and a high-high level alarm float Three alarm
conditions will be programmed into the PLC via output from the level transmitter. A low-low level alarm will
signal the caustic metering pumps to turn "off'. A low level alarm will signal a warning light. The high-high level
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
A\672808-tl.RPT .. mom engineers & scientists 4-8
t
I.
I
I
I
I
I
a
0
,a
'I
DR.-IFT
alarm will be linked through the PLC from a float switch. The high-high alarm will signal an alam1 light and horn
to indicate that the tank is full.
4.8 Ground-Water Monitoring System
Ground-water monitoring will be performed at the Site to meet the following objectives:
• Expand the database of ground-water quality information at the site;
Compare the ground-water quality to the Performance Standards set forth in the ROD;
• Evaluate the effectiveness of the ground-water extraction system in exercising hydraulic control; and
• Address vertical delineation.
The existing ground-water monitoring network at the Site is capable of meeting all of the objectives listed above
except addressing vertical delineation. As was discussed and agreed upon in a meeting between representatives
of USEPA, NCDENR, NSCC, and BBL on June 15, 1998 in Raleigh, North Carolina and confirmed in
correspondence from USEPA dated July 7, 1998, to address vertical delineation, existing open borehole bedrock
extraction wells will be retrofitted with well casings and well screens.
The well screens will span 20-foot-long intervals corresponding to water-producing zones in the bedrock. The
selection of screened intervals is based on the water-producing zones observed during the packer testing performed
in the RD/RA Field Investigation and reported in the FISR (NSCC, 1997).
The evaluation of vertical delineation will include the collection of data on the ground-water quality and ground-
water elevation from the wells. This data will be used in conjunction with the conceptual model to understand the
vertical delineation. The bedrock monitoring wells will be sampled using micro-purge techniques described in the
USEPA Region IV Environmental Investigation Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual
(EISOPQAM)(USEPA, 1996). These techniques will help to ensure that the aquifer is not over-stressed during the
sampling and that the sample obtained is more representative of the ground-water quality in the adjacent formation.
Table 4-2 presents the proposed monitoring well retrofit information. Appendix J presents the proposed
Performance Standards Verification Plan (PSVP) for OU3.
The monitoring well retrofit will be accomplished by:
• Treinie grouting with a cement-bentonite mixture over the open borehole from the bottom of the hole to two
feet below the desired screened interval;
• A screen and casing will be installed in the borehole;
• The annular space around the screened interval will be filled with a sand pack; and
• A cement-bentonite grout will be used in the annular space from the top of the sand pack to land surface.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
A:\67200842.RPT ·· 7/30{;8 engii1eers & scientists 4-9
I
I
II
I
DRAFT
4.9 · Preliminary Construction Schedule
A preliminary construction schedule and engineer's estimate of probable construction cost is included in .-\ppendix
K and L respectively. ·
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\67200842.RPT .. 7130/:18 engineers & scientists 4-10
' ,.
II,
• _,,
'v
I
I' ., _,
I.
I
DRAFT
5. Remedial Action Startup and Testing
Start-up and testing of the Pretreatment System will be performed by the Contractor and the equipment
manufacturer's representative. Adequate training will be provided to NSCC operating.staff as part of the start-up
activities. Start-up and testing of the Pretreatment System is described in the Operation and Maintenance Plan
provided as Appendix I.
Bl.ASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
A:\67280842,RPT --71.lOflB engineers & scientists 5-1
I
I
I
' ' I
I ~,
I
o·
"'' e
,ll
DR.-IFT
6. Remedial Action Operation and Maintenance
The Pretreatment System is designed to operate continuously with little operator attention. The Pretreatment
System will be operated by existing NSCC staff Operation and Maintenance (O&M) of the Pretreatment System
is expected to require less time than the existing OU! Pretreatment System. O&M of the combined OU I and OU3
Pretreatment System will be conducted in accordance with the O&M Plan, presented as Appendix I. The O&M
Plan describes the site and information management procedures and information regarding the Pretreatment System
components, operation and maintenance, sampling and analysis requirements, and health and safety requirements.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
A:\67260842.RPT --7{30fi8 engineers & scientists 6-1
I
I
I
11
I ,,
I
:I'
I
I ' ,
u
Constituent
GROUND WATER
voes
Acetone
Chloroform
1,2-Dlchloroethane
1, 1-0lchloroethene
Table 1-1
Constituents of Concern and Performance Standards
OU3 Ground Water and Surface Water
National Starch and Chemical Company
Salisbury, North Carolina
Performance
Standard
700
Basis
Slate
CRQIJState•
CRQIJState•
7 MCIJState
1,2-Dlchloroethene (cis/trans) 70 MCIJState
1,2-Dichloropropane 1 CRQIJState•
Methylene chloride 5 MCIJState
Tetrachloroethene CRQIJState•
1, 1,2,2-Trichloroelhane 5 CRQIJSlate•
Trichloroethene 2.8 Slate
Vinyl chloride CRQIJStale•
SVOes
Bis(2-ehloroelhyl)elher 5 CRQIJSlale•
Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phlhalate 5 CRQIJSlate•
Metals
Antimony 6 MCL
Chromium 50 Slate
Manganese 50 Slate
Thallium 2 MCL
Zinc 2,100 State
SURFACE WATER
voes
1,2-0ichtoroethane 2,000 USEPA Region IV Chronic Screening Value
Units in ug/1
Slate• State of North Carolina Ground-Water Quality Standards (NCAC 15-2L0202)
CRQL -Contract Required Ouantitation Limit
MCL -USEPA Maximum Contaminant Level
• Where the maximum allowable concentration of a substance is less than the limit of detectability··
[NCAC 15-2L0202(b)(1 )].
I
OU1 Avg. Rate:
Taole 4-1
National Starch & Chemical Company
Salisbury, North Carolina
Combined OU1 and OU3 Pretreatment System
Basis of Design
OU3, Well NS◄9 plus NS-51 Avg. Flow Rate:
12 gpm
20 gpm
} Alllll
37 gpm
OUl, Collection Trench (NS◄7) Avg. Flow Rate:
Combined System Max. Flow Rate:
Concentration
OUl Groundwater OU3 Groundwater OU3 Groundwater OU1 & OU3
OU1 Groundwater Well No. NS-47 Well No. NS-51 Flow Weighted Combined Flow
Parameter Influent SumD 24-HR 72-HR 24-HR I 72-HR Averaaa Weiahted Averaaa
nmanlca (uo/ll
1,2-Dichloroethane 150000 360000 360000 160000 150000 196000 181081 1,2-Dichlorooropane 8000 <1000 <1000 <1000 <1000 0 2595 oluene• 16000 <500 <500 <500 <500 120 .. 5270 -~tone 100000 <100000 <100000 <100000 <100000 ' 33784 lonitrtle 16000 <10000 <10000 <10000 <10000 0 5189 hloroethane• <10 <10000 <10000 <10000 <10000 40 27 1, 1-Dichloroethene• <5 <5000 <5000 <5000 <5000 20 14 ns-1,2-Oichloroethene• <5 <5000 <5000 <5000 <5000 200 135 thv1 Henzene 380 <5000 <5000 <5000 <5000 40 150 etrachloroethene• <5 <5000 <5000 <5000 <5000 120 81 lene-Total 1330 <5000 <5000 <5000 <5000 100 .. 499 invle Chloride• <10 <10000 <10000 <10000 <10000 120 81 Bis I2-Chloroethvll Ether 6008 <10 <10 <10 <10 0 1949 -Methvlohenot 320 <10 <10 <10 <10 0 104 Benzeic Acid 880 <50 <50 <50 <50 0 285
TAL.Metala (mo/ll'· ..
•• j •. ,·\,;!","'''. ... , .. /(•:.-,:,•,., ,:·, ,, ;-,,,' ·''I-., ':''!',":;;;,": ;,I ::'"''' ''l·l..··1'·,··::•·;; '.,, ..... " .. ' ..
!l•uminum 34.000 <0.1 <0.1 0.200 <0.1 0.08 11.1 nic <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.00 0.0 Barium 0.073 0.084 0.100 0.045 0.039 0.05 0.1 Bervlilium 0.013 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.00 0.0 admium <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.00 0.0 alcium 410.000 39.000 42.000 97.000 88.000 82.10 188.4 hromium <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.00 0.0 Iron 10.000 1.300 0.990 0.180 0.410 0.47 3.6 Manoanese 110.000 2.100 2.200 2.900 2.400 2.55 37.4 Nickel 1.500 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.00 0.5 selenium <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.00 0.0 sodium 3000.000 9.400 9.100 12.000 10.000 10.65 980.2 inc 0.840 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.013 0.01 0.3
G1~~a·;;.1 ,p·a~·~,~~~'::''t~~tii .. :::-,,,: ,: . .-i: , .. •,··,·: .'::, ~i.,i, :,<,:-<: .. , ' . ,,, .•. ,,,.:,,,,,,/0:/ "'1,:0,/,'\':,,,,, '',.·;:•·,.'·.'I' ,.,,,,. ,·
IAlkatinitv, Total 45.000 110.000 120.000 230.000 210.000 199.00 149.1 Biochemical en Demand 4400.000 <2 <2 <2 2.000 0.80 1427.6 lr.hemical O en Demand
hloride
~en, Ammonia
en, l\ieldahl
ii and Grease
olids, Total Dissolved
olids, Total Sus nded
Sulfate
urfactants
otal Oraanic: Carbon
H
4900.000 330.000 350.000 170.000 170.000 204.00 1727.0
3900.000 58.000 62.000 190.000 140.000 144.00 1362.2
23.000 <0.1 <0.1 0.020 <0.1 0.01 7.5 110.000 0.280 0.130 1.000 0.960 0.83 36.2 140.000 <5 <5 <5 <5 0.00 45.4 14000.000 260.000 270.000 590.000 530.000 501.00 4879.1 12.000 <1 <1 9.000 3.000 4.80 7.1
10.000 8.000 11.000 11.000 10.60 7.2 12.000 <0.1 <0.3 0.380 <0.3 0.15 4.0
2300.000 11.000 15.000 15.000 13.000 13.80 755.3 4.580 6.530 6.430 6.780 6.680 N/A N/A
1. Area OU1 Basia of De■ign concentnation■ listed in lhi1 table were reported by Pace Analytical Services. Inc.. (June 11. 1998).
Samples were collected by BBL on Apnl 29 to June 3, 1998.
2. Area OUJ Basis of Design concentrations Usted In this table were reported by Pace Analytical Services, Inc. (Mey 20. 1998).
Samples were collected by BBL on April 29 to May 1, 1998.
3. Concantra\lons raported at Ian than were aasumed to be zero in cah:,.1lating now weighted averages.
4 OU3 Groundwater Flow-Weighted Averages det■mlined by a-.-eraging reported concentrabon1 IOf eactl well then flow weighted
averaging lhe two wells togelhw.
5. Area OU3 average concentnation, rrom Volable Organic Compound■ marked wilh ••were included in lhe original NSCC OU3
Conceptual Dellgn and Pretlmlnary Duign Report although not detected In lhe BBL 1ampling event■.
OU1 & OU3
Combined Flow
Loadina (lbs/day)
80.5
1.2
2.3
15.0
2.3
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.2
0.0
0.9
0.0
0.1
4.9 a.a
0.0
0.0
0.0
83.8
0.0
1.6
16.6
0.2
0.0
435.9
0.1
66.3
634.8
768.0
605.7
3.3
16.1
20.2
2169.6
3.2
3.2
1.8
335.8
N/A
I
,f,
I
I
I
I
Table 4-1
National Starch & Chemical Company
Salisbury, North Carolina
Combined OU1 and OUJ Pretreatment System
Basis of Design
OU1 Max. Flow Rate:
OU3, Well NS-49 plus NS-51 Max. Flow Rate:
OU3, Collecdon Trench (NS-47) Max. Flow Rate:
Combined Syetem Max. Flow Rate:
OU1 Groundwater
Parameter Influent Sumo
ntt1anlca luall)
1,2•Dichloroethane 150000
1,2-Dichlorooropane 8000 oluene• 16000
1-\r.:Btone 100UUl
Arnilonitrile 16000
hloroethane• <10
1, 1-Dichloroethene· <5
rans-1,2-0ichloroethene• <5
Eth',I Benzene 380
etrachtoroethene· <5
l\llene -Total 1330
vmyle Chloride* <10
Bis {2-Chloroeth"I\ Ether 6008
-Methylohenol 320
Benzeic Acid 880
16 gpm
40 gpm
ll lllllll
76 gpm
OU3 Groundwater
Well No. NS-47
24-HR 72-HR
360000 360000
<1000 <1000
<500 <500
<100000 <100000
<10000 <10000
<10000 <10000
<5000 <5000
<5000 <5000
<5000 <5000
<5000 <5000
<5000 <5000
<10000 <10000
<10 <10
<10 <10
<50 <50
Concentration
OU3 Groundwater OU3 Groundwater
Well No. NS-51 Flow Weighted
24-HR 72-HR Averaae
160000 150000 223333
<1000 <1000 0
<500 <500 120
<100000 <100000 2000
<10000 <10000 0
<10000 <10000 ~ <5000 <5000 20
<5000 <5000 200
<5000 <5000 40
<5000 <5000 120
<5000 <5000 100
<10000 <10000 120
<10 <10 0
<10 <10 0
<50 <50 0 .
OU1 & OU3 OU1 & OU3
Combined Flow Combined Flow
Welahted Averaae Loadina (lbs/dav)
207895 189.9
1684 1.5
=63 3.2
22632 20.7
3368 3.1
32 0.0
16 0.0
158 0.1
112 0.1
95 0.1
359 0.3
95 0.1
1265 1.2
67 0.1
185 0.2
'AL Metals Ima/II . ,: . . ., .. ;, :"' . ::, ... ,,, ,,.,'. ''c"'ii•,,,,•·.:",t••": ,._-,, ··,. . :.·::,•'• ,,,, ,:'r, ,,. . . "· . ;.::,, •,• .. , .. ,. ' .
Aluminum
A"'enic
Barium
BeNlilium
admium
alcium
Chromium
Iron
Manaanese
Nickel
Selenium
tSodium
inc
r=ananii-,Parameters:,,ma/rl;
4.lkalinitv, Total
Biochemical O en Demand
hemical 0 en Demand
hloride
Nitnv,en, Ammonia
Nit en, Kielaahl
uil and Grease
ids, Total Dissolved
olids. 1 otal Sus nded
utfate
urlactants
otal Oraanic Carbon
H
34.000 <0.1 <0.1 0.200 <0.1 0.07 7.2 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.00 0.0 0.073 0.0841 0.100 0.045 0.039 0.06 0.1 0.013 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.00 0.0 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0,001 0,00 0.0 410.000 39.000 42.000 97.000 88.000 75.17 145.7 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.00 0.0 10.000 1.300 0.990 0.180 0.410 0.58 2.6 110.000 2.100 2.200 2.900 2.400 2.48 25.1 1.500 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.00 0.3 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.00 0.0 3000.000 9.400 9.100 12.000 10.000 10.42 639.8 0.640 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.013 0.00 0.2
"'
,,,-, ;,:··,t,, ::::,·: _•'"'! '":,::,:".",: ·: :·· , ... ',, :" . . i' .... ' ' .. ;,.,,,! ."·, -;::,·· ..... _:·< •. ?';:'•/·.-;:,· ... .', , .. ,., ',. ri•-;1,
45.000 110.000 120.000 230.000 210.000 185.00 155.5 4400.000 <2 <2 <2 2.000 0.67 926.8 4900.000 330.000 350.000 170.000 170.000 226.67 1210.5 3900.000 58.000 62.000 190.000 140.000 130.00 923.7
23.000 <0.1 <0.1 0.020 <0.1 0.01 4.8 110.000 0.280 0.130 1.000 0.960 0.72 23.7 140.000 <5 <5 <5 <5 0.00 29.5 14000.000 260,000 270.000 590.000 530.000 461.67 3311.8 12.000 <1 <1 9.000 3.000 4.00 5.7
10.000 8.000 11.000 11.000 10.33 8.2 12.000 <0.1 <0.3 0.380 <0.3 0.13 2.6 230_0.000 11.000 15.000 15.000 13.000 13.67 495.0 4.580 6.530 6.430 6.780 6.680 NIA N/A
1. Area OU1 Basia of Design concentrations listed in thi1 table were reported by Pace Analytical S11Mai1, Inc .• (June 11, 1898).
Samplu were C01led:ed by BBL on April 29 to June 3. 1998.
2. Area OUJ Basis of Design c.oncentratlOfl Usted In thi1 tabla were reported by Pace Analytical S11Mces. tnc. (May 20. 1998).
Sampl111ware collected by BBL on April 29 to May 1, 1998.
J. Concantrabons reported as lest than were assumed to be zero in calClllabng flow waigh!ed averag111.
4. OU3 Groundwater Flow We19:1;1c.: ,1111rag111 determined by averaging reported concentrationt for each wall then flow weighted
averaging the two wells togethor.
5. Area OU3 aver.ga concentrationt from Volabl• Clfvanic Compounds mantad with a • were indUded In the original NSCC OU3 Conceptual Design end Prelmnety Oelign Ropor1 allhough not detectad in the BBL sampling aveoll
6.6
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.0
133.0
0.0
2.3
22.9
0.3
0.0
584.4
0.2
142.1
646.6
1105.7
843.7
4.4
21.7
26.9
3025.0
5.2
7.5
2.4
452.1
N/A
I
I
I
,I
~
I.
-1-
•-11,
I
I
1,
11
' /• I
'fl I/
II
I'
I·
Table 4-2
Proposed Bedrock Well Retrofit
National Starch and Chemical Company
Salisbury, North Carolina
Screened Interval
Bore Casing From To
Name Diameter (in) Diameter (in) (feet BGS) (feet BGS)
NS-46 6.125 2 143.9 163,7
NS-48 6.125 2 151.0 170.8
NS-50 6.125 2 130.3 150,2
NS-52 9,875 4 119.4 139.0
NS-54 9.875 4 174.9 203.3
U:INSCCIPACKER41.WB2 07/30/98
I
I
I
,,,
I
I
I
l1
I,
· I, Figures
__ ,,,
f;
Ki .,
I
II
I ,,,
i l1
BOUCK & LEE, INC. BLASLAND, tis ts
lneers & sc/en e n O
I
I
I
I
I ,,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
I
I
l1
I
I
REFERENCE: Base Map Source, USGS 7.5 Min. Topo. Quad., China Grove, N.C., 1969 and Rowan Mills, N.C.,1970.
2000' 0 2000'
Approximate Scala: 1" a 2000'
07/98 SYR-054-0JH
05055011/05055n01.CDR
AREA LOCATION
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY
CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT
SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
SITE LOCATION MAP
BlASlAND, BCUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers 4 scientists 1 •1 BBL \FIGURE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
X: HSC01.0WC
I)
~ I t•S-2€ 0/
//
"
I..: OfT•"IBREAl<UN(S,11.12."fCO'IST•,-PATT• P: sm-PO>/tlt. 1/JIJ/M CRA-62-SO(, -SYR-s,-occ 0$055011\0SO"SM 4.0wc
/
• NS-6
/
\
\
\
\
_,,
I
I
\
I
\: 1 "' \ X-~NS...!2 f--
1
I
I
' '
/
\
\
\
I
I
I
(
\
' '
I
I
\
' I
/
/
I ' \
\
\
/
/
\
LEGEND
• MONITORING WELL LOCATION
♦ EXTRACTION WELL LOCATION
& SURFACE WATER / SEDIMENT
SAMPLE LOCATION
SOURCES:
-MAP ENTI1LED "SITE MAP' PREPARED FOR NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY BY INTERNATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
CORPORATION, KNOXVILLE, TENN., DATED 5/18/93.
-MONITORING WELL SURVEY BY SCHULENBERGER SURVEYING COMPANY, SALISBURY, N.C., DATED 1/21/97
-MONITORING WELL SUR\IE;Y BY TAYlOR Vw-£15MAN & TAYLOR, RALEIGH N.C., DA TED 3/98
SCALE IN FEET
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY
CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT, SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS VERIFICATION PLAN
SITE MAP
BBL Bl.ASlANO, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
FlGURE
1-2
L
X: /.ISCOl.Dl"G
L: CTT~'1BREAf<'Uf!ES."11."l2. •JCOOST•. "PAH'
P: sm-PCP/tll. 7/3'J/98 CR~-62-SO(, WON SYR-S+-OCC 0505!>()11 \0::,05!>$.,J.0M,
\
\ r
I
I
I
1
/
I
I
I
\
\
I
I
\
" "
I
I
\
\
/
/
\
\
\
I
I
I
I
\
/
LEGEND
• MONITORING WELL LOCATION
♦ EXTRACTION YELL LOCATION
IO U SAP ROUTE WELL GROUND-WATER
CONCENTRA TlON
10 U TRANSllE ZONE GROUND-WATER
CONCENTRATION
35,000 BEDROCK WELL GROUND-WATER
CONCENTRATION
SOURCES:
-MAP ENTITL£D •sITE MAP' PREPARED FOR NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY BY INTERNATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
CORPORATION, KNOX'v1LLE. TENN., DATED 5/18/93.
-MONITORING \\'ELL SURVEY BY SCHUL£N8ERGER SURVE'r1NG
COMPANY, SALISBURY, N.C., DATED 1/21/97
-MONITORING 'IVELL SURVE;Y BY TAYLOR 'M::ISMAN &: TAYLOR.
RALEIGH N.C., DATED 3/98
""
SCALE IN FEET
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY
CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT, SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
OU3 FINAL DESIGN SUBMISSION
1,2 DCA CONCENTRATIONS IN
OU3 GROUND WATER
APRIL/MAY 1998 SAMPLING EVENT
BB I
FlGURE
BLASLAND, BOUCK ~ LEE, INC. L eng;neers & sdenHsts 2-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Appendix A
Ground-Water Flow Modeling
Information
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC,
engineers & scienrisrs
I
I
I
I
I Appendix A Bound Separately
I Parts 1 of 2 and 2 of 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
I
0
n
D
I
I .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Appendix B
Ground-Water Quality Test
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
engineers & sc:ienrlsts
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
0
D
I
~ llllL o engineers & scientists z To: Mike Ford, NSCC
~ From:
Date: June 15, 1998
Mike Fleischner/Paul Stout, BBL cc:
0 Re: Dynamic Ground-Water Quality Test
Cedar Springs Road Plant Site
Salisbury, North Carolina
Joe Hochreiter
Tom Taylor
Dave Gerber
~
:;E As part of the on-going remedial design/remedial action (RD/RA) program for Operable Unit Three (OU3) at
lhc Cedar Springs Road Plant Site in Salisbury, North Carolina, Blasland. Bouck & Lee, Inc. (BBL) performed
a Dynamic Ground-Water Quality Test (DGWQT). The DGWQT was proposed in the Addendum to the
Supplemental RD/RA Work Plan submitted by BBL to the United States Environmental Protection Agency
(USEP A) and North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources (NCDENR) on April 3, 1998.
The USP.PA and NCDENR approved the Addendum without comment on the DGWQT task.
The primary objective of the DGWQT was to obtain ground-water quality information from OU3 and lhe
Trench Area for design of the proposed combined ground-water pre-treatment system. The secondary objective
• of the DGWQTwas to obtain information on th~ aquifer rcsponsb lo pumping stresses. ·Toe aquifer response
is used to obtain estimates of aquifer parameters and to evaluate the predictiveness of the ground-water flow
model created for the site.
BBL performed the DGWQT between during the week of April 27, 1998. The DGWQT consisted of the
following activities:
•
•
•
•
•
collection of an initial round of ground-water elevation measurements using an interface probe;
installation of l J. pressure transducers in 10 selected OU3 wells (NS-47, NS-51, NS-48, NS-50, NS-52,
NS-36, NS-40, NS-42, NS-45, NS-46) and one OU! well (NS-28);
continuously pumping NS-47 and NS-51 at approximaLely 0.75 gallons per minute U,'Pm) and 10 gpm,
respectively, for approximately 72 hours;
collection of manual ground-water elevation measurements using an interface probe on a regular basis
during the pumping;
collection of one sample from the influent line of the existing Trench Area Pre-Treatment System;
collection of samples from NS-47 and NS-SI after approximately 24 hours ofpomping and after 72
hours of pumping;
• collection of post-pumping ground-water elevation measurements;
evaluation of the aquifer response to obtain aquifer parameters using Aqtesolv (Geraghty & Miller, Inc.
1997); and
OGWQT.MEM-050.55 Page 1 of 3 Transmitted Vie Facsimile
JUL-30-1998 17=08 509 850 0491 98% P.02
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
m
I
I
Mike Ford
June 15, 1998
simulation of the aquifer response with the grow1d-water flow model created for the site.
Hydraulic Evaluation
Measurement of Aquifer R£sponse
On April 27, 1998, BBL installed pressure transducers in wells NS-28 (background), NS-36, NS-40, NS-42,
NS-45, NS-46, NS-47, NS-48, NS--50, NS--51 and NS-52. The pressure transducers were pro!J'Tammed 10 oblain
a measurement of depth-to-water once every 15 seconds for the duration of the test. Pumps were set in well
NS-47 at 42 feet (ft) below ground surface (bgs) and in well NS-51 at 115 ft bgs.
On the morning of April 28, 1998 BBL collected an initial rolUld of ground-water elevation measurements from
wells NS-01, NS-0!A, NS-02, NS-03, NS-12, NS-13, NS-14, NS-15, NS-24, NS-28. NS-33, NS-34, NS-36,
NS-37, NS-38, NS-39, NS-40, NS-41, NS-42, NS-43, NS-44, NS-45, NS-46, NS-47, NS-48, NS-49, NS-50,
NS-51, NS-52, NS--53 and NS-54. Additional initial measurements were taken for the surface water elevation
in the Northeast tributary at NE-01 and NE-02.
At approximately 11 AM on April 28, 1998, the pumps were activated in NS-47 and NS-5 !. The initial
pumping rate for NS-47 was 1 gpm and the initial pumping rate for NS-51 was 10 gpm. At approximately I
PM on April 28, 1998, the pumping rate in NS-47 was reduced to 0.75 gpm. This was done to avoid drawing
the ground-water level below the intake of the pump.
Hourly measurements of ground-water elevation were obtained from wells NS-13, NS-14, NS-33, NS-34, NS-
36, NS-39, NS-41, NS-43, NS-49, NS-53 and NS-54. These measurements were performed for the first four
hours of the test. The measurements were then obtained every four hours thereafter. Additio11al manual
measurements were obtained from the remainder of the wells listed above approximately once every four hours.
Table 1 presents a summary of the manual measurements.
Estimation of Aquifer Parameters
Water level response readings from each pressure transducer were downloaded for subsequent data
reduction/correction and estimation of aquifer hydraulic properties using AQTESOL VE. Corrections to
observed drawdown were applied for each well due to influences from atmospheric pressure variations and
differential recharge, based on water level results measured in monitoring well NS-28. NS-28 is localed
beyond the inferred area of influence of the pwnping wells, approximately 1900 feet and 2200 feet away from
pumping wells NS-4 7 and NS-51, respectively. Figure l presents the water level response for NS-28 prior to
and during the test, and Figure 2 presents a comparison between NS-28 results and barometric pressure
readings performed at the site during the same time interval.
The corrected drawdown versus time data were evaluated using AQTESOLYE to estimate transmissivity,
storativity, and if applicable depending on the particular analytical solution, coefficients associated with
leakage from adjacent hydrogeologic units. It is assumed that drawdown associated with pumping well NS-47
reflects unconfined hydraulic conditions within the saprolite. Pumping well NS-51 and observations wells NS-
36, NS-40, NS-42, NS-45, NS-48, NS-50, and NS-52, are assumed to reflect confined to semi-confined
conditions within the transition zone and fractured bedrock. These associations are based on: I) the site
hydrogeologic setting; ii) the well screen/open-hole intervals of the pumping and observation wells; and iii)
the observed drawdown versus time responses in each well.
OGWQT.MEM-050.55 Page 2 of 3 Transmitted Via Facsimile
JUL-30-1998 17:09 609 860 0491 97% P.03
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Mike Ford
June 15, 1998
Drawdown versus time data for each observation well were evaluated along with site hydrogeology to identify
the most appropriate ano.lytical solution to apply for detenninalion of aquifer hydraulic properties. Figures 3
through 11 present the drawdown versus time data along with the respective lypo-cu,ve matches for the optimal
solution approach detennined for each well. Figure 12 presents the results from combining all of the data from
observation wells located within the transition zone and fractured bedrock. Transmissivity values for the
transition zone/fractured bedrock range between approximately 50 feet'/day in NS-52 and 2000 feet2/day in
Ns-48. Storage coefficient estimates range betWeen approximately 0.0002 in NS-36 and 0.0048 in NS-42. The
lrdllsmis:iivily or 378 fcet2/day estimated from combining all the data is comparable to the geometric mean for
all individual estimates of390 feet'/day. Eslimated transmissivity for the saprolite based on pumping well NS-
47 is 32 feet'/day. The relatively low storage coeflicienl estimated for the saprolite reflects the early time data
used for the curve-match which does not account for delayed-yield associated with unconfined conditions.
Oesign Influent Sampling
To provide water quality data for the design of the proposed ground-water pre-treatment facility, water-quality
samples were obtained from the influent line for the existing pre-treannent fucility and trom the pwnps in NS-
47 and NS-51.
The influent was sampled on April 29, 1998. The results of the sample were considered anomalous due to
inconsistency with the data collected on a quarterly basis from the Trench Area extraction wells. A second
influent sample was obtained on June 3, 1998. The results of the second sampling event are considered more
appropriate for the design. Table 2 presents a summary of the sampling results. Attachment B presents the
laboratory data package.
The ground-water extracted from NS-47 and NS-51 was sampled after approximately 24 hours of pumping and
after approximately 72 hours of pumping. Table 4-1 of the Final Design Report presents a summary of the
sampling results.
MPF/PMS/mpf
OGWQT.MEM-050.55 Pago 3 of 3 Transmitte(J Via Facsimile
JUL-30-1998 1?:09 609 860 0491 98% P.04
I
I
I ,~; •• ij ••• ~~Ct p~• ;: i a ~··· 15 =~=·• "':: ~~·· ~·;· ~H: i'.: i": B ~··· ~,•. ••• i~!~ ,. -i!q 2 '= 5 q, ··• ___ .. -• ! .. e :!• -~!Cf ~~Cf -•I• .. ! .. $l !: q == Cf -:! • :::• i: i::: ..
I
. . l~ a=?• a=•• "! ~ i ~··· D .. ;:; I~ :as!• a•=• 1•"-, .. , ai•• .:;q 2••· i! ~ ~ ~ . • • ~ t q f:E" = e q ~!a •!• ' ... : q ~a• 2i: :!o a E ct --· •!•
I~ ii; fi: i: i;=z: ~-s. ;;~: ~-,_ ~-::-;:; !I!! is;;; . i~:;;; E;•. i ~ a a r--.. ~-·· ... !? :!: ;l !~1 ! q ,: = 0 ... ; ~; f!q ~E" =!q :!o =!· :ii;" •••
I a: ij: •·· ~:;; 1= s. a==· ij8.: !~'• •-1:• n=;~ ~H~ ! I:;' ·~ ~· ~SS& jl~: r· · .. 1 = q =!• !:! ! .. •l• ·!· ij~ ! • :ii• 1:1 :l.:: q, ,: .:. q •@• !! ~ .. ~·-~-.. • ••• .. : l" ,.. 2 .. -4i0
I ~=~ ;~ ;•:. !~ =. !• •• ! C:;; ~· =. g••· !0~2• .. , = ! ]:a: !' •. ~"!=s ~. = s ~-=:It. !! • 0 ..
!; .. O -~ ! 'f .. n:., -=!• .: ii • . q; .. ·!· :: ~ ·~· : i! .. ~ 2 ~., =~· • i .. == : ..
• IQ t • ~-·· ~q•· ~~•. ~~·· = g !! :; ! !! .... ~ .. !H-is} i ~ ~' ,i •• ~;!: ~!; i---· .. , ~ q: :,:~~ .::i!• .: , I• •! ... -'!• -;.::;~ ~~a~ SS!Cf -·· •!• ---=
I h~ :; !H: ... .., = 8 ~;;:• (! •; 1·•-:t B • a•· ~;. ~ i: ·-:;;! !~~, r" ii~; ,~ t' -· §~iq =,. -!• =•i: --a= :! t; --!i ! Q s~• t~• •~o = ! •
!! ~ .. : ;. = ,;H 13!! s= ~; R~:I i ft.= = J g ;; ! ~ .c=-i' •• !1!; •2~: a!i= 1• ~' •s~" -• ~I• •l• •!· ; ,: ! ., ~!• :f• S:• !:!!!•
I
~
ii! 9:; ,;~~ ~nsi a=•• a•t ~~; 115!: iH: i5i= .~ ._ ~;js -" s 5 ~-.::: ,i•• .= t. = 2 q ~!· II•!"" : ! q --• ~1• xa~ ... Iii:'!. •!• ~~ ..
a~ §' •• s;~; ;=a• == :;"g -... :I --t::t I a , ... ~~;: 8 =-s~=~ s· • ----~=~, ~--i" ~,. XI • ,~; =i• ~•l• ~=i= A,..!--=!Cf = .?Cf 2 I .. -!• a~· ;;; ? : •!o ~a ...
I 1 ~ j hit! &ij~:
I Ht 1-11JI i ~a I
8 a= ~·•-i:::~=a :i3 ! "' 9••-:: :: :x :I: ,: .. ~ t i~•-~~!8 !•-·•-JS h ~:;;:o ;1::Ax "~ .. ~ ... -· .. : ~ .. ==: II' :: ::: i!: =• ! ..,; ==!--·· -=I: .. -2 ! .. :. ! .. :;I ;: Cl :A::;,;,; -•!• ==~ ... ·• ••
i! I::::~ 3 !• 2. i•.; ·!!Cf .. .:-0 -a• • :• 15 i: ~; -ro::; g g::;t; 3: ~ 8 ,-.. i=q• 1=;· !" •• ::JIS .. a ••-as.! o 1i e, i ~" ; §" •• I: ~ G -" 2 Cf ~ .. ==!Cf ==~ i! .. ~ ! ... -..: !! -' 1;!Cf = ! q :$!'I• ;!: -~;:;: .. -:; ~ Cf -@· ;~:
h-I~ ~~ ~ g "; ,I ;=;" i::i;:.g ~: = '! :•·· i" =. ~3g ••s ~21 ~ -.. i 1==s ;~;~ ~!;; • • -; ! q A!" : ! " :f4 !,.; ! .. ... ! -'!: ~ 'f : !? , ~I• =!• i!<J t:!!: 'l ..
ft i :i ~ ;; , :! ; a ;~. ;i ; ;; ; B .~. 8 ~:l! !~=-;· .. :! ~ ~ , ... i=~:: r:=e it=. .... -• 0 -~·~ • = ~ q = ; '? = I! 'l :~-• ie -a!; ~:::--!! f"' ·•· s: ~ 'f ~~q =: 2;; a~e., --
~!! hS ; :: :it: .. ;:; ... 8 ~;~; ~=~s ... ~=~~ ;.a;:;; ~=; ~ ... ~::: a ! ••• J -.: :: a a=•s i·•· !~ :! • • ,s ! .. N ti: -a i..~ ! "' : ! : ~!q -. I:!!;! Q =i• -z.:::.q a:.~ q :s:;;: !::! : .. u ; ;; s~ <DN ,-8 i= = • ••• •• '! q AECJ ~=-• ::: !! "
•2~c Zi,;,; ~ 6;. .. !-~-~ ~ .. d!'"' ,: t:. g b A:::! q i" •• :i!'f a•·· ~-· ! ~. = :!a i='; R ~.., ~:~~ s= = ;I[ -j!., s~ 11!
==--;~ • r== a ,-.. ~-.. .: ~. !:a! c::=, §~ •• ;~:, • ... !:~ ··• ,. ·-ii" 8. ! • =. ;:~~ !="• !ict:: A g;;: <"!"' -· -• ... = ! q .. = :' q -•i• --. !• ! • -=~Ii' ~ C: ,q ~~~Cl !a!• !:!: -:l ~ 0 !l;: Cf .. -ii 0 .. • J 4
I
m
! , .. i~= b1• , ... ~~·· ~-.. ... = ·= !.I =!o •I• •!·
,; ,-.. ==•; s~s=i:. 1=:. ,: : a ! ,~ ~-· ; ... ; : ~ SI ~~=; i•·· Ei~i ?•:: ~,: f = ..... ,._
• -:f £ .. :::. Ji E q :ao ~lo :::.,.;!• :e!e1 .. : ;:!'f ~~G --•· -:: :!• _(~• --· ~ = ! ; --
' •·· •· -a•. :::, -=-... ~ )q ! II l ;: i a ==~ ::; _ .. ! ... = .. 0 :;i~ ==!-
• ="':~ .... :. ,~ = ! ~ • B = .. ~ -i~ a: ::: =;; ~-! s:: ! -;:: l =i• ==i• ·-· ---..
1; :~ -~· s~ '· t: ~. j.; ,·. ,:; ~. .;=: .. a: .. ' .. ·• !~ ~. ·• !--
__ , -·• i:l?a :;; ! D .. . •$l• t!: ~!:D i..,;::r .. .; .. :e• ,.: • Cl :! .. :; ! 0 § ii E • ~= .. •:! .. ;:;§a . -.. .. -· •:
E
§ • 1,Jl1 ii! • I • I rH uH H u~ H H !di 1-il <. , I . ' H HHA I ' uui !! ! > it Jt!i! ... H uh t!!] 1~!1· :l i:.i" :i~ 0 0• a •• -· -a ... o -St.S ~~~o .. 0 .!I & .. a ... 0 --. :.
I· • • X • • • .: X • ~ ; F F ji .. • • • ~~ •• ·~ ·• • ~· ~ ~ ;• ~ ~ r !!" ;-•• .---~ < : : ~ ! ,
I
I
I JUL-30-1998 17:09 609.860 0491 98% P.05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i i;t:!g !:;; :-~.:. --· 1;
Ii ~-as !~·· " g ! q -•!'1 • .i is•• -.,; ~ "i-lit;•• :: -~,
X o ~ S? ~~!;: ~;:. !:'"' !! ,-1 --.: .. •:
. ' !! H • I . ! • h • > , 1• h di-5!4 ~a: J 1-s ! a . • • !P -~ ; •$ ~-~-E
' ' ,
C
JUL-30-1998 17:09
:! :!; = ! ':!!:-:•
•• i•h \. 6 ! & • !i <
'
ai;
!I ....... -~e:
93!• ... -a:•
-~ ! • a:; z: •
9-. Eil "' ... ::: ~ ..
ii ••• •!•
~~ :-.: .. =~ ..
:: i ~"' .... n,.. .... ::•
! . ' •. I -o!
~ !
~~." -2-~~~· ii:: ::
l ~' b:il :: ··-.. ;: :: ::
!! ~;: ~==~ :! i: Io
I:• C" a:: i:: a ... ~ .i .. a:~
:! • ! : ""='! -· :o I::~~::
;••· •:! Q ;: !; :!!! .. -.: -~-·· .. --==-
>1:=o•sAa ;s.,; I!!: o:!:.,; ~ C
....... Ab~i., §:.l;;Q: .. Ji!o
~.; i~::: g ...2 ..
•is:r ! .. r '° ~.•. ,:: ... t 0
aa• -·~ --•g a:ea
e·• : @ ~~~. ..,; ~ 0
1,Jt •O o pq .!~ id! i;; Cl"' lS HH! Ht p ,d Hq
I: Cl! b,
~ • • • • •• p p :i ! ~ • F l-• , • • ' '
609 860 0491 P.06
! ' ' I I
~ -J
~ CS)
CJ\ CS)
\J)
co CJ\ CS)
CS)
A \J)
~
-

-

-

-

-

-
-!!!!I --== -----

-

-
-··
Background
0
-0.05
-0.1
-0.15
-0 .2 L------i----t---------+---t--------+--+----+--+------+----1
O 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
-NS-28 · >< Start Test
p
-,J .
p
"'
-(/)
Q)
.s::::. 0
C
30
~29.5
::l
(/)
(/)
~ a.
29
28.5
Patm vs NS-28
28-Apr 29-Apr 30-Apr O1-May
---P Atm -WLE (inches + 31)
--• t!!!!!!!! I!!!!!! !!!!I _, --.. ---.. --NSCC 4/30-5/1/98
Data Set C:\PMS\BBL\NSCC\PTESTu\PR98\36-01.AQT
'-< Date: 05125/98 Time: 13:41:05 C r I w ,;) 1. I ....
\l)
\l) co
2 PROJECT INFORMATION ....
...J ~ .. -Company: BBL .... C:
,;) II) Client: NSCC E -~ 0.1 Project: 050.55.060
(ti Test Location: Salisbury, NC Q. V, Test Well: NS-51/47 i:5
0.01 en ,;) SOLUTION \l)
co Aquifer Model: Leaky en ,;)
,;) Solution Method: Hantush.Jacob
A = 824.5 tt2Jday \l) T .... 0.001
1. 10. 100. 1000. 1.E+04 1.E+05 1.E+06 s = 0.0002327
r/8 = 0.317
Time (min)
AQUIFER DATA
Saturated Thickness: 158. ft Anisotropy Ratio (Kz/Kr): Q1
WELL DATA
Observation Wells
Well Name
NS-51
y ft
7393
5we11 Nama y (ft)
NS-36
I X (ft) 4307 8137
NS-47 4217 8083
~ --l
~ IS)
m ~
IS)
~ ~
,,
~ IS)
0.8
g 0.6 c Q)
E 8 .,
a. i5 0.4
0.2
+
~~~~~~~~ =-------NSCC 4/30-5/1/98
+
+
+
Data Set: C:\PMS\BBL\NSCC\PTEST\APR98\40-01.AQT
Date: 05125/98 Time: 13:54:18
PROJECT INFORMATION
Company: BBL
Client: NSCC
Project: 050.55.060
Test Location: Salisbury, NC
Test Well: NS-51/47
SOLUTION
Aquifer Model: Confined
o. LJ........LJ...J..U~~L..L.L.L.LJ.1'1.___._-L..!..i...u..i.u..._....L.-1--'-Ll.,,.J
Solution Method: Cooper-Jacob
T = 777.3 tt2Jday 1. 10. 100. 1000. 1.E+04 S =0.002398
Adjusted nme (min)
/.
AQUIFER DATA
Saturated Thickness: 158. ft Anisotropy Ratio (Kz/Kr): QJ.
WELL DATA
Observation Wells
Well Name
NS-51
NS-47
y ft
7393
8083
I Well Name
+ NS-40
I X (ft) y (ft)
4188 7408
..... C r I w ISl I .... <I)
<I) m
....
--J ....
ISl
en ISl <I)
m en ISl
ISl A <I) ....
"1J .... ....
-- - --10.
1.
~ !E. -C: 4> E 0.1 fl CII C. a,
i:5
0.01
0.001
0.01 0.1
Saturated Thickness: 158. ft
Well Name
NS-51
Ns-47
'1!!111 l!!!!J -
0
0
1. 10. 100.
Time (min)
4217
1211 == -------NSCC 4/30-5/1/98
Data Set: C:\PMS\BBL\NSCC\PTEST\APR98\42-01 .AQT
Date: 05/25/98 Time: 14:33:10
PROJECT INFORMATION
Company: BBL
Client: NSCC
Project 050.55.060
. Test Locatlon: Salisbury, NC
Test Well: NS-51/47
SOLUTION
Aquifer Model: Confined
Solutlon Method: Theis
1000. 1.E+04 T = 305.1 n2tday
S = 0.004769
y ft
7393
8083
AQUIFER DATA
Anisotropy Ratio (Kz/Kr): 0.1
WELL DATA
ftell Name
0 NS-42
Observation Wells I X (fl) 4360
y (ft)
7386
'-< C r I (.,I IS)
I ....
\LI \LI (D
....
-.J ....
IS)
CJ\
f8
(D
CJ\ IS)
~ \LI ....
7J ....
N
-..,, , . --
1.
g .... C: Q)
E 0.1 ~ (11
Q. r/)
i:5
0.01
0.001
0.01 0.1 1. 10.
Time (min)
Salurated Thickness: 158. ft
Pum in Wells
Well Name X ft
NS-51 4395
NS-47 4217
!!!I -== --, .. -----NSCC 4/30-5/1/98
~ Data Set: C:\PMS\BBL\NSCC\PTEST\APR98\45-01.AQT
Date: 05/29/98 Time: 14:30:26
PROJECT INFORMATION
Company: BBL
Client: NSCC
Project: 050.55.060
0 Test Location: Salisbury, NC
Test Well: NS;51/47
SOLUTION
Aquifer Model: Confined
Solution Method: Theis
T = 484.3 tt2/day
100. 1000. 1.E+04 S = 0.000925
AQUIFER DATA
Anisotropy Ratio (Kz/Kr): 0.1
WELL DATA
Observation Wells
y fl
7393
I Well Name y (fl)
0 NS-45
I X (ft)
4106 8234
8063
....
..J .... ....
ffl
I ....
-u ....
l.J
-

-

-

-
111111 ,_ 11!!1· I!!!!! 1!!19 -------., .. 111!11
g
c Ill E fl (ti
1i -~ 0
10.
1 .
0.1
D
0,01
0.001 W..l.J.J.lilLl...JL..Uh!J,LLJL.U..UllL..1..J..JJWil.....L..L.llWIL.J..i.UJIJLJJ..JWUIL...J....1..1.WW
0.01 0.1 1. 10. 100. 1000.1.E+041.E+0~1.E+06
Time (min)
NS-47
Data Set: C:\PMS\BBL\NSCC\PTEST\APR96\47-01.AQT
Date: 05/29/98 Time: 16:12:32
SOLUTION
Aquifer Model: Unconfined
Solution Method: Quick Neuman
T = 11.04 tt2Jday
S = 0.4208
Sy= 0.12B6
r.. = 0.01
AQUIFER DATA
Saturated Thickness: 20. fl
WELL DATA
p · w II Observation Wells
I y-Jell Name ump1~g(fl) e s Y (fl) I Well Name j X (fl) Y (fl) j
~N';_S~-7.47~~-----+----'4ia2;'i1~7-----t---a°'0,.;8~3----i L. o:...cN~S,,_-4....:.7,__ ____ __,_ ____ 4_2_17~-~---8083 --
--• -l!!!!!!il !!!!!!i ·---liiii1' --_ , , _ NSCC 4/30-5/1 /98
Data Set: C:\PMS\8BL\NSCC\PTESnAPR98\4B-01.AQT
..... Date: 05/25/9B Time: 14:50:35 C r I (,J
(S) 1. I ....
\j) \j) ro -PROJECT INFORMATION .... E-
--J -C: Company: BBL .... Cl> .... E 0 ""' Client: NSCC
fl 0.1 _ Project: 050.55.060
<ti a Test Location: Salisbury, NC
"' Test Well: NS-51/47 0
0.01
CTI ('il SOLUTION
ro Aquifer Model: Leaky CTI (S) Solution Method: Hantush-Jacob (S)
-I> = 1960.9 tt2tday \j) 0.001 T ....
0.01 0,1 1. 10. 100. 1000. 1.E+04 s = 0.0008759
r/B = 0.2529 Time (min)
AQUIFER DATA
Saturated Thickness: 158. ft Anisotropy Ratio (Kz/Kr): 0.1
WELL DATA
Pum in Wells Observation Wells
Well Name X fl y ft I Well Name I X (ft) y (ft)
"tJ NS-51 4395 7393 4305 7871 • NS-48 .... NS-47 4217 8083 -I>
'-< C r I w (S)
I ,_.
ll)
ll)
Ol
,_.
-,]
,_. ,_.
(J\
:'8
Ol • (J\
(S)
(S)
h ll) ,_.
,_.
<J1
--..
1.
ii? --C: Q)
E
8 0.1
CII a "' 0
0.01
0
0.001
0.01 0.1 1. 10. 100.
nme (min)
Saturated Thickness: 150. ft
Pumping Wells
X {ft) I Well Name
NS-51 4395
== -,1111!!1 -, .. --· -NSCC 4/30-5/1/98
Data Set: C:\PMS\BBL\NSCC\PTES1'APR98\50-01.AQT
Date: 05/15/98 Time: 14:44:02
PROJECT INFORMATION
Company: BBL
Client NSCC
Project: 050.55.060
Test Location: Salisbury, NC
Test Well: NS-51 /47
SOLUTION
Aquifer Model: Leaky
Solution Method: Hantush-Jacob
T = 559.4 fillday
1000. 1.E+04 s = 0.001873
r/8 = 0.05348
AQUIFER DATA
Anisotropy Ratio (Kz/Kr): 0.1
WELL DATA
Observation Wells
y (fl)
7393
I Well Name
o NS-50
I X {ft) 4322
y {ft:.:.,.)_-----!
7468
D ,,
I ,,
I
I'
I
I
I
1·
I
I
I,
I
R
I
I
I
I
20. ~~~...,......~~~-nm-~.,..,,,,,-,c-n-mm---,-,crm,n-rrr-mm---.-rtnm1
16.
-s 12. -C: CD E
8 m a.
"' 0 8.
4.
•
• • +
+ • +
+
+
+
+
•
0. L..L.Lil.LwL-J....U.IJUll.-1...L.llilllL....L.Lil.LwL-J...ULLWL-1...L.llilllL....L.LLLl.llll.-J....U.ilWI
1. 10. 100. 1000 .. 1.E+04 1.E+05 1.E+06
Adjusted Time (min)
0.01 0.1
NSCC 4/30-5/1 /98
Data Set: C:\PMS\BBL\NSCC\PTEST\APR98\51-01.AQT
Date: 05/25/98 Time: 21 :42:57
PROJECT INFORMATION
Company: BBL
Client: NSCC
Project: 050.55.060
Test Location: Salisbury, NC
Test Well: NS-51/47
AQUIFER DATA
Saturated Thickness: 158. ft Anisotropy Ratio (Kz/Kr): 0.1
WELL DATA
Pumoinq Wells Observation Wells
Well Name X Cft\ Y (ft\ I I Well Name I X (ft)
NS-51 4395 7393 I • NS-51 4395
SOLUTION
Aquifer Model: Confined T = 162.7ft2tday
Solution Method: Co012er-Jacob S = 0.0003193
JUL-30-1998 17: 11 609 860 0491 99%
I
y (ft}
I 7393
P.16
[g
ffi
"" ~ \[)
~
" ~ -J
~~ .. ,. --c----1 000. E,1rT111111--rTmtnr-.nmnr"TTTIT!llrrrmmr,ntmirnrnrnnn.rnn,-TTTnmrTTT11111J
100.
10.
£ --C (I)
E 1. (I)
0 "' a "' l5
0.1
0.01
0. 00 1 W..wu.L.wJ..Wll..1..UJU!UJL...LJ.JJWlll....l..llUJIJL..l..J..Llll"'-LI.UWIL.w.LUUII...LJ.J.IJJllL..L.J..1.11llll
0.01 0.1 1. 10. 100. 10001.E+01.E+01.E+01.E+01.E+08
Time (min).
AQUIFER DATA
-------· --NSCC 4/30-5/1/9B
Data Set C:\PMS\BBL\NSCC\PTEST\APR98\52-01.AQT
Date: 05/29/98 Time: 16:10:45
PROJECT INFORMATION
Company: BBL
Client: NSCC
Project 050.55.060
Test Location: Salisbury, NC
Test Well: NS-51/47
SOLUTION
Aquifer Model: Leaky
Solution Method: Hanlush-Jacob
T = 50.19 tt2tday
S = 0.0004452
r/B = 0.4132
Saturated Thickness: 158. ft Anisotropy Ratio (KzJKr): 0.1
WELL DATA
Pum · Wells Observation Wells
Well Name ft y ft I Well Name I X (ft) y (ft)
NS-51 5 7393 4378 7348 • ns-52
NS-47 4217 8083
-'
4 F I !sf I ...
U) U)
CD
...
--J ...
I\J
U) CD ,,
--< 0 --< D 1l r
... 1J CD • ... CD
10.
~ E, -1 .
C a, +
E ~
"' a Cl)
i5 0.1
0.01
0. 0 0 1 L._Li.W!llL-.L.U.l!!LUL11lUll....LJ..LUWI...JLW1JjJL.uJJJJiil...u..u.LUL!..uuwlLLuwul..JLW111il.u.Ul!ll!
1.E-01.E-01.E-0.V.0010.01 0.1 1. 10. 100.100C1.E+c1.E+05
Time, vr2 (min/tt2)
AQUIFER DATA
-------·· NSCC 4/3~/1/98
Data Set: C:\PMS\BBL\NSCC\PTEST\APR9B\ALL02.AQT
Date: 05/25/98 Time: 22:34:05
PROJECT INFORMATION
Company: BBL
Client: NSCC
Project: 050.55.060
Test Location: Salisbury, NC
Test Well: NS-51/47
SOLUTION
Aquifer Model: Confined
SoluUon Method: Theis
T = 382.3 ttllday
5=0.0002148
Saturated Thickness: 158. ft Anisotropy RaUo (Kz/Kr): 0.1
WELL DATA
Pumeing Wells ObservaUon Wells I Well Name X {ft) y (ft) Well Name X It Y(!! NS-51 4395 7393 • NS-51 4395 7393
• ns-36 4307 8137
o ns-40 4188 7408
• ns-42 4360 7686
• ns-48 4305 7817
a NS-50 4322 7468
, NS-52 4378 7348
I ,,
I
I,
I
I
0
0
I ,,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
Appendix C
Air Permit Application
I
I
I:
I
I ,,
I ,,
I
I'
rf;
I:
-1
I
I
I
11
I
I,
Appendix C To Be Sent Under Separate Cover
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
Appendix D
Final Design Plans and
Specifications
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FINAL DESIGN DRAWINGS
COMBINED OU1 AND OU3
PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
,'' •:.,¥);; ~-•.
. .l '•: '~ , . -~
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY
CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT
SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
JULY 1998
PREPARED FOR:
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY
SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL AFFAIRS
10 FINDERNE AVENUE
BRIDGEWATER, NEW JERSEY 08807
INDEX TO DRAWINGS
COVER SHEET
1 SITE PLAN
2 PROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM
3 PROCESS AND l~iSTRUMENTATION LEGEND, INTERLOCK SCHEDULE
AND PLC WIRING DIAGRAM
4 OU1 PRETREATMENT BUILDING EQUIPMENT DEMOLITION PLAN
5 OU1 PRETREATMENT BUILDING EQUIPMENT LAYOUT PLAN
6 COLLECTION TRENCH AND PUMPING WELL DETAILS
7 EXTRACTION WELLAND MISCELLANEOUS SITE WORK DETAILS
REFERENCE: B.ne Map Soun;:e, USGS 7.5 Min. Topo. Quad., China Grove, N.C., 1969 end Rowan MiRI, N.C.,1970. PREPARED BY:
8 OU1 PRETREATMENT BUILDING STRUCTURAL ALTERATIONS
9 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULES
u,..~
OSIIISll~.CUI
LOCATION MAP
APPROX. ICAI..E: r * 2XD fW BBL
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
10 ELECTRICAL AND HVAC PLAN
11 PUMPING WELLAND EXTRACTION WELLS ONE-LINE DIAGRAMS
12 ELECTRICAL SITE PLANS, DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS
13 NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS
DRAFT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L: ON••, orf•RE• P: StO-PCP/DL
NEW ~ru£CTION-:E~ ~11 TO ELEVATE TO 10 MIN. ABOVE GRAciJ. TALL NEW PIPE
SUPPORTS AS REOOIRED AT 1 '-o-SP AONG
(SEE PIPE SUPPORT OETr ON SHT. 7)
--------NEW PIPE HEAT
TRACING Cl (HT-9) ---c:---
Ex1sr_ W(LL N(x-s n-mu
[X-10 OISCHARG( PIPING
'·
SEE SHT. 4 FOR PIPING CONTINUATION IN OU1
PRETREATMENT BUILDING
NS-OJ !
TRENCH AREA
EXIST. UNOERCROUNO Y
HOPE EFFLUENT LINE
TO LAGOON 1
EXISTING OU1 PRElREA TMENT BUILDING =c.:. _ _......
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NEW 1-1 /2'" UNDERGROUND GAS I
LINE. INST ALL PER LOCAL CODES
(SEE OETAJL SHT. 7)-----f-'r\lr---itei-1-----i
8
NS-4 C, NEW Pl
TRACIN
I
(
~-10 r, .
LAGOON
NO 3
)
I
MAIN
TREA NENT
BUILDING
---·----~
INSTALL ADDITIONAL PJPE suPP~t's As REa·U. IN ll-11S AREA TO BRIDGE BElV,ffN E;(IST. PIPE
RACKS (SEE PIPE SUPPORT 2 ON SHt., 7)
\
\
\
\
CONNECT TO EXIST. GAS LINE
\
\
7/J0/96 P1SCATAWAY-5EK. SYll-!>-4-0CC ~5011/050½C01.DW:::
Graphic: Scale No.
NEW ABOVE GROUND 2-SCH. 4-0 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPING WITH ~ED JOINTS, 1 • FRP INSUL.A TION AND ALUMINUM OUTER JACKET TO FOLLOW EXISTING FENCE LINE, (SEE PIPE SUPPORT 1 ON SHT. 7) --~
NEW PIPE HEAT TRACING * CIRCUIT (HT-15) HT
II ~ II
II D
~ :i □ II □ d II
□ II
~
~-
I I ....-FUTURE R.R. \ V SPUR
NEW PIPE HEAT \
TRACING CIRCUIT (HT-14)°-
INSTALL UNIONS
(SEE NOTES)
--
NEW 200' LONG COLLECTION
TRENCH. SEE DETAILS ON SHT.6 \ . I
• ·1 i
ITT •
. INSTALL NEW 14• DIA. I·
PUMPING WELL AND · f CONTROL PANEL (SEE j 1
SHT. 6 FOR 0ETAlLS)
NS-35 8 NS-43
NS-44
I
7d
STORl.t LINE -~--,1
~~~1-hr-sa=~=~"""""""f=-¥-;-<F· F===~==~1
'-·1 l1
i ,1 ' ~ 7 I
~
I I I ---.Ii,,,,,... h...n-c -\ I ~rp~Cl!:.__lll.l>lt....-, \ -, \ \J \ r=:=:::::::
LAGOON
NO<
\ \ \-~--
\ \ EXIST. PIPE
\ RACK #2
~W PIPE HEAT
TRACING CIRCUIT
(HT-13)----J
LAGOON LAGOON
j NOi I N02
ruw ABOVE GROUND 2· s~. ~ GALVANIZED STEEL
l _ _j
P PE WITI-{ YIELDED JOINTS. • FRP lNSULA TION ANO ALUM. TER JACKET. CONNECT T 2•~ouBLE CONTAINMENT
PIPING AT GRADE. NEW 2• sa-t. 40 GAL VINIZEO STEEL__) P PE TO MOUNT EXISTING PlrE CK SYSTEM (MODIFY
A NECESSARY) OR PROVID! NEW PIPE RACK TO 0U1 P ENL-BUIL.DWC.--tfEAT TRACE ALONG ENTIRE RUN.
lnit Project Mgr. ___ MPF __ _
,------c,fL-INSTALL Y10..L PUMP AND CONTROL ·1 'I
PANEL AT EX. YIELL (SEE DETAIL ON $HT. 7) • I
NS-14 /
G
I
I
INSTALL WELL PUMP AND CONTROL PANEL AT EX. Yt£lL SEE 0ET All ON SHT. 7, TIE INTO PIPING FROM WELL NS-49
INSTALL DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PIPING INSIDE 8" SCH. 40 STEEL PIPE AT ROAD CROSSING
NS-34 a NS-33
I
I
I:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
! I .J
I !
• I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--Eff--£XISTINC: UNO£RCR0oJN0 EITlUENT PIPING
------PROPERTY LINE
--------EXISTING OV(Rti(>D PIPING
-[DCE: Of WATER
♦ (XISTING CXTRACTION WELL
0 EXISTING M0NlT0RtNG wru
® NEW EXTRACTION 'n£LL
All. NEW WORK SHO~ BOl.O
@ NEW PIPE HEAT TRACING
0· NEW MAIN PO~ ZONE fOR HEAT TRACE
GENER.t.1. NOTH:
1. n-1£ CONiRACTOR SHA.LL COORDINATE A.LL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ¥!!TH THE NSCC REPRESENTATIIIES PRIOR TO COMMENCING ON-SITE ACTIVITIES.
2. lliE CONiRACTOR SHAU. VERIFY A.LL DIMENSIONS IN THE FlELD.
l. lliE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE Al.L LOCAL PERMITS ANO MAKE ARRANGEMENTS rOR LOCAL INSPECTIONS (AS NECESSARY).
4, lliE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTA.L.L EOUIPMOH IN NEAT ANO WORKMANLIKE MANNER· AUCN. LEVEL ANO AO.UST rOR SATISF"ACTORY OPERATION· INSTAU
~~,J;t:1k,ARt~~LYof~~~B~~~&;J~~=~TS ~E
SUB..CCT TO REVIEW ANO APPROVAL BY THE NSCC REPRESENTATIVES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION ANO/OR OPERATION.
5. lliE CONTRACTOR SHA.LL Fl)RNISH ANO PLACE PROPER CIJAROS f'OR PREVENTION ~M~c~~M.0~f&~clf~';tlc~~N~6ft"rn&P.~~,;Fcf<iiNPlNSJ,/
S"1'£TY RAILINGS, BARRIERS. oif(llllER SAF"ETY FEA T\JRES REOUIREO. TH[ CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIOE ANO MAINTAIN sumaENT LIGHTS OVR\NC NIGHT HOURS TO SEOJRE SUCli PROTECTION.
6. lliE CONTRACTOR SHA.LL BE SOC£l.Y RESPONSIBLE f'OR INITIATING. MAINTAINING.
ANO SUPERVISING A.LL S.ofl:TY PRECAUTIONS ANO PROGRAMS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR SHA.LL TAKE All NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS f'OR THE SAfETY OF, ANO SHALL PROVIOC THE NECESSARY PROTECTION TO PRE\£NT O.WACE, IN.URY. OR LOSS TO A.LL EMPLO'r£ES ON THE WORK ANO ANY OTHER PERSONS 'M-10 MAY BE Af"fECTEO THEREBY.
7. lliE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH A.LL APPUCABLE LAl'IS, ORDINANCES. Rlll£S. REGULATIONS, ANO OROERS OF PUBLIC BOOCES HA\r1NC .URISOICTION f'OR THE S.ofl:TY OF PERSONS OR PROl?ERTY OR TO PROTECT THEM FROM DAMAGE. IN.URY. OR LOSS, INCLUOING. "MTHOOT UMtTATION. THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR SAFETY ANO HEALTH REGULATIONS f'OR CONSTRUCTION PROMULGATED UNOER THE OCOJPATIONAL S.ofl:TY ANO ~ THH~ ~grU'fr 9JT~t6ko~o Ag~~~ :,::~r ;ft6 ~~~~iRACT
THERE TO. TH[ CONiRACTOR SHALL ERECT ANO M>JNJAIN, AS REOOIRED SY
THE CONOITIONS ANO THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK, All NECESSARY SAFE Cl.JAROS f'OR THE SAFTIY ANO PROTECTION ANO SHALL COUPL Y \lillTH All APPUC"8t.E RE COM MENO A TIONS OF THE MANUAL OF ACCIOENT PRE\£NTION IN CONSTRUCTION Of THE -'SSOCIATED GENERAL CONiRACTORS Of AMERICA. INC.
ti. BASE MAP INFORMATION (INCLUOING UTILITY LOCATIONS) PROVIOCD ON THIS ~~ ~~1'1i~~c~_.% ~~:&roTIM°fitib~~~~~•MiERE POSSIBt.£ ANO IS APPROXIMATE ONLY. OTHER UNOERCROONO UTILITIES MAY EXIST, THE LOCATION Of \IIHICli AT THIS TIME ARE UNKHO~. THE CONiRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION Of UTILITIES IN THE FlEI..O PRIOR TO INITIATING v«:JRK.
9. All SURf"ActS Oi\MAC£0 OR OESiROYED AS A REStA..T Of WORK PCRf"ORM[l) BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL 8E RESTORED TO THEIR PRE-CONSTRUCTION
CONDITION IN A TIMELY WANNER.
10. Tl-iE CONiRACTOR SHAU. REPAIR OR REPL.Act ANY FENCINC RO,IOVEO OR OAMACEO CURING CONSTRUCTION.
11. All WORK SHAU. CONFORM TO All Af'Pt.JCABLE Rl.llES. REGULATIONS ANO COOES INCLUOINC. SIJT NOT LIMITED TO. NORTH CARCXJNA STATE BUILOINC COOE ANO LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT RECULATIONS.
12. ITEMS Of" sPECIAC MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ~~~r~r ~~[~NT~..:~n:ttJ~s.ANO/OR THE
13. CONTRACTOR SHA.LL MAINTAIN A SET Of PLANS ¥!!TH CURRENT FlELO CliANCES MARKEO THEREON ANO SHA.LL OOJVER THESE PLANS TO THE NSCC REPRESENTATIVE UPON COMPL£T10N OF CONSTRUCTlON". ANAL PAYMENT WIU. NOT BE MADE UNTL lHtS R£0UIREMENT IS SATISAEO.
14. lHE CONTRACTOR SHA.LL NOTlfY THE NSCC REPRESENTATIVE lMMEOIATELY »JEN CONFUCT BETV£EN ORAW!NCS ANO ACTUAL CONOITIONS ARE OISCOVEREO.
15. lHE CONiRACTOR SHA.LL AEl..O LOCATE FUTI.JR( R.R. SPUR ¥,!TH THE NSCC R(PR[SENTATIVE ANO SHA.LL INSTALL PIPING UNIONS TO f'ACIUTATE FUTURE INSTALLATION Cl' A PIPING BRIOG£.
DRAFT
ne Number
050.55.0lF l--l---!1----------------'I---I Designed by ___ KOH __ _ BBL NATIONAL STARCH ANO CHEMICAL COUPANY. CEDAR SPRlNCS R(-M> Pl.ANT• SAUS8URY. NORTH CAROLINA
COMBINED OUl AND OU3 PRETTiEA TMENT SYSTEM Dote
NO ALT£RAT10NS PERMITTED HER[ON [XC(PT
AS PROVIO(O UNDER SECTION 7209 SUBOtVISION
2 Of lH( NEW YORK STAT£ EDUCATION LAW
Drown by ___ SEK, OCC __
f---f----1----------------1---l Checke1:1 by ___ ORG __ _
Pro!. Eng. _ EDWARD R. L YN0-1
PE license __ N.C. 22694 __
BLASI.AND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
SITE PLAN
JULY 1998
Bloslond. Bouck & Lee. Inc.
Corporote Heodquorters
6723 Towpath Rooc:l
S)'"OCuse. NY 13214 315-4~6-9120
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,-<)--@----~
I , ' ' , <y--~----@
I
I
I
I
L-L----T--
~
$
I ' , t---@----
1 , ' I
I r,-<)----
' I I I Li~---
$
1 I I I L-l--r--
~
I ' , r---®----
1 , '
I r,-0-----, I
I I Li~---
1 I I I L_J __ r--
~
EXISTING PU-205.l
PU-105
P 0-150 PSI
PU-tt5
~
COLLECTION TRENCH
PUMPING WELL
L: ON••, OFT•REr "= COIT-0.0/CONT-wve 7/JIJ/98 SY!!-~ OCC 0:1055011 /05055001.0Y!O:;
C.-ophic Scale
NO "1.TERATIONS PERlillfTED HEREON (XC[PT
AS PRO'v1D[O UNDER SECTION 7209 sueo1-..S10N
2 Of" TH[ NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION LAW
No. Dote
EXISTING AREA OU-1
TROI01 'll'ATER O:TRACOOH ¥C.LS(TW.1 ~fS)
£)(. 5 TliROUCH Ell 10
Revisions
"" ~--------W·~ ~---------
DLsa-tARGE TO
ATMosPHERE
-----=7 ' , -~-0 , I
.l"X2" R.
J"• PVC
1/2"• PP TUBJNG
INSIOE 2•• FRP .._.,.
CAUSTIC
METERING
WS-510
OUENCH
TOWER
WS-520
CAUSTIC
BCRIJ88ER
f---l----<,lo-----_j'-.'---rl-->-.l--TO LAGOON NO. 1
R.
3·• PVC
...,_..,
CAUSTIC
METERING PUMP
TA-000
CAUSTIC STOfl.AGE TANI(
------------,
Y[NT TO
.. NO~
TA-300
EXISTING eoUALiwioN
TANK
r111 PVC
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~---0 I
I
~--@. : .@----0
pH,.0 ''@/ pH•II
0---®.,...~SET PONT• 7 -..
pH•O .,, -,---,----<>-o--(;,,)--0<>---,---,
0-100 PSI
-v---3·0 PVC ovERrLOw
~
'"
0-,0 ..
TA-310 , TO LAGOON +-!~.L(,.,-_J.--1
2000 '-'-
GAC
......
f.;--<><>---<JOi,.---<><>--Ji,--L---0
I
I 1----0 I
I
I
I
I '------
12"1 INSUL S.S.
LV-300
I
I
r-----------
FN-500
CENTRIFUGAL FAN
"'" EXCHAHGER ......
CATALYST
I
I .......,
CAT Al YTIC OXDZER I I UNIT ~ _L___-----.-J
J"• PVC
3"X2" R.
------------
I 0 0
I ....... 0
0-~ ..I
LOW-PROFLE 0
Alt STRIPPER 0 0
0 0
I ' ,
I .n1 PVC 0---®---
0
0
0
, '
PU-525
RECIRCULATION .....
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I _______________ ...J
I ______ ...J
~~ C:0.,1 "co.,' 1.:..----------,
CO!..LECTION ~ MO. 1
~---'--~-_---~-·~--~--~:~ ___ t ____ J
Lnit Project r.lgr. ____ MfF ___ _
Designed by ___ -~M ___ _
()<'own by _____ 0£C ___ _
Checked by __ ~S~~ __
Prof. Eng. _ _fq__W~ _£1:._L,!N_?I_
BBL
BLASLi~o. BOUCK t m. INC.
engineers & scientists
A.JR flLTER
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHD.AICAL COMPANY, CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT• SAUSBURY. NORlH CAROLINA
COMBINED OUl AND OU3 PREffiEA TM ENT SYSTEM
PROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM
2"11 PVC
I
J
DRAFT
F~e Number 050.55.02F
''"' ,All Y 1998
81oslond. Bouck di: lee, Inc.
Corporate Headquarters 672J Towpath Rood
S)""ocuse, NY 13214 315-446-9120
2
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LEGEND: ABSREVIA TIONS:
PROCESS DUCTING AA.ti pH ALARM HIGH
PROCESS PIPING .v.HH pH ALARM HIGH-HIGH
AAL pH ALARM LOW ------INSTRUMENTATION SIGN.4.1. AAU. pH ALARM: LOW-LOW
EXISTING PROCESS EQUIPMENT 1'f. pH ELEMENT
------PACKAGED SKID MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
AIC pH INDICATING CONTROLLER
AIT pH INDICATING TRANSMITTER
~ SAMPLE TAP ATM ATMOSPHERE
--0 PRESSURE GAUGE BL BLOYl£R
CAHH CONOUCTI\HY ALARM HIGH-HIQi
t><1 8"'-l VALVE CE CONOUCTIVHY ELEMENT
[>I CHECK VALVE COU CATALYTIC OXIDIZER UNIT
CSH CONDUCTivlTY S'nHCH HIGH
~ SOLENOID VALVE CSHH CONDUCTI',-HY SWITCH HIGH-HIGH
OPS OIFFERENTIAl PRESSURE SWITCH
$;, t.lOTORIZEO VALVE DV DILUTION VALVE
Fl FlOW INOICA TOR
okJ CONlRCX. VAL VE
FlT FlOW INDICATING TRANSMITTER
FOil TOT AUZEO FLOW INOICA TING TRANSMITTER
£ PRESSURE REDUONG VAL VE
F'OI TOTAUZEO FLOW INDICATOR
FR FlOW RECORDER
FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC
0 PUMP CALV GALVANIZED
HE HEAT EXOfANGER
HOA HAND-OFF-AUTO
~ BLOWER
HS HAND SWITCH
INSUL IN SULA TEO
LAH LEVEL Al.ARI.I HIGH
LAHH LEVEL Al.ARI.I HIGH-HICH
0 METERING PUMP
LAl LEVEL AL.ARI.I LOW
LALL LEVEL AL.ARI.I LOW-LOW
LE LEVEL ELEMENT
UC LEVEL lNOICA TING CONTROLLER "'<ER UT LEVEL lNOICA TING TRANSl.l1TTER
LSH LEVEL SWITCH HIGH
INTERLOCK SCKEDULE:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
~
HICH LE'vO. IN THAT l't£LL (LAH-___) TURN ON THAT PUMP
(TYPICAL EACH Y,(U.)
LOW LEVEL IN T}IAT Y,£lL {LAL-_) TURN OFF THAT PUMP
(TYPICAL EAo-t WEU.)
LOW-LEVEL IN COLLECTION TRENo-t MANHOLE, (LSL-120) TURN OFT PU-125
HIGH LEVEL lN COLLECTION TRENo-t MANHOLE. (LSHl-120) TURN ON
LEAD PUMP.
LOW LEVEL IN TA-310, (LAL-310) TURN OFT PU-315
HlCH LEVEL IN TA-310, (LAH-310) TURN ON PU-315
LOW-LOW LEVEL IN TA-300 {LALL-300) {lo,;). TURN OFF PIJ-305 AND PU-605
LOW-LEVEL IN TA-300 {LAL-300)"(15~. CLOSE LV-300.
HICH LEVEL IN TA-300 (LAH-300) (90%), TURN OFF ALL iYELl PUMPS ANO PU-315.
LOW-LOW PH (AALL-300) (0.0), TRANSMITTER FAILURE. TURN OFF PI.J-605 AND O..OSE LV-300
LOW PH (AAL-300) (6.0), a.OSE LV-300
HJGH PH {AAH-300) (6.0). CLOSE LV-300, TURN OFF PU-605
HICH L£VEl.. (LSH-400) IN WS-400, TURN ON PU-405
LOW LEVEL (LSL-400) IN WS-400, TURN OFF PU-405
HIGH-HIGH LEVEL (LAHH-400) IN WS-400, TURN OFF PU-305, TURN OFF BL-400
LOW AIR PRESSURE (PSL-400) OOT Bl-400, TURN OFF PU-305. TURN OFT Bl-400 AFTER S MINUTE LAG
LOSS OF AIR FLOW (OPS-500) TO WS-500, SHUTOOYIN OXIDIZER•, TURN OFT PU-305, TURN OfT Bl-400
LOSS OF BURNER FLAME, (IAL-500) SHUTtlOYIN OXIDIZER", TURN OFF PU-305, TURN OFF BL-400
HlCH CAS PRESSURE AT BURNER (PSH-500), SHUTtlOYIN OXIDIZER•, TURN OFF PU-305, TURN OFF BL-400
LOW GAS PRESSURE AT BURNER (PSl-500), SHUTtlOYiN OXIDIZER•, l'JRN OFF PU-305, TURN OFF BL-400
"f ANALOG OUTl"UT
L r-0 OUT o o H t.£"°-comta.. (DQS11NG LC-JOO)
OUT I O H CAUSTlC PUMP COlflRQ. PU-6~
OUT 2 o H Ln'D. com10.. LY-lOO
yi,.c DISCR£T£ OUTPUT 1/0-J L -0 OUT O O f-----? PlAIP PU-105 ON
OUT 1 0 H PUMP ,,._._ 11)5 0fF
OUT 2 0 ~ PUMP ·'U-115 ON
OUT JO ~ PUMP ."ll-115 0fF
•c,1,C [)ISCffl'.T£ OUTPUT 1/0-4
f--o OUT DO ---l PUMP PU-12:I ON
""'"' 1/0-4 OUT \ O --l PUMP P\J-125 0fF
OUT 2 0 ---I SPAAE
OUT J O ----l SPARE
"[_"C DISCR:ET£ OUTPUT
k, OUT 0 O ----l PUMP PU-405 ON
"-'
OUT I O ---I P\Jt.lP P\J-405 0fF
OUT 2 0 ---I PUWP PU-JD5 ON
OUT JO --l PUMP PU-505 0fF
OUT 4 0-----I ll.-400 OFT
OUT 5 0-----I STR08E LICHT
OUT S 0-----I SPAAE
OUT 7 0-
ANALOG OUT?UT ANALOCl OUTPUT ANALOG OUTPUT
@!---0, "',,. cm:--f<> ' "',,. @!== -0' "' ,,.
-0' "' 0-f<>' "'0--0, "'0-
@!---0' "' .. @!== ~' "' .. @!---0' "' ,.
-0. "',_ f<>• "',_ -0. "',_
@!---0, "',. @!--f<>• <>H @!== -0' "' ,.
-0. "' ,_ --f<>. "' ,_ -0• "' ,_
@!---0, "'>+ @!== "°' "'>+ @![-O' "' >+
-0• "',__ f<>• "' ,_ --0• "' ,__
PROVIDE f'IEL.D 'MRING
' LSHH LEVEL SWITOI HIGH-HIGH
HICH TEMPERAlURE BEFORE CATALYST AT WS-510 {TAH-500), SHUTOOYIN OXIDIZER•, TURN OfF PU-305, TURN OFF Bl-400
LOW TEMPERATURE LEAv1NG CATALYST AT WS-510 (TAH-501), SHUTtlOYIN OXIDIZER•, TURN OFF PU-305, TURN OFF BL-400
LOW TEMPERATURE AT WS-510 DISCHARGE STAO< (TAL-502), SHUTtlOYIN OXIDIZER•, TURN OFF PU-305, TURN OFF BL-400
LOW PH AT WS-520 SUMP (AAL-520), SHUTOO'lotl OXICNZER•, 1\JRN OFT PV-JOS, TURN OFT BL-4-00
REMOT£ 1/0-1 REMOT£ 1/D-Z
0 LOCAL, RELO MOUNT
e LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
e PLC
LSl LEVEL SWITCH LOW
LSU. LEVEL S'MTCH LOW-LOW
LT LEVEL TRANSMITTER
LV LEVEL CONTROL VALVE
P AH PRESSURE Al.ARI.I HIGH
PAL PRESSURE ALARI.I LOW
PLC PROGRAJ,O.IABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
PSH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
HICH PH AT WS-520 SUMP(AAH-520), SHUTDOWN OXIDIZER•, lURN a"F PU-305, TURN OFF BL-4-00
LOW-LOW LEI/EL AT WS-520 SUI.IP(LAU.-520), SHUTOOYIN OXIDIZER•.' TURN OFF PU-525, TURN OFT PU-J05, TURN Off BL-400
HIGH TEMPERATURE AT WS-510 SUMP (TAH-510), SHUTOO'M'I OXIOtztR•, lURN OFF PU-305, TURN OFT BL-4-00
-<>---if-
--0---if-
--<>--if-
--<>--if-
DISCRETE l<IPUT HCIJTIIAL = CN<--., f
,.,,_ __
., r ---., CA.TOX a. f ~~ ., f
ON< 0-~ f
DISCRE:T£ INPUT NEUTRAL DISCR£TE l<IPUT
= = t.Sl-lH-100 LSl+l-125 ., f .,
LSH-100 ., LSH-125 . ' f LSL-100 l.SL-125 . ' . ' f t.Sl-lH-110 LSl.L-125 . '
-f
. '
LSH-11D •• 0----•• 0-
LSL-110 . ' -., e CATALYTIC OXIDIZER UNIT PLC HlCH-HICH CONOUCTI"1TY AT WS-520 SUMP (CAHH-520), SHUTOOYIN OXIDIZER•, TURN OfT PU-305, TURN OFT BL-400 o•'
---<> r
""'
0
© "" , '
' ,
@ , '
L.: °"""· or~-Rt:r P: CONT-0.0/CO•IT-t.t',1! 7/J0/98 STR-5-4 DCC 05055011/050~2.DWG
Graphic Scale
INTERLOO<
RELO MOUNTED
ALARM LIGHT
LOCAL CONTROL
PANEL MOUNTED
ALARt.l LIGHT
NO ALTtRATIONS PERUITTtO HEREON EXCEPT
AS PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 7209 SU80MSION
2 OF THE NEW YOOK STATt EDUCATION LAW .
PSl PRESSURE SWITCH LOW
PP POL YPROP'rl.ENE
PU PUI.IP
PV PROCESS INL.£T VALVE
PVC POLYVINYL OfLORIOE
R REDUCER
SOV . SHUT-OFF VALv(
Sl STOP LOCKOUT
5S STAINLESS STEEL
TA TANK
TAH TEMPERATURE ALARM HIGH
TAL TEMPERATURE AL.ARM LOW
rev
Tt
TIC
1R
ws
XAL
XSL
•
TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE
TEMPERATURE Et.£MENT
TEMPERATURE INOICA TING CONTROlLER
TEMPERATURE RECORDER
'IESSEL
MOTOR SPEED ALARM LOW
MOTOR SPEED SWITCH LOW
DIMIETER
LOSS OF PU-525 MOTOR, (XSL-525) SHUTtlOYIN OXIDIZER•, TURN OFF PV-305,TURN OFF Bl-400
LOW PRESSURE AT WS-510/520 REORCULATION LINE (PAL-520), SHUTOO~ OXIDIZER•, TURN OFT PU-305, TURN OFF Bl-400
HIGH PRESSURE AT WS-510/520 RECIRCULATION LINE {PAH-520), Sh'UTOOYIN OXIDIZER•, TURN OFF PU-305, TURN OFT BL-400
HIGH AIR PRESSURE (PSH-4-00) SHUT OOYIN TRANSFER PUMP PU-305
ANO BLOWER BL-400
LOW LOW LEVEL {LAU.-600) AT TA-600, lURN OFF PU-605, TURN OFF PV-615
SHUTOOYIN OXIDIZER: lVRN OFF BURNER, Q.OSE PV-500, OPEN OV-500, SHUT OFF FN-500 AFTER LAG (FOR SYSTEM COOL OOYIN)
o•• ••
ON, ---0 . '
---0 --. ,
'
' 1\, L Io•" I 0
PLC WIRING DIAGRAM
NOT TO SCALE
1-"c'·--1-'"c'c"c__l-------"'c'"c·•=""'='---------l-""c"4 Project Mgr. ___ MPF __ _ NATIONAL STARCH ANO CH[UICAL COl.tPANY, CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD Pl.ANT• SALISBURY, NORiH CAROLINA
COMBINED OU1 AND OUJ PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
L
1---t---+------------+--l o.,,,aod by ____ fsM ___ _
1--+---J.-----------------!--~ Drawn by ____ DCC __ _
Checked by _ _ WGS/ORG __
Prat. Eng. _ EDWARD R. L YNOt
BBL
BLASL.ANO, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
PROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATION LEGEND,
INTERLOCK SCHEDULE
AND PLC WIRING DIAGRAM PE Locense _ N.C. 22694
' 1\,
0 1~15
DRAFT
F'~e Numbe<
050.55.0.JF
Date JULY 1996
Bloslond, Bouck & Lee, lne.
Corporate Headquarters
672J To•path Raad S)"'OCUSe, NY 1J214 J15 446 9120
NEUTRAL
-
I
3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
? • ()OST. J" 8URl[O [ffLUEN T
UNE {TO LACOO'I 11)
'o
'
' b-'.
+-------lrl-·
r ----,
I r
. ; ' ;..
'
'
' 0 ' -, w:a+oo
l
'
' ,-I
I
@ I I I
I
@
7'-o·
--------------'
ti;
@ ®\ '-""" =--~ P 1016
o~ ! I
9-,6~ r:--1'-o"
"
T
Sl\.O
i I
V
'\. I/ \ 19'-Q"
I ~REMOVE \_REMO'°' UTILITY w,1'R. LINE PROCESS AIR AHO
NSTRUMDIT AIR FOR
PRESS BAOC TO HS POINT
eHifrW&(
! L_ 7 _ ____l'.c-"-"-ti
/~rii~-~,~ ~Jd,
P-1005 =
y
I
f---.,,,
f---
j I g: -
-..-( J, o~µ~ -~ "'
B
B SloPE
~1 ' +----H-------------+-----+~ =, I'--REMCM'. EX. PROCESS PIPING CONlRCX.. VAL~ REI.Am> PIPING ANO APPVRltNANCES ~
TRENCH PRETREATMENT BUILDING PLAN
X: 0505~01.0WG
L! ON••, OF"F•REF P: SID-PCP /IJL
7/XJ/91'J PISCATA\ll'AT-SEK. SYR-S-.-OCC
05055011 /0505!,C02.DWG
C..ophic Scale
OVERHANG
'
12·-o·
I s-1001
112·12~ ~I
I '------------+-~~
w I.,._,.~• ~'---.L.J.L-"il_i_ ~~1[~8'~' J
I I ill 1. S 1001 A.B.
l'FIXEO ENO
T-1 IA
RE~. OVE EX. SlUDGE
PRESS AND MEZZ.-
±
S 1 01
LROLL UP OOOR I i REMOVE AND REP\.AOC
FOR EOUIPMOiT REMOV DOOR NSTAU..A TIOH
REMCM'. EXISTING Ra.t.-UP DOOR
r ' .... ....... . .
NrnGE o, c,Noo, '80VE
'
6'-0"
OVERHANG
EX. SLUDGE PRESS
1'! ~
N ' 1'
All "5 NECESSARY
AND NEW ROU.-uf'
a '
0 ' e
OEMOUTION NOTES :
1. Ail. EOUIPl,IENT/STRUCTURES TO BE DEMOUSHED ARE SHO'M-1 BOLD.
2. PIPLNC SHO'ntl SQ-i[J,IATICALLY. CONTRACTOR TO VERIF"Y [XACT
LOCATIONS IN FIELD.
J. CONTRACTOR TO R[MOVE ALL INDOOR PIPING FOR [OUIPM[NT TO BE
D[MOUSHEO BACK TO FIRST OUTDOOR JOINT AND CAP. PATQ-i AU.
WALL P[N[TRATIONS, R[MOVE UTILITY WATER, AIR, [TC. UNES
FRQt,I D[t,/OlJSH[D INDOOR [QUIPt.C[NT AS REQUIRED FOR N[W
CONSTRUCTION.
4. R[MOVE ALL [l£CTRICAt. l'ilRING. CONDUIT. CONTROL STATIONS,
[TC. FROl,C OEMOUSHEO EOU!Pl.l[NT BACK TO EXISTING POl'o(R
PANELS. LEAVE BREAl<ERS IN PANELS AND I.IARK AS SPARES.
5. REMOVE ALL CONTROL l'ilR!NG. CONDUIT. ETC. FOR EOIPI.IENT
TO BE O[MOUSHEO BACK TO PLC CABINET.
6. All OUTDOOR EOUIPM[NT NOT SOiEDULEO fOR RE-USE SHALL
BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL FLUSH, DRAIN
AND BLOW-OUT ALL WATER LINES Of VESSELS. ALL PIPING
SHALL BE OJT ANO CAPPED 'MTHlN ANO BUILDING WALL
PENETRATIONS FlU£0. ALL EOl.JIPt,l[NT SHALL BE OE-ENERGIZED (Loa<-oun INQ.UOING HEAT TRACE THAT IS NOT NEEO[D fOR i"HE: NEW PROCESSING SYSTEt.1.
7, CONTRACTOR SHAU. REJ,IOVE AU. CQNCR(TE PIERS ANO [Ol.JIPMENT
PADS fOR 0£t,ICXJSHEO EQUIPMENT FLUSH "'1TH FLOOR SURFACE.
&. [XISTING PIPE RACK ANO El.£CTRICAL TRAYS INSIDE BUILDING
TO REMAIN fOR RE-USE.
g_ ALL DEMOUSHED EOUIPMENT, PIPING, VALVES. ETC. SHALL 8[
TRANSPORTED TO A STORAGE AREA ON-SITE. AS DIREClED BY THE NSCC Ra'RESOITATI..-£.
DRAFT
t-"c0c· +c0c0c'°c.._t---------'-RC••=·=•""'=•c.... _______ f--',"C1c' ~ Project Mgr. ___ MPF __ _
,. t--+---t------~---------t---l >--+----+-----------------!-----< Designed by ____ KQH ___ _
>--+----+-----------------..-----< Ora..n by ____ SEK __ _
t-------------------fj--_ -_ -_ 7-f_ -_ -_ -_ -_ --j-j--_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_:-_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_-_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ --j-f--_ -_ -_:J Checked by _ _ _ ORC __ _
.-BBL NATIONAL STARCH ANO CH[MICAL COMPANY, C£0AR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT• SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
COMBINED out AND OU3 PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
OU1 PRETREATMENT BUILDING
EQUIPMENT DEMOLITION PLAN
f~e Number 050.55.04f
Oote .RJL Y 1998
Slaslond. Bouck & Lee. Inc. Corporate Heodq,,rorters
672J To .. path Road
S)"'ocuse. NY 1l2t• JJ5-U6-9120
4
:~ ~~t[~~!~~t~T~:6,t\~~ ~~~~ON >--+----+-----------------!-----< Praf. Eng. _ EOWARO R. L YN01
2 Of TH[ N[W YORK STATE [OVCATION LAW >---+----+-----------------!-----< PE License __ N.C. 22694 __
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t., ON••. orr-Rtr
P; S10-PCJ'/OL
7/JO/'MJ SYR-54-.o.K DCC
~5011/050~01.0WC
Gropllic Scale
□ "'
• Ex1SnNc
EQUALIZATION
TANK
I
I I CONNECT NEW 3"111
PVC TO EX. COLLECTION
SUMP PUMP OISCHARCE
FROM OU-J
J l/2N_. P.P. TUBING
' CONTAINED INSIDE I 2· rRP P1P1Nc
❖ I 2 ,i PVC '--.. j__ -CIRC :1 INSTALL N£W PROCESS . ---ti)f------•• ~-· :l PUMP 1N SAME LOCATION ! r0'\~j AS EX. PUMP
•
TAJ3oo ~!1
l :, v-cuT EX. 2·, STEEL PIPE
/ / jl JUST 8EYONO EX. rLOWMETER __ ..,,~-•~PV=c_.,,_,~' / ______ _,,, to C~N~g~...,~~T~: ;:;IC
~±:::::::=__,,-'l
,-------------
1
I
I
i
T .:.;.:.R,;::;E;.:.N,..C;.:.H=P;,,;R;,;.;E;;,T;.:.R,;,;E;;A,;,T;.:.M:.:.;E:;;,;N,;,T;:,,,,:;:B;.;;U;,;.;IL:;;,;D;;,;l;.:.N,.,G""'=-,,;,P,;:;L;,;,,A;,;,,;N° -"'-"""'-' ..,_,_' ~ : ± SCALE: 1/4"•1'-o· ~-
Project Mgr. ___ MPF' __ _
Designed by ___ -~M-__ _
No. """ Revisions lnit
,· !--+--+----------------+-~
Drown by ____ DCC __ _
1----------------~t-:::t::::~t:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::t:::'~ Checked by ___ DRG __ _ 1~ ~~;E~~!o~~t~~l~t~~~ ~~~~Ori !----+---+-----------------+--~ Prof. Eng._ EDWARD R. LYND-I
2 Of' Tl-IE NEW YORK STATE (OUCATION LAW PE License N.C.,_ 22694
SUMP 1-lNSTALL SAFETY SHOWER ~ RELOCAT£0 FROM Ut.4[
, . ~ ,.. SLURRY W[ZZANINE
b '
1
I'-INSTALL N£W OUTDOOR
SArHY SHOWER
I
BBL
BIASI.AND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
'-----1-1/2"11 UNO[RCROUNO
\ 1 CAS UN[ EXTENSION
GENERAL NOTES:
1. EQUIPMENT ANO PIPING LAYOUT SHOl'IN IS FOR GENERAL REFERENCE. THE CONTRACTOR
SHAll BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING EQUIPMENT ANO PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE SPECIFICATIONS LISTED ON SHT 1.J, MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, ANO
ALL APPUC.t.EILE COOES.
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RE-US( THE EXISTING PIPE RACK AND ANO ELECTRICAL TRAYS
TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE FOR lNSTAUATION Of NEW PIPING ANO ElECTRICAL
-
ws-s101
CAUSTIC
SCRUBBE.,R,: •,-__1---r-
WS-520-{(:})
'
~'--"'
CJ
1,
1-r
I
1---1-1/2"11' CARBON STEEL
NATURAL GAS UN[
!,...----1-1/2N .. POTABLt
WATER LINE
II_L-----PROVJOE 1rt11 INSUL FRP
EXHAUST STACK THROUGH ROOF
(SEE DETAIL SHEET !I)
I ±
I
[..-1/2• PP TUBING
CONTAINED INSIDE
2" FRP PIPING
C---WAU
a·e rRP TO
AIR STRIPPER lNLET l
-P------
PROv1DE PIPE SUPPORTS
AS NECESSARY -• b
'
' ;,,
. •. I
AIR STRIPPER BLOWER
AIR INT AKE DETAIL 6B
10 NOT TO SCALE
DRAFT
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY, CEOAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT• SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
COMBINED OU1 AND OU3 PREffiEATMENT SYSTEM
F~e N,.,mber
050.SS.0Sf'
Dote
OU1 PRETREATMENT BUILDING
EQUIPMENT LAYOUT PLAN
JULY 1998
Bloslond, Bouck & Lee, Irie. Corporote Heodq,.,orters
6723 Towpotll Rood
S)"'OCUSt!. MY 13214
315-446-9120
5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L: ON••. OIT•Rff
P: CONT-O..O/CONT-t,1','£1
7/J0/96 P'ISCATAW.t.Y-SEI<. STR-!>-4-0CC
~11/0~.owc;
Graphic Scole
COLLECTION TRENCH ELEVATION
BURIED PIPE WARNING TAPE AND PIPE TRAONG WIRE---~
RESTORE SURF ACE l/1HH CRASS SEED & MULCH
PREVIOUSLY STRIPPED TOPSOIL
COMPACTED O..AY
BACKFlll
NON-WO'vt:N GEOTEXTILE
WITH A MINIMUI.I Or 2 FEET
OVERLAP \AMOCO 4561 OR EQUAL
NOT TO SCALE
MIN.
COLLECTION TRENCH SECTION A-A'
NOT TO SCALE
PUMPING
WELL
1-"c•c·+c0c•c•a•-+------"•c•c•c•""c:c'c..._ _______ t-'""c'', Project Mgr. ___ MPf __ _
1--+---+------------------f----l Designed by __ KOH. TEM __ 1--+---+------------------f----l Drown by ___ SEK, DCC __
1------------------~--+-----11-----------------+---I Checked by ___ ORG __ _
t===jt=====t==================================~===~ Prof. Eng. _ EDWARD R. L 'r'NCH
NO ALTERATIONS PERMITTED HEREON EXCEPT
AS PR0\1DED UNO[R SECTION 7209 SUBOMSION
2 OF' TH[ N[W YORK STATE [OUC,HION LAW PE license __ N.C. 22694 __
2" so-t. 40 l'IO..OEO GAL V. PIPE WITH 1 •
FRP INSUL 1'ND ALUIJ. JACKET TO QUI
PR'!TREATMENT 8U1l01NG (SEE SITE
PL,\N FOR CONTINUATION ANO
A.l}-JITIONAL INFO.)-----------!
FIELD DRILL HOLE IN WEll CASING FOR
2"0 PVC SCH. 80 PIPE (SEAL WATERTIGHT W/SlUCONE-BA.SEO WAT'tR-STOP)
PU~P-------,
a• HOPE PIPE 1N
COLLECTION TRENCH
~~·
"i NEMA 4 X SS ENO.OSURE
14" HOPE PIPE WELL CASING
PUMPING WELL
NOT TO SCALE
~~
SEAL-OFF (T'IP)
POWER Jl/NCTION BOX NEMA 7 (TYP)
PLAN
NOIA 4X S.S. [NQ.OSURE
GRADE
NOTES AND ~CtFfCA TIONS:
I. PRESSURE GAUGES TO BE TRERIC[ MOOEL NO. 450 lF8 (Yt£T)
SILICONE FlLLED OR EQUAL RANGES TO BE 0-50 PSI.
2. PUMP SHAU BE GOULDS PUMPS MOOEL 3885 'MTH VITON SEALS
ANO CAST IRON IMPELLER (1-1/2HP. 460 VOLTS, 3500RPM, 3 PHASE)
CAPABLE Of' 20 GPM O 80 FEET lOH (OR EOOAL).
3. ITEMS OF SPEORC MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE INSTAU.£0 IN STRICT
ACCOROANC[ WITH THE PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS ANO/OR THE
MANUFACTURERS REPRESENTATI'-'£5 DIRECTIONS.
4. SEEDING AND MULCHING PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE 'MTH NORTH CAROLINA
OEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STANDAAO SPEOFlCATIONS FOR ROADS
AND smuCTURES, SECTION 1660 •
8" SOR-11 PERFORATID
HOPE INFLUENT PIPE {nP)
LSHH
.la"• X 4" DEEP
CONCRE~ PAO 1 2·• CONCRETE BASE
BY 24• OEEP
CEm. -· -+~ 111 743.0')
... ' ..... . . .
2"t1 PVC
",,''~---aACKFlll AROUND Yl£U.
"" WITH 3/4" WASHED,
" " CRU9-IEO STONE
5-0N (ELEV. • 741.0')
14" HOPE PIPE
Yl£U. CASING
LSL-OFF (ELEV. • 739.0')
a·x14·x14• HOPE TEE
LSI..L (ELEV. • 737.0")
14 "• HOPE \l,£LOEO CAP
•" 9 'O "" 'O" "" V" • .........................
V"" V" I' 9 'O 'I'" V V "V" " .. " " .. """"" " .... " \ .... "" ... _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _.,_ .... ..
S. CRUSHED STONE SHALL BE DURABLE, SHARP ANGLED FRAGMENTS FRE.E FROM COATINGS ANO A MIN1t.lUM Of' es~ BY 1',£1CHT Of' THE CRUSHED
PARTia...ES 9-IALL HAVE AT LEAST TWO FRACTURED FACES.
~
IX]
l<J
~
-<xl-
-E-
BALL VALVE
CHECK VALVE
NUT UNION
SAMPlE/ORAlN TAP
ELECffilCAJ... WIRING
DRAFT
PUMPING WELL SECTION
BBL
BU.SU.ND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
NOT TO SCALE
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY, CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT• SALISBURY. NORTH CAROLINA
COMBINED OUl AND OU3 PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
COLLECTION TRENCH AND
PUMPING WELL DETAILS
File Number
050.55.06F
Dole
JULY 1998
Blo:rlond. Bouck & Lee, Inc.
Corporate H~odouorte,s 6723 To•po\h Rood S.,.-ocuse. NY 13214 J15-U6~9120
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.I
I
b ' °'
PLASTIC
END CAP
? P 1000 (1 5/8")
;., UNISTRUT---;
~
PIPE CLAMP WITH UNICUSHION
r GAL V. S0-L 40 PIPE
1 • FRP INSULATION & ALUM. JACKET
PLASTIC END CAP
" BRACKET
CONDUITS AS REQUIRED
WITH Q.AMPS
l-.
1. SUPPORT SPA.ONG AT a·-o· o.c. MAX.
PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL 1
PLASTIC
ENO CAP
P 1001 (J 1/♦-)
UNlSTRUT---{
NOT TO SCALE
PIPE QAMP WITH UNICUSHION
2" GAL V. SCH. 40 PIPE
1" FRP INSULATION & Af.UM. JACKET
HEAT TRACE
PLASTIC ENO CAP
" BRACKET
CONDUITS AS REQUIRED
WITH a.AMPS
PIPE RACK GENERAL NOTES:
1. All HOT OIPPEO GAJ..VANIZEO CONSTRUCTION.
2. All \l,£LOING O FPIPE TO BE IN ACCORDANCE 'MTH ANSI 8-JJ.1,
All 'NELOS COA TEO WITH ZRC.
J. FRP INSULATION SHALL BE MICRO-LOK FIBERCLASS PIPE INSULATION
AS MANUFAClVREO BY SCHULlER CORP., OR EOUAJ... FRP INSULATION SHAJ..L NOT BE LESS THAN J.5 POUNOS PER CUBIC FOOT DENSITY,
COVERED Yi1TH All PURPOSE PAJNTA8L£ JACKET Of HIGH OENSITY
IIIHITE KRAFT BONDED TO AN AJ..UMINUM FOIL Yi1TH AJ..UMINUM OUTER
JACKET.
INSULATE "1..1. ABOVE GROUNO PIPINC
PIPE SUPPORT
AS NECESSARY
TERMINAT£ 4"1
COHTAINt.lENT
PIPE 'MTH CAP
2" • 4" HOPE OBL
CCtHAINMENT PIPE IN lRENCH
SE'-1. Off"
COHOUIT
PVC COA ID) f'\..EXIBL£ CONOUI T
-----~mfr ~Rte~'.. P~flRt/iJc~f'PING,
CONCRETE PAO
TO ENCOMPASS PIPING ANO YiO..l.
--====:~:::=.::.,0c'~"li''i'~· f""~""""r'rr=-.::::::::111=111:=111:=11
LNATI\IE COl,IPACTEO 8ACKF1Ll
TO El.EC.
CONTROL PANEL
HIGH L£Y(l Al.ARI.I ELEV. -
1+1---STRAP PROBE AND PO~ W.RING TO Olsa-tARGE PIPING
1/4. S.S. PUMP EXTRACTION CABL.£
PUMP ON ELEV. •
tt/+--2• SCH. 80 PVC PIPING
PUMP OFF ELEV ...
EXTRACTION WELL NOTES ANO SPECIFICATIONS:
1. PRESSURE GAUGES TO BE TRER1CE MODEL NO. 450 LFB (WET)
Sl'UCONE fill.ED OR EOUAJ... RANGES TO BE 0-150 PSI.
2. PUMP SHALL BE GOULDS 18E10.434, 1 HP, 460V, 3 PHASE CAPABLE o,
20 GPM AT 222 FT. OF HEAD OR EOUAJ...
3. SOILS REMO\IEO FOR INSTALLATION Of THE UNDERGROUND PIPING SHAU. BE STOCKPIL.£0 ON SITE ~ERE DIRECTED BY THE NSCC REPRESENTATIVE.
4. EL.£CTRICAL CONOUlT SHALL BE BURIEO 18" MIN. BELOW GRADE.
5. EXISTING TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE STEEL WELL CASING SHAU. BE CUT
OOv.N ANO OR REMOVED AS NECESSARY.
~
txl BAU. VALVE
l<l CHECI( VALi/£
-<x>-SAMPLE/DRAIN TAP _,_ POWER WIRING
-C-CONTROL WIRING
b ' "
TCP SOL & SEE0 AT CRASSED AREA CRIJg.jCO STONE
.311"'111~
EXTRACTION WELL DETAIL
2500 PSI CONCRETE
~
l-.
\o ' ;,,
1. SUPPORT SPAONG AT 10•-o• O.C. MAX.
2
,.
Q.EAN ALL
b ' "
:.
.. vvv
AT CRAVE ROAD EXIST. GRADE ....... ......
111 111 111'
11'11 111'
8. STEEL CARRIER PIPE (FOR CROSSING ONLY)
AU. WITH SAND
2• • 4• OOJBLE CONTAINMEHT PIPE
PROVIDE PIPE SUPPORT sPACERS
J/4-CRUg.jED STONE
PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL PIPE TRENCH DETAIL NATURAL
I.: °"''""· Of'F-•J![r• P: STO-PCP/DL
7/JJJ/96 PISCATAW.o.T-SEI(. Sl'R-~-occ
05055011/050~.0lll'C
Gro;,hic S<:ole 1-"~'~· +-~Do~•~•-+------'-••_·,_;~-•-------t--'"-'~' i Project Mgr. ___ ~p~ ___ _
, >--+---+------~---------+---< Designed by __ KOH. TtM __ _
NO Al TERA TIONS P(Rr,umo HEREON EXCEPT
AS PRD'¥10ED UNDER SECTION 7209 SUBO!VISION
2 OF THE NEW '!'ORK STATE EDUCATION LAW
f--+---f-----------------t---i Oro..,, by ___ SEl<, DCC __ _
Checked by ---~RE ___ _
>--+---+----------------+--< Pro!. Eng. _ EOWARO R. LYNCH_
p[ License _ N.C. 22694 __ _
BBL
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
PIPE
NOT TO SCALE
TRENCH WIDTH
AS REQUIRED
GAS LINE
EXISTING GRADE
BURIED P1PEUNE
WARNING TAPE
1-1/2" SCH. 4-0 BLACK STEEL
GAS LINE EXTENSION (PER ASlM A5J)
~
1. MINIMUM 6" SANO C0'-'£R 'MLL BE MAINTAINED
ON ALL SIOES Of ?1PE.
2. GAS LINE EXTENSION SHAU BE INSTAU.£0 PER THE
REQUIREMENTS Of' THE NATIONAi,, fUf1 GAS CODE
(LA TEST EDITION).
EXTENSION
TRENCH DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
NATIONAL STARCH ANO CHEt.llCAL COMPANY. CEOAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT• SALISBURY, NOR™ CAROUNA
COMBINED OU1 AND OU3 PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
EXTRACTION WELL AND
MISCELLANEOUS SITE WORK DETAILS
DRAFT
File Number
050.55.07f
Dote .A.IL Y 1998
Bloslond. Bouck & Lee, Inc. Corporate Headquarters
6723 Towpott> Rood S)"'OCUSC, NY 1J21 ..
315-446-9120
7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0 ' .•
----SOUD a· Cr.lU
l!l----#4 0 48" o.c . FULLY GROUTED
HOllOW a· Ct.lU 5 COURSES
MORTOR LEVELING COURSE
(THICKNESS VARIES)
DRILL ANO EPOXY GROUT
BARS IN Pl.ACE.
H
I
g.cIp5 LADDER, 8RIOG£ TYPE V.,TH RETURN
6'-0"
4' HIGH a• CMU
CONTAINMENT WALL
0 '
H
I
r!Qll; H ' ,~
SAW CUT EX. flOOR
INTERIOR SURFACES ~ CONCRETE CONTAINMENT AREA iWAU.5, FlC>ORS ANO SUMP)
TO BE COATED WITH TNEMEC SERIES 61-lNEME-UNER 2 COATS); 1-COLOR 5002 BEIGE (PRIMER COAT) ANO 1-COLOR 5001 GRAY FINISH COAT) AT
4.0-6.0 ORY MILS PER COAT.
CONCRETE CONTAINMENT AREA
CMU WALL DETAIL
(All SIDES) ~
EXISTING WIRE FABRIC • o• REINFORCEMENT ,__6 _ _,_ _ _,_ __ ~2~•-_o~•---.;
REMOVABLE FRP GRATING
#4 BAA {TYP.)
• 2" MIN
f EXOSTING 6" CONCRETE FLOOR
•
6" COARSE ACCREGA TE FlU.
ROCF PANEL
#4 0 10" E.W.
#4 0 10·
ORIU. AND EPOXY GROUT INTO EXISTING
CONCRETE FLOOR, 8" MIN.
~
1. STAO< HEIGHT TO MATCH EXISTING AIR STRIPPER ST.aa< HEIQH.
2. PROVIDE GUY WIRES TO ROOF AS NECESSARY.
SUMP DETAIL ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL
L; OH••, OFT•REf P: STD-PCP/DI. 7 /30/96 SYR-!!.4-Gl,IS DCC 05055011 /050S5S01.0WC
Graphic Scale ..
1/4"•1'-0-,· ,·-,·-o· 0
..
,·
NO ALTERATIONS PERUITTEO HEREON EXCEPT
AS PRQ-.,0£0 UNDER S£CTION 7209 SUBOMSION
2 OF" TH( NEW YORK STAT[ EDUCATION LAW
,. I-C'~•-➔~0.C:::Oo'---i-------2'~••~•~;~::.:_•-------!-''°~;•'....j Project Mgr. ___ MPF __ _
,·1--+---1----------------+--~ Designed by ___ -~M ___ _
Dro.,,, by ____ Q.IS __ _
Checked by _ _ _ ORG __ _
I--+---+----------------+--~ Prof. Eng._ EDWARD R. L'tNOi >--+---+------~~--------+--> PE License __ N.C. 22694 __
NOT TO SCALE
BBL
BlASLANO, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers &-scientists
.._..... REMOVE STEEL STUDS, EXTERIOR SIDING ANO
INTERIOR PANELS AS NECESSARY TO CREATE OPENING fOR NEW DOOR
OU1 PRETREATMENT BUILDING -PARTIAL PLAN
SCALE: 1/t"•l'-O"
EXTERIOR t.lETAL SIDING
TOP OF JAMS
CHANNELS
ROLL UP DOOR
HEADER DETAIL
LINER PA.NEL
WIND BAFfl..E
HOOD
TAKE UP BAR
INTERLOCKING SlAn
OOOR GUIDE
TRIM Fl.ASHING----,
EXTt:RIOR METAL SIDING
10' NOMINAL DOOR OPENING
6-1 /2-OPEN CHANNEL
l~";:i:'.'.'.:jl'.:__CUP
GIRT OR CEE
LINER PANEL
OVEREAO COILING DOOR
DOOR GUIDES
ROLL UP DOOR
JAMB DETAIL
DRAFT
NATIONAL STARCH ANO CHEt.llCAL COMPANY. CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT• SALIS8URY. NORTH CAROLINA
COMBINED OU1 ANO OUJ PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
OU1 PRETREATMENT BUILDING
STRUCTURAL AL TERA TIONS
r~e Number
050.55.09f o.,.
-AJLY 1998
81aslond, Bouck at Lee, Inc:. Corporate Headquarters 672J lawpo\h Rood Syocuse, NY 1J214
315-446-9120
8
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EXISTING MCC 2 (LOCATED IN MAIN TREATMENT BUILDING)
1" lC " '" ,.
! !
l,--/6
,.
j
1 ' ----I
I I
j_ ---][ T
l ---][
.. .,,-f6 L,---112 -112 , -112 . -112 ,i.-/12 ,i.-112 • -112
,t,---/112
Z-1004<: Z-!00~ '1-lOOJ AC-2
~
-"""" ""'""
1 -REPLACE FUSES, SIZE PER NEW MCC SCHEDULE.
2 -REPLACE OVERLOAD ELEMENTS, SIZE PEA MOTOR NAME PU.TE CUIIRENT RATING.
3 -REMOVE A.ND TAPE ENOS or CONDUCTORS.
' ...
PJ-525
Z-lOOSF"
~
@
""' lPO-• q(C[Pl.
1, INFORMATION ON EXISTING MCC-2 TAKEN FROtJ DRAW.NG E-106, COMBINED
PRETREATMENT SYSTEM DRAW.NGS PREPARED BY IT CORPORATION, APPROVED
fOR CONSTRUCTION ON APRIL 19, 1993.
4 -REPU.CE CONDUCTOR rROM MCC (BETWEEN BUILDINGS} WITH flO TRI-PLEX W/GND. TRAY CABLE-OKONITE (70} TYPE T2.
l.: ON••. OfJ"•REF
P: CONT-0.0/CONT-MVB 7 /J0/98 S'11'1-~ OCC 05055011 /0505!£01.0l'l'G
Grophic Scole
w ,// DEWDUTIDN
PANELBOARO LP1l-2 SCHEDULE
LOCATION TRENCH PREffiEA lMENT BUILDING MCC 2
MAIN BUS RA TIN CS : 225 AMPS , 208/120
FEO FORM
,ous. ' t.l!Nlt.lUt.l SHORTORCUIT INT£RUPTING RATING: 22.000
l,VJN BR[AK[R TRIP : 200 AMPS,
ESTIMATED CONNECTED L0...0:
OESCRIPTION ,o,o C8
W-KW-HP AMPS "'-
INTERIOR BLDG. UCHTS 840 W ~OA / 1 ~ ,-., r-==~==~==----j-"-C--~j../ 2P J ,-.,
INTERIOR BLDG. LIGHTS 8-40 W DA/ 5 f-,-,. >------------+---, / 2P 7 f--,-,.
f--HCT_-=•----------+:'='00:::ccw:..i~ :~ :: .
1-"""T=-c•D,c_ _________ +''""'"''-'W'-fNu_.A / 17 ,-.,
/ zP19 ,-,.
LEAK DETECTION AT 1122A 1920 W ,OA / 21 ,-., f-LfcsK--D-,-TE"c"TI~DN-,-,-,-,0,-,.~--+-,-,-,o-w-, / 2P 2J ,-.,
NIQiT LICHT, ETC. ~O W 20A 25 ,-.,
SLUDGE THICKENER A-1006 480 W 20A 27 ,-.,
sPARE -20A 29 ,-,.
SCALES: WE 2191 & WE 2201
SPARE
SPARE
CAUSTIC MET. PUMP PU 605
CAUSTIC MET. PUMP PU 615
20A J1 ,-,.
480 W 20A JJ ,-,.
20A JS ,-.,
20A J7 ,-.,
600. 20A J9 ,-.,
600. 20A 41 ,-,.
' B C
RMS. SYMM. AMPS
INCOMING rEEO :
ENQ.OSURE :
C8
AMPS
,-., 2 20A
,-., • 20A
,-,. 6 20A
,-,. 8 20A
,-,. 10 20A
,-., 12 20A
,-., 14 20A
,-., 16 20A
,-., 18 20A
,-., 20 20A
,-., 22 20A
,-,. 24 20A
,-,. 26 20A
NEMA-1. SURFACE
LO,O
W-KW-HP OESCRIPTION
1680 W RECEPTACLES
1680 W GROUND FAULT RECEPTAQ.ES
SPARE
720 W UNIT HEATERS UH J & UH 4
1920 W RECP. 0 P 1040 A.B.C
1920 W RECP. 0 P 1041 A,8,C
1920 W PLC POWER
1920 W PLC POWER
1920 W PLC POWER
720 W INSTRUMENT A.JR DRYER 0-1001
600 W PLC INTERFACE
SPARE
1/2 HP ROLL-UP DOOR
,-., 28 20A / 1560 W EXHAUST fAN ff 4 & 5
,-.,J0/2p
,-., J2 20A
,-,._ J4 20A
,-,._ J6 20A
,-., J8 20A
,-.,_ 40 20A
,-.,_ 42 20A
960 W HT1
960 W HT2
960 W HTJ
960 W HT4
960 W HT5
960 W HT6
o-"c0c·+-Do~"~1-------'-••-•-""-'--------f-'"-'-'~ Project MQr. ___ MPF __ _
f---+--+-----------------1--~ Designed by ___ MEE __ _
f---+--+-----------------1--~ Drown by ____ DCC __ _
1------------------+--t---1~----------------+--1 Checked by - -WCS/DRG --
NO ALTERATIONS PERMITTEQ HEREON EXCEPT
AS PRQ\10EO UNO(R SECTION 7209 SUBOl\1SION
2 Of THE NEW YORK STATE EOUCATION LAW
f--+--+-----------------1--~ Prof. Eng._ EOWARO R. LYNOI
PE License _ N.C. _?2694
BBL
BU.SlANO, BOUCK & LEE, INC-
engineers & scientists
EcuPMtNT OUA ST.o.RTER OAT.O. Jt[MARl(S EOUIPMENT OAT.O. ST.o.RTtR OATA REM.o.ffl(S
HUMBER f\.lNCTION HP SIZE lllSC. SW. f\.1$£ HUM8£R F"UHCTION HP SIZE lllSC. SW. f\.1$£
,.
"
"
'" ,.
"
• .. ..
>
"" ..
..
"'°"" " Z-100-<C SURf".o.cE 40 J 100 !10
H-lOOJ
A(fl.O.TOR
"'°"" " "'""" A(RATOR
'" ~-,
$1.0.TION
"'"'
Mu-! P!l:E-
fREATMOH MCC ROOM ...
ll!l.-400 ~ 7.$
"""" QU~ZA110H IIV-300 TANK 5
""'"" "'"' -_.....,, """"' -HT-II
""UV""' PU-305 l1UNSFER J -M(TAI. P-1006 Sl.UOG£ I
f>-1020
P-1040.0.
m="""
.,.
AIA StRIPPCR "'' """'
"
,oo
"' "
"' "'
"' "'
" ,.
" •
" '
,oo
"
"
" ., ..
" •
"
"'
"
"
"' ..
oc
"
"'
"'
~ B-1002 11'1..CCTION 7.5 "'""' u=,. Z-10050 SURFACE 25 ACRATOR
ll'ICOMING
MAIN LUGS (600A)
n!ANSJ"ORMER
t.PO-Ui:4 w/UQHlNG '""' WCI.DING
RECEPU,Cl.E
"""'" " ""'"' ACRATOR
LAGOON IJ
'""'"' ALRATOR
"
~ ..
NATIONAL STARCH A.NO CHEMICAL COMPANY. CEDAR SPRINGS RJAO PLANT• SALISBURY. NORTH CAROllNA
COMBINED OU1 ANO OU3 PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SINGLE LINE
DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULES
"
"
"'
"
"
"
,oo
"
,oo
,oo
•
"
~
~
,oo
"
DRAFT
File Number
050.55.09F
Dote JULY 1998
Bloslond. Bou,;~ & Lee. In,;. Corporate Headquarters 672J Towpath Rood
$)"O<;t1S1!. NY 1J214
J15 446-9120
9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11
TO LAGOON
NO. 1
L: ON••. c,TaR(r
P: SlD-PCP/tll
7 /l0/98 SYR-~-DCC 05055011 /0505,5[0J.OWG
G,ophic; Seale
! I
II
I
I
I
I I
I lftll
!'! 1111
1! ,I II ii
11
ii•
11 i' i' ,I
11 !i 11
11 'I :qt
I ' □ ro
•
•
H lt±!lf I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FROM QIJ-~'NIRE BACK TO ,--,J--~____,.--MCC 2-21
Ii .-1 •111 CONDUIT
I
. i TO TA.Bl.£ TRAY ; '
t ,r,. •
\.V I AIR STRIPPER r BLOWER INTAKE
1,1cc 2...,JM ' -
12" TRAY-
F'N-500
V [XISTIHG IHT.4.KE LOUVER & AUTO AIR
OAt.lP[R TO REMAIN. lfiT[RLOCK or
AUTO AIR DAMPER W/ HEW Ef-5.
I I --I--
EXISTING ROOF FAN Ef-4 TO R[t.lAIH. I
EXISTING CONTROL TO REMAIN.-----...... B '
L
·-L_sJJ
MV JOO --
EXISTING 12" TRAY -
MCC
MCC
PU-305
WS-400 WS-500
F() □
lffi l_l----+-+-t-ttr---R[t.lOV[ AHO REPLACE EXISTING ROOF FAN EF-5. MODIFY EXISTING ROOF" CURB
,,~~\ .!c OPENING AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE
-1
I
I
',j W/HEW AUTO A.IR DAMPER
H -EXISTING 18" TRAY
I -I I I ro I
I I [J 1 n2' su~P I
I ~ '---+,-~, r·· HIGH e· BLOCK WS-510 ~
,'4-+-++---r--11; Cl ,.v CONTA,NMENT W.Ll MCC 2-SA \ ~~ r I LPO,_.,, r\ ws ,,;~
~•500 + L ~
~;:, --~t-~s ,EL, ,o,,oo· JI ~ /pu-s~ P1 2-39 LP0:,:-2s I J.
'o.___;,:'::[::::,1,,-L--,;;.,; ~",-'s'-.,,i,trt-------ft _--11---------ilr'
,0
REMOTE rill J STATION PANEL
"
(TM f'f'tEW Ro...L uP DOOR (1o·w x 1s'H) I
f
V EXISTING INTAKE LOUV£R & AUTO AIR
DAMPER TO REMAIN. VERIFY DAMPER
OPERATES WHEN Er-4 OPERATES.
I PROVIDE MOOIFlCATIONS AS REQUIRED TO 11 I ---4-INSURE DAMPER OPERATES tN CONJUNCTION i w/rr-,.
'0 + , .,._
:CENERAI.. . PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRIC WALL
MOUNTED THERMOSTAT. Er-5 SHALL 8[
ACTIVATED ON A RISE ABOVE SETPOINT
(80-r ADJUSTABLE) .6.NO BE OFT AT
BELOW SETPOlNT.
l)IQTAL NJICATOR l
I 0000 I
POWER SW. I
..
TA-600 ULTRASONIC W.U. TRN<ISMITTER
HIGH-HIGH
lE',£1. FLOAT
~
L] DISCONNECT SWITCH
@ UOTOR
-HOMERUN
MQ~
,. AU ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS, CONTROL STATIONS. INSTRUMENTS, ETC. INSTAUEO
6Y ELECTRICAL COITTRACTOR SHALL BE MOUNTED ON EQUIPt.lENT. WHERE NO MEANS
Of SUPPORT 1S READILY AVAA.ABLE. ELECTRICAL COITTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SUITABLE
SUPPORT. NO EOUIPMENT SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM CONDUIT ALONE OR SECURED
TO OUTER SKJN OF BUILDING.
., CONDUIT Of APPROXIMATE SIZE SHALL BE USEO FROM CABLE TRAY TO DISCONNECT.
CONTROL STATIONS, INSTRUMENTS, ETC. NO CABLE SHALL BE LEFT TO HANG FREELY
FROM CABLE TRAY TO DISCONNECT. CONTROL STATION OR INSTRUMENTS:
J. REMOTE fill STATION PANEL 'NITH Al.ARM SHALL BE MOUNTED 5' ± A80\IE GROUND
ON l}IE BUILDING EXTERIOR AS SHOWN.
,1-_ REMOTE GENERAL ALARM LIGHT SHALL BE I.IOUNTED 10± ABOVE GROUND ON l}IE
SOUTH EXTERIOR BUILDING CORNER AS SHOWN. GENERAL. Al.ARM LIGHT SHAU. BE
A WEATHERPROOF, XENON f'LASH TUBE, STROBE LIGHT SUITABLE PER 1/2" DIA.MITER
PIPE MOUNTING. RED FRESNEL LENS ANO CL.EAR ACR'r1JC DOME COVER, 120V AC,
65 Ft.ASHES PER MINUTE. EDWARDS MODEL 90R-N5 OR EOUAL
5. NEW ROOF' f'A.N EF-5 SHAU. BE A MOOEL fMX 246, 2400 CFM, 1/2 HPj 208 V., 3 P
f'A.N AS MANUFACTURED 6Y PENN VENTILATION COMPANY, INC. (OR EOUAL •
.
II r
'\:: ~SH TEIMHALS "<JR. CONNECTIO'IS
PlC PANEL
. .
Y Y ll -
TA-500 OIQTAI.. IOCA1'0A7
I •oo
L..,.,
REMOTE f1U STATION PN<IEL
REMOTE FILL ST A TION
ELECTRICAL AND HVAC PLAN NOT TO SCALE DRAFT I
i_::'c'•c..j....:0c0c'''--f--------"''c"c·•c""='--------l-'"c;''-l Project Mgr. ___ MPF __ _
o· f---+--+-----------------f----J Designed by ____ M~E ___ _
NATIONAL STARCH ANO CHEMIC"l COMPANY, CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT • SALISBURY, NORTH CAROUNA
COMBINED OU1 AND OU3 PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
File Number 050.55.lOf
Dote .AJLY 1998 f--+--+------------------,t----J 0,awn by ____ DCC __ _
t------------------+~------➔~------------i-f----_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ -_-_-_-_-_-_ -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ -----------_rf-------.:i Checked by __ WGS/ORG __
:~ ~~c:e:~~!D~R~~H~~~ ~~:~ON f--+--+----------------~f----J Prof. Eng. _ EOWAAO R. L YNC>I
BBL
BlASLAND, BOUCK & L[[, INC.
engineers &-scientists
ELECTRICAL AND · HVAC PLAN Blaslond. Bouck & Lee, Inc.
Corporate He<;1dquorters 6723 Towpath Rood
Syrocvse. NY 13214
2 Of' THE NEW YORK STATE EOUCATION LAW 1--+---+----------------~l---i PE License N.'=:_ 22694 J\5-446-9120 -
10
r-------------------------------------------I•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t.: ON••. Of'F•RO'
P: eotH-D..0/COHT-WW 7/J0/98 s~-~ occ
05055,011/050!,!,£02.0WC
G..-ophie Seole
~~~"' 15~"' ~:i'____ ~-~ I ,------i,r----------
.i-,--'7' r,"___J:l______,.,_---o--"X,-0---~ ' I------,,__.....----~
I---A A ------j ! /----o---«<,-o-_ ~
( ( 2P
LJC?T flJ
PUt,jP
PU-125
1--------------------@f---~ POWER ON 20A, IP
!-----"~~------~:• :•1-------1 20A GFl RECEPTAQ..E
CR4 HOA
1------'-+'-----o-<MI l---l,IHAH,14
I
01.
CRI >------+
t---,[ii1R~-}2J::======,------7HIGH LEVEi.
t------j[ii1R~-}JJ::======,------7LOW LE'v'EL
t------j[i,1R~-~•J=======,------7 LOW-LOW t.EvO...
TO PLC TO PLC TO PlC TO PLC
PUMPING WELL CONTROL PANEL
NOT TO SCM.£
20A, JP 15A, 3P MS\ OL 1---7~---------'T--rn----------o--"X,-0---------
1---'f' :'--li/----o----o--"X,-0---~ P~':~6s
I--A '""---J !/----o-____,,,_ _ ),c!!.J
15"-. JP MS2
~ l!t---:-=::==-(,\ PUMP , ,.------,--\...V PU-115 .___,__ _ __,A---J :r------«<,-o--~
( ( 2P
flJ LJCPT
POVl£R ON
20A, lP
~ =· =· 20A GFl RECEPTAa.E
CR2 \_~ ...
01.
"' PUMP CONTROL
, •oo
CRI ' ,
G RUN LIGHT oo, , ' "' ELAPSED Tll,IE METER
CR2 " 0 • 01. '-¥ "' PUMP CONTROL
I ,oo
CRI
RUN LIGHT oo,
ELAPS£D TIME METER
lR-1
l----➔ HIGH LEVEi.
lR-2
I t}J ,\----➔ LOW l.EVEL
RESET CRI
1---...i--r---i f--,------,----j,f----{'ii)---~ HIGH LE\£1... Al.ARI.I
Tl'ST
-'--
'----{,CRJ'---'
CR1 CR2
1'"--l 1--'1' 1'"--l 1--'1'
I I I I
TO PLC TO PlC
EXTRACTION WELLS CONTROL PANEL
NOT TO SC"1..E
l--""0,c·-1-.CO:Col:.:•--+------'':.:•:::••:::•~::::_• -------1-:C'"C."-J Project Mgr. ___ MPF __ _
l--f----+---------------1---l Designed by ____ MfE ___ _
1--i---+---------------1---1 Drown by ____ DCC __ _
t----------------+, -_ -_ -_ +!--_ -_ -_ -_ -j-1---_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -~--_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_ -_+!--_ -_ -J..j Checked by __ WGS/ORG __
NO Al TERA TIONS PERUITT[Q HEREON EXCEPT r EQW,t,RO R YNOi ,t,S PR0"10EO UNDER SECTION 7209 SUSOMSION !--J----f---------------1--..J Prof. Eng. _ · L
BBL
BLASL.AND, BOUCK & UE, INC.
engineers & scientists 2 Of" THE NEW YORK STAT( EDUCATION LAW 1--l-----+---------------l---1 PE License __ N.C. 22694 __
2 f14 1N 3/4" C.
HIGH LE\£l.
LOW lEVEl.
NS-49
FlOATS
=~ct DISCONNECT
HIGH LEI/Il.
LOW LEVEL
NS-::1
FLOATS
EXTRA.CTION Yt£U.S
CONTROL PANEL JO"X24"X12"
NEM,t, 4X. S.S.
ENa.OSURE
>---JOA DISCONNECT SIYITCl-1
PU-105 PU-115
EXTRACTION WELLS RISER DIAGRAM
2 f14 IN 3/4" C.
LSHH
NOT TO SC,t,LE
PUMPING '110..l
SERVICE CONTRO'.. P.A.NEL
DISCONNECT
LSH
10 f14. 3/4"• C
.of------'
LSL
LSl.L
\fill
fl.0,t,TS
1.5 HP
PU-125
JO"x2•·x12·
NEM,t, 4X, S.S.
ENQ.OSURE
J f12. 1 f12G
IN J/4"• C.
SE"L-OFF (TYP .)
.3(),t, DISCONNECT S'MTOi
PUMPING WELL RISER DIAGRAM
NOT TO SC"1...E
N,t,TIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY, CEDAR SPRINGS R~AO PLANT• SALISBURY, NORTH CAAOLINA
COMBINED OU1 AND OUJ PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
PUMPING WELL AND EXTRACTION
WELLS ONE-LINE DIAGRAMS
DRAFT
f"~e Nurnber 050.55.llf"
Doi, JULY 1998
Sloslond, Bouck &. Lee. Inc.
Corpo,ote Heodquo,ters
6723 To-..poth Rood
S)'l'"ocuu,, NY 13214
315-446-9120 .
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~·
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[
STRIPPER
CONTROL ROOM
n
lL
i-
f-----
I lo
JOO
I
111110111111-+-11
0
COLLECTION TRENCH ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
~' CRYING BED
\
~
\
\ \
I u I a I
a >'.
n I
EQUIP.
STORAG.E
A ~tNS-'9
~\L.>.----4 f14, 1•• CRGS ~ J f12, 1 f12G 1·1 CRGS
65,000 GAL. 651<.
TANK ROOM
----,.
ECO.
LAB
'' ~ CONTROL PANEL____,,,, .,, ". . ' '--. /
. ~ . ', 6 #12, 1 fl2G 1•• CRGS~ /
' '---/ J_ MOOIFlEO EXISTING lAG()()i AREA '-,. -..
ELEC. STARTER RACK -........_ ...._ : ' ' ~ /
~ 4 f14, 1·• CRGS ~ l #1t 1 f12G 1•• CRGS
NS-51 ----------: ---~~-------
L: ON~•. OIT•Rff
P; CONT-D..O/CONT-t,1VB
7 /30/98 S'IR-5-4 OCC
~11/050~04.0WC
Graphic Scoje
NS-49 & NS-51 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
SCALE: 1 "• 20'
r""~· +D~o~"'-f------'•-•_sion~• ------f-''"~''-J Pro;iect Mgr. ___ MPF __ _
t--t--+--------------t--+ Oesigned by ____ MfE ___ _
f-'-+--+--------------f-'-j Oro..n by ____ DCC __ _ t--------------+-+--+--------------+--l Checked by __ ~S~~ __
NO Al.Tt:RATIONS P(RMITTEO HEREON EXCEPT
AS PROV.OEO UNOER SECTION 7209 SUBOl\-1SlON
2 Of' THE NEW YORK STATE EOUCATION LAW
1--ar---+--------------+--f Prof. Eng. _ _!:Q_W~.Q B·_L,!N.9:'.._
PE License _ N.C. 22294
BBL
BLI.SlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scienfisfs
JUNCTION BOX DETAIL DETAIL 1
NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE
-TAP ANO CONNECT
TO EXISTING WIREWA Y
EXISTING 480V MCC BUS O STRIPPER CONTROL ROOt.l I a·xe· WIREWAY (LAGOON AREA STARTER RACK) I
2 f12, 1 f12G
25 KVA I• TRANSFORMER
4a0-240/120V
I) 100 AF I) t.lCP
100 AT l 7A
+ L . ., ~ @"'
..___ COU£CTION
HEAT TRACE TRENOi PUMP POWER PU-125
COLLECTION TRENCH
MCC SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
EXTRACTION
l't£LL PUMP
PU-105
') MCP l"
EXTRACTION
¥i£LL PUMP
PU-115
. ') ~gg ~
HEAT TRACE
PO\\£R
2 112, 1 f12G
25 KVA 1• TRANSFORMER
480-240/120¥
NS-49 & NS-51 ST ARTER RACK
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE
RTO SENSOR 'MTH
STAINLESS STEEL SHEATH 7
,n
2·• 50-I. 60 t
CALV. STEEL PIPEj
I POV,O,
' I NEhAA 4 ENCLOSURE
~ t l/4" CONDUIT HUB lY rHEAT TAPE
ST.4.INU:SS STEEL TIEDO'""'
PIPE HEAT TAPE
AND POWER KIT DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
NATIONAL STARCH ANO CH(MICAL COMPANY, CEDAR SPRINGS R·)AO PLANT• SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
COMBINED OUl AND OU3 PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SITE PLANS, DIAGRAMS
AND DETAILS
DRAFT
r~., N"mber oso.ss.12r
°"" JULY 1998
Bloslond, Bouck I,/; Lee, Inc. Corpo.-ote Headq.,orteu 6723 Ta...,,oth Rood Syroc .. se. NY 1J2H 315-446 9120
12
i I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,_, !1 I .I ll GENERAi MECHA.NICA,L 1) GALVANIZED STID. PIP£ SHAU. BE 50-IEOULE 40, t.lETTING THE REQUIREMENTS Of ASlM A53, WELDS SHAU. BE IN ACCORD.A.NC£ WITH .4.NSI 631.1. ANO SHALL BE COATED 'MTH ZRC. GALVANIZED STID.. PIPE SHALL 8[ PRESSURE TESTED PER M.A.NUF'ACT\JRER'S SPEOFlCATIONS. ZERO 1..EAKAG[ JS AU.OWED FOR ALL JOlNTS. 2) PVC PIPE SHAU. BE SCHEDULE 60 r.l.A.NUF'ACTUREO FROM RIGID, UN-PI..ASTIOZED PVC MEETING nl[ REQUIREMENTS Of ASTt.l 01784, O..ASS 12-454-6. PVC PIPE JOINTS SHAU. BE SOL.VENT WELOEO, INSTALLED ANO PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORD.A.NC( 'MlH t.l.A.NUFACT\JRER'S SPEOFICATIONS. ZERO LEAKAGE IS ALLOWO) FOR ALL JOINTS. 3) PVC PIPE SHAU. BE SUPPORTED AT s·-o· o.c. {MAX) WITH SUPPORTS LOC,.TEO 2•-0• r.lAX. FROM All JOINT LOCATIONS. CALV. STEEl PIPE SHAU. B( SUPPORTED AS SHOYtN ON THE ORA'MNCS. 4) AU. BALL VALVES SHALL BE PVC TRUE UNION BALL VAL'v!:S wm-1 •,HON 0-RlNG SEAL. TUl.ON SElF-LUBRlCATING SEATS, TIGHT SHUT-Off 1N EITHER 01RECTION, FULL PORT DESIGN, SOLVDH WELDED SOCKET ENOS ANO OPEJV,TING HANDLE, M.A.NUF.-.ClURER SHALL BE HAYWARD, NIBCO. PLASTO-MATIC OR EOIJAL 5) ALL a-tECK VALVES SHALL BE PVC TRUE UNION BALL CHECK TYPE WITH VHON 0-RINC SEALS. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE: HAYWARO, NIBCO, PlASTOMATIC OR EOOAL 6) SAMPl£ TAPS ANO DRAIN VALVES SHAU. CONSIST OF A 1/2" DIAMETER PVC PIPE EXTENSION. BAU. VALVE ANO N1PPLE. SAMPl£ TAPS ANO DRAIN VALVES SHALL BE LOCATED AT THE POSITIONS SHO'M-1 ON lHE PROCESS ANO INSTRUMENTATION OIAGRAM ANO AT AU. LOW ELEVATIONS IN THE PROCESS PIPING. 7) PRESSURE CAUCES SHAU. HAVE A 2 1/2" OIAl, FACE WITH A RANCE (NOMINAL) AS INDICATED ON THE PROCESS ANO INSTRUt.lENTATION OIAGR-'M. PRESSURE CAUCES SHALL BE TRERICE t.lOOEL NUMBER 450LFB (WET) SIUCONE-Flll.EO OR EQUAL. 8) t.lAGNETIC FlOW METERS SHALL BE INSTAU£0 'MTH STRAIGHT PlPINC PRECEDING (X10 TIMES PIPE DIAMETER) ANO FOU.OWING (5 TIMES DIAMETER). FlOW METERS SHAU. BE INSTAU.EO AT PIP£ RUN CONFlCURtD TO REMIAN FULL. 9) MAGNETIC FlOW METERS SHAU. BE BROOKS MODEL 7400 WAfERMAG W/ 3520 SMAAT LOCAL OPERATOR INTERFACE. SMART COMMUNICATIONS SHALL BE "HARr COMPAT"8LE. LOCAL DIGITAL INDICATOR SHALl SHOW RATE IN GPM ANO STANDARD TOTALIZER. STANLESS STEEL TUBE. TEfZEL LINER. SIZE AS SCHEDULED. 120 VAC. 60HZ. POWER. 4-20mA ANALOC. NEMA 4X HOUSING. SCHEDULE: Fc:/FlT-100: 0 -60 GPM, 2" DIA. PIPE FE/l'lT-120 0 -JO CPM 1.5" DIA. PIPE 10) LOCAL Flow INDICATORS. Fl-400 at Fl-410 SHALl BE SIGNET MODEL 51S ROTOR-X SENSORS '1'11TH MOOEl 5090 SENSOR POWERED MONITOR. PRO..,DE INSERTION FlTTINGS FOR 3" DIA. PVC SO-fl 80 PIPE. PRO..,OE ONE SPARE ROTOR-X SENSOR. PRO..,OE SPLASHPROOF BA.CK COVER, MOONTING BRACKET, UGUID TIGHT CONNECTOR &; FlOW SCALE O -100 GPM. II) CAUSTIC TANI< HIGH LEVEL FlOAT LSHH-600 SHALl BE GEMS MODEL LS-1900TFE ALL TUlON FlOAT sv,HCH 'MTH PVC TUBINC, 3"• PVC FlANGE. PROVIDE WITH RESISTOR CAPAOTOR (RC) NETWORK. 12) CAUSTIC STORAGE LEVEL mANSMITTrR LT-600 SHALL BE "THE PROBE" BY 1,U\.TRONICS. TWCl \IIIRE ULTRA SON1C TRANSMITTER. RANGE Of .8-14 FEET, TWO INCH NPT MOUNTING.. SEAMLESS TUZEL SENSOR, NEMA 4X PVC HOUSING. 1.3) AIR sm1PPER DISCHARGE UNE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH (PSH-400) SHALl BE A DWYER SERIES 1950-1. 14) CONmOL VALVE (LV-.:SOO) SHALl BE RATED NORMAL AND MAXIMUM FlOWS Of 40 ANO 80 GPM RESPECTIVELY. ABRBEYIAIIONS • DIAMETER MAXIMUM HAJOB EOUIPHENT 1) THE CATALYTIC OXIDIZER (WS-500} ANO SCRUBBER (WS-510/520) UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED AS A PACKAGED SYSTEM PER THE FOLLOWING SPEOFlCATIONS: A. THE Cl.OBAL Mooa 10 VTM-a-tLORO-CAT OXIDIZER SHALL BE RATED FOR 1,000 SCFM ANO 99:it DESTRUCTION Ef"FlOENCY QlQOZER SHALL CONSIST Of A REACTOR 'MTH 316L STAINLESS STEEL INTERNALS, .316L STAINLESS STEEl SHELL ANO TUBE HEAT EXa-tANGER. SYSTEM FAN, AUTOMATIC Dn.UTION AIR VALVE, FUEL TRAIN, PLC BASED CONTROL SYSTEM, THREE PEN a-tART RECORDER. FIRST OUT DETECTOR. ANO STAINLESS STEEL EXHAUST STACK. 8. THE Cl.OBAL MODEL 10 SCRUBBER SHALL BE RATED FOR 1,000 SCf"M ANO 99:it SCRUBB!NC EmOENCY. THE SCRUBBER SHALl CQIISIST OF A HASffiLOY QUENCH SECTION, FRP SUMP. FRP TOWER 'MTH POLYPROP'r\.ENE PACKING, REOROJLATION ANO BLOY,OQY,tl PUMP, RE OR CUL A TION PIPING AND SPRAY NOZZ\.ES. PLC BASED CONTROL SYSTEM, FlRST OUT DETECTOR, OE-MISTER PAO, INTERNAL CORROSION (HO..) RESISTANT VEIL. CAUSTIC METERING PUMP, AND INTEGRAL FlOW METERS. C. THE REOROJLATION ANO BlOv.t>OWN PUMP (PU-525) SHALL BE SIZED TO THE MANUFACTURER REQUIRED FlOWRATE AT A MINIMUM DISCHARGE PRESSURE OF 65 FITT. O. THE CAUSTIC METER1NG PUMP (PU-515) 'MLL BE MOUNTED APPROXIMATELY 20 FEET AWAY FROM THE SCRUBBER SJ<JD. THE PUMP SHALL BE SIZED TO TI-,E MANUF AClURER REQUIRED Fl.OWRATE (2SX NoOH SOLUTION) AT A MINIMUM OISCHAAGE PRESSURE OF 25 FEET. 2) THE AIR STRIPPER SYSTEM SHAU. BE A NEEP SYSTEMS SHAU.OW TRAY MODEL .3651. THE STRIPPER SHALL CONSIST OF A .316L STAINLESS STEEL SUMP TANI< (~ TRAYS), 7.5 HP FORCED DRAFT BLOWER CAPABLE OF 900 CfM O 22" 'NC, DISCHARGE PUMP CAP"8LE OF 80 GPM O 6.3' IDH, NEMA 4 CONTROL PANEL ¥11™ RED STROBE ALARM UCHT, AIR PRESSURE CAUGE, LOW AIR PRESSURE ALARM/SHUTDO'M-1 SWITCH, HICH WATER LEVEL ALARM/SHUTOO'M-1 S'MTCH, DISCHARGE PUMP LEVEL CONTROL SVIITa-tES, vlE'M"ORT SET, AIR BLOWER INLET SILENCER. ANO WASHER WANO. .3) THE GRANULAR ACTIVATED CARBON UNIT (WS-410) SHAU. & AN AQUA-SCRUB PV-80 MANUFACTUR(O BY US FlLTER/WESTATES. TI-IE CARBON UNIT SHALL BE PROVIO(O WITH 2000 POUNDS Of SKC-401 ACTIVATED CAABON. 4) THE CAUSTIC STORA.GE TANI< {TA-600) SHALL & A 5,000 CALLON f'RP \-£RTICAL ABOVE GROUND VESSEL FOR THE STORAGE OF 25:it SOOIUM HYOOXIOE (NoOi) SOLUTION WITH A SPEOFlC CRA.,_.,TY OF 1.25 AT ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE ANO AMBIENT TEMPERATURE. THE VESSEL SHALL BE 6' DIAMETER, 14' SIDE WALL HEICHT (NOMINAL) WITH A DOMED TOP ANO FlA T BOTTOM. 5) THE EQUALIZATION TANI< TRANSFER PUMP (PU-305) SHALL BE -' OURCO 3X1.S-62 MARI< Ill ANSI PROCESS PUMP, .3 HP, .3500 RPM, TEFC-EM ENERCY Ef"FlOENT MOTOR, 2J0-460V. 3 P, CAPABLE OF 100 GPM AT so· FEET Of HEAD. 5) THE EQUALIZATION TANI< CAUSTIC METERING PUMP (PU-605) SHALL BE A PULSAFEEDER 25HJ 'MlH AUTOMATIC OlC CONmOI.._ 1/.3 HP, 1725 RPM, 208-2.30/460V, 3 P, CAPABLE OF 5 GPH AT 65 FEET OF HEAD. AO AFF ALUM AN9 AS™ C AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE ABOVE FINISHED F\.OOR ALUMINUM "AX "cc MEZZ MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MEZZANINE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE, INC. AMERICAN SOOETY FOR TESTING AND METHODS CONDUIT CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT DOUBLE "'" NEMA NO NSSC o.c. OU p MINIMUM NATIONAL ELECmlCAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOOATION NUMBER NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY ON CENTER OPERABLE UNIT PHASE STRUCTYBAL 1) CONCRETE FOR PIPE RAO< SUPPORT POST B.4.SE SHAU. HAVE 2,500 PSI STRENCHT IN 28 DAYS IN ACCORDANCE 'MTH LATEST AO SPEOFlCATIONS. 2) CONCRETE FOR CONTAINMENT AND SUMP SHAU. HAVE 4,000 PSI STRENGTH IN 28 DAYS 1N ACCORDANCE 'MTH LATEST AO SPEOFlCATIONS. 3) CONCRETE AIR CONTENT SHALl BE BETWEEN J.5X ANO 7.SX .4.S OETERMINED BY ASTM C173 OR ASTM C231, AIR CONTENT TEST. CONCRETE SLUMP SHALL BE A M!N1MUM Of 4 INCHES AS OETERMlNED BY ASTM C14.3, SLUMP TEST. 4) CONCRETE SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE CUlOEUNES ESTABLISHED IN AO 302 CUIDE FOR CONCRETE FlOOR ANO SLAB CONSTRUCTION. 5) CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SHAU BE IN ACCORDANCE 'MTH ASTM A615, 60 PSI YIELO GRADE BILLET-STEEL DEFORMED BARS, UNCOATED F1N1SH, OR f"OR WELOEO STEEL ¥11RE f"ABRIC. ANSI/ASTM A165 PLAIN TYPE; IN Ft.AT SHEETS; COILED ROUS; UNCOATED FlNISH, OR ANSI/ASTM A82 COLO ORA'M-1 STEEL WIRE FOR CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT. STEEL ANO ANCHOR BOLTS SHALl CONFORM TO ASTM A-36. 6) CONCRETE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE 'MTH AO 301 SPEC!FlCATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE f"OR BUILDINGS. AO .315 CUIDE FOR CONCRETE FlOOR ANO SLAB CONSTRUCTION. ACI 315 DETAILS ANO DETAILING OF CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT ANO AO 318 BU1LOINC COOE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE. 7) CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. C-129, AND C-145, LATEST EDITIONS. CONCRETE M.4.SONRY UNITS SHALL BE INSULATED Will-, l<ORFll U-SHAf>ED INSERTS, OR EQUAL INSERTS SHALL MEET ASTM C578-90, TYPE 1 SPEOFlCATIONS FOR PREFORt.lED CEl..lULAR POLYSTffiENE THERMAL INSULATION. 8) MORTAR SHAU. BE PREPARED WITH PORT\.ANO CEMENT CONF"ORMINC TO ASTM C-150 LATEST EDITION ANO UME TYPE S CONFORMING TO ASTM C-207, LATEST EDITION. MORTAR SHALL BE MIXED IN A PO'MJER MIXER IN ACCORDANCE 'MTH ASTM C-207, LATEST EDITION, ANO SHALL HAVE A COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 1800 PSI. 9) COARSE A.CGRECATE f1U. SHAl..L BE GRAVEL, CRUSHED GRAVE\. OR CRUSHED STONE HAVING THE FOLLOWING GRADATION BY YleCHT: PERCENT PASSING 100. 95-100 65-80 40-60 10--20 2-10 SQUARE OPENING (INCHES) 1-1/2 1 1/2 1/4 14 SIEVE 14 SIEVE 10) COARSE AGGREGATE FlLL SHALl BE COMPACTED TO OBTAIN 95:it DENSITY EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE OF MA.XIMUM ORY 0£NSITY AS DETERMINED BY THE ME™OOS Of" ASTM 01556 OR ASTM 02922.. 11) OVERHEAD DOOR SHALL BE 10 FEET WIDE BY 18 FEET HICH (NOMINAL) 20 GAGE STEEL DOOR, MOTOR OPERATED, MOOEL Mf"W-SF WEATHERCUARO MANUFACTURED BY CORNEU. IRON WORKS QR EQUAL 12) ALL DOORS ANO FRAMES SHALl BE PREClEANED ANO SHOP PRIMED READY FOR flNISH PAINTING AT THE JOB SITE. 1.3) FlBERCRATE REINFORCED PlASTIC CRATE SHALL BE 2• lHICK WITH 2" SQUARE MOLOED CRATING. CRATING SHALL BE VI-CORR AS MANUClUREO BY THE FlBERCRATE COMPANY OR EQUAL 14) ALL STEEL FRAMING SHAPES SHALl BE A MINIMUM OF 16 GAGE ANO BE FORMED FROM STEEL lHAT CORRESPONDS TO ASTM A.65.3 CRAOE 50. AU. STEEL SHAPES SHALL BE GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE ¥11™ ASTM A924. 15) CAUSTIC STORAGE CONTAINMENT AREA LAODER SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS Of" OSHA. STANDARD NUMBER 1910.27, nxrn LADDERS. LADDER SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED Of" FRP. LADDER SHALL BE A DURAOEI< SYSTEM AS MANUFACT\JRED BY TI-IE MORRISON MQLO(O FlBERQ..ASS COMPANY OR EQUAL = 1) OUTDOOR CONDUIT SHAU. BE PVC COATED RIGID METAL CONDUIT (CRCS) MANUFACTURED BY ROBROY INDUSTRIES AND SHALl HA',-( A. PVC COATING NOT LESS THAN 40 mils THICK. PVC COATING SHAU. BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT ANO SHALL BE N ACCORDANCE 'MTH NEMA STANDARD RN-I, LATEST REVISION. FOR TYPE A PVC COATED CONDUIT. INTER10R CONDUIT SHALL BE RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RGS) BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 2) POWER CABLE, 10 AWG ANO SMALLER, SHALL BE SINGLE CONDUCTOR. 600 VOl.T INSULATION. AS MANUFACTURED BY AMERICAN INSULATED WIRE. CO. OR APPROVED EQUAi.. INSULATED WIRE. COPPER STRANDED CONDUCTOR. TI-ilN-WALL • PVC INSULATION. NYLON JACKET TYPE THHN. J) THREE PHASE POWER 'MRING SHALL BE TRI-PLEX CABLES 'MTH GROUND, SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATIONS IN CABLE TRAY OR DIRECT BURIAL AS MANUFACTURED BY OKONITE f'MR OKOSEAL (70) TYPE T12 CABLE, OR APPROVED EOOAL. 4) CONTROL CABLE SHALL BE StNQ.E CONDUCTOR. 600 VOLT AS MANUFACTURED BY AMERICAN INSU\.A TEO 'MR£ CO., OR APPROVED EQUAL. IN SULA TEO WIRE. COPPER STRANDED CONDUCTOR. THIN-WALL PVC INSU\.ATION, NYI..ON JACKET TYPE THHN. 5) 2/Cl\6 SH!ElDED CABLE, CAT. NO. 8719 AS MANUf"AClURED BY BELDEN, 100,: SHIELOEO COVERAGE Of ALUMINUM POLYESTER, TINNED COPPER. POLYETH'r\.ENE INSULATED TVASTED PAIR 18 AWG STRANDED TINNED COPPER DRAIN WIRE. OiROME PVC JACKET OR APPROVED EOOAL. 6) SUBMERSIBLE PUMP CONDUCTOR SHALL BE EXTRA HEAVY USACE TYPE ANO BE CONSTRUCTED Of" CLASS I< OR 4 TINNED COPPER, BUNCH-STRANDED WIRES. INSULATION SHALL BE EPO WITH SINGLE P.4.SS OF CP FOR SIZE NO. H-THROUGH NO. 10 AWG CONDUCTORS. SUBMERSIBLE CONDUCTOR SHALl BE MANUFACTURED BY ROYAL OR EQUAL 7) SEALTITE SHALL BE TYPE U.A. APPROVED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. WITH TOUCH EXTRUDED POL YVIN'l'l CHLORIDE COVER ANO F\.EXIBLE METAL CORE. METAL CORE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF INTERLOCKED . GALVAN1ZED STEEL 'MTH COPPER BONDING CONDUCTOR WOUND SPIRA.LL Y IN THE SPACE BETWEEN EACH CONVOl.UTION ON THE INSIDE OF THE CONOU1T. SEALTITE SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY ANACONDA. 8) CALVANIZEO STEEL PULL BOXES ANO .AJNCTION BOXES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY APPLETON OR APPR0v£D EQUAL. 9) NON-FUSED SAFETY DISCONNECT S'MTa-t, RATED FOR .aov. 3-PHASE, JO AMPERE OPERATION I.IOUNTEO IN A NEUA 4X STAINLESS STEEL ENO..OSURE, AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE O CO. CAT. NO. HU.3610S-EI (I N.O. & N.O. AUXILIARY CONTACTS) WITH GROUND l<IT Pl<JCTA-1. 10) COMBINATION (HICH INTERRUPTING TYPE AOJJSTABLE t.lAGNETIC) F\JLL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSI.NC STARTER. NEMA SIZE 1, 0..ASS 65.39 CAT. NO. sew (SEE DRAWINGS FOR INOMOUAl MCP RATING), AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D CO. STARTER SHAU. BE ENCLOSED IN A NEMA 4X STAIN\.ESS STEEl ENO..OSURE, RATED FO[ .aov, 3-PHASE OPERATION, WITH 120 VOLT COIL PROVIDE AUXILIARY CONTACTS ON BREAKER. COVER TO CONTAIN A "RED" RUNNING INDICATING UGHT ANO MANUAL RESET FOR THE OVERLOAD RELAYS. t ALL STARTERS RATED FOR 100.000 AMP RMS S'l'MMETRICAL 11) HEAT mAONC CABLE, POWER KIT, SPLICE KIT ANO ALL ACCESORIES/HARDWARE ' SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY NELSON HEAT TRAClNC SYSTEMS. CABLE SHALL BE CAT. NO. HLT25-CB. POWER l<IT CAT. NO. PLT-8-C-H, SPLICE KIT (OPTIONAi.) CAT. NO. PLT-B-S-H, THERMOSTAT CONmOI.. CAT. NO. TH-4X.325. 12)MINI POWER ZONE POWER SUPPLY, A.S UANUFAClURED BY SQUARE O COMPANY. CAT. NO. MP225540F SUITABLE FOR OUTDOOR USE WITH WEATHER-RESISTANT ENO..OSURE, INO..UDING SANO-EPOXY EN CAP SULA TEO TRANSFORMER AND t PANa.BOARD SECTION AS f"OI..LOWS: TRANSFORMER: 25 l<VA VOl..TAGE; 4a0-240/120V. 1 P MAIN BREAKER: 100A PANa.BOARO BREAKER: 60A FEEDER BREAKERS: 2-2P, .lOA &; 2-1P, 20A 1.3) HEAT mAONC ORCU1TS 240 POWER SUPPLIES TO BE AS FQU.OWS: HEAT IBAQNG QRWIT HT-9 HT-10 HT-11 PO'bfR SOURCE FED FROM EXISTING PANEL LP02, OROJITS 1.3, 15 FED FROM EXISTING PANLE LP02. ORCU1TS 17, 19 FED FROM EXISTING MCC 2, SECTION 2U FED FROM NEW Ll!N1 PQ\l,(R ZONE (MPZ) 11, ORa.JIT 1 FED FROM EXISTING ELECTRICAL STARTER RAC!< S-'ME AS HT-12 BUT ORCUlT 2 CfM CMU DBL DIA ELEL ru:v EOO!P EXIST FRP CAL CALV HOPE HP HT DIAMETER ELECTRIC ELEVATION ·~ P'IC RE-ORC REQ'O SAF. SH. SAN POONO PER SOOARE INCH POLY VIN'l'l OilOR10E RECIROJLA TION HT-12 HT-1.3 HT-14 HT-15 FED FROM NEW (MPZl 12 FED FROM sm1PPER CONTROL ROOM FED FROM NEW (MPZ #J FED FROM STRIPPER CONTROL ROOM L: ON••, OfT•REF P; STD-PCP/DI. 7/28/98 SYR-54 DCC ~5.5011/~0WC E001PMENT EXISTING FlBERQ..ASS REINFORCED PLASTIC CALLON GALVAN1ZED HICH DENSITY POL VPROf''l'l.ENE HORSE POWER HEAT TRACE SCH SHT TYP. V ""' REQUIRED SAFETY SHOWER SANITARY SEWER SCHEDULE SHEET T'!'PtCAL VOLT WATER COLUMN Graphic Scale t=t==±:--=--------------=--==r==l Project Mgr. ___ !f~ ___ _ Designed by ___ .IE!' ___ _ 0.-o.., by ____ DCC No. Dote Revisions lnit Checked by __ ~,ioRG---Pi°ol. Eng. _ ~~~~ ~-J.~9i -NO AL TERA TIDNS PERr.llTTtD HEREON EXCEPT AS PRD\-\0(0 UNDER S(CllON 7209 SU8DIVISIDN N.C:_ 22694 2 OF THE NEW YORK STAT( EDUCATION LAW PE License BBL B1.ASLANO, BOUCK & LIE, INC_ engineers & scientists NATIONAL STARCH ANO CHEMICAL COMPANY. CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT• SAL1S8URY. NORTH CAROLINA COMBINED OU1 AND OUJ PRETREATMENT SYSTEM NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS DRAFT F~e Number D50.55.Uf °"" JULY 1998 Bloslond, Bouc~ &: Lee. Inc. Corporate Headquarters 6723 Towpath Rood Sy,_0<:use. NY 13214 315-446-9120 13
I
m
•
m
•
m
m
•
I
I
I
• •
I
I
I
I
I
1·
. I
. Appemdix E
c· ID . C / ,l[[it. r1na es,gn a cu a ions
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I I
I
I
I I
•····
•••••••
1 .. ··· ....
. i ...
Jacobs Environmental, Inc.
Engineers • Planners -Scientists
120 CentenniaJ Avenue
PISCATAWAY, NEW JERSEY 08854
[phone]
FAX [phone]
•--~-··-·-•-·"-=--·-·-·""'·--~·-·--·
JOB BBL B ::¢¢M\\\
SHEET NO / I \11\ QF __ ~----
CALCULATED BY i<:DH I \Iii DATE ..., /,,ha
CHECKED BY _______ \-\\\! DATE __ '_' ____ _
I I 111 SCALE
. L
U Jacobs Environmental, Inc. JOB BBL 8-axi>B 11111
Engineers-Planners-Scientists 2 j, j,lj'i OF _ __,~7 ___ _
120 Centennial Avenue SHEET NO. ~
PISCATAWAY,NEWJERSEY08854 77 H I '111 /', ;;,,,., (908> 457-0100 CALCULATED av• _ _Lrso....,,,.Ll-''-----'-. ---'-": I DATE __ !2.L<rc:2.
I FAX [phone] I l1I CHECKEDBY ______ ---'-'-"'' DATE _____ _
wi<-:e. I Ill, SCALE E •··· ..... · ... 5J'zltl/ OF :B;,,~ /e,,,,,,1'$ i==Q~ rvs-4'9 l I\J~~s, ]l,""\1~-
I \Al ELL . D, 1+m E1'c.K ..... .. ..........•...... DEP72t..... . _ • ·. . . .. .... [1 t ..
~--+-,Js;13 .· ... c)· •............. · .... l!S.S'
I
·~~ rvs~_s,_: ~-'{:,('..... __ /(],{,/--+-~~-• . •·••·····n1'·••.
~-:·······:, ........ ·.1111: .. • .... .
' . ' i ' ! 111!
i 2i,ft//C ~J;~ .·.\ 1.1 .. ,.1 ... ,.._,., ...... :.······~.·-I. ::L_l.1,1_1 .. '.l.·.•···•··· -·.·.·_·.·.·.·.·.H .. ·.·.•LJ.·.·.·.~.•.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.E ... '.~······~.·.·.L.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.1.·--.. S9: = '~!!t Jc;-, ~4me:l 1t> :Be" 1;,, '""'··· V'<~ r• , : ±all ~ c~L11t.1 8-61/,lE@,?j :ref'k-F ~ 'TC, -.bP (JI:" 1W-1cvs='~------'
.90' 'c:c b-dL isr-k1c );ET+bi . \\'Jl
f ½-,-A.1/~, -rn;~: 1-/seh
: / ~ 7 7 /;__c;; )C /, C,,1 -/2Q , . <;;°; 1
'TOTAL .DyAdtmt<... ... ~ ......... ,/20.S-t-/2 ./b ... := ...... /3.? ... 14
• , , · (6'JLl7) (}Ji>PE)
TQJ/,JL Jfef't!> i/css ...... <:i! ... 1-C?~P./Yl; .....•. Zi ?c]t>YA,,,;,,,1)
I
I
I
I
Jacobs Environmental, Inc.
Engineers -Planners -Scientists
120 Centennial Avenue
PISCATAWAY, NEW JERSEY 08854
[phone]
FAX [phone]
-c---~~--
1 ~
I I'\' JOB _ __.R-'-'B:..LIL ..... 8...,__--'-'~~9-:"-iii+,I ! _____ _
SHEET N0, __ _;-.,3:,,;;,_ ___ +l ..µllµ_I i OF <~
CALCULATED BY_-.<J(l..,__DJl=e---,-1.;;lil;.;-i DATE ~~/sg
CHECKED 9y ______ ---'-l -"ll"-ll DATE ______ _
Tv!/4 I. iii\ SCALE
I , .
!
I ill\
PROJ. NO. BY I ! Ill DATE
05055.11 TEL (/J-:J \(o
SHEET
CHECKED BY ----'-1-"ll!!...I! _ DATE _ ___ Ill! ---1-~~-~~------~:-_ =--_-----===:_---~=-~~------~--=--==-:-~-=----------l ~\---=-------------
DATE ___ _
i:~: ~~:P __ Si_:•_23_ -~\c-~\~:~~v{)~---__ ---. --=---~-:-~ r-\lr-·---~--.... ---
Ji). P0~30K:--: _ --·-·-.. . : : -~·--\ j:----
-=fu:. R~-;;-:--~~:: :·:~ \_&: ··st~1fB~r:: ____ ;~=--E\o.w£=·-J-~8P~i)-(__½L_~~~~J 1-------' . , : ' ' ' , I ' : I ' I 11\i ' : : • , ', , : : • I 1 '':,., • __ _
11 • ~ .3~¢ 01d.. Z-11or~ : ,ec\0c~ cL i : : _ _ :' 1111 _ : _ !
II : :-(22) __ .:)_()~_} i H 123,15 :e~'-""' e$lbL~\eh~ ~d\' !\:b t'.T: J 3,~e_\_p_1
11-, ·---=---(J__)__ be,_\ I v r,__ \\{t;_, eq VI \/IA\~,,+ +o 3 ! r_t __ cS~~~--P•r<::: _____ _
11----------(1 1 __ (0,,-l(o\_ Yc--\v~:e9v 1 ✓1.-,\1?,~!-: ___ -to_ --,n<b "'"· __ cf 3vp;pe
_____________ __ _ -Jo _p:::,: __ AP _ A"f __ />.. 1 rz. s-1--r -~pf':?C ___ S8c"": -L:. ri,oif zJe ___ -: _ __ _.
I _ -~ si-rs,TIC.. H E"'D -lis: ', i + "-2 ic~-" -" ~ ~1~i :;~~-=:=~ --~ --------
1 - . J?clPE: U~N.~T_\-:1 -.. -_::-: _____ LL0_ ,_+ ____ L -___ -1 __ ,'c:':;_:cc_) .0:L __ (ye-I,,('_)-------
-------------... --------... ,.. :_ --.. -----: +' 50 I ( C. \/.) 1-= ~ '.2.litl 1 1
' _--
o-------------------_-------= --:------_ c_ __ :~---"-H11~ -_! -
_ _ _'F'1?,.01M f>l/)1.:: __ TBEs1-0__':::,_~ _J~-~C\t°l!:•~)0 s c:6 -~-1~ __ --:._'. ,GB1es _
-' --·l1I : \00 1
u· =: -:.-_:=~-. : -::_· :· .: . ;:?c]!_y_ :.·b~l ~~, -~---~-~.,.-lp·:~~i~ =~----~~:~=----~ ~ ir=~=~-~~:~ =:_-·: ~ :--:
•=~=-:~----------~:-~-~-~~:~·:_---.... ··-:-~,~~-~=----. ~---:· -: : -~--~--:·-:···t --~------·-··"-~--
-----------'---· ' : -:::: [LI H2 () L. ---· --'. -: __ ··-\it. . _ : __ '. -----' ' ' : ' ' ' : : ' I I ' ' m------------------------------•-------'-------~--·---'1\i·----~--
m·:: ·-. . : : ~\K-~(•-~~~:-~o~~~c_. __ :_~~ -=\:~~~~~: -~ J-,_~?-::~:-~---t~F:_lJzo·_·: -----
11·· -l ' -----·iµe·d: Lo" --= ·s-i-:---___ : __ • :----:{\i--'---:----·-1••---•.. __ ~ __ Jo--ra. \_ ____ ----~ . --6S ·c·----_2·-+---_ . _ -! ---_ ,-I __ -:--·-_ ---~---
. --------. ·-·. ----•---.. ··-. ···---···------·--·--·---------·----. -------.. •-------------·---
i i
-... , ___ ,,,_. . --....... ,-.. , ... ,,. ........ ---·-··"-•"" .......... ,.
-~----_________________ UIL ________________ _
I ii I
HHL
I\ i
BY I Ill!
(h:SOSS. 1 \ °D=l!h'\
PROJ. NO. SHEET
2
DATE ____ _ DATE -----
---'., j-
''
--·------------------~i-'11tl --------
1 ' ' --
BL . BOUCK & lfE. INC. ·q,,, •• ,. !I ,c,e~
I I I:
BY I ill!
a5oss., \ TE~
PROJ. NO. DATE
1/\6
SHEET
3
CHECKED BY ---"l-"ll"--1\ _ DATE ----
1, i\\i I----==--·-::-·_:·_~:-. __ ... _ _______ _ :-----~~=--_ .. -. •·---~------'--1--'!!Ill~!--··-·--···---
____ ; DATE ___ _
. --, I 1111
1--® Pu--=t:Q5 ----}--_up._to .. _e.u 31::-c0_· ±t::LJ l'r, .s\_ w :\ ne. ----
' -S --:r~------~ =--12.s' ·t -. ---------I-!\, • , ----·---_ _ _ ::n=rr_ _ __ \\E8. ____ ~--"-..-.J.___ -----~-"'-'----~-----__ _ 1-------------~'-~-e.. .1--E:0j ·\-lr.i -:': __ J_\\i O ~-7-_:to I ( 1__<6_: .-? ~:\c,,. , t\t -~ --~ I ( 2. v_~_lv,,
____ __ . _ ... _ __ _ ____ _ _ _ _ .. -:: ___ DG, _____ ~----~r1__: _________ ·___ _ _ 1-----·-: .. --------·-----------' -'ii-' --: : --------J~e-cn-30ef-';:;=-Sc,2)0-
' .J 2DG ~-~--l:'_-:Z..Q lg• ::--i 1
, I 11, ~b------'A-2'.'..f~"e.-
l !_ , [" : : I i j I : I \\\!I j ) ..c · ; r ,
-::__:___-----'---__:____---'---~----·------: --····-----·-··-----·······--··-·· ' : ! ,-·-1 lit! I -: ' i '
u-------; .. ~f>_f\~J-~-~~-=·~-~«.~,,1 _ ~~,:~ --~ I .s 'J __ : _________ · ~ \ __ . _ -:----·--______ _
-=-=;-:--===::-c--::::'==·=· =· =--"-: \' I]\! : ' ----·~=·=-~-~=:--~=1--~01~r.. }\_~~)-~~---~~-~ ~ __ ... 63? ___ J ; ---------r11i1-:·~.:-~~--~---·---. _
•----~ _ _ ___ -~ -HI~: >-__
1------------............... · i ~~ ----------------
.~ lli~ii~•., •-:~ ..•. ±;;=-~-~~ -\~J=~-_=x_,,ni:◊: •--· ····--•··_ ··
,----·:s1_e:-:i;~:=~Er;e-~::J2S3---.... --·-:·--: i 11: ,-,-·--~-
: P1.~_;L\.:'lc1en-:r_t:\ • -· I '2oc/ ... ___ So~ l lo el\:,(JA~] i ~ (, 1 (2 vc...lvt>~ 1--.. : ___ ' ----------· -_' .. -- ----'.:: .. _:\ '2SG I . --·---____ J___ -· i OJ!\\\---i _L~~---·
· -··--·---1 -2---*---r~ ~, r · 7' ~;-4'-f f:k•'~.~~ \lJ ,) -I . . . . ... . . . ---Gs<,' '>(. . .· . Is~ [::':'.' __ r·-'Tj C-cc ,c,-•
_ _ __ _ _\i.)01 __ ._______ . ___ · -]I ________ _
----·-------------. . . I I , --
--'----~-
··· -....... ,_.,,_, __ I-····-·----··
-------
--------------1-----. -·-------·---------·--·------·---· __ -·-------~------~---~-~-----_. . -----!-----· r I : :---. --.. .. --
! I? l\l 1T ---·-----------------------------------------· · --------------------.. ·--,----1··
1
1h·.-.. ----·---·-------___ .. ______ _
I-•--------------··-·----· --·· ---·-----------------~-~' _· ~1 \j\i'----,-----'-·----'------
HL
SUBJECT
No-.+. cy\ c, \
_____ ; DATE ____ _
/"l
Lo
PROJ. NO.
\ \
SHEET
. I l 4
DATE -----
I
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\
I
I
I
ApperdixF
""""' ,o,c~~~~truction Manageme~t Plan
engineers & scientists
, I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PLAN
I l\ \
1\\ I
, I I I !
\ \
' I , I , \ I
Construction Management Rl\~n
Operable Unit 3 '·, ,\
'I I I
\
. l \
: \ I I
National Starch and Chemical Compaj~
Cedar Springs Road Plant , , \
' Salisbury, North Carolina . \
July 1998
BBL
BLASL.AND, BOUCK & LEE, tNC.
engineers & sclenl/sts
6723 Towpath Road, P.O. Box 66
Syracuse, New York, 13214-0066
[phone]
' I
I
, I
I
I
I
I
I
'
\I\ I : I \ ' !
: I
\
DRAFT
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Table of Contents
Section 1.
Section 2.
Section 3.
Section 4.
Figure·
69180842.RPT --7/J0fiS
\1\
~n:rodu:~::c; ~~s·c~i~;i~~. : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: \\I'.\: : : : : : : : : : : : : : ::
1.2 Objectives ...................... I: l}\. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.3 Report Organization .............. \ .\,!\. ............ 1-1
P,oj~t O,ga•;~uoo ..... --------... -..l 1-. ----------2 • 1
2.1 National Starch & Chemical Company . , . il\ . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-1
2.1.1 RA Coordinator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1.2 Site RA Coordinator ................ ! .1 •••••••••••• 2-1
2.1.3 Site Health & Safety Coordinator ...... ) \1. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 BBL Environmental Services, Inc. . ... \ J !\ ............ 2-1
2.,2.1 Project Officer .................... \ .\I . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2.2 ProJect Manager .................. ·, ·\·i•· . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.2.3 Construction Manager-QA/QC Manager , . ! 1. • • • . . . . . . . • 2-2
2.2.4 Health & Safety Manager .............. 1) '! . . • • • . . • • • • 2-2
2.2.5 Site Inspector ...................... I.\! . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.3 Blasland, Bouck & Lee, Inc .......... • • \lJ • • • • • • · · · · · 2-3
2.3.1 Project Officer ...................... ! 1.\. . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.3.2 Project Certifying Officer ............. \ J !\ ........... 2-3
2.3.3 Project Manager ................... ! ·\!\. .......... 2-3
2.3.4 Project Engineer ................... I. \\l',i" .......... 2-3
' I Project Documentation ................... .'. I. l . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
. \\I\
3.1 Daily Project Reports ................ ·. t\ ! . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 Weekly Project Progress Reports ........ !/ .......... 3-1
3.3 Monthly RD/RA Program Reports ....... I. Jt ......... 3-2
3.4 Photographic Documentation .......... f J !\ .......... 3-2
Co""'"'t;o" Cha•g• Adm;•;s1,a1;0• ........ I .\I\-........ 4-1
4.1 Field Changes ........................ •. . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2 Field Orders ........................ :. \\1
) • • • • • • • • • 4-1
4.3 Nonconformance .................... :-\\!, ......... 4-1
1 Project Organization Chart
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
enginaars & scientists
I
I
I
I
I
\ \\\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Introduction
Blasland, Bouck & Lee, Inc. (BBL) has been retained by National Starch and CheL~~I Company (NSCC) to
prepare this Construction Management Plan (CMP) for the implementation of the1
. ~J\pedial action (RA) for
Operable Unit Three (OU3) at the Cedar Springs Road Plant Site in Salisbury, Noi)!ij~arolina. This CMP is
included as an appendix to the Final Design Report (FDR) for the OU3 RA. Figure 1-1 tifthe FDR presents a Site . ' I I Locat10n Map. \ I
1.1 Project Description : \ \
OU3 consists of impacted ground water in the vicinity of the production areas and wastev,ater treatment lagoons.
Figure 2 of the FDR presents a Site Map. The RA for OU3 includes the following etelnghts:
I '11
1
• Installation of ground-water extraction equipment and piping in two existing transiti~ri zone extraction wells;
C . f d . h d . d . d ! lll\ • onstrucllon o a groun -water extracllon Irene an assoctate eqmpment an p1pmg;
I II . f k . . d . d h . . . di Ill'. • nsta at10n o tan age, p1pmg, an eqmpment to upgra e t e ex1stmg site groun -water pretreatment plant
to handle additional ground-water flows from the proposed OU3 extraction systeril;\ I j
F. . . . b d k d . . . II . h . d I I I b d . h fu 1ttmg ex1stmg e roe an trans1t1on zone extract10n we s wit casmg an screens to e use mt e lure
for monitoring purposes as discussed in Section 4.8 of the FDR; and , \ I
Start-up and operation of the proposed combined ground-water pretreatment systeh-/ I • I
1.2 Objectives ' \
' \ i The objectives of this CMP are to fulfill the requirements of the Statement of Work SOW) attached to the
Unilateral Administrative Order (UAO) for OU3 and OU4. The requirements, as stated ih th1e SOW are to provide:
• A description of the management of the RA;
A description of the roles and responsibilities of key project individuals;
• A project organization chart;
• A plan for documenting the implementation of the Remedial Action; and
A plan for the administration of construction changes.
1.3 Report Organization
The CMP is organized into the following sections:
Section I presents the introduction;
Section 2 presents the project organization;
Section 3 presents the plan for project documentation; and
B\ASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A'\69480842.RPT --7/30/98 engineers & scientists
' I I
I i
I , I
I I
I
l
I 11 I I
' I I
I I I
I , I
1-1
I
I
I
I
I
B
I
I
I
I
11
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
• Section 4 presents the plan for administration of construction changes.
A:\69400842.RPT --mor,a BlASlAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
engineers & scientists
I I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I i
I
I
1-2
I
I
I
a
I
I
I
ft
, I
I
I
,,
I
I
I'
2. Project Organization
\ I\\\
The implementation of the RA for OU3 will be accomplished by a combined effort ?fi):!SCC, BBL and BBL's
affiliated construction management company BBL Environmental Services, Inc. (BBJ,,ES). The use of BBL and
BB LES ensures continuity between the design and construction phases to efficiently res6IU~ issues which may arise
during the construction phase. Figure I presents a. Project Organization Chart. 1··. \~\
2.1 National Starch & Chemical Company , I I I
NSCC will provide assurance through the use of BBL and BB LES that the project is compl~ted in accordance with
the requirements of the FDR and in accordance with the schedule in the Supplemental Rbrii~dial Design/Remedial
Action Work Plan. NSCC will accomplish this goal through the combined efforts ofthd RI)(. Coordinator, the RA
Site Coordinator, and the Site Health & Safety Coordinator \ \1~'1
2.1.1 RA Coordinator . \
. I
Michael L. Ford, P.E. will serve in the role of RA Coordinator through the implementation of the RA. In this role,
he will coordinate with the RA Site Coordinator and the Project Manager to resolve proje~~-issues and to ensure ~~:!:;~~~:~~~is completed according to the approved plans and specifications and a\c\\l\ding to the schedule
2.1.2 Site RA Coordinator '.; 11\1
NSCC personnel will serve in the role of Site RA Coordinator through the implementation of,the RA. In this role,
the Site RA Coordinator will act as liaison with the Construction Manager to address issues,v-lhich arise in the· field
during the construction phase. . I\\\
2.1.3 SIie Hoa Ith & Safety C oonl I oato, ' \ 11,
Richard D. Franklin, CHMM will serve in the role of Site Health & Safety Coordinator. In this\, role, Mr. Franklin
will be responsible for ensuring that the construction manager is implementing the Constru1~tib,n Health & Safety
Plan (CHASP) and that the sitewide health and safety procedures are being followed. 1·· \\\\
2.2 BBL Environmental Services, Inc. \\\\
BBLES will act as General Contractor responsible for implementing the plans and specifications through the
coordination of necessary disciplines. BBLES will also be responsible for implementing the C8~struction Quality
Assurance Project Plan (CQAPP) and for observing the implementation of the work. BBLES i-ii\1accomplish these
goals through the combined efforts of the Project Officer, Project Manager, Constructic\n11'Manager, quality
assurance/quality control (QA/QC) Manager, Health & Safety Coordinator, and Site lnspect6r! I\
2.2.1 Project Officer \ \111
Richard P. Difiore will serve in the role of Project Officer. The Project Officer is ultimately1 r~~ponsible for the
construction of the RA in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. The Projd~t Officer is also
olti="'Y ~p-lble fuc ,~oriog Ural ilie prnj~< ls eomple•tl aewcdlog IO ilie scbolole. I 11
1!\ BIASIAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
A\69480842.RPT ·· 7(J0fi8 engineers & scientists
\ \\\
2-1
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2.2 Project Manager \ \\\
Michael P. Fleischner will serve in the role of Project Manager. The Project Mln1ager is responsible for
coordinating with the RA Coordinator, Site RA Coordinator, Project Officer, Con~t;.t\bion Manager, Project
Engineer, Health & Safety Coordinator, and Health & Safety Manager to the followirigJ\
• Ensure that the project is completed in accordance with the plans and specificatioU; \
Ensure that the project is completed according to the approved schedule; and I
Resolve issues which may arise during the implementation of the RA.
2.2.3 Construction Manager-QA/QC Manager \
' John Yackiw will serve in the dual role of Construction Manager and QNQC Manager. The Construction Manager
is responsible for working with the Site RA Coordinator, Project Officer, Project Managhl\Project Engineer, and
Site Inspector to the following: . 11
Direct the procurement of equipment and subcontractors;
• Ensure that the project is completed according the plans and specifications;
Document changes to the approved plans and specifications; and I
I
I
• Direct the implementation of the CQAPP. , \
2.2.4 Health & Safety Manager \\1
Herrick L. Teeter, CIH will serve in the role of Health & Safety Manager. The Health ~1lsafety Manager is
responsible for coordination with the Health & Safety Coordinator, Project Manager, Const\.Jdtion Manager, and
Site Inspector to implement the Construction Health & Safety/Contingency Plan. The Heal'ti!1& Safety Manager
may periodically visit the site to perform audits. \·._ \\\\\
2.2.5 Site Inspector :. \\\I!
A Site Inspector will be responsible for working with the Construction Manager, Health & Saf~ty Manager, and
1
!\ 1 i
subcontractors to:
Ensure that the construction is completed according to the plans and specifications;
• Implement the CQAPP;
: i \ . I
Implement the CHASP; and
• Perform the necessary documentation to prepare the Remedial Action Report.
\
\
BLASlAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A\694808◄2.RPT -· mom engineers & scientists 2-2
I
I
I
I
I
m
I
I
I
I
I,
••
I
1. ~
I'
I
I
I
1·,
\'.
1\11_·
1
1_ 2.3 Blasland, Bouck & Lee, Inc. ,\\
BBL will continue in the role of design engineer and provide support to BB LES and NSCC in ensuring that the
project is completed in accordance with the plans and specifications. BBL will use the\ctbcumentation provided
by BBLES to prepare the Remedial Action Report and certify that the construction w~ d~mpleted in accordance
;~~~i~~\~lans and specifications. BBL will also participate in the construction chang\Jll\irocess as described in
2.3.1 Project Officer ',_ \\\\
Joseph J. Hochreiter, Jr., CGWP will continue to perform in the role of Project Officer. Mr\·Hochreiter will assume
ultimate responsibility for the direction of the design engineers and the preparation ofthe:R~\lledial Action Report.
2.3.2 Project Certifying Officer . , \
I
Mr. Hochreiter will also provide continuity from the design phase. · 1~\,
Edward R. Lynch, P.E., will also serve in the role of Project Certifying Officer, pro,viil/ng the Professional ::fl:::;,:: :::::::etioo of<ho roos<ructioo •=oliog io ilie piMS Md speoifieafi\\\
Michael P. Fleischner will also serve in the role of Project Manager and be responsible for coordinating with the
RA Coordinator, Project Engineer, and Construction Manager to: \ \ \
• Implement the construction change protocol described in Section 4; , \
Ensure that the construction is completed according to the plans and specifications; arid\
I Prepare the Remedial Action Report. \\
2.3.4 Project Engineer \ 1
1
David R. Gerber, P.E. will serve in the role of Project Engineer. Mr. Gerber will be responsible for answering
design questions during the implementation phase and interpretation of the results of the initdi testing program.
I
BLASI.AND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\69480842.RPT •• 7fJ0/98 engineers & scientists
11\\
2-3
I
I
I
I
I
I '-
I
I
I
I .,
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
3. Project Documentation
To facilitate the completion of the Remedial Action Report, a comprehensive Project JJtmentation Program will
be followed. The Project Documentation Program will include the following elements: I
• Daily Project Reports;
Weekly Project Progress Summaries;
• Monthly RD/RA Program Reports; and
Photographic Documentation.
3.1 Daily Project Reports
The Daily Project Reports will be completed by the Site Inspector and will include inf/2nnation on the daily
activities related to the construction of the proposed combined ground-water treatm1 rltplant upgrade. This
information includes:
• Manpower and equipment utilization;
• Elements of the work completed;
Testing perfonned and results of testing;
• Significant occurrences and/or deviations from the approved plans and specifications; and
• Weather conditions.
I::
I:
The Daily Project Reports will be compiled and submitted as an appendix to the Remedial A'dtion Report.
3.2 Wo,kfy "'•Ject Pcog,e,, Reports
I i
The Weekly Project Progress Reports will be completed by the Construction Manager and willlinclude information
oo:
!
Work performed during the week;·
Work completed during the week;
Work scheduled for the following week;
QA/QC testing performed during the week; and
' I
• Variances from the approved plans and specifications.
/
The Weekly Project Progress Reports will be submitted to USEPA and NCDENR during the couJse of the project.
I:
I!
A;\69-100812.RPT --7/30'18 BlASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists 3-1
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.3 Monthly RD/RA Program Reports \\\\
The Monthly RD/RA Program Reports will continue to b submitted by the RA Coordinator, describing the
activities and issues of the previous month. \\:
3.4 Photographic Documentation 1 ·;_
A Photographic Documentation Program will be used during the course of the construction to provide USEPA and
NCDENR with a visual depiction of the progress at the site. The Site Inspector will\b1J1responsible for taking
photographs of the site prior to, during and after the performance of the work. Five repres~Atative photographs will
be submitted to USEPA each month and the photographic log will be included in the Rkrilbdial Action Report.
I'.
I
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\69480842.RPT --7/J0/98 engineers & scientists 3-2
I
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
, I
i
4. Construction Change Administratioq \ \
D . h fth . f h d . ' b 1 I \\\· 1 f h d . unng t e course o e construction o t e reme y, 11 may ecome necessary to a ter certam e ements o t e es1gn
to address differing conditions in the field. These alterations to the approved plans and ~p~t/fications will fall under
different categories and will be addressed with different levels of scrutiny. The follo,,Jihg general categories of
changes may occur: \\ \.,.
Field Changes; ii
• Field Orders; and
Nonconfonnance.
4.1 Field Changes
Field Changes address minor alterations to the approved plans and specifications. These ·changes are generally
aesthetic in nature and do not materially affect the design, These changes may include niid~t changes such as pipe
re-routing. Field changes will be administered in the field and documented in the daily\ahti weekly reports. The '" changes will become finalized in the as-built drawings submitted in the Remedial Action Report.
4.2 Field Orders . \ \ :
Field Orders address major alterations to the approved plans and specifications. Fielill Orders will include
alterations in specified materials or equipment or changes in the configuration of 11iJi \lesign to meet field
conditions. \I;
Field Orders will be initiated by the Construction Manager in a Field Order Request Form. ~-Field Order Request
Form is presented in Attachment B. The Construction Manager will forward the Field OideJ Request Form to the
Project Manager and Project Engineer for review. The Project Manager and Project EngindeJ:\vm approve the Field
~;~:;:::t::ke changes as appropriate. The Field Order will be completed and approved prl[to completion of the
Field Orders will be transmitted to the USEPA and NCDENR as an attachment to the Weekly Project Progress I
Report and included in the Remedial Action Report. I:
4.3 Nonconformance I
I
' Nonconformance Reports will be used when the constructed elements are not in conformance with the approved
plans and specifications. A Nonconformance Report can be initiated by any member of 1\i1~ Project Team and
approved by the Project Manager and Project Engineer. Upon issuance of a Nonconformkri2e Report, a meeting
will be held with the Project Manager, Project Engineer, Construction Manager, Site lnspbct~,r. RA Coordinator,
and/or the RA Site Coordinator. The Project Team will generate a plan to address the noricb'hformance that may
include a Field Order for re-design around the nonconformance or a demolition of the wcirkAnd re-construction
according to the approved plans and specifications. Once the work to address the nondo~formance has been
completed, the Nonconformance Report will be updated to identify actions taken to addres~ t~16 nonconformance.
Nonconformance Reports will be transmitted to USEPA and NCDENR with the Weekly Prljlt Progress Reports
and included in the Remedial Action Report. '
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\69400842.RPT --7/30i98 engineers & scientists 4-1
I
I
I
I
•
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Apperridix G
Construction Health and Safe}J Plan
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC, . I 111
engineers & scientists '
I
i
I
' '
I
I
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HEALTH & SAFETY PLAJY Ii
•
I
1 I
Construction Health and Safety Pilan
I I
Operable Unit 3 · 1 i
I
: I
· I I
National Starch and Chemical Com~any
Cedar Springs Road Plant : !
I
Salisbury, North Carolina : i j
July 1998
BBL
BLASLANO, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
6723 Towpath Road Box 66
Syracuse, New York 13 214-0066
[phone]
• I I
I
i
I '
. I
I
I
I
I
I
n
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I II\
\\ \
Approvals and Acknowledgments1
\ . \ I
•• ~,=•I• \ I i
I have read and approved this HASP with respect to project hazards, regulatory requirements, and\JBLES procedures.
' 1\\1
Project Name: National Starch and Chemical Company: Salisbury, NC PJoject Number: 050.55
, \JI
Project Manager/Date
Project/Site HSS/Date
Acknowledgments
' I I I I
1\ \
Regional Health and Safetx Coordinator/Date
: I \
. \1 \
\ I
• I I
. \ I
:. \
' : I • 1 I
The final approved version of this HASP has been provided to the Site Supervisor. I acknowledge ly responsibility to
''\ provide the Site Supervisor with the equipment, materials and qualified personnel to implement fullYi all safety requirements
'" iliis HASP. I will fu~ally =iew iliis p '"" wiili <he HS Smff ""'"-' si, mooshs ""'" proj ocs •=•11•
: I I
Project Manager Date I \\\\
I acknowledge receipt ofthis HASP from the Project Manager, and that it is my responsibility to explaiA its contents to all
site personnel and cause these requirements to be fully implemented. Any change in conditions, sc'obW of work, or other
change that might affect worker safety requires me to notify the Project Manager and/or the Health and SJf~ty Representative.
Site Supervisor
7/28/98
68680842.A TT
Date
\ll
. : 11\
I
I Health and Safety Plan Acknowledgment
I I have read this Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan, or its contents have been presented to me, and I understand the contents,
and I agree to abide by its requirements.
I Name (Print) . Signature Representing Date
I
I i -
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7/28/98
I 68680842.A TI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Table of Contents
Section 1.
Section 2.
Section 3.
68680842.RPT --7/30{18
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1 Objective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2 Policy Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.3 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.4 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Roles and Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1 All Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 Health and Safety Specialist (HSS) .................. 2-1
2.3 Project Manager ................................. 2-1
2.4 Site Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.5 Subcontractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.6 On-Site Personnel and Visitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Project Hazards and Control Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1 Scope of Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1.1 Job Hazard Assessment ........................... 3-1
3.2 Field Activities, Hazards, Control Procedures .......... 3-1
3.2.1 Mobilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2.2 Installation of Recovery/Monitoring Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.2.3 Drilling Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.2.3.1 Drilling Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.2.3.2 Drilling Safety Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.2.4 Construction Observation Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.2.5 Construction Excavation Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.2.5.1 Excavation Access, Egress, and General Requirements .. 3-7
3.2.5.2 Inspections by Competent Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3.2.5.3 Soil Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3.2.5.4 Overhead Electrical Clearances .................... 3-10
3.2.6 Heavy Equipment Materials Handling/Site Backfilling and
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3.2.6.1
3.2.6.2
3.2.6.3
3.2.6.4
3.2.6.5
3.2.6.6
3.2.6.7
3.2.6.8
3.2.6.9
3.2.7
3.2.8
3.2.9
3.3
Haulage RoadwaysfTraffic Safety .................. 3-11
Equipment Construction/Safety Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Audible Alarms ................................. 3-13
Wire Rope Use ................................. 3-13
Equipment Inspection and Maintenance ............. 3-13
Equipment Parking and Loading ................... 3-14
Equipment Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Flaggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Additional Safety Requirements .................... 3-15
Construction/Demolition Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Equipment Decontamination ....................... 3-17
Demobilization ................................. 3-17
Chemical Hazards .............................. 3-18
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 4.
Section 5.
Section 6.
68600812.RPT --7/J0/,8
General Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1 General Practices ................................ 4-1
4.1.1 Buddy System ................................... 4-1
4.1.2 Emergency Equipment ............................ 4-2
4.2 Heat Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.3 Cold Stress Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.4 Biological Hazards ............................... 4-7
4.4.1 Tick-Borne Diseases .............................. 4-7•
4.4.2 Poisonous Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4.4.3 Snakes ........................................ 4-8
4.5 Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4.6 Sanitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4.6.1 Break Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4.7 Electrical Hazards ................................ 4-9
4.8 Lockout/Tagout Procedures ....................... 4-10
4.9 Lifting Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4.10 Hot Work Activities .............................. 4-11
4.10.1 Designated Hot Work Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.10.2 Conditions Prohibiting Hot Work .................... 4-11
4.10.3 Hot Work Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.10.4 Fire Watch Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Personal Protective Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1 Levels of Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1.1 Level D Protection ............................... 5-1
5.1.2 Modified Level D Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1.3 Level C Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.1.4 Selection of PPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.2 Site Respiratory Protection Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.3 Using PPE · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.3.1 Donning Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.3.2 Doffing Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.4 Selection Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Site Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1 Authorization to Enter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.2 Site Orientation and Hazard Briefing ................. 6-1
6.3 Certification Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.4 Entry Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.5 Entry Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.6 Emergency Entry and Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6. 7 Contamination Control Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6. 7 .1 Exclusion Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.7.2 Contamination Reduction Zone ..................... 6-2
6.7.3 Support Zone ................................... 6-2
BLASlAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 7.
Section 8.
Section 9.
Section 10.
Section 11.
68680842.RPT --7(30/98
6.7.4
6.8
Posting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Site Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Decontamination ...................................... 7-1
7.1 Personnel Decontamination ........................ 7-1
7.2 Equipment Decontamination ........................ 7-1
7.3 Personal Protective Equipment Decontamination ....... 7-1
Site Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.1 Air Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.2 Personal Air Monitoring for Methylene Chloride, 1,2-
Dichloroethane, or Vinyl Chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Noise Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Monitoring Equipment Maintenance and Calibration . . . . . 8-2
Action Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Community Response Air Monitoring Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Vapor Emission Response Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Major Vapor Emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Major Vapor Emission Response Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.6.1
8.6.2
8.6.3
Employee Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
9.1 General ........................................ 9-1
9.2 Initial 40-Hour Course ............................. 9-1
9.3 Supervisor Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
9.4 Site-Specific Training ............................. 9-2
9.5 Daily Safety Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
9.6 First Aid and CPR ............................ : . . . 9-2
Medical Surveillance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
10.1 Medical Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
10.1.1 Preplacement Medical Examination ................. 10-1
10.1.2 Other Medical Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
10.1.3 Periodic Exam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
10.2 Medical Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Emergency Procedures ................................ 11-1
11.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
11.2 Emergency Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 11-1
11.2.1 Fire .......................................... 11-1
11.2.2 Constituent Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
11.3 Medical Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
11.3.1 First Aid • General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
11.3.2 First Aid • Inhalation ............................. 11-2
11.3.3 First Aid• Ingestion .............................. 11-3
11.3.4 First Aid • Skin Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
11.3.5 First Aid • Eye Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
11.4 Reporting Injuries and Illnesses .................... 11-3
BLASlAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I 11.5 Emergency Information ........................... 11-3
Tables. 2-1 Key Personnel
I 3-1 Chemical Hazard Information
4-1 Work/Rest Schedule
4-2 Chill Temperature Chart
I 5-1 PPE Selection Matrix
8-1 Airborne Constituent Action Levels
11-1 Emergency Contacts
I Attachments. A Safety Inspection Form
B Underground/Overhead Utilities Checklist
C Material Safety Data Sheets
I D Site Hot Work Permit
E Daily Air Monitoring Log
F BBLES Daily Safety Meeting Log
I G Acc.ident Investigation Report
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I BLASlANO. BOUCK & LEE. INC
68600&42.RPT --7/30/9B engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Introduction
1.1 Objective
The objective of site activities is to implement the Remedial Design/Remedial Action (RD/RA) Work Activities
for addressing chemical constituents present in the environmental media at Operable Unit 3 at the National Starch
and Chemical Company, Cedar Springs Road Plant Site (Site) located in Salisbury, North Carolina. Site activities
include the following:
• Mobilization;
• Ground-water collection trench and pumping well installation;
• Ground-water extraction well installation;
• Ground-water transfer piping system installation;
• Soil excavation associated with ground-water collection system;
• Ground-water treatment system construction;
• Miscellaneous materials handling/site security;
• Monitoring well installation; and
• Site restoration/demobilization.
The objective of this plan is to provide a mechanism for establishing safe working conditions at the site. The safety
organization, procedures, and protective equipment have been established based on an analysis of potential
physical, chemical, and biological hazards. Specific hazard control methodologies have been evaluated and
selected to minimize the potential of accident or injury.
1.2 Policy Statement
The policy of BBL Environmental Services, Inc. (BBLES) is to provide a safe and healthful work environment for
all employees. No aspect of operations is of greater importance than injury and illness prevention. A fundamental
principle of safety is that all accidents and injuries are preventable. BBLES will take every reasonable step to
eliminate or control hazards in order to minimize the possibility of injury, illness, or accident.
This Health and Safety Plan (HASP) prescribes the procedures that must be followed during RD/RA
implementation activities at the Site. Operational changes that could affect the health and safety of personnel, the
community, or the environment will not be made without the prior approval of the Project Manager (PM) and the
Health and Safety Representative. This document will be periodically reviewed to ensure that it is current and
technically correct. Any changes in site conditions and/or the scope of work will require a review and modification
to the HASP. Such changes will be completed in the form ofan addendum to this plan or a revision of the plan.
The provisions of this plan are mandatory for all BB LES personnel and BB LES' subcontractors assigned to the
project. All visitors to the work site must also abide by the requirements of the plan. It should be acknowledged
Bl.ASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
686008-!2.RPT --7/30fi8 engineers & scientists 1-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:1
I
I
I
that the employees of other consulting and/or contracted companies may work in accordance with their own
independent HASPs. Subcontractor HASPs, if prepared, must meet the requirements of this HASP.
1.3 References
This HASP complies with applicable Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations, United
States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) regulations, and BBLES Health and Safety policies and
procedures. This plan follows the guidelines established in the following documents.
• Standard Operating Safety Guides, USEPA (Publication 9285.1-03, June 1992).
• Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities, NIOSH, OSHA,
USCG, USEPA (86-116, October 1985).
• Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 1910.120.
• Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 1926.
• Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards, DHHS, PHS, CDC, NIOSH (1994).
• Threshold Limit Values, ACGIH (1995).
• Quick Selection Guide to Chemical Protective Clothing, Forsberg, K. and S.Z. Mansdorf, 2nd Ed. (1993).
• Health and Safety Policies and Procedures Manual, Blasland, Bouck & Lee, Inc.
1.4 Definitions
The following definitions are applicable to this HASP:
• Site -the area where the work is to be performed by BB LES personnel. The site includes the Exclusion Zone
(EZ), Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ), and Support Zone (SZ).
• Project -all on-site work performed under the scope of work.
• Subcontractor -includes subcontractor personnel hired by BB LES.
• On-Site Personnel -all client personnel, BBLES, and subcontractor personnel directly involved with the
project activities.
• Visitor -all other personnel, except the on-site personnel. All visitors must receive approval to enter the site.
• Exclusion Zone -any portion of the site where hazardous substances are, or are reasonably suspected to be,
present in the air, water, or soil.
• Contamination Reduction Zone -area between the EZ and SZ that provides a transition between contaminated
and clean areas. Decontamination stations are located in this zone.
Bl.ASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68690842.RPT ·-7/J0/,8 engineers & scientists 1-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Support Zone -all areas of the site excluding the EZ and CRZ. The SZ surrounds the immediate area where
project activities are underway. Support equipment is located in this zone.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68680842.RPT •• mom engineers & scientists 1-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1 All Personnel
All BBLES and subcontractor personnel must adhere to these procedures during the performance of their work.
Each person is responsible for completing tasks safely, and reporting any unsafe acts or conditions to his or her
immediate supervisor or to the Site Supervisor (SS). No person may work in a manner that conflicts with these
procedures. After due warnings, the PM will dismiss from the site any person who violates safety procedures.
All on-site personnel will receive training in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120, and be familiar with the
requirements and procedures contained in this document prior to the beginning of project operations.
The roles of key BBLES personnel are outlined in the following sections. Key personnel and contacts are
summarized in Table 2.1.
2.2 Health and Safety Specialist (HSS)
The project HSS is responsible for technical health and safety aspects of the project, including preparation, review,
and approval of this HASP. Inquiries regarding BB LES procedures, project procedures, and other technical or
regulatory issues should be addressed to this individual. Any changes or addenda to this HASP must be approved
by the HSS, who is also responsible for coordinating on-site health and safety issues. The HSS will advise the PM
on health and safety issues, and will establish and oversee the project air monitoring program. The HSS is the
primary site contact on occupational health and safety matters.
It is the responsibility of the HSS or designated alternate to:
• Provide on-site technical assistance, if necessary;
• Conduct site and personal air monitoring, including equipment maintenance and calibration. Where necessary,
submit samples to an American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) accredited laboratory;
• Prepare material for site safety orientation training and daily safety meetings;
• Verify that on-site personnel have received the required physical examinations and medical certifications;
• Review site activities with respect to compliance with the HASP;
• Maintain required health and safety documents and records; and
• Assist, if necessary, the SS in the instruction of field personnel on the hazards, and equipment procedures
required.
2.3 Project Manager
The PM is ultimately responsible for verifying that all project activities are completed in accordance with the
requirements and procedures in this plan. The PM is responsible to provide the SS with the equipment, materials,
and qualified personnel to implement fully all safety requirements in this HASP.
It is the responsibility of the PM to:
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
6868084 2.RPT -7/J0flS engineers & scientists 2-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Review safety inspection reports;
• Thoroughly investigate all accidents and incidents on the project;
• Approve, in writing, addenda or modifications of this HASP; and
• Suspend work if health-and/or safety-related concerns arise.
2.4 Site Supervisor
The SS is responsible for implementation of the HASP, including communication of site requirements to all on-site
project personnel (including subcontractors). The SS will be responsible for informing the PM of any changes in
the work plan or procedures so that those changes may be addressed in the HASP. Other responsibilities include:
• Consultation with the HSS on site safety and health issues;
• Conducting a daily safety inspection of the Site, and completing a weekly inspection form (Attachment A);
• Stopping work, as required, to ensure personal safety and protection of property, or in cases of life-or
property-threatening safety non-compliance;
• Obtaining a site map and determining and posting routes to medical facilities and emergency telephone
numbers, and arranging emergency transportation to medical facilities;
• Notifying local public emergency officers of the nature of the site operations, and posting their telephone
numbers in an appropriate location;
• Observing on-site project personnel for signs of chemical or physical trauma;
• Verifying that all site personnel have the proper medical clearance, have met applicable training requirements,
and have training documentation available in the office;
• Verifying that all on-site personnel are made aware of the provisions of the HASP and have been informed
of the nature of any physical, chemical, and biological hazards associated with the site activities;
• Verifying that on-site personnel and visitors have received the required training, including instructions for
safety equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) use;
• Suspending work if health-and/or safety-related concerns arise; and
• Issuing/obtaining required work permits.
2.5 Subcontractors
On-site subcontractors and their personnel must understand and comply with the site requirements established in
this HASP. Subcontractors may prepare their own task-specific HASPs, which must be consistent with the
requirements of this HASP. Subcontractor personnel must attend and participate in the Daily Safety Meetings and
all other site safety meetings.
BLA.SlAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC
68680842.RPT -· 7/30'98 engineers & scientists 2-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.6 On-Site Personnel and Visitors
All personnel must read and acknowledge their understanding of this HASP, abide by the requirements of the plan,
and cooperate with site supervision in ensuring a safe work site. Site personnel will immediately report any of the
following to the SS or HSS:
• Accidents and injuries, no matter how minor;
• Unexpected or uncontrolled release of chemical substances;
• Symptoms of chemical exposure;
• Unsafe or malfunctioning equipment;
• Changes in site conditions that may affect the health and safety of project personnel;
• Damage to equipment or property; and
• Situations or activities for which they are not properly trained.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC
68600842.RPT --7/)0/98 engineers & scientists 2-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Remedial Action Coordinator
Site Health and Safety Coordinator
Project Manager
Construction Manager
Site Supervisor/Health and Safety
Specialist
Project Officer
Corporate Health and Safety Associate
Jon Bamholm
Dave Mattison
686808-'\2,RPT •• 7(30fl8
TABLE 2-1
KEY PERSONNEL
. F . .:,:NSriie -. '
Michael L Ford, P.E.
Richard D. Franklin
Michael D. Fleischner
John C. Yackiw, P.E.
To be Named Later
Richard P. Di Fiore
Jay D. Keough, CIH
USEPA, Region IV
NCDENR
BIPSLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
A~d_ressffelephpne:;
IO Findeme Avenue
Bridgewater, NJ 08807
[phone]
Cedar Springs Road Plant
Salisbury, NC
[phone]
8 South River Road
Cranbury, NJ 08512
[phone]
30 Corporate Woods
Suite 160
Rochester, NY 14623
[phone]
6723 Towpath Road, P.O. Box 66
Syracuse, NY 13214-0066
[phone]
Cranbury, New Jersey
[phone]
I 00 Alabama Street S. W.
Atlanta, GA 30303-3104
[phone]
40 I Oberlin Road
Suite 150
Raleigh, NC 27605
(9 I 9) 733-4996
2-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Project Hazards and Control Measures
3.1 Scope of Work
The scope of work includes the following field activities:
• Mobilization;
• Ground-water collection trench and pumping well installation;
• Ground-water extraction well installation;
• Ground-water transfer piping system installation;
• Installation of monitoring wells;
• Conducting ground-water sampling;
• Ground-water treatment system construction;
• Backfilling and site restoration;
• Equipment cleaning and decontamination;
• Site support activities; and
• Demobilization.
3.1.1 Job Hazard Assessment
The following job hazard assessment identifies potential safety, health, and environmental hazards associated with
each type of field activity. Because of the complex and changing nature of field projects, supervisors must
continually inspect the work site to identify hazards that may affect site personnel, the community, or the
environment. The SS must be aware of these changing conditions and discuss them with the PM whenever these
changes impact employee health, safety, the environment, or performance of the project. The SS will keep BBLES
personnel and subcontractors informed of the changing conditions, and the PM will write or approve addenda or
revisions to this HASP as necessary.
3.2 Field Activities, Hazards, Control Procedures
3.2.1 Mobilization
Site mobilization may include setting up equipment and establishing a temporary site office. During this initial
phase, project personnel will walk the site to confirm the existence of anticipated hazards, and identify safety and
health issues that may have arisen since the writing of this plan.
Manual materials handling and manual site preparation may cause blisters, sore muscles, and joint and skeletal
injuries; and may present eye, contusion, and laceration hazards. The work area presents slip, trip, and fall hazards
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68600842.R.PT --7130{18 engineers & scientists 3-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
' I
I
I
from scattered debris and irregular walking surfaces. Rainy weather may cause wet, muddy, slick walking surfaces,
and unstable soil.
Environmental hazards include plants, such as poison ivy and poison oak; aggressive fauna, such as ticks, fleas,
mosquitos, wasps, spiders, and snakes; weather, such as sunburn, lightning, rain, and heat-related illnesses; and
pathogens, such as rabies, lyme disease, and blood-borne pathogens. Control procedures for these hazards are
discussed in Section 4.
3.2.2 Installation of Recovery/Monitoring Wells
Ground-water treatment system construction will include installation of ground-water collection/ monitoring wells
as part of the treatment system. The physical hazards of these operations are primarily associated with the drilling
equipment and procedures utilized.
Inhalation and absorption (contact) of constituents are the primary routes of entry associated with well installation
due to the manipulation of soil, other media and equipment, and proximity of operations to the breathing zone.
To control dermal exposure during well installation activities, a minimum of Modified Level D protection (see
Section 5.0) will be worn. Air sampling may be conducted during well installation and sampling to assess the
potential for exposure to airborne constituents. If the results of air monitoring indicate the presence of organic
vapors in a concentration exceeding the site action level for Modified Level D, personnel will upgrade to Level C
protection. Refer to Section 8 for a description of air monitoring requirements and action levels. A description of
each level of protection is included in Section 5.
The installation of ground-water collection/recovery wells involves advancing soil borings and wells with a drill
rig. The equipment poses a hazard if it is not properly operated. The presence of overhead utilities and
underground obstacles poses a hazard if they are contacted by the drill rig. Safety hazards and procedures
associated with drilling activities are presented in the following section.
3.2.3 Drilling Safety
3.2.3.1 Drilling Hazards
The primary physical hazards for this activity are associated with the use of drilling equipment. Rig accidents can
occur as a result of improperly placing the rig on uneven or unstable terrain, or failing to adequately secure the rig
prior to the start of operations. Underground and overhead utility lines can create hazardous conditions if contacted
by drilling equipment. Tools and equipment, such as elevators, cat lines, and wire rope, have the potential for
striking, pinning, or cutting personnel.
• Wire Rope -Worn or frayed wire rope presents a laceration hazard if loose wires protrude from the main
bundle.
• Cat Lines -Cat lines are used on drilling rigs to hoist material. Accidents that occur during cat line operations
may injure the employee doing the rigging, as well as injure the operator. Minimal hoisting control causes
sudden and erratic load movements, which may result in hand and foot injuries.
• Working Surfaces -Slippery work surfaces can increase the likelihood of back injuries, overexertion injuries,
and slips and falls.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
686808'12.RPT •• 7/30/98 engineers & scientists 3-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
••
I
I
• Materials Handling -The most common type of accident that occurs in material handling operations is the
"caught between" situation when a load is being handled and a finger or toe gets caught between two objects.
Rolling stock can shift and/or fall from a 'pipe rack or truck bed.
3.2.3.2 Drilling Safety Procedures
Drill Crews -All drillers must possess required state or local licenses to perform such work. All members of the
drill crew shall receive site-specific training prior to beginning work.
The driller is responsible for the safe operation of the drill rig, as well as the crew's adherence to the requirements
of this HASP. The driller must ensure that all safety equipment is in proper condition and is properly used. The
members of the crew must follow all instructions of the driller, wear all PPE, and be aware of all hazards and
control procedures. The drill crews must participate in the Daily Safety Meetings and be aware of all emergency
procedures.
Rig Inspection -Each day, prior to the start of work, the drill rig and associated equipment must be inspected by
the driller and/or drill crew. The following items must be inspected:
• Vehicle conditicn;
• Proper storage of equipment;
• Condition of all wire rope and hydraulic lines;
• Fire extinguisher; and
• First aid kit.
Drill Rig Set Up -The drill rig must be properly blocked and leveled prior to raising the derrick. The wheels which
remain on the ground must be chocked. The leveling jacks shall not be raised until the derrick is lowered. The rig
shall be moved only after the derrick has been lowered.
Site Drilling Rules -Before drilling, the existence and location of underground pipe, electrical equipment, and gas
lines will be determined. This will be done, if possible, by contacting the appropriate client representative to mark
the location of the lines. If the client's knowledge of the area is incomplete, an appropriate device, such as a
magnetometer, will be used to locate the line. The Underground/Overhead Utility Checklist shall be used to
document that nearby utilities have been marked on the ground, and that the drill site has been cleared. The
checklist shall be in the possession of the SS prior to commencement of the intrusive investigation at that point of
the site (Attachment B).
Combustible gas readings of the general work area will be made regularly (see Section 8).
Operations must be suspended and corrective action taken if the airborne flammable concentration reaches 10
percent of LEL in the immediate area (a 1 -foot radius) of the point of drilling, or near any other ignition sources .
Under no circumstances will personnel.be permitted to ride the traveling block or elevators, nor will the cat line
be used as a personnel carrier.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
686808--12.RPT •• 7/301}8 engineers & scientists 3-3
I ,'
I
I
I
1·
I
I
I
I
Overhead Electrical Clearances -if drilling is conducted in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the power to the
lines must be shut off or the equipment must be positioned and blocked such that no part, including cables, can
come within the minimum clearances as follows:
1~,§N~rjiJiia!•Sys_t!!\jjVoltage " I:,, \V(inirnu'rii.I~fquired.<::Iearance ]
0-50kV IO feet
51-IOOkV 12 feet
IOl-200kV 15 feet
201-300kV 20 feet
301-500kV 25 feet
501-750kV 35 feet
751-1,000kV 45 feet
When the drill rig is in transit, with the boom lowered and no load, the equipment clearance must be at least 4 feet
for voltages less than 50kV, 10 feet for voltages of 50kV to 345kV, and 16 feet for voltages above 345kV.
Rig Set Up -All well sites will be inspected by the driller prior to the location of the rig to verify a stable surface
exists. This is especially important in areas where soft, unstable terrain is common.
All rigs will be properly blocked and leveled prior to raising the derrick. Blocking provides a more stable drilling
structure by evenly distributing the weight of the rig. Proper blocking ensures that differential settling of the rig
does not occur.
When the ground surface is soft or otherwise unstable, wooden blocks, at least 24 inches by 24 inches, and 4 inches
to 8 inches thick, shall be placed between the jack swivels and the ground. The emergency brake shall be engaged,
and the wheels that are on the ground shall be chocked.
Hoisting Operations -Drillers should never engage the rotary clutch without watching the rotary table, and
ensuring it is clear of personnel and equipment.
Unless the drawworks is equipped with an automatic feed control, the brake should not be left unattended without
first being tied down.
Auger strings or casing should be picked up slowly.
During instances of unusual loading of the derrick or mast, such as when making an unusually hard pull, only the
driller should be on the rig floor; no one else should be on the rig or derrick.
The brakes on the drawworks of the drill rig should be tested by the driller each day. The brakes should be
thoroughly inspected by a competent individual each week.
A hoisting line with a load imposed should not be permitted to be in direct contact with any derrick member or
stationary equipment, unless it has been specifically designed for line contact.
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68600842.RPT --7/l0/16 engineers & scientists 3-4
I
I
I
I
I
•· ,,
·I
l1
I'
I·
I
Workers should never stand near the borehole whenever any wire line device is being run.
Hoisting control stations should be kept clean and controls labeled as to their functions.
Cat Line Operations -Only experienced workers will be allowed to operate the cathead controls. The kill switch
must be clearly labeled and operational prior to operation of the cat line. The cathead area must be kept free of
obstructions and entanglements. ·
The operator should not use more wraps than necessary to pick up the load. More than one layer of wrapping is
not permitted.
Personnel should not stand near, step over, or go under a cable or cat line which is under tension.
Employees rigging loads on cat lines shall:
• Keep out from under the load;
• Keep fingers and feet where they will not be crushed;
• Be sure to signal clearly when the load is being picked up;
• Use standard visual signals only and not depend on shouting to co-workers; and
• Make sure the load is properly rigged, as a sudden jerk in the cat line will shift or drop the load.
Wire Rope -When two wires are broken or rust or corrosion is found adjacent to a socket or end fitting, the wire
rope shall be removed from service or resocketed. Special attention shall be given to the inspection of end fittings
on boom support, pendants, and guy ropes.
Wire rope removed from service due to defects shall be cut up or plainly marked as being unfit for further use as
nggmg.
Wire rope clips attached with U-bolts shall have the U-bolts on the dead or short end of the rope; the clip nuts shall
be re-tightened immediately after initial load carrying use and at frequent intervals thereafter.
When a wedge socket fastening is used, the dead or short end of the wire rope shall have a clip attached to it or
looped back and secured to itself by a clip; the clip shall not be attached directly to the live end.
Protruding ends of strands in splices on slings and bridles shall be covered or blunted.
Except for eye splices in the ends of wires and for endless wire rope slings, wire rope used in hoisting, lowering,
or pulling loads, shall consist of one continuous piece without knot or splice.
An eye splice made in any wire rope shall have not less that five full tucks.
Wire rope shall not be secured by knots. Wire rope clips shall not be used to splice rope.
Eyes in wire rope bridles, slings, or bull wires shall not be formed by wire clips or knots.
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68600842.RPT -7/30/JB engineers & scientists 3-5
1
I
I·
I
1·
I
I
I·
I
Auger Handling -Auger sections shall be transported by cart or carried by two persons. Individuals should not
carry auger sections without assistance.
Workers should not be permitted on top of the load during loading, unloading, or transferring of rolling stock.
When equipment is being hoisted, personnel should not stand where the bottom end of the equipment could whip
and strike them.
Augers stored in racks, catwalks, or on flatbed trucks should be secured to prevent rolling.
3.2.4 Construction Observation Activities
Construction observation activities may involve a potential for exposure to physical and health hazards. Hazards
may be associated with the site and the environmental conditions.
Physical Hazards: The physical hazards involved with construction observation work are primarily associated with
the site environment. There exists a potential for incidents involving personnel struck by or strnck against objects
resulting in fractures, cuts, punctures, or abrasions. Walking and working surfaces during activities may involve
slip, trip, and fall hazards. Excavation areas may also pose physical and cave-in hazards for employees.
Working Swfaces: Slippery work surfaces can increase the likelihood of back injuries, overexertion injuries, and
slips and falls. All personnel should frequently inspect working surfaces and keep working surface clear of debris.
Materials Handling: The most common type of accident that occurs in material handling operations is the "caught
between" situation when a load is being handled and a finger or toe gets caught between two objects. Extreme care
must be taken when loading and unloading material. Proper lifting techniques must be employed.
Control: Prior to initiating activity, the site conditions will be discussed with all employees. Hazards will be
identified and protective measures will be explained. Equipment will be inspected and in proper working condition.
Mechanical assistance should be provided for large lifting tasks. Avoidance of biological hazards as discussed in
Section 4 will be implemented. The following sections discuss excavation safety procedures for BBLES and
BB LES subcontractor personnel.
3.2.5 Construction Excavation Safety
During construction activities BB LES and BBLES subcontractor personnel will be working in areas of active
excavation. Excavation involves removing earthen materials from a designated area, thereby creating a man-made
cut, trench, or depression in the earth's surface.
Physical Hazards: The physical hazards involved in the excavation of soils are related to the excavation itself and
the operation of heavy equipment. The presence of overhead utilities such as power lines requires careful
positioning of the excavating equipment in order to maintain a safe distance between the lines and the closest part
of the equipment. The presence of underground utilities such as gas lines, power lines, water lines, and sewer pipes
must be determined prior to beginning the excavation.
Excavations pose significant hazards to employees if they are not carefully controlled. There exists a chance for
the excavation to collapse ifit is not dug properly, sloped, benched, or shored as required by 29 CFR 1926 Subpart
P. Protective systems, as required by 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P, must be utilized if the potential for hazardous cave-
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68680042.RPT --7130/96 engineers & scientists 3-6
l
I
I., ,_.,· -
,,_
I
,,,
<:...., ,,
I'
I,
I
ins exist. The excavation also is a fall hazard, and employees must pay careful attention to what they are doing or
they risk a fall into the excavation. Fall protection, as required by 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M, will be required.
Some activities may require personnel to enter an excavation. Whenever feasible, equipment placement and other
activities shall be done remotely, without entering the excavation. If entry is absolutely unavoidable, the safety
procedures for excavation entry and employee protective systems consistent with 29 CFR I 926 Subpart P shall be
followed for each such activity. Air monitoring in accordance with Section 8 is required for all excavation entry
activities.
Noise also may present a hazard. Heavy equipment operation frequently results in noise levels exceeding 85 dBA,
requiring the use of hearing protection.
Chemical Hazards: Airborne concentrations of soil contaminants and the dust from the procedure pose the
potential for exposure at this stage.
Control: Before any digging can be done, all underground utilities must be located and identified. PPE for the
excavation and soil sampling work will initially consist of Modified Level D. The level of protection may be
adjusted as necessary depending on the results of air monitoring as described in Section 8.
All excavation activities shall be conducted in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P. As indicated above, any
personnel entry into an excavation will be in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P. If excavation operations
are located near underground installations, the exact location of the installations must be detennined by safe and
acceptable means. While the excavation is open, underground installations must be protected, supported, or
removed as necessary to safeguard employees.
3.2.5.1 Excavation Access, Egress, and General Requirements
Structural ramps that are used solely by employees as a means of access or egress from excavations must be
designed by a competent person. Structural ramps used for access or egress of equipment must be designed by a
competent person qualified in structural design, and must be constructed in accordance with the design. Ramps
and runways constructed of two or more structural members must have the structural members connected together
to prevent displacement. Structural members used for ramps and runways must be of uniform thickness. Cleats
or other appropriate means used to connect runway structural members must be attached to the bottom of the
runway or must be attached in a manner to prevent tripping. Structural ramps used in lieu of steps must be provided
with cleats or other surface treatments to the top surface to prevent slipping.
A stairway, ladder, ramp, or other safe means of egress must be located in trench excavations that are 4 feet (1.22
m) or more in depth, so as to require no more than 25 feet (7.62 m) of lateral travel for employees.
No person shall be permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging equipment. Site personnel must be
required to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded to avoid being struck by any spillage or falling
materials. Operators may remain in the cabs of vehicles being loaded or unloaded when the vehicles are equipped,
in accordance with 1926.60l(b)(6), to provide adequate protection for the operator during loading and unloading
operations.
When mobile equipment is operated adjacent to an excavation, or when such equipment is required to approach
the edge of an excavation, and the operator does not have a clear and direct view of the edge of the excavation, a
Bl.ASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68680642.RPT .. 7/30/,0 engineers & scientists 3-7
,,
I
1,
I
11
'I
'I.) ,,
I,
I
I
'I
I
I
warning system must be utilized such as barricades, hand or mechanical signals, or stop logs. If possible, the grade
should be away from the excavation.
In addition to the requirements set forth in 29 CFR I 926.50 -1926. I 07 to prevent exposure to harmful levels of
atmospheric contaminants and to ensure acceptable atmospheric conditions, the following requirements must apply:
Where oxygen deficiency (atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen) or a hazardous atmosphere exists
or could reasonably be expected to exist, such as in excavations in landfill areas or excavations in areas where
hazardous substances are stored nearby, the atmospheres in the excavation must be tested before employees enter
excavations.
Adequate precautions must be taken to prevent employee exposure to atmospheres containing less than 19 .5 percent
oxygen and other hazardous atmospheres. These precautions include providing proper respiratory protection or
ventilation in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.50 -1926.107.
Adequate precaution must be taken such as providing ventilation, to prevent employee exposure to an atmosphere
containing a concentration ofa flammable gas in excess of 10 percent of the lower flammable limit of the gas.
When controls are used that are intended to reduce the level of atmospheric contaminants to acceptable levels,
testing must be conducted as often as necessary to ensure that the atmosphere remains safe.
Emergency rescue equipment, such as breathing apparatus, a safety harness and line, or a basket stretcher, must
be readily available where hazardous atmospheric conditions exist or may reasonably be expected to develop during
work in an excavation. This equipment must be attended by support personnel when in use.
Employees must not work in excavations in which there is accumulated water, or in excavations in which water
is accumulating, unless adequate precautions have been taken to protect employees against the hazards posed by
water accumulation. The precautions necessary to protect employees adequately vary with each situation, but could
include special support or shield systems to protect from cave-ins, water removal to control the level of
accumulating water, or use of a safety harness and lifeline. If water is controlled or prevented from accumulating
by the use of water removal equipment, the water removal equipment and operations must be monitored by a
competent person to ensure proper operation.
If excavation work interrupts the natural drainage of surface water (such as streams), diversion ditches, dikes, or
other suitable means must be used to prevent surface water from entering the excavation and to provide adequate
drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation. Excavations subject to runoff from heavy rains will require an
inspection by a competent person.
Where the stability of adjoining buildings, walls, or other structures is endangered by excavation operations,
support systems such as shoring, bracing, or underpinning must be provided to ensure the stability of such
structures for the protection of employees. Excavation below the level of the base or footing of any foundation or
retaining wall that could be reasonably expected to pose a hazard to employees is not permitted except when:
• A support system designed by a competent person, such as underpinning, is provided to ensure the safety of
employees and the stability of the structure;
• The excavation is in stable rock;
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
6~2.RPT mom engineers & scientists 3-8
I
I
I
I
• A registered professional engineer has approved the determination that the structure is sufficiently removed
from the excavation so as to be unaffected by the excavation activity; or
• A registered professional engineer has approved the determination that such excavation work will not pose
a hazard to employees.
Sidewalks, pavements, and appurtenant structures must not be undermined unless a support system or another
method of protection is provided to protect employees from the possible collapse of such structures. Adequate
protection must be provided to protect employees from loose rock or soil that could pose a hazard by falling or
rolling from an excavation face. Such protection must consist of scaling to remove loose material; installation of
protective barricades at intervals as necessary on the face to stop and contain falling material; or other means that
provide equivalent protection.
Employees must be protected from excavated or other materials or equipment that could pose a hazard by falling
or rolling into excavations. Protection must be provided by placing and keeping such materials or equipment at
least 2 feet (.61 m) from the edge of excavations, or by the use of retaining devices that are sufficient to prevent
materials or equipment from falling or rolling into excavations, or by a combination of both if necessary.
Dust Control -Airborne particulate generation will be controlled during site excavations. Dry, dusty soil will be
wetted with a water spray from a potable water source to control the generation of dust. Soil will not be wetted to
a degree which will cause runoff or soil erosion.
Walkways must be provided where employees or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavations.
Guardrails which comply with 1926.502(b) must be provided where walkways are 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above
lower levels. Adequate barrier protection must be provided at all remotely located excavations. All wells, pits,
shafts, etc., must be barricaded or covered. Upon completion of exploration and other similar operations, temporary
wells, pits, shafts, etc., must be backfilled.
3.2.5.2 Inspections by Competent Person
Daily inspections of excavations, the adjacent areas, and protective systems must be made by a competent person
for evidence of a situation that could result in possible cave-ins, indications of failure of protective systems,
hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions. An inspection must be conducted by the competent person
prior to the start of work and as needed throughout the shift. Inspections also must be made after every rainstorm
or other hazard increasing occurrence. These inspections are only required when employee exposure can be
reasonably anticipated. Where the competent person finds evidence of a situation that could result in a possible
cave-in, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions, exposed
employees must be removed from the hazardous area until the necessary precautions have been taken to ensure their
safety:
3.2.5.3 Soil Classification
29 CFR 1926 Subpart P, Appendix A describes methods of classifying soil and rock deposits based on site and
environmental conditions, and on the structure and composition of the earth deposits. The appendix contains
definitions, sets forth requirements, and describes acceptable visual and manual tests for use in classifying soils.
This appendix applies when a sloping or benching system is designed in accordance with the requirements set forth
in 1926.652(b)(2) as a method of protection for employees from cave-ins. This appendix also applies when timber
shoring for excavations is designed as a method of protection from cave-ins in accordance with Appendix C to
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68680&U.RPT •. 7/30/98 engineers & scientists 3-9
I
I
11,
,I
I
I
I ,,
I-
I
' I
Subpart P of part 1926, and when aluminum hydraulic shoring is designed in accordance with 29 CFR Subpart p
Appendix D. Appendix D also applies if other protective systems are designed and selected for use from data
prepared in accordance with the requirements set forth in 1926.652(c), and the use of the data are predicated on the
use of the soil classification system set forth in Appendix A.
Maximum allowable slope means the steepest incline of an excavation face that is acceptable for the most favorable
site conditions as protection against cave-ins, and is expressed as the ratio of horizontal distance to vertical rise
(H:Y). Short-term exposure means a period of time less than or equal to 24 hours that an excavation is open. Soil
and rock deposits must be classified in accordance with Appendix A to Subpart P of part 1926. The maximum
allowable slope for a soil or rock deposit must be determined from Table B-1. The actual slope must not be steeper
than the maximum allowable slope. The actual slope must be less steep than the maximum allowable slope, when
there are signs of distress. If that situation occurs, the slope must be cut back to an actual slope which is at least ½
horizontal to one vertical (I/2H: IV) less steep than the maximum allowable slope. When surcharge loads from
stored material or equipment, operating equipment, or traffic are present, a competent person must determine the
degree to which the actual slope must be reduced below the maximum allowable slope, and must assure that such
reduction is achieved. Surcharge loads from adjacent structures must be evaluated in accordance with 1926.651 (I).
Configurations of sloping and benching systems must be in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P Appendix B.
TABLE B-1
29 CFR 1926 Subpart P Appendix B
MAXIMUM ALLOW ABLE SLOPES
.~, F•.~•·. ,-,•,:"•'_c•_,,,l·~·•· ,,-:·· ,r,, .. ··, •·. ·., ·.' t :i:):,M~~i~uit(Allow;6ie,sl.ope;'(H: Y) • (1} fof; J;i',',.' /l;Soil or,rRoclfiTyp·e,,;;,, t, ~:~tY--:i·!f_tf·'\?:~t:;\'.i'(_½;~:\' ~ ;~:/:· '~ -~ ,,, ' ,·({ ., .. ··ttt·i.: ., -· ' ., ,, '.' ' .
' . ..-:: · Excavation Less Than· 20 Feet Deep (3) ·
Stable rock Vertical (90 Deg.)
Type A (2) 3/4: I (53 Deg.)
TypeB I: I (45 Deg.)
TypeC I 1/2: I (34 Deg.)
' ' ' ..
'
Footnote(I) Numbers shown in parentheses next to maximum allowable slopes are angles expressed in degrees from the horizontal. Angles have been
rounded off.
Footnote(2) A short-tenn maximum allowable slope of l/2H: IV (63 degrees) is allowed in excavations in Type A soil that are 12 feet (3.67 m) or less in
depth. Short-tenn maximum allowable slopes for excavations greater than 12 feet (3.67 m) in depth must be 3/4H: IV (53 degrees).
Footnote(3) Sloping or benching for excavations greater than 20 feet deep must be designed by a registered professional engineer.
3.2.5.4 Overhead Electrical Clearances
If excavation is conducted in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the power to the lines must be shut off or the
equipment must be positioned such that no part, including excavation boom, can come within the minimum
clearances as follows:
it~''''Ni.fu.Jriri[Sysi~'in.Y~\t~g;;~i;}lt ;'~i.;i_mtim,Riquired,Cleat'~nce ,I'
I
0-50kY
I
IO feet
I 51-IOOkV 12 feet
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68600S..2.PPT -mom engineers & scientists 3-10
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~~~~~-;~fn,)µ:~ts.Y~fy~~Y,~1taie ,::i:\: t ),1'Miriiriilini,Reqiilfed1 Clea ranee , >
101-200kV 15 feet
201-300kV 20 feet
301-500kV 25 feet
501-750kV 35 feet
751-1,000kV 45 feet
When the equipment is in transit, with the boom lowered and no load, the equipment clearance must be at least 4
feet for voltages less than 50kV, 10 feet for voltages of 50 kV to 345 kV, and 16 feet for voltages above 345 kV.
3.2.6 Heavy Equipment Materials Handling/Site Backfilling and Grading
To protect all on-site personnel against hazards associated with materials handling, and to prevent injury due to
unsafe heavy equipment operation, only properly trained and authorized operators will be allowed to operate heavy
equipment. All materials handling equipment will be maintained in safe operating condition and inspected daily
prior to use.
3.2.6.1 Haulage Roadways/Traffic Safety
Single-lane private roads with two-way traffic shall be provided with turnouts. Where turnouts are not practical,
a control system shall be provided to prevent vehicles from meeting on such single-lane roads. On private roads
used for two-way traffic, arrangements shall be such that vehicles travel on the right side as much as possible. Signs
shall be posted to clearly indicate variations from this system. Where practicable, separate haulage roads shall be
provided between loaded and empty units. Haulage roads shall be wide enough to allow for safe passage. Safe
distances between moving units shall be maintained. Private roads shall be maintained free from holes and ruts
that affect the safe control of the vehicle. Every emergency access ramp and berm used by an employer shall be
constructed to restrain and control runaway vehicles. Where a hazard exists to employees because of traffic or
haulage conditions, a system of traffic controls shall be required so as to abate th~ hazard.
Employees, such as grade-checkers, surveyors and others exposed to vehicular traffic, shall wear flagging garments,
or equivalent, as required for flaggers.
Equipment shall be under control at all times and shall be kept in gear when descending grade:s. No vehicle shall
be driven at a speed greater than is reasonable and proper, with due regard for weather, traffic, intersections, width
and character of the roadway, type of motor vehicle, and any other existing conditions.
3.2.6.2 Equipment Construction/Safety Features
Arrangements shall be made to direct exhaust gases away from the operator's breathing zone. When push-tractors
are working in tandem, heat shields or equivalent protection shall be provided for operators.
Windshields complying with the applicable provisions of the Vehicle Code shall be provided and maintained on
haulage vehicles and scrapers. Equipment and accessories installed on haulage vehicles shall be arranged so as to
avoid impairing the driver's operational vision to the front or sides.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
686008'42.RPT --7/30/,8 engineers & scientists 3-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Service brake systems for self-propelled, rubber-tired, off-highway equipment manufactured before January I, 1972
(for scrapers January I, 1971) shall meet minimum performance criteria for service brake systems as set forth in
the Society of Automotive Engineers Recommended Practices listed below. Service, emergency and parking brake
systems for self-propelled, rubber-tired, off-highway equipment manufactured after January I, 1972 (for scrapers
January I, I 971) shall meet the applicable minimum performance criteria for each system as set forth in the same
Society of Automotive Engineers Recommended Practices:
Self-Propelled Graders
Trucks and Wagons
Front-End Loaders & Dozers
Self-Propelled Scrapers
SAE J236-l 97 l
SAE Jl66-1971
SAE 1237-1971
SAE J3 l 9b-l 971
Haulage vehicles, whose pay load is loaded by means of cranes, power shovels, loaders, or similar equipment, shall
have a cab shield and/or canopy adequate to protect the operator from shifting or falling materials. Whenever
visibility conditions warrant additional light, all vehicles, or combinations of vehicles, in use shall be equipped with
at least two headlights and two taillights in operable condition.
Crawler tractors, bulldozers, carryalls and similar equipment manufactured and used prior to April I, 1971, except
for scrapers, front-end loaders and new equipment, shall have canopy protection and seat belts for the operator
when used where.there is exposure to falling or rolling objects.
Operating levers controlling hoisting or dumping devices on haulage bodies shall be equipped with a latch or other
device which will prevent accidental starting or tripping of the mechanism. Trip handles for tailgates of dump
trucks shall be so arranged that in dumping, the operator will not be exposed either to the hazard of being struck
by falling material or any part of the truck. Haulage vehicles equipped with dump bodies that tilt to release their
load by gravity through an opening at the rear or side shall be provided with a device that gives the operator a
clearly audible or visible warning when sufficient force is applied by the elevating mechanism to cause or sustain
dump body elevation.
Tractor-scrapers (self-propelled) pushed by other equipment during loading operations shall be provided with a
clearly audible or visible warning device that can be activated by the operator of the tractor-scraper to communicate
an "ALL STOP" warning to the pushing equipment in event of an emergency. Roll over protective structures
(ROPS) and seat belts shall be installed and used on all equipment in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart W.
Vehicles with cabs shall have windshields and powered windshield wipers. Cracked or broken windshields shall
be replaced promptly. Where fogging or frosting of windshields is prevalent, defogging or defrosting equipment
shall be required. Tools and material shall be secured to prevent movement when transported in the same
compartment with employees.
Vehicles used to transport employees shall have seats firmly secured and adequate for the number of employees
to be carried.
Where vehicles are operated, temporary covers for conduits, trenches and manholes and thc:ir supports, when
located in roadways and vehicular aisles, shall be designed to carry at least 2 times the maximum intended vehicular
live load and they shall be designed and installed as to prevent accidental displacement.
BLASI.AND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68680842.RPT -· 7fJOt98 engineers & scientists 3-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.2.6.3 Audible Alarms
Every vehicle used to haul dirt, rock, concrete, or other construction material shall be equipped with a warning
device that operates automatically while the vehicle is backing. The warning sound shall be of such magnitude that
it will normally be audible from a distance of200 feet and will sound immediately on backing. In congested areas
or areas with high ambient noise which obscures the audible alarm, a signaler, in clear view of the operator, shall
direct the backing operation. Other vehicles, if operating in areas where their backward movement would
constitute a hazard to employees working in the area on foot, and where the operator's vision is obstructed to the
rear of the vehicle shall be equipped with an effective device or method to safeguard employees such as:
(I) An automatic back-up audible alarm which would sound immediately on backing, or
(2) An automatic braking device at the rear of the vehicle that will apply the service brake immediately on
contact with any obstruction to the rear, or
(3) In lieu of I or 2 above, administrative controls shall be established such as:
(A) A spotter or flagger in clear view of the operator who shall direct the backing operation,
(B) Other procedures which will require the operator to dismount and circle the vehicI,e immediately prior
to starting a back-up operation, or
(C) Prohibiting all foot traffic in the work area.
( 4) Other means shall be provided that will furnish safety equivalent to the foregoing for personnel working
in the area.
All vehicles shall be equipped with a manually operated warning device which can be clearly heard from a distance
of 200 feet. The operator of all vehicles shall not leave the controls of the vehicle while it is moving under its own
engine power. Hauling or earth moving operations shall be controlled in such a manner as to ensure that equipment
or vehicle operators know of the presence of rootpickers, spotters, lab technicians, surveyors, or other workers on
foot in the areas of their operations.
3.2.6.4 Wire Rope Use
When wire rope is being wound on a power-driven drum, a mechanical threading device shall be used, where
practicable, to guide the cable. When this operation must be done manually, the feet shall not be used and the hands
shall be kept at least 3 feet from the drum.
3.2.6.5 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance
All vehicles in use shall be checked at the beginning of each shift to assure that the following parts, equipment, and
accessories are in safe operating condition and free of apparent damage that could cause failure while in use: service
brakes, including trailer brake connections; parking system (hand brake); emergency stopping system (brake); tires;
horn; steering mechanism; coupling devices; seat belts; operating controls; and safety devices. All defects affecting
safe operation shall be corrected before the vehicle is placed in service. These requirements also apply to equipment
such as lights, reflectors, windshield wipers, defrosters, fire extinguishers, etc., where such equipment is necessary.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
686008-12.RPT --7/JMB engineers & scientists 3-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vehicle engines shall not be allowed to run in closed garages or other enclosed places, unless vents are provided
which effectively remove the exhaust gases from the building.
Except for emergency field repairs, a safety tire rack, cage, or equivalent protection shall be used when inflating
truck or equipment tires after mounting on a rim, if such tires depend upon a locking ring or similar device to hold
them on the rim.
No repairs shall be attempted on power equipment until arrangements are made to eliminate possibility of injury,
caused by sudden movements or operation of the equipment or its parts. When the equipment being repaired is a
bulldozer, carryall, ripper, or other machine having sharp or heavy moving parts such as blades, beds, or gates, such
parts shall be lowered to the ground or securely and positively blocked in an inoperative position.
All controls shall be in a neutral position, with the engine(s) stopped and brakes set, unless work being performed
requires otherwise. Trucks with dump bodies shall be equipped with positive means of support, permanently
attached, and capable of being locked in position to prevent accidental lowering of the body while maintenance or
inspection work is being done. In all cases where the body is raised for any work, the locking device shall be used.
3.2.6.6 Equipment Parking and Loading
Whenever the equipment is parked, the parking brake shall be set. Equipment parked on inclines shall have the
wheels chocked and the parking brake set or be otherwise prevented from moving by effective mechanical means.
Scissor points on all front-end loaders which constitute a hazard to the operator shall be adequately guarded. A
loader shall not travel without adequate visibility for the driver and stability of the equipment. No loading device
shall be left unattended until the load or bucket is lowered to the ground, unless proper precautions such as blocking
are taken to prevent accidental lowering.
3.2.6.7 Equipment Fueling
No internal combustion engine fuel tank shall be refilled with a flammable liquid while the engine is running.
Fueling shall be done in such a manner that the likelihood of spillage is minimal. If a spill occurs it shall be
contained and cleaned, or equivalent action taken io control vapors before restarting the engine. Fuel tank caps
shall be replaced before starting the engine.
A good metal-to-metal contact shall be kept between fuel supply tank or nozzle of supply hose and the fuel tank.
No open lights, welding, or sparking equipment shall be used near internal combustion equipment being fueled or
near storage tanks. No smoking shall be permitted at or near the gasoline storage area or on equipment being
fueled. Post a conspicuous sign in each fuel storage and fueling area stating: "NO SMOKING WITHIN 50 FEET."
Class I liquids shall not be dispensed by pressure from drums, barrels, and similar containers. Approved pumps
taking suction through the top of the container or approved self-closing faucets shall be used. No repairs shall be
made to equipment while it is being fueled.
Each fuel storage tank or drum shall have the word "Flammable" conspicuously marked thereon and should also
have a similarly sized word indicating the contents of the container. A fire extinguisher rated 20:BC or larger shall
be in a location accessible to the fueling area.
BLASlAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68680842.RPT --7/30/9B engineers & scientists 3-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.2.6.8 Flaggers
Flaggers shall be utilized at locations on a construction site where barricades and warning signs cannot control the
moving traffic. When flaggers are required, they shall be placed in relation to the equipment or operation so as to
give effective warning. Placement of warning signs shall be according to the State Department of Transportation
(DOT). Flaggers shall wear orange warning garments such as vests, jackets, or shirts. Rainwear, when worn, shall
be orange, or other color provided an orange outer warning garment is worn. During the hours of darkness,
flaggers' stations shall be illuminated such that the flagger will be clearly visible to approaching traffic and flaggers
shall be outfitted with reflectorized garments. The retro reflective material shall be either orange, white (including
silver-coated reflecting coatings or elements that reflect white light), yellow, fluorescent red-orange, or fluorescent
yellow-orange.
Flaggers shall be trained in the proper fundamentals of flagging moving traffic before being assigned as flaggers.
Signaling directions used by flaggers shall conform to the DOT standards.
3.2.6.9 Additional Safety Requirements
Additional general heavy equipment safety requirements include, but are not limited to:
• Prior to operating any heavy equipment, the authorized operator musi conduct a pre-operation inspection to
determine if the heavy equipment is in safe operating condition prior to each work shift;
• All mobile equipment will be equipped with an audible back-up alarm;
• Personnel will not be allowed to stand or pass under the elevated portion of any heavy equipment, whether
loaded or empty;
• Personnel will not place arms or legs between pinch or scissors points of the equipment or outside the operator
enclosure;
• A safe distance will be maintained from the edge of excavations, ditches, ramps, or platforms;
• Operators will maintain sufficient headroom under overhead utilities; installations, lights, pipes, sprinkler
systems, etc.;
• Heavy equipment must never be used for lifting or transporting personnel unless specifically designed for that
purpose;
• The operator is required to look in the direction· of, and maintain a clear view of the path of travel;
• Heavy equipments will not be operated without an overhead guard and roll-over protection to protect the
operator against falling objects and roll-over;
• Heavy equipment must not be driven up to anyone standing in front of any object;
• Stunt driving and horseplay are strictly prohibited;
• Operators will yield the right-of-way to other site vehicles;
BLASlAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC
686808'12.RPT -7 /3-0nB engineers & scientists 3-15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Other heavy equipment traveling in the same direction, at intersections, blind spots, or other dangerous
locations must not be passed;
• A safe distance will be maintained from other heavy equipment, and the equipment must be kept under control
at all times;
• Heavy equipment operators must slow down for wet and slippery conditions. Under all travel conditions the
equipment will be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner;
• Operators will avoid running over loose objects on operating surfaces;
• Grades or ramps must be ascended or descended slowly.
• On all grades the load will be tilted back, and raised only as far as necessary to clear the operating surface;
• The operator will slow down and sound the horn at intersections, entering buildings, and other locations where
vision may be obstructed;
• If the load being carried obstructs forward view, the operator will travel with the load trailing;
• While negotiating turns, speed will be reduced to a safe level, and turning will be in a smooth, sweeping
motion to avoid abrupt turns and potential upset; and
• Authorized operators will only handle stable or safely arranged loads and loads within the rated capacity of
the heavy equipment and will not affect the stability of the heavy equipment.
When a piece of heavy equipment is left unattended, hydraulics will be fully lowered, controls will be neutralized,
power will be shut off, and brakes set. Wheels will be blocked or chocked if the heavy equipment is parked on an
incline. When internal combustion engine-powered heavy equipment is utilized indoors, near confined spaces, or
near excavations, carbon monoxide levels shall be monitored to prevent personnel exposure.
3.2. 7 Construction/Demolition Safety
Construction/Demolition activities involve a potential for exposure to many physical and health hazards.
Construction and demolition activities on the site may include but are not limited to the following:
• Temporary facilities installation/construction;
• Water treatment system installation/construction;
• Building construction; and
• Clearing and grubbing.
Hazards may be associated with the materials used in construction, equipment utilized, or the activities themselves.
Due to the wide variety of hazards, each activity must have a hazard analysis conducted to detern1ine the specific
hazards present. BBLES requires subcontractors to address all physical and health hazards presented by
construction or demolition activities in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 (OSHA Construction Safety Standards).
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
~2.RPT --7/JOfJB engineers & scientists 3-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Subcontractors may utilize their company's standard safe operating procedures for construction/demolition
activities if the minimum requirements of this section and 29 CFR 1926 are met.
Physical Hazards: The physical hazards involved with construction/demolition relate to the work done with heavy
equipment, hand tools, and the construction/demolition environment itself. During construction/demolition-related
activities there exists a potential for incidents involving personnel struck by or struck against equipment or
materials, which may result in fractures, cuts, punctures, or abrasions. Walking and working surfaces during
construction activities may involve slip, trip, and fall hazards. Hot work activities such as cutting and welding may
present a fire or explosion hazard. Hot work safety procedures are discussed in Section 4. Working at elevations
may create a potential fall hazard. Overhead hazards are potentially present due to elevated work and demolition.
Working Suifaces: Slippery work surfaces can increase the likelihood of back injuries, overexertion injuries, slips,
and falls. All personnel should frequently inspect working surfaces and keep working surface clear of debris.
Requirements applicable to working and walking surfaces in 29 CFR 1926 Subparts C, D, H, and M must be
followed by all site personnel.
High Work Operations: Construction workers are exposed to falls when not utilizing fall protection equipment
while conducting work at elevations above six feet. High work surfaces must be properly protected with railings,
guardrails, midrails, and toeboards, or personnel must utilize a fall protection system as specified in 29 CFR 1926
Subpart M.
Materials Handling: The most common type of accident that occurs in material handling operations is the "caught
between" situation when a load is being handled and a finger or toe gets caught between two objects. Extreme care
must be taken when loading and unloading material. Proper lifting technique must be employed, and mechanical
means must be used to lift objects whenever possible.
Health Hazards: Due to the type of work involved in many construction activities, the primary health hazards
involve repetitive motion disorders, lifting, and other ergonomic stressors. Noise may also present a hazard.
Operation of heavy equipment and power actuated and pneumatic hand tools frequently results in high noise levels.
Another health hazard involves the emission of vapors or off-gases during manipulation of certain construction
materials.
Control: Prior to initiating any construction/demolition activity, the operation will be explained to all employees
by the subcontractor's HSS. Hazards will be identified and protective measures will be explained. Equipment will
be inspected and in proper working condition. Employees shall receive training to address the equipment, its
operations, and care. Personnel should be scheduled in a manner to reduce the likelihood of performing repetitive
tasks for prolonged periods. Mechanical assistance should be provided for large lifting tasks. Hearing protection
is required for use when exposed to noise levels exceeding 85 dBA, or a level which commonly results in difficult
conversation.
3.2.8 Equipment Decontamination
All equipment will be decontaminated before leaving the site. Personnel involved in decontamination activities
may be exposed to skin contact with contaminated materials and chemicals brought to the site as part of the project
work. Personnel involved in decontamination activities must wear PPE as specified in Section 5.
3.2.9 Demobilization
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68680842.RPT .• 7/J0f}B engineers & scientists 3-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Demobilization will involve the removal of all tools, equipment, supplies, and vehicles brought to the site. The
physical hazards of this phase of activity are associated with heavy equipment operation and manual materials
handling. Heavy equipment operation presents noise and vibration hazards and hot surfaces. Manual materials
handling and manually working with soils may cause blisters, sore muscles, joint and skeletal injuries. The work
area presents slip, trip and fall hazards from scattered debris and irregular walking surfaces. Freezing weather
hazards include frozen, slick and irregular walking surfac_es. Wet weather may cause wet, muddy, slick walking
surfaces.
Exposure to soil and water containing site constituents is possible. Airborne particulate and organic vapors will
be monitored according to Section 8, Site Monitoring. In accordance with Section 5, decisions on personal
protective equipment (PPE) for the chemical hazards will be based on measurements made prior to and during work
activities.
Environmental hazards include aggressive fauna, such as ticks, fleas, mosquitos, wasps, and spiders; weather, such
as sunburn, lightning, rain, and heat-related illnesses. Control procedures for these hazards are discussed in Section
4.0.
3.3 Chemical Hazards
The chemical hazards associated with site operations are related to inhalation, ingestion, and skin exposure to soil
and ground water containing site constituents of concern (COC). Site COC include: Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether, I, 1-
dichloroethane, bromodichloromethane, 2-butanone, carbon disulfide, chloroethane, chloroform,
dibromochloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethene, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,2-dichloropropane, trichloroethene, 1, 1,2-
trichloroethane, tetrachloroethene, ethylbenzene, xylene, toluene, methylene chloride, vinyl chloride, and acetone.
Airborne concentrations of COC may be measurable during certain tasks, and will require air monitoring of
potentially toxic atmospheres during such operations. Air monitoring requirements for site tasks are outlined in
Section 8.1.
The potential for inhalation of site media containing COC during well installation, construction and excavation
activities, and ground water sampling is moderate. The potential for dermal contact with site media containing site
COC during well installation, construction and excavation activities, and ground water sampling is moderate to
high.
The Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) for site COC are included in Attachment C.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68600812.RPT -7/30fi8 9ngineers & scientists 3-18
---- -
Odor
Substance IP' Threshold
(CASI (eV) (ppm)
Acetone 9.7 13-100
[67-64-1]
Vinylidene chloride 10.00 NA
(1,1-DCE;
I, I •Dichloroethene;
l, I •Dichloroethylene;)
[75-35-4]
l ,2-Dichloroethylene 9.65 17
[540-59-0]
Chlorofonn 11.42 133-276
(trichloromethane)
[67-66-3]
1,2-Dichloroethane I 1.05 ?
(ethylene dichloride)
I [107-06-02]
7128198
6R6SOR42.TRI. Refer to footnotes at end of table.
-
Route"
Inh
Ing
Con
Inh
Ing
Con
Inh
Ing
Con
lnh
Ing
Con
Inh
Abs
Ing
Con
--- ---
TABLE 3-1
CHEMICAL HAZARD INFORMATION
Symptoms of Exposure Treatment
Irritated eyes, nose, and throat; Eye: Irrigate immediately
headache, dizziness; dennatitis. Skin: Soap wash immediately
Breath: Respiratory support
Swallow: Immediate
medical attention
Irritation eyes, skin, throat; Eye: immediately wash eyes with
Dizziness, Headache, Nausea, large amounts of water, occasionally
Dyspnea; liver, kidney lifting the lower and upper lids. Get
Dysfunction; Pneumonitis; medical attention immediately.
Carcinogen Skin: immediately flush contaminated
Organs affected by exposure: skin with soap and water. If this
Eyes, skin, Respiratory system, chemical penetrates the clothing,
Central Nervous System, liver, immediately remove the clothing and
kidneys [in animals: liver & flush the skin with water. If irritation
kidney tumors] persists after washing, get medical
attention.
Breath: move the exposed person to
fresh air at once. If breathing has
stopped, perfonn mouth-to-mouth
resuscitation. Keep the affected
person wann and at rest. Get medical
attention as soon as possible.
Swallow: get medical attention
immediately.
Irritated eyes and respiratory Eye: Irrigate immediately
system; depressed central nervous Skin: Soap wash promptly
system. Breath: Respiratory support
Swallow: Immediate
medical attention
Dizziness, mental dullness, Eye: Irrigate immediately
nausea, disorientation; headache, Skin: Soap wash immediately
fatigue; anesthesia; liver Breath: Respiratory support
enlargement; irritated eyes, skin. Swallow: Immediate
Carcinogenic. medical attention
Depressed central nervous system, Eye: Irrigate immediately
nausea, vomiting, dermatitis, Skin: Soap wash promptiy
irritated eyes, corneal opacity. Breath: Respiratory support
Carcinogenic. Swallow: Immediate
medical attention
- -- --- -
IDLH
TWA' STELd Source• (NIOSH)'
750 ppm 1,000 ppm PEL 20,000
750 ppm 1,000 ppm TLV ppm
250 ppm REL
NE NE' PEL NE
5 ppm 20 ppm TLV
Ca Ca REL
200ppm PEL 4,000 ppm
200 ppm TLV
200 ppm REL
2,p(n;"• PEL Ca
IO ppm TLV [1,000
2 ppm• REL ppm]
*OSHA
*60 min
I ppm 2ppm PEL Ca
IO ppm TLV [50]
I ppm 2ppm REL
- ----
Odor
Substance IP' Threshold
(CASI (eV) (ppm)
Methylene chloride I l.l2 ?
(dichloromethane)
[75-09-2]
Vinyl chloride 9.99 10-20
12 CAS: 75-01-4 eV ppm
Tetrachloroethylene 9.32 47
(perchlomethy!ene)
[127-18-4)
Trichloroethene,
see Trichloroethylene
7(.!8/98
lillli~M42.~L Refer to footnotes at end of table.
-
Routeb
lnh
Ing
Con
Inh
Skin
Eye
Con
lnh
Ing
Con
---- -- -
TABLE 3-1
CHEMICAL HAZARD INFORMA TJON
Symptoms of Exposure Treatment
Fatigue, weakness, sleepiness, Eye: Irrigate immediately
lightheadedness; numbness and Skin: Soap wash promptly
tingling in limbs; nausea; irritated Breath: Respiratory support
eyes and skin. Swallow: Immediate
medical attention
Weakness; abdominal pain, Eye: If eye tissue is frozen, seek
Gastrointestinal bleeding; medical attention immediately;iftissue
enlarged liver; pallor or Cyanosis is not frozen, immediately and
of extremities; liq: frostbite; thoroughly flush the eyes with large
Carcinogen Organs affected by amounts of water for at least 15
exposure to this substance minutes, occasionally lifting the lower
are:Liver, Central Nervous and upper eyelids. If irritation, pain,
System, blood, Respiratory swelling, lacrimation, or photophobia
system, lymphatic sys [liver persist, get medical attention as soon as
cancer] possible.
Skin: If frostbite has occurred, seek
medical attention immediately; do
NOT rub the affected areas or flush
them with water. In order to prevent
further tissue damage, do NOT attempt
to remove frozen clothing from
frostbitten areas. If frostbite has NOT
occurred, immediately and thoroughly
wash contaminated skin with soap and
water.
Breath: If a person breathes large
amounts of this chemical, move the
exposed person to fresh air at once. If
breathing has stopped, perfonn
mouth•to-mouth resuscitation. Keep
the affected person warm and at rest.
Get medical attention as soon as
possible.
Swallow: none given
Irritates eyes, nose. throat; na115ea; Eye: lrrigait: immediately
flushed face, neck; vertigo, dizzi-Skin: Soap wash promptly
ness, incoordination; headache, Breath: Respiratory support
sleepiness; skin redness; liver Swallow: Immediate
damage, suspected human medical attention
carcinogen.
--- ---
IDLH
TWA' STELd Source• (NIOSH)'
500 ppm Cl,000 PEL Ca
50ppm ppm; TLV (5,000
C2,000 ppm)
mg/m1 REL
(S min in
2 h,s)
I ppm 5 ppm (15 PEL NE
minute
Ceiling)
5 ppm NE TLV NE
Care. NE REL NE
25 ppm PEL Ca[500
50ppm 200 ppm TLV ppm]
minimize REL
exposure
(LOQ
0.4 ppm)
-----
Odor
Substance IP" Threshold
(CAS( (eV) (ppm)
Trichloroethylene 9.45 21.4
(TCE, trichloroethene)
(79-01-6]
Antimony and NA ?
compounds
(as Sb)
[7440-36-0]
Chromium metal (as Cr) NA NA
[7440-47-3]
Manganese dust and NA NA
compounds
(as Mn)
(7439-96-5]
bis(2-ethylhexyl) ? ?
phthalate
1,1,2,2-I I.IO 0.233-7.9
Tetrachloroethane ppm
(Acetylene tetrachloride,
Symmetrical
tetrachloroethane)
(79-34-5]
Zinc NA NA
(as oxide fume)
[1314-13-2]
?n.S/98
/\~/\~0~42 TRl. Refer to footnotes at end of table.
-
Route"
lnh
Ing
Con
lnh
Con
lnh
Ing
Inh
Ing
lnh
Ing
Con
Inh
abs
Ing
Con
inh
---- --- --- --
TABLE3-I
CHEMICAL HAZARD INFORMATION
IDLH
Symptoms of Exposure Treatment TWA' STEV Source" (NIOSH)'
Headache, vertigo; visual Eye: Irrigate immediately 50ppm 200 ppm PEL Ca
disturbance, tremors, somnolence, Skin: Soap wash promptly 50ppm 200 ppm TLV [1,000
nausea, vomiting; irritated eyes; Breath: Respiratory support 25 ppm Ca REL ppm]
dennatitis; cardiac arrhythmia, Swallow: Immediate
paresthesia. Carcinogenic. medical attention
Irritated nose, throat, and mouth; Skin: Water flush immediately 0.5 mg/m1 PEL 80mg
cough; dizziness and headache; Breath: Respiratory support 0.5 mg/m1 TLV
nausea and vomiting; diarrhea and Swallow: Immediate 0.5 mg/m3 REL
stomach cramps; insomnia; medical attention
anorexia; irritated skin; unable to
smell pronPT!y.
Histologic fibrosis of lungs. Eye: Irrigate immediately I mg/m3 PEL NE
Skin: Soap wash immediately 0.5 mg/m3 TLV
Breath: Respiratory support. 0.5 mg/m3 REL
Swallow: Immediate
medical attention
Parkinson's; asthenia, insomnia, Breath: Respiratory support CS mg/m3 PEL NE
mental confusion; metal fume Swallow: Immediate 5 mg/m3 TLV
fever; dry throat, cough, tight medical attention l mg/m3 3 mg/m3 REL
chest, dyspnea, rales, flu-like
fever; low-back pain; vomiting;
malaise; fatigue.
Very low toxicity. Injection may Eye: Irrigate immediately NA PEL ?
cause escape of fluids into the Skin: Water flush TLV
tissues. Slight eye irritation. Breath: Respiratory support Rat LD50 = 30.6 mg/kg REL
Swallow: Immediate
medical attention ,,,.-::-----...
Nausea, Vomiting, abdominal Eye: Irrigate immediately
(spp~v
PEL
pain; tremor fingers; Jaundice, Skin: Soap wash promptly I ppm TLV
hepatitis, liver tenderness; Breath: Fresh air, Respiratory 1 ppm REL Ca [JOO
Dennatitis; Monocytosis; kidney support ppm]
damage; Carcinogen Swallow:Immediate medical attention
Sweet metallic taste; dry throat, Breath: Respiratory support 5 mg/m1 10 mg/m1 PEL NE
cough, chills, fever; tight chest, 5 mg/m1 10 mg/m3 TLV
dyspnea, rales, reduced pulmonary 5 mg/m3 10 mg/m1 REL
function; headache; blurred
vision; muscular cramps, low back
pain; nausea, vomiting; fatigue,
lassitude, malaise.
---- ----- -- ----
TABLE3-1
CHEMICAL HAZARD INFORMATION
"IP= Ionization potential (electron volts).
bRoute = Inh, Inhalation; Abs, Skin absorption; Ing, Ingestion; Con, Skin and/or eye contact.
'TWA= Time-weighted average. The TWA concentration for a nonnal work day (usually 8 or 10 hours) and a 40-hour work week, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day
without adverse effect
dSTEL = Short-tenn exposure limit. A 15-minute TWA exposure that should not be exceeded at any time during a workday, even if the TWA is not exceeded.
ePEL = Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) permissible exposure limit (29 CFR 1910.1000, Table Z).
TL V = American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) threshold limit value-TWA.
REL= National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) recommended exposure limit.
'lDLH (NIOSH}-Immediately dangerous to life or health (NIOSH). Represents the maximum concentration from which, in the event of respirator failure, one could escape within 30 minutes without a
respirator and without experiencing any escape-impairing or irreversible health effects.
NE= No evidence could be found for the existence of an IDLH (NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards, Pub. No. 90-117, 1990).
C = Ceiling limit value which should not be exceeded at any time.
Ca = Carcinogen.
NA = Not applicable.
?=Unknown.
LEL = Lower explosive limits.
LC50 = Lethal concentration for 50 percent of population tested.
LD50 = Lethal dose for 50 percent of population tested.
NIC = Notice of intended change (ACGIH).
Ref(rences:
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists Guide to Occupational Exposure Values, 1991, compiled by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists.
Amoore, J. E. Hautula, "Odor as an Aid to Chemical Safety," Journal of Applied Toxicology, 1983.
Clayton, George D., Clayton, F. E., Patty's Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Documentation of TI. Vs and BEis, American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 5th ed., 1986.
Fazzuluri, F. A., Compilation of Odor and Taste Threshold Values Data, American Society for Testing and Materials, 1978.
Gemet, L. J. Van, Compilation of Odor Threshold Values in Air and Water, ClVO, Netherlands, 1977.
Gemet, L. J. Van, Compilation of Odor Threshold Values in Air and Water, Supplement IV, CIVO, Netherlands, 1977.
Lewis, Richard J., Sr., 1992, Sax's Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 8th ed., Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York.
Micromedex Tomes Plus (R) System, 1992, Micromedex, Inc.
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Pocket Guide to Chemicals, Pub. 1990, No. 90-117, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.
Odor Threshold for Chemicals with Established Occupational Health Standards, American Industrial Hygiene Association, 1989.
Respirator Selection Guide, 3M Occupational Health and Safety Division, 1993.
Verschuseren, K., Handbook of Environmental Data on Organic Chemicals, Van Nostrand and Reinhold, I 977.
Warning Properties oflndustrial Chemicals-Occupational Health Resource Center, Oregon Lung Association.
Workplace Environmental Exposure Levels, American Industrial Hygiene Association, 1992.
712&198
,;ll:/;~0~42.TRL Refer to footnotes at end of table.
- -
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. General Safety Practices
4.1 General Practices
General safety procedures for site activities include, but are not limited to the following:
• At least one copy of this plan must be at the project site, in a location readily available to all personnel, and
reviewed by all project personnel prior to starting work.
• Food, beverages, or tobacco products must not be present or consumed in the exclusion and contamination
reduction zones. Cosmetics must not be applied within'these zones.
• Contaminated waste, debris, and used protective clothing inust be properly contained, and labeled.
• Removing contamination from protective clothing or equipment with compressed air, shaking, or any other
means that disperses constituents into the air is prohibited.
• Visitors to the site must abide by the following:
All visitors must be instructed to remain within the support zone during the extent of their stay. Visitors
must be cautioned to avoid skin contact with surfaces which are contaminated or suspected to be contami-
nated.
4.1.1 Buddy System
All on-site personnel must use the buddy system. Visual contact must be maintained between crew members at all
times, and crew members must observe each other for signs of chemical exposure, heat or cold stress. Indications
of adverse effects include, but are not limited to:
• Changes in complexion and skin coloration;
• Changes in coordination;
• Changes in demeanor;
• Excessive salivation and pupillary response; and
• Changes in speech pattern.
• Team members must also be aware of potential exposure to possible safety hazards, unsafe acts, or non-
compliance with safety procedures.
• Employees must inform their fellow team members of non-visible effects of exposure to toxic materials. The
symptoms of such exposure may include:
• Headaches;
• Dizziness;
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68680842.RPT --mom engineers & scientists 4-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Nausea;
• Blurred vision;
• Cramps; and/or
• Irritation of eyes, skin, or respiratory tract.
• If protective equipment or noise levels impair communications, prearranged hand signals must be used for
communication. Personnel must stay within line of sight of another team member.
4.1.2 Emergency Equipment
Adequate emergency equipment for the activities conducted on-site and as required by applicable sections of 29
CFR 1910 and 29 CFR 1926. Personnel will be provided with access to emergency equipment including but limited
to the following:
• Emergency eyewash and shower meeting ANSI 2358.1-1990.
• Fire extinguishers of adequate size, class, number, and location as required by applicable sections of29 CFR
1910 and 29 CFR 1926.
• Industrial First Aid Kit of adequate size for number of personnel on-site.
4.2 Heat Stress
Heat stress is caused by a number of interacting factors, including environmental conditions, clothing, workload,
etc., as well as the physical and conditioning characteristics of the individual. Since heat stress is one of the most
common illnesses associated with heavy outdoor work conducted with direct solar load and, in particular, because
wearing PPE can increase the risk of developing heat stress, workers must be capable of recognizing the signs and
symptoms of heat-related illnesses. Personnel must be aware of the types and causes of heat-related illnesses and
be able to recognize the signs and symptoms of these illnesses in both themselves and their co-workers.
Heat rashes are the one of the most common problems in hot work environments. Commonly known as prickly
heat, a heat rash is manifested as red papules and usually appears in areas where the clothing is restrictive. As
sweating increases, these papules give rise to a prickling sensation. Prickly heat occurs in skin that is persistently
wetted by unevaporated sweat, and heat rash papules may become infected if they are not treated. In most cases,
heat rashes will disappear when the affected individual returns to a cool environment.
Heat cramps are usually caused by performing hard physical labor in a hot environment. These cramps have been
attributed to an electrolyte imbalance caused by sweating. It is important to understand that cramps can be caused
both by too much and too little salt.
Cramps appear to be caused by the lack of water replenishment. Because sweat is a hypotonic solution (plus or
minus 0.3% NaCl), excess salt can build up in the body if the water lost through sweating is not replaced. Thirst
cannot be relied on as a guide to the need for water; instead, water must be taken every 15 to 20 minutes in hot
environments.
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
6B680&U.RPT -· 7/JOnB engineers & scientists 4-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Under extreme conditions, such as working for 6 to 8 hours in heavy protective gear, a loss of sodium may occur.
Drinking commercially available carbohydrate-electrolyte replacement liquids is effective in minimizing
physiological disturbances during recovery.
Heat exhaustion occurs from increased stress on various body organs due to inadequat,~ blood circulation,
cardiovascular insufficiency, or dehydration. Signs and symptoms include pale, cool, moist skin; heavy sweating;
dizziness; nausea; headache, vertigo, weakness, thirst, and giddiness. Fortunately, this condition responds readily
to prompt treatment.
Heat exhaustion should not be dismissed lightly, however, for several reasons. One is that the, fainting associated
with heat exhaustion can be dangerous because the victim may be operating machinery or controlling an operation
that should not be left unattended; moreover, the victim may be injured when he or she faints. Also, the signs and
symptoms seen in heat exhaustion are similar to those of heat stroke, which is a medical emergency.
Workers suffering from heat exhaustion should be removed from the hot environment, be given fluid replacement,
and be encouraged to get adequate rest.
Heat stroke is the most serious form of heat stress. Heat stroke occurs when the body's system of temperature
regulation fails and the body's temperature rises to critical levels. This condition is caused by a combination of
highly variable factors, and its occurrence is difficult to predict.
Heat stroke is a medical emergency. The primary signs and symptoms of heat stroke are confusion; irrational
behavior; loss of consciousness; convulsions; a lack of sweating (usually); hot, dry skin; and an abnormally high
body temperature, e.g., a rectal temperature of 41 °C (105.8°F). If body temperature is too high, it causes death.
The elevated metabolic temperatures caused by a combination of work load and environmental heat load, both of
which contribute to heat stroke, are also highly variable and difficult to predict.
If a worker shows signs of possible heat stroke, professional medical treatment should be obtained immediately.
The worker should be placed in a shady area and the outer clothing should be removed. The worker's skin should
be wetted and air movement around the worker should be increased to improve evaporative cooling until
professional methods of cooling are initiated and the seriousness of the condition can be assessed. Fluids should
be replaced as soon as possible. The medical outcome of an episode of heat stroke depends on the victim's physical
fitness and the timing and effectiveness of first aid treatment.
Regardless of the worker's protestations, any employee suspected of being ill from heat stroke should not be sent
home or left unattended unless a physician has specifically approved such an order.
Proper training and preventive measures will help avert serious illness and loss of work productivity. Preventing
heat stress is particularly important because once someone suffers from heat stroke or exhaustion, that person may
be predisposed to additional heat injuries.
Heat Stress Safety Precautions
Heat stress monitoring and work rest cycle implementation should commence when the ambient adjusted
temperature exceeds 72°F. A minimum work rest regimen and procedures for calculating ambient adjusted
temperature are described in the Table 4-1.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68600842.RFT •• mom engineers & scientists 4-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:,v.-:r~:-,~~J~t'i1Z~~f;(~ '°,..1,-_j~.,:~ .• ,,~ ' : ir··:½~, . .irt•W:·9/;;",t~tk:i.Jr_(\/~ ~'q ,AilJusted\Temperatur.e~ •
90'F (32.2°C) or above
87.5°-90'F (30.8'-32.2°C)
82.5'-87.5'F (28.1°-
30.8'C)
77 .5°-82.5'F (25.3°-
28.1 'C)
72.5'-77.5°F (30.8'-
32.2'C)
TABLE4-l
WORK/REST SCHEDULE
\C' •:,w ork•ResfRegimen . " T, ,\ ·,··::_':'-.,1--,,;,,,,.,.. -,~ ,..,. '. -· : . , : .,. -,, •:NC1rmal ,Work Ensemble':.
After each 45 minutes of
work
After each 60 minutes of
work
After each 90 minutes of
work
After each 120 minutes of
work
After each 150 minutes of
work
;" W<\rk-_Res,t,Regimen_: ,
Impermeable EnJemble
After each 15 minutes of
work
After each 30 minutes of
work
After each 60 minutes of
work
After each 90 minutes of
work ' After each 120 minutes of
work
• For work levels of250 kilocalories/hour (Light-Moderate Type of Work)
• Calculate the adjusted air temperature (ta adj) by using this equation: ta adj °F = ta °F + (13 x %
sunshine). Measure air temperature (ta) with a standard mercury-in-glass thermometer, with the
bulb shielded from radiant heat. Estimate percent sunshine by judging what percent time the sun
is not covered by clouds that are thick enough to produce a shadow. ( I 00 percent sunshine= no
cloud cover and a sharp, distinct shadow; 0 percent sunshine= no shadows.)
' A normal work ensemble consists of cotton coveralls or other cotton clothing with long sleeves and
pants.
d The information presented above was generated using the information provided in the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) Threshold Limit Values (TLV)
Handbook.
In order to determine if the work rest cycles are adequate for the personnel and specific site conditions additional
monitoring of individuals heart rates will be conducted during the rest cycle. To check the heart rate, count the
radial pulse for 30 seconds at the beginning of the rest period. If the heart rate exceeds 110 beats per minute,
shorten the next work period by one-third and maintain the same rest period
Additional one or more of the following control measures can be used to help control heat stress and are mandatory
if any site worker has a heart rate (measure immediately prior to rest period) exceeding of 115 beats per minute:
• Site workers will be encouraged to drink plenty of water and electrolyte replacement fluids throughout the day.
• On-site drinking water will be kept cool (50 to 60°F).
• A work regimen that will provide adequate rest periods for cooling down will be established, as required.
• All personnel will be advised of the dangers and symptoms of heat stroke, heat exhaustion, and heat cramps.
• Cooling devices, such as vortex tubes or cooling vests, should be used when personnel must wear impermeable
clothing in conditions of extreme heat.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68680842.RPT --7/lMB engineers & scientists 4-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ,.
I
• Employees should be instructed to monitor themselves and co-workers for signs of heat stress and to take
additional breaks as necessary.
• A shaded rest area must be provided. All breaks should take place in the shaded rest area.
• Employees must not be assigned to other tasks during breaks.
• Employees must remove impermeable garments during rest periods. This includes white Tyvek-type
garments.
• All employees must be informed of the importance of adequate rest, acclimation, and proper diet in the
prevention of heat stress disorders.
4.3 Cold Stress Hazards
Cold stress normally occurs in temperatures at or below freezing, or under certain circumstances, in temperatures
of 40'F. Extreme cold for a short time may cause severe injury to exposed body surfaces or result in profound
generalized cooling, causing death. Areas of.the body which have high surface area-to-volume ratio, such as
fingers, toes, and ears, are the most susceptible. Two factors influence the development of a cold weather injury:
ambient temperature and the velocity of the wind. For instance, IO'F with a wind of 15 miles per hour (mph) is
equivalent in chilling effect to still air at -18'F. An equivalent chill temperature chart relating the actual dry bulb
temperature and wind velocity is presented in Table 4-2.
TABLE 4-2
CHILL TEMPERATURE CHART
, "· >;'-'f·(f:l· ~:.+-(J;,•, ·•.~.f.' ~"::a:JJ\1-::·,~i\,:\{~\•1'.,.:.:.'.<'\_: ~, !<;,~•_,·,,•. "; ,t'f.,·,,o, ·:r, L ,,{/ .',T,1\•' ' '(1 ii\,'\\ ' ~ ·,.;-\ •\,,Ji,, '" . ·,'.
1-·~1 '.'.~;rt·_-7':..t)jv,t<l"&.•:t: •l' ,~f~1 '.~\\~'.._,;, •;,, :-:'•'.·tt:· 1', .~_p:'. '..,~·,._/Actual Temperature Reading (0F.), . ", ' \.•.·': ·., ,,_r:
;; EStimirt~d{W1i;,~d lt ·" .,,,, 1 ' .; , · .t · · · · , : : I · I · · · · I · I ·' •. I · -· J'.~cf", ,Speed (ln,mpli)\f 'i:kr50,r':,i,i\ !:?°'.40.c,;~ it1130•~. ;~,2or;: ,,-';J'10','/' /: 0'/>· -~_'!10 '-"'. 1t~20 ·:·--~,.,.30 ·< .. :401_::· .:.,:so
I ·, ::\ l'l.,>~ "' •k sel·t; {~;f"~~: !i~-\. \~ ·•::,Y ~-}:L,{:;;1~~~1~~-1~:~{~;;11,_T;~;ir~~~;e· (~i=,),:
_,, •-l '.
I t+ J,:,iv>(\\I '~\lli,"•1/ · '·< <.i ,-J\i> :, ."":' .'. ,. .. " '.'/.'-.;'~ .,,,.1: • ,_1, ; . ~).Y ,'I, "''.'·
calm 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 I -30 -40 .. 50 -60
5 48 37 27 16 6 -5 -15 -26 -36 -47 -57 -68
10 40 28 16 4 -9 -24 I -33 -46 -58 -70 I -83 -95
15 36 22 9 -5 -18 I -32 -45 -58 -72 I -as -99 -112
20 32 18 4 -10 -25 -39 -53 -67 I -ll2 -96 -110 -121
25 30 16 0 -15 -29 -44 -59 -74 -as -104 -118 -133
30 28 13 -2 -18 -33 -48 -63 -79 -94 -109 -125 -140
35 27 11 -4 -20 -35 -51 -67 -ll2 -98 -113 -129 -145
40 26 10 -6 -21 .37 .53 -69 -as -100 -116 -132 -148
(Wind speeds LITTLE DANGER INCREASING GREAT DANGER
greater than 40 Maximum danger of false DANGER Flesh may freeze within 30 seconds.
mph have little sense of security. Danger from freezing
additional of exposed flesh
effect.) within one minute.
Trench foot and Immersion foot may occur at any point on this chart.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
686808-42.RPT -mom engineers & scientists 4-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I -✓
I
I
I
I
!This chart was developed by the U.S. Anny Research Institute of Environmental Medicine, Natick, MA (Source: ACGIII Threshold Limit
Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents)I.
Local injury resulting from cold is included in the generic term frostbite. There are several degrees of tissue
damage associated with frostbite. Frostbite of the extremities can be categorized into:
• Frost Nip or Incipient Frostbite -characterized by suddenly blanching or whitening of skin.
• Superficial Frostbite -skin has a waxy or white appearance and is firm to the touch, but tissue beneath is
resilient.
• Deep Frostbite -tissues are cold, pale, and solid; extremely serious injury.
Systemic hypothermia is caused by exposure to freezing or rapidly dropping temperature. It can be fatal. Its
symptoms are usually exhibited in five stages: I) shivering; 2) apathy, listlessness, sleepiness, and (sometimes)
rapid cooling of the body to less than 95°F; 3) unconsciousness, glassy stare, slow pulse, and slow respiratory rate;
4) freezing of the extremities; and 5) death. Trauma sustained in freezing or sub-zero conditions requires special
attention because an injured worker is predisposed to secondary cold injury. Special provisions must be made to
prevent hypothermia and secondary freezing of damaged tissues in addition to providing for first aid treatment.
To avoid cold stress, site personnel must wear protective clothing appropriate for the level of cold and physical
activity. In addition to protective clothing, preventive safe work practices, additional training, and warming
regimens may be utilized to prevent cold stress.
Safety Precautions for Cold Stress Prevention
• For air temperature of O'F or less, the hands should be protected by mittens. For exposed skin, continuous
exposure should not be permitted when air speed and temperature results in a wind chill temperature of -25°F.
• At air temperatures of36°F or less, field personnel who become immersed in water or whose clothing becomes
wet must be immediately provided with a change of clothing and be treated for hypothermia.
• If work is done at normal temperature or in a hot en'vironment before entering the cold, the field personnel
must ensure that their clothing is not wet as a consequence of sweating. If wet, field personnel must change
into dry clothes prior to entering the cold area.
• If the available clothing does not give adequate protection to prevent hypothermia or frostbite, work must be
modified or suspended until adequate clothing is made available or until weather conditions improve.
• Field personnel handling evaporative liquid (e.g., gasoline, alcohol, or cleaning fluids) at air temperatures
below 40°F must take special precaution to avoid soaking of clothing or gloves with the liquids because of the
added danger of cold injury due to evaporative cooling.
Safe Work Practices
• Direct contact between bare skin and cold surfaces (:S 20°F) should be avoided. Metal tool handles and/or
equipment controls should be covered by thermal insulating material.
BI.ASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68680842.RPT --mom engineers & scientists
I
I
I
. I ·-
I
I
I
I·
I.
I
I
I
I
I:
I
• For work performed in a wind chill temperature at or below 10°F, workers should be under constant protective
observation (buddy system). The work rate should be established to prevent heavy sweating that will result
in wet clothing. For heavy work, rest periods must be taken in heated shelters and workers should be provided
with an opportunity to change into dry clothing if needed .
• Field personnel should be provided the opportunity to become accustomed to cold-weather working conditions
and required protective clothing.
• Work should be arranged in such a way that sitting or standing still for long periods is minimized.
During the warming regimen (rest period), field personnel should be encouraged to remove outer clothing to permit
sweat evaporation or to change into dry work clothing. Dehydration, or loss of body fluids, occurs insidiously in
the cold environment and may increase susceptibility to cold injury due to a significant change in blood flow to the
extremities. Fluid replacement with warm, sweet drinks and soups is recommended. The intake of coffee should
be limited because of diuretic and circulatory effects.
4.4 Biological Hazards
Biological hazards may include poison ivy, snakes, thorny bushes and trees, ticks, mosquitoes, and other pests.
4.4.1 Tick-Borne Diseases
Lyme disease, erlichiosis, and Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever (RMSF) are diseases transmitted by ticks and occur
throughout the United States during spring, summer, and fall.
Lyme Disease -The disease commonly occurs in summer and is transmitted by the bite of infected ticks. "Hot
spots" in the United States include New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode
Island, Minnesota and Wisconsin. Few cases have been identified in other states.
Erlichiosis -The disease also commonly occurs in summer and is transmitted by the bite of infected ticks. "Hot
spots" in the United States include New York, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island., Minnesota and
Wisconsin. Few cases have been identified in other states.
These diseases are transmitted primarily by the deer tick, which is smaller and redder than the common wood tick.
The disease may be transmitted by immature ticks, which are small and hard to see. The tick may be as small as
a period on this page.
Symptoms of Lyme disease include a rash or a peculiar red spot, like a bull's eye, which expands outward in a
circular manner. The victim may have headache, weakness, fever, a stiff neck, swelling and pain in the joints, and
eventually, arthritis. Symptoms of erlichiosis include muscle and joint aches, flu-like symptoms, but there is
typically no skin rash.
Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever -This disease is transmitted via the bite of an infected tick. The tick must be
attached 4 to 6 hours before the disease-causing organism (Rickettsia rickettsii) becomes reactivated and can infect
humans. The primary symptom· of RMSF is the sudden appearance of a moderate-to-high fever .. The fever may
persist for two to three weeks. The victim may also have a headache, deep muscle pain, and chills. A rash appears
on the hands and feet on about the third day and eventually spreads to all parts of the body. For this reason, RMSF
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
68600842.RPT --7/30/98 engineers & scientists 4-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1,
I I
I
may be confused with measles or meningitis. The disease may cause death, ifuntreated, but if identified and treated
promptly, death is uncommon.
Control -Tick repellant containing diethyltoluamide (DEET) should be used when working in tick-infested areas,
and pants legs should be tucked into boots. In addition, workers should search the entire body every three or four
hours for attached ticks. Ticks should be removed promptly and carefully without crushing, since crushing can
squeeze the disease-causing organism into the skin. A gentle and steady pulling action should be used to avoid
leaving the head or mouth parts in the,skin. Hands should be protected with surgical gloves when removing ticks.
4.4.2 Poisonous Plants
Poison ivy may be present in the work area. Personnel should be alerted to its presence, and instructed on methods
to prevent exposure.
Control -The main control is to avoid contact with the plant, cover arms and hands, and frequently wash potentially
exposed skin. Particular attention must be given to avoiding skin contact with objects or protective clothing that
have touched the plants. Treat every surface that may have touched the plant as contaminated, and practice
contamination avoidance. If skin contact is made, the area should be washed immediately with soap and water,
and observed for signs of reddening.
4.4.3 Snakes
· The possibility of encountering snakes exists, specifically for personnel working in wooded/vegetated areas. Snake
venoms are complex and include proteins, some of which have enzymatic activity. The effects produced by venoms
include neurotoxic effects with sensory, motor, cardiac, and respiratory difficulties; cytotoxic effects on red blood
cells, blood vessels, heart muscle, kidneys, and lungs; defects in coagulation; and effects from local release of
substances by enzymatic actions. Other noticeable effects of venomous snake bites include swelling, edema, and
pain around the bite, and the development of ecchymosis (the escape of blood into tissues from ruptured blood
vessels).
Control -To minimize the threat of snake bites and insect hazards, all personnel walking through vegetated areas
must aware of the potential for encountering snakes, and the need to avoid actions potentiating encounters, such
as turning over logs, etc. If a snake bite occurs, an attempt should be made to kill the snake for identification. The
victim must be transported to the nearest hospital within 30 minutes; first aid consists of applying a constriction
band, and washing the area around the wound to remove any unabsorbed venom.
4.5 Noise
Exposure to noise over the OSHA action level can cause temporary impairment of hearing; prolonged and repeated
exposure can cause permanent damage to hearing. The risk and severity of hearing loss increases with the intensity
and duration of exposure to noise. In addition to damaging hearing, noise can impair voice communication, thereby
increasing the risk of accidents on site.
Control -All personnel must wear hearing protection -with a Noise Reduction Rating (NRR) of at least 20 -when
noise levels exceed 85 dBA. When it is difficult to hear a co-worker at normal conversation distance, the noise
level is approaching or exceeding 85 dBA, and hearing protection is necessary. All site personnel who may be
exposed to noise must also receive baseline and annual audiograms and training as to the causes and prevention
of hearing loss. Noise monitoring is discussed in Section 8.
BLASlAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC
68600842.RPT •• 7/J0fiB engineers & scientists 4-8
I
I
I
I
I
I ~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Whenever possible, equipment that does not generate excessive noise levels will be selected for this project. If the
use of noisy equipment is unavoidable, barriers or increased distance will be used to minimize worker exposure
to noise, if feasible.
4.6 Sanitation
Site sanitation will be maintained according to OSHA and Department of Health requirements.
4.6.1 Break Area
Breaks must be taken in the SZ, away from the active work area after site personnel go through decontamination
procedures. There will be no smoking, eating, drinking, or chewing gum or tobacco in the area other than the SZ.
4.7 Electrical Hazards
Electricity may pose a particular hazard to site workers due to the use of portable electrical equipment. If wiring
or other electrical work is needed, it must be performed by a qualified electrician.
General electrical safety requirements include:
• All electrical wiring and equipment must be a type listed by UL, Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation
(FM), or other recognized testing or listing agency.
• All installations must comply with the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), the National Electrical Code
(NEC), or United States Coast Guard regulations.
• Portable and semi portable tools and equipment must be grounded by a multiconductor cord having an
identified grounding conductor and a multi-contact polarized plug-in receptacle.
• Tools protected by an approved system of double insulation, or its equivalent, need not be grounded. Double
insulated tools must be distinctly marked and listed by UL or FM.
• Live parts of wiring or equipment must be guarded to prevent persons or objects from touching them.
• Electric wire or flexible cord passing through work areas must be covered or elevated to protect it from
damage by foot traffic, vehicles, sharp corners, projections, or pinching.
• All circuits must be protected from overload.
• Temporary power lines, switch boxes, receptacle boxes, metal cabinets, and enclosures around equipment must
be marked to indicate the maximum operating voltage.
• Plugs and receptacles must be kept out of water unless of an approved submersible constrnction.
• All extension outlets must be equipped with ground fault circuit interrnpters (GFCI).
• Attachment plugs or other connectors must be equipped with a cord grip and be constrncted to endure rough
treatment.
BlASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
686808-42.RPT --7/30/iB engineers & scientists 4-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Extension cords or cables must be inspected prior to each use, and replaced ifwom or damaged. Cords and
cables must not be fastened with staples, hung from nails, or suspended by bare wire.
• Flexible cords must be used only in continuous lengths without splice, with the exception of molded or vulca-
nized splices made by a qualified electrician.
4.8 Lockout/Tagout Procedures
Maintenance procedures will only be performed by fully qualified and trained individuals. Before maintenance
begins, lockout/tagout procedures per OSHA 29 CFR 1910.147 and BBLES PPM# 1.02.12 Lockout/fagout
Control of Hazardous Energy/Materials will be followed.
Lockout is the placement of a device that uses a positive means (such as a lock) to secure an energy or material-
isolating system such that the equipment can not be operated until the lockout device is removed. If a device
cannot be locked out, a tagout system will be used. Tagout is the placement of a warning tag on an energy or
material-isolating device indicating that the equipment controlled may not be operated until the tag is removed.
Equipment-specific information concerning lockout procedures is located in the operations and maintenance manual
for site equipment requiring routine maintenance. If equipment-specific procedures are not in the operations and
maintenance manual for an on-site piece of equipment, procedures outlined in BBLES PPM # 1.02.12
Lockout/fagout Control of Hazardous Energy/Materials will be followed.
4.9 Lifting Hazards
Back strain or injury may be prevented by using proper lifting techniques. The fundamentals of proper lifting
include:
• Consider the size, shape, and weight of the object to be lifted. A mechanical lifting device or additional
persons must be used to lift an object if it cannot be lifted safely alone.
• The hands and the object should be free of dirt or grease that could prevent a firm grip.
• Gloves must be used, and the object inspected for metal slivers, jagged edges, burrs, or rough or slippery
surfaces.
• Fingers must be kept away from points which could crush or pinch them, especially when putting an object
down.
• Feet must be placed far enough apart for balance. The footing should be solid and the intended pathway
should be clear.
• The load should be kept as low as possible, close to the body with the knees bent.
• To lift the load, grip firmly and lift with the legs, keeping the back as straight as possible.
• A worker should not carry a load that he or she cannot see around or over.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68680842.RPT -· 7/30/.lB engineers & scientists 4-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• When putting an object down, the stance and position are identical to that for lifting; the legs are bent at the
knees, and the back is straight as the object is lowered.
4.10 Hot Work Activities
The purpose of the Hot Work safety program is to protecfall personnel against hazards associated with activities
producing sparks, flames or other ignition sources, and to prevent the loss of property due to fire. To effectively
comply with the provisions of the OSHA standards governing fire prevention and hot work activities, the Hot Work
safety program establishes policy and procedures to ensure that physical and chemical fire hazards present in the
workplace are isolated from hot work activities. The Hot Work safety program is applicable to all welding, cutting,
burning, grinding, and other spark-generating work activities. Each subcontractor may utilize their own hot work
safety procedures as long as the requirements of this section are met.
4.10.1 Designated Hot Work Areas
Each subcontractor may establish designated hot work areas at the project site. Hot work conducted within a
designated hot work area does not require a hot work permit. Designated hot work areas must be delineated, and
all project site personnel informed of their location.
All project site personnel are responsible for keeping flammable and combustible materials out of designated hot
work areas. All hot work conducted outside of designated hot work areas requires a hot work permit.
4.10.2 Conditions Prohibiting Hot Work
Hot work activities are prohibited in any areas of the project site where the following conditions exist:
• If the requirements outlined in the hot work permit cannot be met, then hot work is prohibited and alternative
methods shall be employed;
• In areas potentially containing explosive atmospheres due to the presence of flammable gases, vapors, liquids,
or dusts; and
• Within 50 feet of an area where-flammable or combustible liquids or gases are stored.
Hot work activities shall not be conducted within the areas outlined above. All on-site personnel are responsible
for preventing hot work activities within prnhibited areas.
4.10.3 Hot Work Permit
A hot work permit is required for welding, cutting, burning, grinding, or spark-generating hot work conducted
outside of designated hot work areas. This section outlines the preparation, issuance, use, and tracking of hot work
permits. Subcontractors may utilize their own hot work permits if they meet the requirements of this section. This
procedure has been developed to ensure that basic precautions for fire prevention and employee safety are
implemented prior to and during hot work activities conducted outside of designated hot work areas. A copy of
the hot work permit is in Attachment D. The hot work permit contains a checklist to be completed by the
authorized subcontractor personnel conducting the hot work; the checklist must be reviewed by the subcontractor's
HSS prior to the start of hot work activities. The checklist is designed to ensure the following measures are
implemented prior to the start of hot work activities.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
68600842.RPT --mom engineers & scientists 4-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• If possible, the object or equipment on which hot work is to be conducted shall be moved to a designated hot
work area.
• If an object or equipment on which hot work is to be conducted cannot be moved, all moveable fire hazards
shall be moved at least 50 feet from the hot work operation.
• If the object or equipment on which hot work is to be conducted cannot be moved, or all fire hazards cannot
be removed, then guards, barriers, or screens shall be used to confine any heat, sparks, and slag, and to protect
the immovable fire hazards.
• All floor, wall, and window openings or cracks within a 35-foot radius shall be protected to prevent exposure
of combustible material to heat, sparks, flying sparks, or slag.
• Suitable fire extinguishing equipment shall be on-hand and ready for immediate use.
• If hot work will take place in an area where flying sparks and slag may injure personnel working near, above,
or below the hot work operation, then additional precautions shall be implemented to prevent injury to the
personnel (i.e., screens, barriers, caution tape, personal protective equipment, etc.).
• A fire watch will begin before hot work is initiated and will continue during and for a minimum of30 minutes
after the hot work concludes to ensure that there are not any smoldering fires. A fire watch is required
whenever hot work is performed outside of designated hot work areas.
• Verify that combustible materials adjacent to the opposite side of metal partitions, walls, ceilings, or roofs
and which are likely to be ignited by conduction or radiation are protected by guards, baniers, screens, or
moved 50 feet away from the metal partition, wall, ceiling, or roof.
• If hot work is to be conducted in a confined space, the requirements for confined space entry will be reviewed
and followed.
• Hot work will !lQ1 be performed in areas where other workers may be affected unless adequate engineering
controls (local exhaust ventilation) or administrative controls (removed from area during hot work) are used
to prevent personnel exposure.
• Welding, cutting, and other hot work will not be undertaken unless adequate ventilation, personal protective
equipment, and well-maintained welding equipment are used by trained and authorized personnel.
• After welding or cutting has been completed, the work area will be thoroughly cleaned, and equipment
returned to the proper location.
• Appropriate personal protective equipment and respiratory protection shall be used by all personnel involved
in hot work activities.
If any of the basic precautions for fire prevention can not be implemented prior to or during hot work which is
conducted outside of designated hot work areas, then the hot work activities may not be conducted. At the
conclusion of the hot work activities the hot work permit will be provided to the subcontractor's HSS and BBLES'
HSS for record keeping.
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
686808-12.RPT •• 7/30fJS engineers & scientists 4-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4.10.4 Fire Watch Procedures
A fire watch is required whenever hot work is performed outside of designated hot work areas. Fire watch
personnel are required to meet the following requirements.
• Fire watch personnel must have fire extinguishing equipment readily available and ready for immediate use.
• Fire watch personnel must be trained in the use of the fire extinguishing equipment provided.
• Fire watch personnel must be familiar with the procedure to sound the fire alarm in the event of a fire and
know the location of the nearest telephone.
• Appropriate personal protective equipment and respiratory protection shall be used by all fire watch personnel
involved in hot work activities.
• Fire watch personnel must watch for fires in exposed areas, try to extinguish a fire when safe to do so, or
otherwise activate the fire alarm system.
• Authorized personnel must maintain a fire watch for at least 30 minutes after the hot work operations are
completed.
If any of the above requirements cannot be met, hot work shall not be conducted.
BIASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
686808-12.RPT -· 7/30/JB enginoers & scientists 4-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Personal Protective Equipment
PPE is required to safeguard site personnel from various hazards. Varying levels of protection may be required
depending on the level _of constituents and the degree of physical hazard. This section presents the various levels
of protection and defines the conditions of use for each level.
5.1 Levels of Protection
Protection levels are determined based on constituents present in the work area. A summa1y of the levels is
presented in this section.
5.1.1 Level D Protection
The minimum level of protection that will be required of BB LES personnel and subcontractors at the site will be
Level D, which will be worn when site conditions or air monitoring indicates no inhalation hazard exists. The
following equipment will be used:
• Work clothing as prescribed by weather;
• Safety toe work boots, meeting ANSI Z4 l;
• Safety glasses or goggles, meeting ANSI Z87;
• Hard hat, meeting ANSI Z89; and
• Hearing protection (if noise levels exceed 85 dBA, then hearing protection with a US EPA NRR of at least
20 dBA must be used).
5.1.2 Modified Level D Protection
Modified Level D will be used when airborne constituents are not present at levels of concern, but site activities
present an increased potential for skin contact with contaminated materials. Modified Level D consists of:
• Tyvek® Coveralls or equivalent during dry site conditions(Polyethylene-coated Tyvek® coveralls or
equivalent during intrusive activities, wet conditions, and water or soil handling activities), ankles and cuffs
taped to boots and gloves;
• Safety toe work boots;
• Vinyl or latex booties, or PVC overboots when contact with contaminated media is anticipated;
• Safety glasses or goggles;
• Hard hat;
• Face shield in addition to safety glasses or goggles when projectiles pose a hazard;
• Nitrile gloves over nitrile sample gloves; and
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68600842.RPT -7/30fl8 engineers & scientists 5-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Hearing protection (if necessary).
5.1.3 Level C Protection
Level C protection will be required when the airborne concentration of site constituents reaches site action levels.
The following equipment will be used for Level C protection:
• MSA Ultra Twin full-face, air purifying respirator with GMC-H cartridges, or equivalent.
• Tyvek® Coveralls or equivalent during dry site conditions(Polyethylene-coated Tyvek® coveralls or
equivalent during intrusive activities, wet conditions, and water or soil handling activities), ankles and cuffs
taped to boots and gloves;
• Nitrile gloves over nitrile sample gloves;
• Safety toe work boots, ANSI approved;
• Chemical resistant Neoprene boots with steel toes; or latex/PVC booties over safety toe shoes;
• Hard hat, ANSI approved; and
• Hearing protection (if necessary).
5.1.4 Selection of PPE
Equipment for personal protection will be selected based on the potential for contact, site conditions, ambient air
quality, and the judgment of supervising site personnel and HS professionals. The PPE used will be chosen to be
effective against the compound(s) present on the site.
5.2 Site Respiratory Protection Program
Respiratory protection is an integral part of employee health and safety at the site due to the potential for airborne
constituents. The site respiratory protection procedures will consist of the following:
• All site personnel who may use respiratory protection will have an assigned respirator.
• All site personnel who may use respiratory protection will have been fit tested and trained in the use of a full-
face air purifying respirator within the past 12 months.
• All site personnel who may use respiratory protection must within the past year have been medically certified
as being capable of wearing a respirator. Documentation of the medical certification must be provided to the
HSS, prior to commencement of site work.
• Only cleaned, maintained, NIOSH/MSHA-approved respirators are to be used on this site.
• If respirators are used, the respirator cartridge is to be properly disposed of at the end of each work shift, or
when load-up or breakthrough occurs.
BlASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68680842.RJ'T •• 7/J0/,8 engineers & scientists 5-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Contact lenses are not to be worn on-site.
• All site personnel who may use respiratory protection must be clean-shaven. Mustaches and sideburns are
permitted, but they must not touch the sealing surface of the respirator.
• Respirators will be inspected, and a negative pressure test performed prior to each use.
• After each use, the respirator will be wiped with a disinfectant, cleansing wipe. When used, the respirator will
be thoroughly cleaned at the end of the work shift. The respirator will be stored in a clean plastic bag, away
from direct sunlight in a clean, dry location, in a manner that will not distort the face piece.
5.3 Using PPE
Depending upon the level of protection selected, specific donning and doffing procedures may be required. The
procedures presented in this section are mandatory when Modified Level Dor higher PPE is used.
All people entering the EZ must put on the required PPE in accordance with the requirements of this plan. When
leaving the EZ, PPE will be removed in accordance with the procedures listed, to minimize the spread of
contamination.
5.3.1 Donning Procedures
These procedures are mandatory when Modified Level D or higher PPE is used on the project:
• Remove bulky outerwear. Remove street clothes and store in clean location;
• Put on work clothes or coveralls;
• Put on the required chemical protective coveralls or rain gear;
• Put on the required chemical protective boots or boot covers;
• Tape the legs of the coveralls to the boots with duct tape;
• Put on the required chemical protective gloves;
• Tape the wrists of the protective coveralls to the gloves;
• Don the required respirator (Level C or higher) and perform appropriate fit check;
• Put hood or head covering over head and respirator straps (Level C or higher) and tape hood to facepiece; and
• Don remaining PPE, such as safety glasses or goggles and hard hat.
When these procedures are instituted, one person must remain outside the work area to ensure that each person
entering has the proper protective equipment.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68680842.RPT --7(JQfl8 engineers & scientists 5-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5.3.2 Doffing Procedures
The following procedures are mandatory when Modified Level D or higher PPE is required for this project.
Whenever a person leaves a Modified Level D or higher work site, the following decontamination sequence will
be followed:
• Upon entering the CRZ, rinse contaminated materials from the boots or remove contaminated boot covers;
• Clean reusable protective equipment;
• Remove protective garments, equipment, and respirator (Level C or higher). All disposable clothing should
be placed in plastic bags, which are labeled with contaminated waste labels;
• Wash hands, face and neck or shower (ifnecessary);
• Proceed to clean area and dress in clean clothing; and
• Clean and disinfect respirator (Level C or higher) for next use.
All disposable equipment, garments, and PPE must be bagged in plastic bags, labeled for disposal. See Section 7
for detailed information on decontamination stations.
5.4 Selection Matrix
The level of personal protection selected will be based upon real-time air monitoring of the work environment and
an assessment by the SS of the potential for skin contact with impacted materials. The PPE selection matrix is
given in Table 5-1. This matrix is based on information available at the time this plan was written. The Airborne
Constituent Action Levels in Table 8-1 should be used to verify the need for upgrade and downgrade of PPE.
TABLE 5-1
PPE SELECTION MA TRIX
Mobilization/Demobilization
Support Zone Activities
Ground-Water Collection Trench Installation
Activities
Ground-Water Treatment System Construction
(Inside Existing Pretreatment Building)
Ground-Water Transfer Pipe System Installation
Drilling/Excavation/Subsurface Construction
Activities
Ground-water or Soil Handling Activities
Non-intrusive Construction Activities
Exclusion Zone Activities
CRZ workers, equipment decontamination
Support Zone: Level D
Exclusion Zone: Modified Level D
Level D
Modified Level D
Level D
Level D
Modified Level D
Modified Level D
Level D/Modified Level D
Modified Level D
Modified Level D
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
686808-12.RPT •• 7/30/98 engineers & scientists 5-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6. Site Control
6.1 Authorization to Enter
All personnel who are potentially exposed to hazardous substances must have completed hazardous waste
operations initial training as defined under OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1910.120, have completed their training or
refresher training within the past 12 months, and have been certified by a physician as fit for hazardous waste
operations in order to enter a site area designated as an EZ or CRZ. Personnel without such training or medical
certification may enter the designated SZ only. The SS will maintain a list of authorized persons; only personnel
on the authorized persons list will be allowed within the EZ or CRZ.
6.2 Site Orientation and Hazard Briefing
No person will be allowed in the general work area during site operations without first being given a site orientation
and hazard briefing. This orientation will be presented by the HSS, and will consist ofa review of this HASP. This
review must cover the chemical, physical, and biological hazards, protective equipment, safe work procedures, and
emergency procedures for the project. In addition to this meeting, Daily Safety Meetings will be held each day
before work begins.
All people on the site, including visitors, must document their attendance to this briefing as well as the Daily Safety
Meetings on the forms included with this plan.
6.3 Certification Documents
A training and medical file may be established for the project and kept on site during all site operations. The 24
or 40-hour training, update, and specialty training [first-aid/cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)] certificates, as
well as current medical clearance for all project field personnel, will be maintained within that file. All BBLES
and subcontractor personnel must provide their training and medical documentation to the HSS prior to the start
of field work.
6.4 Entry Log
A log-in/log-out sheet will be maintained at the site by the SS. Personnel must sign in and out on a log sheet as
they enter and leave the CRZ, and the SS may document entry and exit in the field notebook.
6.5 Entry Requirements
In addition to the authorization, hazard briefing and certification requirements listed above, no person will be
allowed on any BBLES field site unless he or she is wearing the minimum SZ PPE as described in Section 5.
Personnel entering the EZ or CRZ must wear the required PPE for those locations.
6.6 Emergency Entry and Exit
People who must enter the site on an emergency basis will be briefed of the hazards by the SS. All hazardous
activities will cease in the event of an emergency and any sources of emissions will be controlled, if possible.
People exiting the site because of an emergency will gather in a safe area for a head count. The SS is responsible
for ensuring that all people who entered the work area have exited in the event of an emergency.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
686808--12.RPT •• 7(J0f;6 engineers & scientists 6-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6.7 Contamination Control Zones
Contamination control zones are maintained to prevent the spread of contamination and to prevent unauthorized
people from entering hazardous areas.
6.7.1 Exclusion Zone
The EZ consists of the specific work area, or may be the entire area of suspected contamination. All employees
entering the EZ must use the required PPE, and must have the appropriate training and medical clearance for
hazardous waste work. The EZ is the defined area where there is a possible respiratory and/or contact health
hazard. The location of each exclusion zone will be identified by cones, caution tape, or other appropriate means.
6.7.2 Contamination Reduction Zone
The CRZ or transition area will be established, if necessary, to perform decontamination of personnel and
equipment. All personnel entering or leaving the EZ will pass through this area to prevent any cross-contamination.
Tools, equipment, and machinery will be decontaminated in a specific location. The decontamination of all
personnel will be performed on site adjacent to the EZ. Personal protective outer garments and respiratory
protection will be removed in the CRZ and prepared for cleaning or disposal. This zone is the only appropriate
corridor between.the EZ and the SZ.
6.7.3 Support Zone
The SZ is a clean area outside the CRZ located to prevent employee exposure to hazardous substances. Eating and
drinking will be permitted in the support area only after proper decontamination. Smoking may be permitted in
the SZ, subject to site requirements.
6.7.4 Posting
The EZ, CRZ, and SZ will be prominently marked and delineated using cones, caution tape, or other suitable
means.
6.8 Site Inspections
The site supervisor will conduct a daily inspection of site activities, equipment, and zone set up to verify that the
required elements are in place. The inspection form in Attachment A may be used as a guide for daily inspections.
The form must be completed weekly, and forwarded to the HSS and PM for review.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
68680642.RPT --mom engineers & scientists 6-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7. Decontamination
7.1 Personnel Decontamination
All personnel wearing Modified Level Dor Level C protective equipment in the contaminated zone must undergo
personal decontamination prior to entering the SZ. The personnel decontamination area will consist of the
following stations.
Station I: Personnel leaving the contaminated zone will remove the gross contamination from their outer clothing
and boots.
Station 2: Personnel will remove their outer garment and gloves and deposit them in the lined waste receptacles.
Personnel will then decontaminate their hard hats, and boots with an aqueous solution of detergent or
other appropriate cleaning solution. These items are then hand carried to the next station.
Station 3: Personnel will thoroughly wash their hands and face before leaving the decontamination zone.
Respirators will be sanitized and then placed in a clean plastic ziplock bag.
7.2 Equipment Decontamination
All vehicles that have entered the contaminated zone will be decontaminated at the decontamination pad prior to
leaving the zone. If the level of vehicle contamination is low, decontamination may be limited to rinsing of tires
and wheel wells with water. If the vehicle is significantly contaminated, steam cleaning or pressure washing of
vehicles and equipment may be required.
7.3 Personal Protective Equipment Decontamination
Where and whenever possible, single use, external protective clothing must be used for work within the EZ or CRZ.
This protective clothing must be disposed of in properly labeled containers.
Reusable protective clothing will be rinsed at the site with detergent and water. The rinsate will be collected for
disposal.
When removed from the CRZ, the respirator will be thoroughly cleaned with soap and water. The respirator face
piece, straps, valves and covers must be thoroughly cleaned at the end of each work shift, and ready for use prior
to the next shift. Respirator parts may be disinfected with a solution of bleach and water, or by using a spray
disinfectant.
Bl.ASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68600812.RPT --7/JOfiS engineers & scientists 7-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8. Site Monitoring
8.1 Air Monitoring
Air monitoring will be conducted to evaluate airborne contaminant levels. Personal exposure monitoring may be
necessary to evaluate employee exposures. The monitoring results will dictate work procedures and the selection
of PPE. The monitoring devices to be used, at a minimum, are a Miniram dust/particulate monitor, and a photo
ionization detector (PID). Colorimetric tubes (Drager or equivalent) shall be utilized to screen for 1,1
dichloroethene, vinyl chloride, and methylene chloride if the total organic vapor action level for screening is
exceeded. During excavation entry activities a combustible gas/oxygen (LEL/O2) meter and hydrogen
sulfide/carbon monoxide monitor must be utilized.
If BBLES and one or more BBLES subcontractors are working in an area, one subcontractor may conduct direct-
reading air monitoring and share the results with the other subcontractors working in the area. In this situation all
subcontractors must coordinate air monitoring through a mutually-agreed upon air monitor. The BB LES HSS will
be responsible for utilizing the air monitoring results to determine appropriate health and safety precautions for
BBLES personnel only.
Monitoring for organic vapors and total dust/particulate for the purpose of estimating worker exposure level will
be conducted in the breathing zone with the PID and Miniram or equivalent during all field activities (i.e. materials
handling, trenching, construction and installation activities, ground-water sampling, monitoring/recovery/collection
well installation, etc.) with the potential for organic vapor and dust generation. At a minimum, readings will be
recorded at least hourly or more frequently as determined by the HSS. Air monitoring data must be recorded on
an air monitoring log (Attachment E) or in the field notebook by the HSS.
8.2 Personal Air Monitoring for Methy_lene Chloride, 1,2-Dichloroethane, or Vinyl Chloride
To quantify the potential exposure of site personnel to methylene chloride in air during this project, a personal air
sampling plan to determine airborne concentrations of methylene chloride will be implemented by each employer
on-site. The following paragraphs outline the frequency, sampling, analytical, and record-keeping requirements
associated with personal air sampling during this project. The requirements of29 CFR 1910.1052 must also be met
for methylene chloride.
If the action level of 12.5 ppm for methylene chloride, as determined with colorimetric tube monitoring, is
exceeded, personal air sampling will be conducted in the areas of the site where the action level for the respective
material was exceeded. Personal air samples for methylene chloride will be collected for at least 20% of
representative employees working in or around the site activities. Additional personal sampling may be required
during on-site activities based on the results of the initial personal air monitoring assessment. Monitoring
frequency for methylene chloride also will be based on the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1052.
Personal samples for methylene chloride will be collected according to NIOSH Method # I 005 or equivalent.
Samples will be collected utilizing a personal sample pump equipped with two charcoal tubes. The sample pump
must be calibrated prior to and following sample collection to a flow rate between 0.01-0.2 liters/minute with a
representative sampler in place. Organic vapor dosimeter badges do not require calibration prior to use.
If the site action level of 0.5 ppm for vinyl chloride, as determined with Drager tube monitoring, is exceeded,
personal air sampling will be conducted in areas of the site where the vinyl chloride action levels were exceeded.
Personal air samples for vinyl chloride will be collected for representative employees conducting activities during
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
68600812.RPT --mom engineers & scientists 8-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
which Drager tube sampling indicated exceedance of site action levels. Additional sampling may be required
during on-site activities based on the results of the initial personal air monitoring assessment.
Personal samples for vinyl chloride will be collected according to NJOSH Method# 1007 or equivalent. Samples
will be collected utilizing a personal sample pump equipped with two charcoal tubes, or by passive organic vapor
dosimeter badge. The sample pump must be calibrated prior to and following sample collection to a flow rate of
0.05 liters/minute with a representative sampler in place. Organic vapor dosimeter badges do not require
calibration prior to use.
If the site action level of JO ppm for 1,2-dichloroethane (DCA), as determined with colorimetric tube monitoring,
is exceeded, personal air sampling will be conducted in areas of the site where the DCA action levels were
exceeded. Personal air samples for DCA will be collected for representative employees conducting activities during
which colorimetric tube sampling indicated exceedance of site action levels. Additional sampling may be required
during on-site activities based on the results of the initial personal air monitoring assessment.
Personal samples for DCA will be collected according to NIOSH Method #1003 or equivalent. Samples will be
collected utilizing a personal sample pump equipped with a charcoal tube, or by passive organic vapor dosimeter
badge. The sample pump must be calibrated prior to and following sample collection to a flow rate of 0.0 I to 0.2
liters/minute with a representative sampler in place. Organic vapor dosimeter badges do not require calibration
prior to use.
All personal samples will be submitted to an independent, American Industrial Hygiene Association-accredited
laboratory for analysis. Accompanying media blanks also will be submitted to the laboratory for analysis at a rate
of one blank for every five samples. Holding time.requirements and field preparation procedures as specified in
the respective NIOSH method will be followed.
8.3 Noise Monitoring
Noise monitoring will be conducted as required to profile noise exposure on the site. Hearing protection is
mandatory for all employees in noise hazardous areas, such as around heavy equipment. As a general rule, sound
levels that cause speech interference at normal conversation distance should require the use of hearing protection.
8.4 Monitoring Equipment Maintenance and Calibration
All direct reading instrumentation calibrations should be conducted under the approximate environmental
conditions the instrument will be used. Instruments must be calibrated before and after use, noting the reading(s)
and any adjustments which ar_e necessary. All air monitoring equipment calibrations, including the standard used
for calibration, must be documented on a calibration log or in the field notebook. All completed health and safety
documentation/forms must be reviewed by the HSS and maintained by the SS.
All air monitoring equipment will be maintained and calibrated in accordance with the specific manufacturers'
procedures. Preventive maintenance and repairs will be conducted in accordance with the respective manufacturers'
procedures. When applicable, only manufacturer-trained and/or authorized personnel will be allowed to perform
instrument repairs or preventive maintenance.
If an instrument is found to be inoperative or suspected of giving erroneous readings, the HSS must be responsible
for immediately removing the instrument from service and obtaining a replacement unit. If the instrument is
essential for safe operation during a specific activity, that activity must cease until an appropriate
BlASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68680812.RPT --7(J0fo8 engineers & scientists 8-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1·
I
I
I
I
I
I
replacement unit is obtained. The HSS will be responsible for ensuring a replacement unit is obtained and/or
repairs are initiated on the defective equipment.
8.5 Action Levels
Table 8-1 presents airborne contaminant action levels that will be used to determine the procedures and protective
equipment necessary based on conditions as measured at the site.
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68680&12.RPT --7130/;8 engineers & scientists 8-3
I
I
TABLE 8-1
I AIRBORNE CONSTITUENT ACTION LEVELS
J,t'.'/, ·tl.p•u.--l'l.•?!f,fr,,;'. J:'\itt}i~ >l,::,t;Jr"i'M'::i'.'111'• ... ,::rr,t ,\ , ,, /Di;:;_'c,;:, .: .. ,: i• . ;,/ ,,,},/''" :·, ,t ,, ',,. :, /: ' ., ",-·(; ,·.,
>'-'· 't '.ll~°'.J,,,.~~~~.~,r,!' ',·\}i,;iiit 11.i,YJ;J~~}~~~~I~~ ~J>f'_; ,,__;1 ,, -ti~•~\ -,:;-1,1:"·•"'.' \/-,:."··;.A~tio.n:,,•·r. .. ··i,., ,.
I Total Organic Oppmto,:'.:: I ppm Normal operations; continue breathing zone monitoring every 30 minutes
Vapors (determined with
a PID) > I ppm Screen for Vinyl Chloride, 1,2-DCA, and 1,1-DCE with colorimetric tubes
I > I ppm to 10 ppm Normal operations as long as action levels for Vinyl Chloride or DCE are not exceeded;
> 12.5 ppm Screen for Methylene Chloride with colorimetric tubes
> 10 ppm to 50 ppm Upgrade to Level C if Vinyl Chloride, Methylene Chloride, and DCE action levels are not
exceeded; increase monitoring frequency to every 15 minutes
~ 50 ppm Stop work; investigate cause of reading.
I 1,2-Dichloroetrhane Oto I ppm Nonna! Operations
(1,2-DCA)
(Colorimetric Tube) I ppm to 10 ppm Upgrade to Level C operations, Implement personal air sampling.
I > 10 ppm Stop work; evacuate area; investigate potential interferences and sources.
l, 1-dichloroethene Oto I ppm Normal Operations
(1,1-DCE)
I (Colorimetric Tube) I ppm to 10 ppm Upgrade to Level C operations
> 10 ppm Stop work; evacuate area; investigate potential interferences and sources.
I
Vinyl Chloride > 0.5 ppm Initiate personal saffipling for vinyl chloride
(Colorimetric Tube)
< I.0ppm Modified Level Dor Level C PPE-Based on TOY action Levels
~ 1.0 ppm Cease operations implement vapor source controls
I Methylene Chloride > 12.5 ppm Initiate personal sampling for methylene chloride
(Colorimetric Tube)
< 25 ppm Modified Level Dor Level C PPE-Based on TOY action Levels
I ~25 ppm Cease operations implement vapor source controls
Flammable Vapors < 10%LEL Normal operations
I (LEL) During Intrusive
activities and excavation ~ l0%LEL Stop work; ventilate area; investigate source of vapors
entry.
Oxygen During > 19.5%, < 23.5% Acceptable Condition, Normal Operations
I excavation entry.
< 19.5%, > 23.5% Stop work; evacuate area; ventilate
Carbon Monoxide < 25 ppm Normal operations
I During excavation entry.
~25 ppm Stop work; ventilate area; investigate source
Hydrogen Sulfide <5 ppm Normal operations
I
During excavation entry.
~5 ppm Stop work; ventilate area; investigate source
Airborne Particulate 0 to 0.150 mg/m1 Normal operations
I > 0.150 mg/m1 Initiate wetting of work area to control dust; upgrade to Level C if dust control measures to
not control dust within 15 minutes, implement perimeter monitoring to determine potential
off-site impacts.
I BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
68680842.RPT .. 7/30fi8 engineers & scientists 8-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Notes:
I) Readings for TOV are for two consecutive minutes, at breathing zone height, measured with a calibrated photo ionization detector.
2) Readings for particulate are for two consecutive minutes, at breathing zone height, measured with a calibrated Real Time Aerosol Monitor (RAM).
Dust sampling instruments provide "total dust" levels, and do not differentiate between contaminated and non-contaminated dust particulate. Dust
action levels are based upon total dust and not rcspirable dust levels.
8.6 Community Response Air Monitoring Plan
Real-time air monitoring, for volatile organic compounds and particulate levels at the perimeter of the work area
will be conducted if necessary. The community response air monitoring plan includes the following perimeter
monitoring requirements:
• Volatile organic compounds will be monitored at the downwind perimeter of the work area daily at 2 hour
intervals if action levels in the employees' breathing zone in the work area are exceeded. If total organic vapor
levels exceed 5 ppm above background at the work area perimeter, work activities must be halted and
monitoring continued under the provisions of the Vapor Emission Response Plan. All readings will be
recorded and be available for regulatory agency personnel to review.
• Total particulate/dust will be monitored upwind, at a downwind perimeter of the work area, and within the
work area at 15 minute intervals if action levels specified in Table 8-1 are exceeded in the breathing zone of
personnel in the work area. If the downwind perimeter or breathing zone particulate levels are 150 ug/m3
greater than the upwind particulate level, then dust suppression techniques must be employed. All readings
will be recorded and be available for regulatory agency personnel to review.
8.6.1 Vapor Emission Response Plan
If the ambient air concentration of organic vapors exceeds 5 ppm above background at the perimeter of the work
area, activities will be halted and monitoring continued. If the organic vapor level decreases below 5 ppm above
background, work activities can resume but more frequent intervals of monitoring, as directed by the HSS, must
be conducted. If the organic vapor levels are greater than 5 ppm above background but less than 25 ppm above
background at the perimeter of the work area, activities can resume provided:
• The organic vapor level 200 ft. downwind of the work area or half the distance to the nearest residential or
commercial structure, whichever is less. Is less than 5 ppm above background, and
• More frequent intervals of monitoring, as directed by the HSS are conducted.
If the organic vapor level is above 25 ppm at the perimeter of the work area, activities must be shutdown. When
a work shutdown occurs, downwind air monitoring as directed by HSS will be implemented to ensure that vapor
emission does not impact the nearest residential or commercial structure at levels exceeding those specified in the
Major Vapor Emission section.
8.6.2 Major Vapor Emission
If any organic levels greater than 5 ppm above background are identified 200 feet downwind from the work area
or half the distance to the nearest residential or commercial property, whichever is less, all work activities must be
halted.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68680&-U.RPT --7/30fl8 engineers & scientists 8-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I .. ,
I
I
If, following the cessation of the work activities, or as the result of an emergency, organic levels persist above 5
ppm above background 200 feet downwind or half the distance to the nearest residential or commercial property
from the work area, then the air quality must be monitored within 20 feet of the perimeter of the nearest residential
or commercial structure (20 Foot Zone).
If efforts to abate the emission source are unsuccessful and if the following levels persist for more than 30 minutes
in the 20 Foot Zone, then the Major Vapor Emission Response Plan will automatically be placed into effect:
• Organic vapor levels are approaching 5 ppm above background.
However, the Major Vapor Emission Response Plan shall be immediately placed into effect if organic vapor levels
are greater than 10 ppm above background.
8.6.3 Major Vapor Emission Response Plan
Upon activation, the following activities will be undertaken:
l. All applicable Emergency Response Contacts as listed in the Health and Safety Plan will be contacted .
2. The emergency National Starch and Chemical Company contact and appropriate local authorities will
immediately be contacted by the HSS and advised of the situation.
3. Frequent air monitoring will be conducted at 30 minutes intervals within the 20 Foot Zone. If two
successive readings below action levels are measured, air monitoring may be halted or modified by the HSS.
BLASlAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
686808--12.RPT --7/J0fiS engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I
I,
I
1.
I\)
I
I
I
I
I
I
·1
I
I . ~~
I
I
9. Employee Training
9.1 General
All on-site project personnel who work in areas where they may be exposed to site constituents must be trained as
required by OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1910.120. Such field employees also receive a minimum of three days of
actual field experience under the direct supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor. Personnel who completed
their training more than I 2 months prior to the start of the project must have completed an 8-hour refresher course
within the past 12 months. The BBLES SS must have completed an additional 8 hours of training for supervisors,
and must have a current first-aid/CPR certificate.
9.2 Initial 40-Hour Course
The following is a list of the topics typically covered in a 40-hour training course:
• General safety procedures;
• Physical hazards (fall protection, noise, heat stress, cold stress);
• Names and job descriptions of key personnel responsible for site HS;
• Safety, health, and other hazards typically present at hazardous waste sites;
• Use, application and limitations of PPE;
• Work practices by which employees can minimize risks from hazards;
• Safe use of engineering controls and equipment on site;
• Medical surveillance requirements;
• Recognition of symptoms and signs which might indicate overexposure to hazards;
• Worker right-to-know (Hazard Communication OSHA 1910.1200);
• Routes of exposure to constituents;
• Engineering controls and safe work practices;
• Components of a site HS program and HASP;
• Decontamination practices for personnel and equipment;
• Confined-space entry procedures; and
• General emergency response procedures .
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68680842.RPT -· 7/30f}B engineers & scientists 9-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
9.3 Supervisor Course
Management and supervisors receive an additional eight hours of training which typically includes:
• General site safety and health procedures;
• PPE programs; and
• Air monitoring techniques.
9.4 Site-Specific Training
Site-specific training will be accomplished by each site worker reading this HASP, or through a site briefing by
the PM, SS, or HSS on the contents of this HASP before work begins. The review must include a discussion of
the chemical, physical, and biological hazards, the protective equipment and safety procedures, and emergency
procedures.
9.5 Daily Safety Meetings
Daily Safety Meetings will be held to cover the work to be accomplished, the hazards anticipated, the protective
clothing and procedures required to minimize site hazards, and emergency procedures. These meetings should be
presented by the SS or HSS prior to beginning the day's field work. No work will be performed in an EZ before
the Daily Safety Meeting has been held. The Daily Safety Meeting must also be held prior to new tasks, and
repeated if new hazards are encountered. The Daily Safety Meeting Log is included in Attachment F.
9.6 First Aid and CPR
At least two employees current in first aid/CPR will be assigned to the work crew and will be on the site during
operations. Refresher training in first aid (triennially) and CPR (annually) is required to keep the certificate current.
These individuals must also receive training regarding the precautions and protective equipment necessary to
protect against exposure to blood-borne pathogens.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68600842.RPT --7/30!98 engineers & scientists 9-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
10. Medical Surveillance
10.1 Medical Examination
All personnel who are potentially exposed to site constituents must participate in a medical surveillance program
as defined by OSHA at 29 CFR 1910.120 (t).
10.1.1 Pre placement Medical Examination
All potentially exposed personnel must have completed a comprehensive medical examination prior to assignment,
and periodically thereafter as defined by applicable OSHA Regulations. The preplacement and periodic medical
examinations typically include the following elements:
• Medical and occupational history questionnaire;
• Physical examination;
• Complete blood count, with differential;
• Liver enzyme profile;
• Chest X-ray, at a frequency determined by the physician;
• Pulmonary function test;
• Audiogram;
• Electrocardiogram for persons older than 45 years of age, or if indicated during the physical examination;
• Drug and alcohol screening, as required by job assignment;
• Visual acuity; and
• Follow-up examinations, at the discretion of the examining physician or the corporate medical director.
The examining physician provides the employee with a letter summarizing his findings and recommendations,
confirming the worker's fitness for work and ability to wear a respirator. Documentation of medical clearance will
be available for each employee during all project site work.
Subcontractors will certify that all their employees have successfully completed a physical examination by a
qualified physician. The physical examinations must meet the requirements of29 CFR 1910.120 and 29 CFR
1910.134. Subcontractors will supply copies of the medical examination certificate for each on-site employee.
10.1.2 Other Medical Examination
In addition to pre-employment, annual, and exit physicals, personnel may be examined:
• At employee request after known or suspected exposure to toxic or hazardous materials;
BlASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68680842.RPT -· 7(30fi8 engineers & scientists 10-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• At the discretion of the client, HS professional, or occupational physician in anticipation of, or after known
or suspected exposure to toxic or hazardous materials; and
• At the discretion of the occupational physician.
10.1.3 Periodic Exam
Following the placement examination, all employees must undergo a periodic examination, similar in scope to the
placement examination. For employees potentially exposed over 30 days per year, the frequency of periodic
examinations will be annual. For employees potentially exposed less than 30 days per year, the frequency for
periodic examinations will be 18 months.
10.2 Medical Restriction
When the examining physician identifies a need to restrict work acltv1ty, the employee's supervisor must
communicate the restriction to the employee and the HSS. The terms of the restriction will be discussed with the
employee and the supervisor.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68680842.RPT .. 7/30/18 engineers & scientists 10-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11. Emergency Procedures
11.1 General
Prior to the start of operations, the work area will be evaluated for the potential for fire, constituent release, or other
catastrophic event. Unusual conditions or events, activities, chemicals, and conditions will be reported to the
SS/HSS immediately.
The SS/HSS will establish evacuation routes and assembly areas for the site. All personnel entering the site will
be informed of this route and the assembly area.
11.2 Emergency Response
If an incident occurs, the following steps will be taken:
• The SS/HSS will evaluate the incident and assess the need for assistance and/or evacuation;
• The SS/HSS will call for outside assistance as needed;
• The SS/HSS will ensure the PM is notified promptly of the incident; and
• The SS/HSS will take appropriate measures to stabilize the incident scene.
11.2.1 Fire
In the case ofa fire on the site, the SS/HSS will assess the situation and direct fire-fighting activities. The SS/HSS
will ensure that the client site representative (as appropriate) is immediately notified of any fires. Site personnel
will attempt to extinguish the fire with available extinguishers, if safe to do so. In the event of a fire that site
personnel are unable to safely extinguish, the local fire department will be summoned.
11.2.2 Constituent Release
In the event of a constituent release, the following steps will be taken:
• Notify SS/HSS immediately;
• Evacuate immediate area ofrelease;
• Conduct air monitoring to determine needed level of PPE; and
• Don required level of PPE and prepare to implement control procedures.
The SS/HSS has the authority to commit resources as needed to contain and control released material and to prevent
its spread to off-site areas.
11.3 Medical Emergency
All employee injuries must be promptly ~eported to the HSS/SS, who will:
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
686808-42.RPT --7/J0fiS engineers & scientists 11-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Ensure that the injured employee receives prompt first aid and medical attention;
• In emergency situations, the worker is to be transported by appropriate means to the nearest urgent care facility
(normally a hospital emergency room); and
• EMR is to be notified by site personnel as soon as possible after the worker has left the site. The caller should
dial 1-800-229-3674 and follow the instructions for reaching the Injury Management office. When the Case
Manager answers, the caller should provide the information requested by the Case Manager.
11.3.1 First Aid -General
All persons must report any near-miss incident, accident, injury, or illness to their immediate supervisor or the SS.
First aid will be provided by trained personnel. Injuries and illnesses requiring medical treatment must be
documented. The SS must conduct an accident investigation as soon as emergency conditions no longer exist and
first-aid and/or medical treatment has been ensured. These two reports must be completed and submitted to the
PM within 24 hours after the incident.
If first-aid treatment is required, first aid kits are kept at the CRZ. If treatment beyond first aid is required, the
injured should be transported to the medical facility. If the injured is not ambulatory, or shows any sign of not
being in a comfortable and stable condition for transport, then an ambulance/paramedics should be summoned.
If there is any doubt as to the injured worker's condition, it is best to let the local paramedic or ambulance service
examine and transport the worker.
• Survey the scene. Determine if it is safe to proceed. Try to determine if the conditions which caused the
incident are still a threat. Protect yourself from exposure before attempting to rescue the victim.
• Do a primary survey of the victim. Check for airway obstruction, breathing, and pulse. Assess likely routes
of chemical exposure by examining the eyes, mouth, nose, and skin of the victim for symptoms.
• Phone Emergency Medical Services (EMS). Give the location, telephone number used, caller's name, what
happened, number of victims, victims' condition, and help being given.
• Maintain airway and perform rescue breathing as necessary.
• Perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) as necessary.
• Do a secondary survey of the victim. Check vital signs and do a head-to-toe exam.
• Treat other conditions as necessary. If the victim can be moved, take him to a location away from the work
area where EMS can gain access.
11.3.2 First Aid -Inhalation
Any employee complaining of symptoms of chemical overexposure as described in Section 3 will be removed from
the work area and transported to the designated medical facility for examination and treatment.
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
686808'42.RPT --7/30fi8 engineers & scientists 11-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11.3.3 First Aid -Ingestion
Call EMS and consult a poison control center for advice. If available, refer to the MSDS for treatment information,
if recommended. If unconscious, keep the victim on his side and clear the airway if vomiting occurs.
11.3.4 First Aid -Skin Contact
Project personnel who have had skin contact with constituents will, unless the contact is severe, proceed through
the decontamination zone, to the wash-up area. Personnel will remove any contaminated clothing, and then flush
the affected area with water for at least 15 minutes. The worker should be transported to the medical facility if he
shows any sign of skin reddening, irritation, or if he requests a medical examination.
11.3.5 First Aid -Eye Contact
Project personnel who have had constituents splashed in their eyes or who have experienced eye irritation while
in the contaminated zone, must immediately proceed to the eyewash station, set up in the decontamination zone.
Do not decontaminate prior to using the eyewash. Remove whatever protective clothing is necessary to use the
eyewash. Flush the eye with clean running water for at least 15 minutes. Arrange prompt transport to the
designated medical facility.
11.4 Reporting Injuries and Illnesses
All injuries and illnesses, however minor, will be reported to the SS immediately. The SS will complete an injury
report and submit it to the PM within 24 hours.
11.5 Emergency Information
The means to summon local public response agencies such as police, fire, and ambulance will be reviewed in the
Daily Safety Meeting. These agencies are identified in the following table.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68600842.RPT •• 7/JOf,B engineers & scientists 11-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Police Department
Fire Department
Ambulance
TABLE 11-1
EMERGENCY CONTACTS
Hospital: Rowan Memorial Hospital
Salisbury, NC
State Police
National Starch and Chemical Company
Emergency Contact:
Poison Control Center:
BBLES Project Manager:
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68680842.RPT 7/30/18 engineers & scientists
' •' .. ,,
Telephone Number
' ' C ,' •' '
9 I I
91 1
911
[phone]
911
( ) -
( ) -
(work)
(home)
11-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I 1n&l98
68680842.A TT
ATTACHMENT A
SAFETY INSPECTION FORM
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I)
IJ
r
DAILY HEAL TH AND SAFETY CHECKLIST
Site Name: Date:
_,,
HSS or Designated Alternate:
FOR'NARO A COPY OF COMPLETED FORM TO THE HEAL TH ANO SAFElY MANAGER
\vn) No lwAI Conments I
{UM back of form I mot9 space is~)
1. Safety meeting heid tOday?
I
I I
!
I
2. Emergency procedures diSOJSSed duri',g safety meeting? ,. Vetiide available on-srte !or transporation to the hosprtal? .. At least one person trained in CPR and f'.rst•aid on-site?
S. Proper PPE being worn as spcafied in the HASP?
Level of PPE being worn:
•• PPE adequate for '#On, conditions? I I
If not. give reason:
Upgrade/downgrade to PPE level:
7. If Lovel B. back-lJp/emergency person suited up (except for air)?
I I I I I
8. Monitoring equipment calibrated?
9. Monitoril'\o equipment in good eoodiUon?
10. Monitoring equipment used property?
11. Qttler monitorim.i equipment needed?
List
12. Monitoring equipment covered with plastic to minimize contamination?
13. Oea>n llno set up property?
1,. Proper dcanwtg nuid used tor known or su.spec:ted c:antaminants?
15. Properdecon procedures used?
16. Decon personnel wearing proper PPE?
17. Equipment deoontamiiate<I?
18. Sample containers decontaminated?
19. Disposable items ct,anged twice a day or more often if needed?
20. Proper collection and disposal of potentially contaminated PPE?
21. Proper COiiection and disposal of decon nuid?
22. Buddy system used?
23. Equipment kept off drums and ground?
2<4. Kneeling or sitting on drums or gf'OIJnd prohibited?
25. Personnel avoid standing or walking through puddles or stained soil?
26. '-Norit zones established?
27. If night wont is oonduded, is adequate illwninatlon providod?
28. Smoking. eating. or drinking in the Exctusion Zone or CRZ prohibited?
29. To the extent feasible, contaminated materialS handled remotety?
30. Entry into excavations prohibited 1Jnless property Shored or slOped?
31. All unusual siluations on-site listed in HASP?
If not. what?
Action taken?
HASP revised?
32. All confined spaces identified? I
tfnot, list
33. Confined Sl)aee Chcciwsts used? I I I I I 34. Coofried Space Checklists completety and correctly filled out?
1093074LOA
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ATTACHMENT B
UNDERGROUND/OVERHEAD UTILITIES CHECKLIST
7n8/98
68680842.ATT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
UNDERGROUND/OVERHEAD UTILITY CHEC:KLIST
Project Name/Number ____________________________ Date _______ _
Location __________________________________________ _
Prepared By __________________ Project Manager ________________ _
This checklist must be completed for any intrusive subsurface work such as excavation or drilling. It documents that overhead and
underground utilities in the work are identified and located. The Project Manager shall request utility markouts before the start of field
operations to allow the client and utility companies sufficient time to provide them. If complete information is not available, a
magnetometer or other survey shall be perfonned to locate obstacles prior to intrusive subsurface activities.
Procedure
A diagram of the work area depicting the proposed location of intrusive subsurface work sites (i.e., boring locations, excavation locations)
must be attached to this form. The diagram must clearly indicate the areas checked for underground structures/utilities, and overhead
power lines. This form and the diagram must be signed by the BBLES Project Manager (if present), the BBLES Site Supervisor, and the
client representative.
Checklist
-\tjv!1 ':,/ ~,:;*h.·, .t4, :;r,,,_~_~_,v::.~' .. '➔t··_ et~~;._;;:,~ t. }· ··t~., ,!,,~ .,_-,,::, ' .: . I [f~,?;--!~~[ ~(~~_<;~~r_e·,, ":;L;: :~• _,. ~/,'Pr~sent ·;,, J ., :: ,:; , ,
, ,,,, Not Present '' Method of Markou!
Electric Power Line
Natural' Gas Line
Telephone Line
Water Line
Product Line
Sewer Line
Steam Line
Drain Line
Underground Tank
Underground Cable
Overhead Power Line
Overhead Product Line
Other (Specify)
Client Representative _____________________________ Date _______ _
BBLES Project Manager ____________________________ Date _______ _
BBLES Site Supervisor _____________________________ Date. _______ _
7'28/98
68680842.ATI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7128198
68680842.AlT
ATTACHMENT C
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Material Safety Data Sheets Collection:
Genlum Publishing Corporation
One Genium Plai.a
Schenectady, NY 12304-4690 USA
Sheet No. 300
Acetone
(5 I 8) 377-8854 Issued: I tn7 Revision: F, 9/92
···sectionHLMaterial•Ideritification\
Acetone (CH,COCH,> Description: Derived by lhe dehydrogenation or oxidation of isopropyl alcohol wilh a melAllic
catalyst. the oxidation of cumene, the vapor phase oxidation of butane; and as a by.product of synthetic glycerol produc1ion.
Used as a solvent for paint. varnish. lacquer, fat. oil. wu. resin. rubber, plastic, and rubber cement; to clean and dry parts of
precision equipment; in the manufacblrc of chemicals (methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl cmbinoL methyl mcthacty-
laie, bisphencl-A, acetic acid (keiene process), mcsityl oxide, diacetone alcohol. chloroform, iodoform, bromoform),
explosives, aeroplane dopes. rayon, photographic filrm, isoprene; acetylene gas storage cylindm; in purifying paraffin; in
nail polish remover; in the ~traction of various principle5 from animal and plant substances; in hardening and dehydrating
tissues; in cellulose acetate (especially as spinning solvent); as a solvent for potassiwn iodide and permanganate; as a
dclusterant for cellulose acetate fibers; in the specification testing of vulcanized rubber products.
Other DeslgnaUons: CAS No. 67-64-1, AIJ-01238, Chevron acetone, dimethylformaldehyde, dimelhylketal, dimethyl
ketone, ~-ketopropane, melhyl ketone, propanone, 2-propanone, pyroacetic acid, pyroacetic ether.
Manuracturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult latest Chemical Week Buyers' Guute<'Tl> for a suppliers list.
S 1• 3 f : ~NFPA
K 3 I 0
• Slight skin -
absorption
HMIS
H I
F 3
R 0
PPE• • Sec. 8
Cautions: Acetone vapor is a dangerous fire and explosion hazard. High V!J)Ot concentrations may produce narcosis (uDCOnscioumcss).
Prolonged or repeated skin contBct causes dryness, irritation, and mild denlatitis.
•·sect.iorl2Niiigredients·and•iOcciipati9iia1••Exposifret:tmits••••••
Acetone, 99.5% plus 0.5% water
1991 OSHA PELs •
8-hrTWA: 750 ppm (1800 mg/m3)
15-min STEL: 1000 ppm (2400 mg/m3)
1990 IDLH Level
20,000ppm
1990 NIOSH REL
TWA: 250 ppm (590 mg/m3)
lm-93 ACGIH TLVs
TWA: 750 ppm (1780 mg/m3)
STEL: 1000 ppm (2380 mg/m3)
1990 DFG (Germany) MAK
1000 ppm (2400 mg/m3)
Category IV: Substances eliciting very weak
effects (MAK >500 m!Jm3)
Peak: 2000 ppm, 60 min, momentary valuet,
3 peaks/shift
• In the cellulose acetate fiber industry, enforcement of the OSHA TWA for "doff cu" wu stayed on
9/5/89 until 9/100: lhe OSHA STEI.. dots not apply to that industry.
t Momentary value is a level which lhe concentration shouJd never exceed.
i Sec NIOSH, RTECS (AL315CXOO), for additional irritation, mutation. rcproduaivc, and toxicity data.
1985-86 Toxicity Data *
Human, eye: 500 ppm
Human. inhalation.~: 500 ppm produced olfacti0n
effects, conjunctiva! imtation. and other changes
involving the lungs, thora,;., or respiration.
Rat. oral, LD50: 5800 mg/leg aliered sleep time and
produced tremors.
Mammal. inhalation, T<;_.: 31500 µg/m3/24 hr
administered to pregnant female from lhe 1st to 131h
day of gestation produced ,,ffects on fertility
(post-implantation mortalily).
Bolllng Point: 133.2 'F (56.2 •q at 760 mm Hg
Freezing Point: -139.6 'F (-95.35 'C)
Molecular Weight: 58.08
Vapor Pressure: 180 mm Hg at 68 'F (20 'C), 400 mm Hg at 103.l 'F (39.5 "C)
Saturated Vapor Density (Air= 1.l kg/m3, 0.875 !bin'): 1.48 kg/m3, .0!13 lb/fi3
RerracUve Index: 1.3588 at 20 'C
Appearance and Odor: Colorless, highly volatile liquid; sweetish odor.
• Odor thresholds recorded as a rmgc from the lowCJt to the highCJt concentration.
Specific Gravity: 0.7899 at 20 •ct4 •c
Water Solublllty: Soluble
Other SolubUltles: Alcohol, benzene, dimelhyl formamide,
chloroform, ether, and most oils.
Odor Threshold: 47.5 mg/m3 (low}, 1613.9 mg/m3 (high}*
Extinguishing Media: Do not extinguish fire unless flow can be stopped For small ftres, use dry chemical, carbon dioxide (CO:,), water spray or
alcohol-resistant foam. For large fires, use water spray, fog. or alcohol-resistant foam. Use water in flooding quantities as fog because solid streams
may be ineffective. Unusual Fln or Explosion Hazards: Acetone is a dangerous fire and explosion hazard; lt is a Class m flammable liquid.
Vapors may travel to a source of ignition and flash back, fire-exposed containers may explode, and a vapor explosion hazurd may exist indoors,
outdoors, or in sewers. Special Ftre-flghtlng Procedures: Because fire miy produce toxic thermal dec.omposttion products, wear a self-contained
breathing al't'aratus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or positive-pressure mcxle. Structural firefighters' protective clothing
provides linuted protection. If feasible, remove all fire-exposed containers. Otherwise, apply cooling water to sides of con1tainers until well after fire
is extinguished. If the fire becomes uncontrollable or container is exposed to direct flame, consider evacuation of a one-third mile radius. In case of
rising sound from venting safety device or any discoloration of tank during fire, withdraw immediately. For massive cargo fires, use unmanned
hose holder or monitor nozzles. Do not release runoff from fire control methods to sewers or watcrwa s.
Stability/Polymerization: Acetone is stable at room temperature in closed containers under normal storage and handling conditions. Hazardous
polymerization cannot occur. Chemical Incompatibilities: Acetone may form explosive mixtures with hydrogen peroxide:. acetic acid, nitric acid,
nitric acid+ sulfuric acid, chromic anhydride, chromyl chloride, nitrosyl chloride; hexachloromelamine, nitrosyl perchlorB!e, nitryl perchlorate,
permonosulfuric acid, thiodiglycol + hydrogen peroxide. Acetone reacts vigorously with oxidizing materials and ignites on contact with activated
carbon, chromium trioxide, dioxygcn difluoride + carbon dioxide, and potassium-tert-butoxide. Other incompatibles include air, bromoform,
bromine, chloroform+ alkalies, trichloromelamine, and sulfur dichloride. Condltlons to Avoid: Ke9> acetone away from plastic eyeglass frames.
jewelry, pens, pencils, and rayon garments. Hazardous Products or Decomposition: Thermal oxidative de.composition of acetone can produce
CO2 and carbon moncxide (CO).
Carcinogenicity: The IARC,(l64) NTP,<169) and OSHA064) do not list acetone as a carcinogen. Summary or Rlsks: Acetone has been placed
among solvents of com{Jarativcly low acute and chronic toxicities. In industry, the most common effects reported are headache from prolonged
vapor inhalation and skin irritation resulting from its defatting action. Exposures to less than 1000 ppm acetone vapor produces only slight eye,
nose, and throat irritation. Acetone does not have sufficient warning properties to prevent repeated exposur=. It is narcotic at high concentrations,
i.e., above 2000 ppm. Concentrations above 12000 ppm cause loss of consciousness. Conlinut on nnt pag~
c,_.,;,ts O 199lGeniUJT1Puliiahm1 C'.ort><n1ioft. Anvcornmcn:lal uo or~ withcJu.11hr, p111iiab::1'1 pr:mua:'°'1i■ pro!uDbr:d.
I
No. 300 Acetone 9f)2
ection 6. Health Hazard Data ontinued.
:',ledlcal Conditions Aggravated by Long-Term Exposure: None r~ Target Organs: Respiratory and central nervous systems, skin.
Primary Entry Routes: Inhalation. skin and eye contact. ingestion. Liquid acetone is slowly absorbed through the skin. Acute Effects: Human
systemic effects by inhalation include eye. nose and throat irritation; nausea and vomiting; changes in EEG (electroencephalogram) and carbohy-
drate metabolism; muscle weakness; drunken behavior; mental confusion and visual disturbance. In extreme cases, breathing high concentrations
may produce coma. Human systemic effects by ingestion include gastrointestinal irritation. kidney damage (often irxlicatcd by albumin and red and
white blood cells in the urine), liver damage (indicated by high levels of urobilin and early appearance of bilirubin), coma. metabolic changes, and
systemic effects described for inhalation. Direct eye contact by liquid acetone may produce painful burning and stinging; watering of eyes;
conjuctival inflammation: and corneal injury. Skin contact produces a cold feeling. dryness, and mild irritation.
Chronic Effects: Cases of chronic poisoning resulting from prolonged exposure to low concentrations of acetone are rare. Workers exposed lO
1000 ppm, 3 hrs per day for 7.15 yn, complained of diuiness, asthenia (lack or loss of strength), and chronic inflammation of the airways,
stomach, and duodenum. Prolonged or repeated skin contact with liquid acetone may dcfat the skin and cause eczematoid dennatitis.
FIRST AID
Eyes: Do Ml allow victim to rub or keep eyes tiChllY. shut Gently lift eyelids and flush immediatelJ and continuously with flooding amounts of
water until transported to an emergency medical facility. Consult a physician immediately. Skin: Quickly remove contaminated clothing. Rinse
with flooding amounts of water for at least 15 min. Wash exposed area with soap and water. For reddened or blistered skin, consult a physician.
Carefully dispose of contaminated clothing because it may pose a fire hazard. Inhalation: Remove exposed person to fresh air, monitor for
respiratory distress, and administer 100% humidified supplemental oxygen as needed. Ingestion: Never give anything by mouth to .an unconscious
r convulsing person. Contact a poison control center. Unless the poison ~trol center advises otherwise, hav~ that conscious and alert person
drink 1 to 2 glasses of water, then induce vomiting. After first aid, get approprlate ln•plant, paramedic, or.community medical surport.
~ole to Physicians: In symptomatic patients, monitor scrum and urine acetone, fluid intake, blocxl glucose, and arterial pH. Because o the
prolonged elimination half.life of acetone, the symptomatic patient may need medical supervision for many hours (up to 30 hrs). Patients may
develop hyperglycemia and ketosis mimicking acute diabetic coma. The hyperglycemia may persist for several days following acute exposure.
ection 7. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures
pill/Leak: Notify safety personnel. evacuate all unnecessary personnel, remove all heat and ignition sources, and provide adequate ·ventilation.
Cleanup personnel should protect against inhalation and skin or eye contact. If feasible and without risk, stop leak. Use water spray to reduce vapor,
but it may not prevent ignition in closed spaces. For small spills, take up with sand or other noncombustible absorbent material and using nonspark•
·ng tools, place into containers for later disposal. For large spills, dike far ahead of liquid spill for later disposal. Do not release to sewers or
aterways. Follow applicable OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1910.120). Envlronmental Toxicity: LC50 Salnw gairdneri (rainbow trout): 5540 mg/U
6 hr at 54 "F ( 12 "C). LC50 (oral) Ring-necked pheasant: >40,000 ppm. Environmental Degradation: Acetone biodegradcs when released into the
environment. The biological oxygen demand for 5 days (BOD5) is 46-55%. Soll Absorptlon/Moblllty: Acetone volatilizes. leaches, and biode•
,radcs if released on soil. Dlsposal: Acetone is a good candidate for fluidized bed, rotary kiln incineration, or catalytic oxidation. Contact your
·upplicr or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations.
PA Designations
Listed as a RCRA Hazardous Waste (40 CFR 261.33): Hazardous Waste No. U002 (lgnitability), (40 CFR 261.31): F003 (spent solvent)
Listed as a CERCIA Hazardous Substance• (40 CFR 302.4): Final Reportable Quantity (RQ), 5000 lb (2270 kg)[• per Clean Water Ac~ Sec.
3 I l(b)(4)]
SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355): Not listed
Listed as a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)
OSHA Designations
Listed as an Air Contaminant 29 CFR 1910.1000 Table Z-1-A
ection 8. Special Protection Data ·.
oggles: Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye• and face•protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133). Because
contact lens use in industry is controversial, establish your own policy. Respirator: S~k. p~ofessional advice prior to respirator selection and use.
Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR 1910. 134) and, if necessary, wear a MSHA/NIOSH•approved respirator. Select respiratm based on its
suitability to provide adequate worker protection for given working conditions, level of airborne contamination, and presence of sufficient oxy$en.
or concentrations < 1000 ppm, wear any chemical cartridge respirator with organic vapor cartridge(s) and wear eye protection to avoid irritabon
or damage. For concentrations <6250 ppm, wear any supplied-air respirator operated in a continuous.flow mode. For concentrations < 12,500 ppm,
wear any air-purifying, fuU.facepiecc respirator (gas mask) with a chin-style, front• or back.mounted organic vapor canister. For conc.cntrations <
0,000 ppm, wear any supplied.air respirator that has a full facepiece and is operated in a pressure-demand or other positive.pressure mode. For
mcrgency or nonroutine operations (cleaning spills, reactor vessels, or storage tanks), wear an SCBA. Warning! Air•purifying respirators do Ml
rotecl worUrs in oxygen-<kfu:~nl aJmospheres. If respirators arc used, OSHA requires a written respiratory protection program that includes at
least: medical certification, training. fit-testing, periodic environmental monitoring, maintenance, inspection,-clcaning, and convenient. sanitary
storage areas. Other: Wear chemically protective gloves, boots, aprons, a'1 gauntlets to prevent prolonged cj repeated skin contact. P,::,Iyethylene/
thylene vinyl alcohol, Teflon, or butyl rubber with breakthrough times> l·hr is re.commended for PPE. Ventilation: Provide general and local
xhaust ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations below OSHA PELl (Sec. 2). Local exhaust ventilation is preferred because it
revents contaminant dispersion into the work area by controlling it at its source.Cl03> Safety Stations: Make available in the work area emergency
eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers, and washing facilities. Contaminated Equipment: Separate contaminated work clothes from street
clothes. Launder before reuse. Remove this material from your shoes and clean personal protective equipment Comments: Never eat. drink. or
make in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene after using this material, especially before eating, drinking, smoking, using the toilet, or
pplying cosmetics.
Section 9. Special Precautionsand Comments
tornge Requirements: Store in closed containers in a cool, dry well.ventilated area away from heat, sparks, flames, and other incompatibles.
Keep large stocks away from inhabited buildings. Use non.sparking tools to open containers. Keep dry chemical or COl extinguishers 1::,n hand in
ase of fire. Engineering Controls: To reduce potential health hazards, use sufficient dilution or local exhaust ventilation to control airborne
contaminants and to maintain concentrations at the lowest practical level. To prevent static sparks, electrically ground and bond all containers and
equipment during fluid transfer. For bulk storage rooms, install electrical equipment. Class I, Group D. Administrative Controls: Consider
replacement and periodic medical examinations with emphasis on the skin and respiratory tract. Also consider liver and kidney function tests and
urinalysis. Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.101)
DOT Shipping Name: Acetone Packaging Authorizations Quantity Limitations Vessel Storage Requirements
DOT Hazard Class: 3 a) Exceptions: 173.150 a) Passenger, Alrcran, or Rallcar: 5L Vessel Stowage: B
ID No.: UN1090 b) Non-bulk Packaging: 173.202 b) Cargo Aircraft Only: 60L Other:··
DOT Packaging Group: II . c) Bulk Packaging: I 73.242
DOT Label: Flammable L1qutd
Special Provisions (172.102): TS
MSDS Coll,c~on References: 26, 73, 100, IOI, 103, 124, 126, 127, 132, 133, 136, 139, 140, 148. 149. 153. 159, 163, 164, 167, 168. 171, 174, 176. 180
Prepared by: MJ Wunh, BS; Industrial Hygiene Review: PA Roy, MPH,CIH; Medical Review: AC Darlington, MPH, MD
~)'ri&t. C 1992 b)' C-.iva Pv.bliahint; Corporwoa. Any COl1Wnl:KW .... ot ,opn,dllelm wilho,,d; lhe p,ibliahcir'1 permi,,licn ii proh&Dili:id. hadcmmt1 u w ti. nitability of in!omwim.t.iein torlhe piint..d•~
1,1e ncoco•tily cha p!llct.-'• rupanaibility. AllbGia&,h ~ can hu bKn tum SI lhe pn,paraticm ollllldr, mfanmtioa, O=i'llln Plr.blistml& Carp«alxmaES!lb'CID wana&icl. mu:i=II no rcpraciutii;u. md ,._ .... --·'""'~-.. •-.... ···---•Y --,:, .... ,:.., n1 .,,..,. ;,,r,.,,..,: .... ,_ .-,,1:,..,:,..,, ,,. thn ...,..cl,,,_., in.....W .,,.,..._,.. r..-cm\mQIIIIIKICI or ita ,..,_
(
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~p Genium Publishing Corporation
1145 Catalyn Street
Schenectady, NY 12303-1836 USA
[phone]
Material Safety Data Sheets Collection:
Sheet No. 708
Vinylidene Chloride
Issued: 4/90
Section· 1.,,•Material Identification fil:f;,;,,,, · 31
Vinylidene Chloride Description: Prepared from ethylene chloride. Also prepared from vinyl chloride by successive
chlorination and dehydrochlorination steps. Used primarily as a co-monomer in producing vinylidene copolymers
(Saran®, Velon®) for films and coatings. Also used in producing methyl chlorofonn, vinyl chloride resins, plastics,
chloracetyl chloride; in adhesives; as a component of synthetic fibers; a chemical intermediate in vinylidene fluoride
synthesis; and for l, I, 1-trichloroethane. A common constituent in our environment. measurable quantities of vinylidene
chloride arc found in poorly ventilated areas with a high concentration of plastics. It is a notable contaminant in recycled
air environments such as nuclear submarines and spacecraft.
R 3 NFPA
I 4 ~ s 2
K 4
HMIS
Other Designations: CAS No. 0075-35-4: C2H2Cl2; 1,1-DCE; 1,1-dichloroethene; asym-dichloroethylene; VOC; vi-
nylidene dichloride.
H
F
R
2
4
2
Manufacturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult the latest Chemica/week Buyers' GuideP3l for a suppliers list.
Comment: At temperatures above 32 F/0 C and especially in the presence of oxygen or other suitable catalysts, vi-
nylidene chloride polymerizes to a plastic. Therefore, commercial products may contain small proportions of inhibi1ors to
PPG•
• Sec. 8
preserve the monomer.
Vinylidenc chloride, ca IO0''lo
OSHA PEL Toxicity Data*
8-hr TWA: I ppm, 4 mg/m'
ACGIH TLVs, 1989-90
TLV-TW A: 5 ppm, 20 mg/m1
TLV-STEL: 20 ppm, 79 mg/m1
NIOSH REL, 1987
Mouse, skin, TDL0 : 4840 mg/kg has tumorigenic: effects on skin, append-
ages, lungs, thorax, and respiration
None established
Rat, inhalation, LC,.: 6350 ppm/4 hr
Human, inhalation, TCL0 : 25 ppm produces changes in behavior (general
anesthetic), the liver, kidney, ureter, and bladder
• Sec NIOSH, RTECS (YZ806 IOOO), for additional mutative, reproductive, tumorigcnic, and toxicity data
Boiling Point: 89.1 F/31. 7 C at 760 mm Hg
Melting Point: -188.5 F/-122.5 C
Vapor Pressure: 591 mm Hg at 77 F/25 C
Vapor Density (Air= 1): 3.4
Molecular Weight: 96.94 g/mol
Specific Gravity (H,O = 1 at 39 F/4 C): 1.2129 at 68 F/20 C
Water Solubility: Sparingly soluble (0.04 % wt/vol in water at 68 F/20 C)
Appearance and Odor: Colorless, volatile liquid with a mild, sweet odor that resembles chlorofonn. Most persons can detect vinylidene chloride
at I 000 ppm, but others can detect it at less than 500 ppm. Neither odor is adequate to warn of excessive exposure.
Section 4. Fire ano'Exjilosion Dafa,{\c ,,--.a.·a;·a· ·,, -. ,,., .. --... ,; ... ; J.•,.•
Flash Point: -19 F/-28 C
Extinguishing Media: Use dry chemical, alcohol foam, or carbon dioxide. Use water to cool fire-exposed containers.
Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: Vinylidene chloride is a very flammable and volatile liquid with a burning rate of2.7 mm/min. This
material is a very dangerous fire hazard and moderately explosive when exposed to heat or flame. It may explode spontane0usly since the vapor
fonns explosive mixtures with air. At elevated temperatures. polymerization may take place and containers may rupture.
Special Fire-fighting Procedures: Since vinylidene chloride may be poisonous if inhaled or absorbed through the skln, wear a self-contained
breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in the pressure-demand or positive-pressure mode with a fully encapsulating suit. Keep
unnecessary people away from the hazard area. Vapors may travel to an ignition source and flash back. Be aware ofnmofffrom fire control
methods. Do not release to sewers or water.vays.
Section S. Rea~tivity'Dati( •· " .. .-.•. ,.,,, .. ,.,,.:..,., ..... ·., .... ,, .. ;,
Stability/Polymerization: Vinylidene chloride is self-reactive. If stored between -40 C in air without an inhibitor, this
material rapidly absorbs oxygen and fonns a violently explosive peroxide. The heat of polymerization is. I 85 cal/g (inhibited). When unstable, vi-
nylidene chloride decomposes into chlorine, hydrogen chloride, phosgene, and fonnaldehyde. Hazardous polymerization can occur if exposed to
sunlight. air, copper, aluminum, or heat.
Chemical Incompatibilities: This material reacts violently with chlorosulfonic acid, nitric acid, and oleum; and vigorously with oxidizing mate-
rials.
Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thennal oxidative decomposition of vinylidene chloride can produce highly toxic fumes of chlorine
(Cl,) and hydrogen chloride (HCI).
Copyrip1 C 1990 Gmium Publithins C~.
Any commen:i•I \lit or reproduction without the publi1her'1 permission it prohibited
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
No. 708 Vinylidene Chloride 4/90
·se"ction 6i-Healtlio?Hazardt!Data
Car~inogenicitf: Nei~cr the N'fP, IARC, nor _OSHA lists vinyli?ene c~loridc ~ a car~inogen, ~th~:,ugh the ACGIH suggests it is a suspected
carcinogen. Vanous ammal studies suggest a high rate of cancer m spec1es-spec1fic testing; apphcatlon to humans does not appear valid.
Summary of Risks: Vinylidcne chloride is an irritant to the skin, eyes, and mucous membranes, although any inhibitor in vinylidene chloride
may partly cause the irritation. VDC is narcotic at concentrations greater than 4000 ppm, and has caused liver and kidney injury in experimental
animals. Solutions containing the inhibitor MEHQ (monomcthyl ether ofhydroquinonc) may cause lcucoderma (white skin) and serious eye
injury.
Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long-Term Exposure: None reported.
Target Organs: Skin, eyes, central nervous system, liver, and kidneys.
Primary Entry Routes: Inhalation.
Acute Effects: Inhalation of VDC causes narcosis and respiratory irritation. Concentrations of 4000 ppm lead to symptoms of drunkenness and
eventually unconsciousness if the exposure continues. In monkey studies, exposure to 200 ppm caused acute liver injury with a mechanism
similar to carbon tetrachloride. Animal studies indicate acute kidney changes in high-level exposures. Eye contact may c:ause conjunctivitis,
transient corneal injury, and iritis. VOC also causes skin and mucous membrane irritation.
Chronic Effects: With chronic inhalation, vinylidene chloride may cause hepatic and renal dysfunction. In monkey studies, long-term inhalation
at a 48-ppm level caused liver and kidney damage and death.
FIRST AID
Eyes: Flush immediately, including under the eyelids, gently but thoroughly with flooding amounts of running water for at least 15 min.
Skin: Quickly remove contaminated clothing. After rinsing affected skin with flooding amounts of water, wash it with soap and water.
Inhalation: Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed.
Ingestion: Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. If ingested, have a conscious person drink I to 2 glasses of
water, then induce repeated vomiting until vomit is clear.
After first aid, get appropriate in-plant, paramedic, or community medical support.
Physician's Note: Solutions containing increased MEHQ concentrations are caustic and should not be removed by emesis. There is no specific
treatment for VOC intoxication, but if significant amounts have been ingested, monitor the patient for liver and kidney failure.
'Section"7" •·Spill"\I::eak;·and'Dispilsal;Proceduieif<"f</:1Jf,1,r:;;,,}'l\t,~(,.ii.ti,"i,,:4,:;,,.,.
Spill/Leak: Design and practice a viny/idene chloride spill control and countermeasure plan (SCCP). Notify safety personnel, evacuate all
unnecessary personnel from hazard ar_ea, remove all heat and ignition sources, and ventilate area. Cleanup personnel should protect against
inhalation and skin and eye contact. For lab spills, absorb the spill with paper towels and place in a hood to allow liquid to evaporate. For large
spills, absorb bulk spill with cement powder, fly ash, sawdust, or commercial sorbents. Place waste in appropriate disposa1 containers. Follow ap-
plicable OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1910.120).
Disposal: Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations.
EPA Designations
RCRA Hazardous Waste (40 CFR 261.33): Not listed
Listed as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance• (40 CFR 302.4), Reportable Quantity (RQ): 5000 lb (2270 kg)[' per Clean Water Act, Sec. 3 I (b)(4),
Sec. 307(a); per RCRA, Sec. 3001]
SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355): Not listed
Listed as a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)
OSHA Designations
Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910.1000. Subpart Z): Not listed
'~ei:tion'S/iSp~ciijl;J.>rote~tfoii,Data
Goggles: Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye-and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133).
Respirator: Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR 1910.134) and, if necessary. wear a NIOSH-approved respirator. Respiratory canisters
containing alkaline materials should not be used because dichloro acetylene can be formed. For emergency or nonroutinc operations (cleaning
spills, reactor vessels, or storage tanks), wear an SCBA.
Warning: Air-purifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres.
Other: Wear impervious gloves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets to prevent skin contact. Rubber gloves are recommended.
Ventilation: Provide general and local explosion-proof ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations below the OSHA PEL and
ACGIH TL Vs (Sec. 2). Local explosion-proof exhaust ventilation is preferred since it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by con-
trolling it at its source.<103>
Safety Stations: Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers, and washing facilities.
Contaminated Equipment: Never wear contact lenses in the work area: soft lenses may absorb, and all lenses concentrate, irritants. Remove this
material from your shoes and equipment Launder contaminated clothing before wearing.
Comments: Never cat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene after using this material, especially before eating, drinking,
smoking, using the toilet, or applying cosmetics.
Section ~-SpecialPrecaiiti~n.s and Comments
Storage Requirements: Store vinylidene chloride in tanks with nickel. glass, or baked phenolic linings at 14 F/-10 C in the absence of light, air,
water, and other polymerization initiators under a nitrogen blanket (at IO-psi pressure and an oxygen content less than 100 ppm). Outside or
detached storage is preferable. If stored inside. store in a standard flammable liquids storage cabinet separate from oxidizing materials and
incompatible materials (Sec. 5).
Engineering Controls: VDC requires special handling, precautions, and employee training. Do not handle VDC without adequate ventilation and
personal protective gear. Limit exposures to vinylidene chloride by improving housekeeping procedures. Keep VOC away from all heat and
ignition sources. All engineering systems should be of maximum explosion-proof design, electrically grounded, and bonded.
Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.101, .102)
DOT Shipping Name: Vinylidene chloride, inhibited IMO Shipping Name: Vinylidene chloride, inhibited
DOT Hazard Class: Flammable liquid IMO Hazard Class: 3.1
ID No.: UN 1303 IMO Label: Flammable liquid
DOT Label: Flammable liquid IMDG Packaging Group: I
DOT Packaging Requirements: 173.119 ID No.: UN1303
DOT Packaging Exceptions: 173.118
MSDS Collection References: 7, 26, 38, 53, 73, 84, 85, 87, 89, 100, 103, 124, 126, 127, 129, 134, 136
Prepared by: MJ Allison, BS; Industrial Hygiene Review: DJ Wilson, CIH; Medical Review: W Silverman, MD Ml
Copyrighl Cl 1990 by Genium Publishing Corpor.tioo. Any commercial I.IU or~ wilhou! lhc publishd1 pc:nniasioa ii prnhibited. Judgmenm u 1a the witability olinformi.tion herein for the pun;hucr'1 purposes
ue I\CCeSSarily the purdlaser'1 responsibility. Although reuonable Clnl hu been Wen in the prepantion or1uch inronna1ion. Genium Publishing Coll)OfUion «tcncb no warranties. malc.,=s no represtntalions. and assumes
no raponsibility u IO the accul'loCy or suitability of1uch information for application IO the purdwet'1 inlended purpoH or for conseq,.,cnces ofim 1.1U
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Genium Publishing Corporation
1145 Catalyn Street
Schenectady, NY 12303-1836 USA
[phone]
Material Safety Data Sheets Collection:
Sheet No. 703
1,2-Dichloroethylene
Issued: 4/90
1,2-Dichloroethylene Description: An industrial solvent composed of60% cis-and 40% trans-isomers. Both isomers, cis R I
and trans, are made by partial chlorination of acetylene. Used as a general solvent for organic materials. lacquers, dye I 2 NFPA
extraction, thermoplastics, organic synthesis., and perfumes. The trans-isomer is more widely used in industry than either S 2
the cis-isomer or the mixture. Toxicity also varies between the two isomers. K I
Other Designations: CAS No. 0540-59-0: C2H,Cl2; acetylene dichloride; cis-1,2-dichlorocthylcnc; sym-dichlorocthylenc;
trans-1,2-dichloroethylene, dioform. ~
Manufacturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult the latest Chemica/week Buyers' Guicuf.m for a suppliers list.
1,2•Dichloroethylene, ca 100%
OSHA PEL Toxicity Data•
HMIS
H 2
F 3
R I
PPG•
• Sec. 8
8-hr TWA: 790 mg/m3, 200 ppm
ACGIH TLV, 1989-90
TLV-TWA: 790 mg/m', 200 ppm
NIOSH REL, 1987
Rat, oral, LO,.: 770 mg/kg; toxic effects not yet reviewed
Frog, inhalation, TCL0: 117 mg/m3 inhaled for I hr affects the
790 mg/m3, 200 ppm
• Sec NIOSH, RTECS (KV9360000), for additional toxicity data.
peripheral nerve and sensation (flaccid paralysis without
anesthesia); behavior (excitement); lungs, thorID4 or
respiration (respiratory depression)
,, S''"'"t""""":'i:.-,~ 'llDfi''~•:"'0"''"'I•D· ·t··"1tJu:a.\:;,;1>.~---.r.-;;.~t,,,:.,,i-:!o.'"'.~.;.,.;•if<i~~--~-~;-.1ra;,·.(,;;·:.:.~~~:e:'i~~YP:~l1::t"'"".;;:,.:s_,,..~1,~,,, ''l"l'h-~r"'W;-.::11t:s~:;;•:·c, .· ~ :~ .... ~£ .J9.!!.?lf{~.,Y.§!~.c! .. L., .. ~" J!~a~+:-.'tf.t:~~~X;;4~~:i~J:'i.r~ilt1ihtfSlh'Mi:,~~~'.\1{:(~\'@a~§f~~i.A'16~2~\1'!~~~1,"£.'.~~~l!b';;Ll~t~i~Ii~W/!i:Hi: ,., ·_.~, ·.-:
Boiling Point: I 19 F/48 C Molecular Weight: 96.95 g/mol
Melting Point: -56 to -115 F/-49 to -82 Cl Specific Gravity (1110 = I at 39 F/4 C): 1.27 at 77 F/25 C
Vapor Pressure: 180 to 264 torr at 68 F/20 C Water Solubility: Insoluble
Vapor Density (Air= 1): 3.4
Appearance and Odor: A colorless, low-boiling liquid with a pleasant odor.
Flash Point: 37 F/2.8 C, CC I Autoignition Temperature: 860 F/460 C I LEL: 5.6% v/v I UEL: 12.8% v/v
Extinguishing Media: Use dry chemical, CO2, halon, water spray, or standard foam. Water may be ineffective unless used to blanket the fire.
Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: This material's vapors are a dangerous fire hazard and moderate explosion hazard when exposed to any
heat or ignition source or oxidizer.
Special Fire-fighting Procedures: Since fire may produce toxic fumes, wear a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full faccpicce
operated in the pressure-demand or positive-pressure mode and a fully encapsulating suit. Vapors may travel to heat or ignition sources and flash
back. Stay upwind and out of low areas. Be aware of runoff from fire control methods. Do not release to sewers or waterways.
Stability/Polymerization: This material is stable at room temperature in closed containers under nonnal storage and handling conditions.
Hazardous polymerization cannot occur.
Chemical Incompatibilities: This material is incompatible with alkalies, nitrogen tetraoxide, difluoromethylene, strong oxidizers, and dihy•
pofluorite. When in contact with copper or copper alloys or by reaction with potassium hydroxide, explosive chloroacetylene may be released.
Conditions to Avoid: Addition of hot liquid to cold l,2•dichloroethylene may cause sudden emission of vapor that could flash back to an ignition
source.
Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thennal oxidative decomposition of 1,2-dichloroethylene can produce highly toxic fumes of chlorine
(Cl").
U)pyn&ht Cl 1990 Ganum Publtsh1n1Corpomion.
Any commacial use or reproduction without the publisher's pennission LI prohibited.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
No. 703 1,2-Dichloroethylene 4/90
;g ·· lr···~6"~H--1th:UI--d,W-c~~~--,.,.. :<t~~~¼.,"'ifr:;-W~ , ec on~ .. ~ ea . azar a a;iw;,-•.-. _ _.,.,_ • ri. _ • ,..,. -~~, ~....... ""-"'" .,. .~~~1:i['~1ff1it:·::; · i-' ,: :,:.,;:::.!• "<"~.:,,;,
Carcinogenicity: NCtmer the NTP, lARc, nor USHA lists l,2··01Chloroethylcne as a carcinogen.
Summary of Risks: 1,2-Dichlorocthylene's most important effect is its irritation of the central nervous system (CNS) and narcosis. This material
is toxic by inhalation, ingestion, and skin contact It is also irritating to the eyes. The trans-isomer at 2200 ppm causes nausea, vertigo, and
burning of the eyes. The trans-isomer is twice as potent as the cis-isomer. If renal effects occur, they arc transient.
Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long-Term Exposure: None reported.
Target Organs: Central nervous system, eyes, respiratory system.
Primary Entry Routes: Inhalation, ingestion, skin and eye contact
Acute Effects: Inhalation of l ,2•dichloroethylene causes narcosis, respiratory tract irritation, nausea, vomiting, tremor, weakness, central nervous
depression, and epigastric (the abdomen's upper midregion) cramps. Contact with the liquid causes eye and skin (on prolonged contact) irritation.
Ingestion causes slight depression to deep narcosis.
Chronic Effects: None reported.
FIRST AID
Eyes: Flush immediately, including under the eyelids, gently but thoroughly with flooding amounts of running water for at least 15 min.
Skin: Quickly remove contaminated clothing. After rinsing affected skin with flooding amounts of water, wash it with soap and water.
Inhalation: Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed. Have trained personnel administer 100% oxygen, preferably
with humidification.
Ingestion: Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. If ingested, have a conscious person drink I to 2 glasses of
water, then induce repeated vomiting until vomit is clear.
After first aid, get appropriate in-plant, paramedic, or community medical support.
Physician's Note: Intravenous injections of calcium gluconatc may relieve cramps and vomiting. Treat central nervous system effects sympto-
matically.
·s·"'t·-~1:£Js ·iliim·-@•''" ... d•o·~----11P.-oceir-7ll".r~W'_.,ils="'"'~~ · ~ .. ~~-l!H!~.,:,• .. ~A P. ~,t.:.~~-":;!!l..,.!t..J.§P9A!.~uAf..9£!t. U_tj.'1§ i~· ~~-' .:.~ ,. ,: ,i ~~v~LlJ!. -~ , -· , ,~,,·~~~~·-·····'~'!·"~" •~i _ . : .f .. ·;_ .. :..~:}\'t.'.l:-\l_~-;11~r.j
SpilVLeak: Design and practice a 1,2.dich/oroethylene spill control and counJermeasure plan (SCCP). Notify safety personnel, remove all heat
and ignition sources, evacuate hazard area, and provide adequate ventilation. Cleanup personnel should protect against vapor inhalation and skin
or eye contact. Absorb small spills on paper towels. After cvaporat_ing the 1,2•dichloroethylene from these paper towels in .a fume hood, burn the
paper in a suitable location away from combustible material. Collect and atomize large quantities in a suitable combustion chamber equipped with
an appropriate effluent gas cleaning device. Follow applicable OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1910.120).
Disposal: Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations.
EPA Designations
Listed as a RCRA Hazardous Waste ( 40 CFR 261.33)
Listed as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance• ( 40 CFR 302.4), Reportable Quantity (RQ): 100 lb ( 45.4 kg) [• per RCRA, Sec. 300 I, per Clean
Water Act, Sec, 307(a)]t
SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355): Not listed
Listed as a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)
OSHA Designations
Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910.1000, Table Z-1)
t Listed as 1,2-tran.s-.t:1ichloroethylene. rs·•c 't•'~ ..... ,,8. :.: s ................. ,p.,. ..... t .. , ·t·~""ri'\ID~·,·.,t·"'"!; --,,;;:,~..-,..;r"""~'::'ir..:;;,,:(.:;:s<•:,-:i.11.r--.""1i•'.l'"',1;"s;,.(r.i:;:;.,.;,~1,,;,~r···•,' ·,c'f,j1f,~'.;··•·,1,.1;lfl"'c'l'l•):•.;;.S,':l,"'··~'Pi',Mttl:' , •. ,. j:t,l.'·.'·., ,,., ~~-~!~,!M .. n .. ~t . p_~~~H! ... ·':.,.£:2 ... ~£J~~ .. l•~,..~-!jJl~~~~iiJ1~~},t~~:;;~~~~i~Ji~.t~fil~,1;:~){:~~tl~~J~ltt~~nr~,t1~t;'{w1t/;:i . -it -·,',i, . ..
Goggles: Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye-and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133).
Respirator: Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR 1910.134) and. if necessary, wear a NIOSH-approved respirator. For emergency or
nonroutine operations (cleaning spills, reactor vessels, or storage tanks), wear an SCBA.
Warning: Air•purifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen•deficient atmospheres.
Other: Wear impervious gloves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets to prevent prolonged or repeated skin contact. l,2•dichloroethylene attacks some
fonns of plastics, rubber, and coatings.
Ventilation: Provide general and local explosion•proofventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations below the OSHA PEL and
ACGIH TLV (Sec. 2). Local exhaust ventilation is preferred since it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by controlling it at its
source.'103>
Safety Stations: Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers, and washing facilities.
Contaminated Equipment: Never wear contact lenses in the work area: soft lenses may absorb, and all lenses concentrate, irritants. Remove this
material from your shoes and equipment. Launder contaminated clothing before wearing.
Comments: Never eat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene after using this material, especially before eating, drinking,
smoking, using the toilet, or applying cosmetics.
~SC~-0.QJJl~l~~~::sP'.CtCiiJ ·P:t~C'~iifi_Qjj~~ij_((~9]l)i~ij:~;jf~~~ti~~;~~~~~M;Jt$tf,(t~~i{i ::·:~:J:~i~w~i~~~~f'.~~~~;;~~:1C:f-~:i}~;f,3fir~:~:'.:~,::··,-. ,+: '.:, ··,·.:
Storage Requirements: Store in tightly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area away from all incompatible materials (Sec. 5) and
oxidizing materials. Outside or detached storage is preferred. If stored inside, place containers in a standard flammable liquids storage cabinet or
room. Protect containers from physical damage.
Engineering Controls: A void vapor inhalation and skin and eye contact. Use only with adequate ventilation and appropriate personal protective
gear. Institute a respiratory protection program that includes regular training, maintenance, inspection, and evaluation. 1,2-dkhloroethylene is a
dangerous fire hazard. All engineering systems should be of maximum explosion-proof design cind electrically grounded and bonded. Provide
preplacemcnt questionnaires which emphasize detecting a history of chronic respiratory disease.
Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.101, .102): Not listed
MSDSCol/ectlon References: 7, 26. 38, 73. 84, 85, 87. 88. 100, IOI, 103, 109, 126,127,136, 137
Prepared by: MJ Allison, BS; Industrial Hygiene Review: DJ Wilson, CIH; Medical Review: MJ Hardies, MD F7
Copyrighl Cl 1990 by Gcnnun Pubh1h1111 Cofporation. Any coounere1al use or reprodue;;tioa without lhe pubhshcr'1 petmlillOQ IS prol11b1tcd. Judpne11t1 u to the 11,11t&b1hty of1nformlb0n herein for the purchuet'1 purposes
IR ncccs.sarily lhe purchucr'1 resporuibilily. Although rcuonablc care hu been Liken in the prqwation ofsucb information, Gcnium Publi1hin1 Corporation cx!ends no wunnties, makes 110 representations, llld usumcs
no rapon1ibiJi1y u IO the accuracy or 1uii.bility ol1uch information for appliution to the purdlud1 intended purpose or for consequences of its use.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~p Genlum Publlshlng Corporation Material Safety DaJa Slleets Collection:
One Genium Plaza
Schenectady, NY 12304-4690 USA
Sheet No. 315
Chloroform
[phone] Issued: I 1n1 Revision: D, 9/92
· Section,'HfMatenaUidentificatiori ,--ty•·x,,·, :m ,,:;1:nu39·,
Chloroform (CHC1,) Description: Derived by chlorination of methane, hydrochlorination of methanol. or reaction of R I NFPA
chlorinated lime with acetone. acetaklehyde, or ethanol. Purified by exlraclion with cona:nlralcd sulfuric acid and rcctifica-I 3 ~
tion. Us<d in the manufaaure of fluorocarlxms (mainly FC-22) for refrigeranl>, in plastics, photographic processing, lire S 2• 0
extinguishm, insecticides. and dry cleaning; as a solvent for fa1>, oils,· waxe,, rubbers, alkaloids. Gutta-Percha, arxl ruins. K 2 2 _ O
Used as an anesthetic since 1847 but abandoned within the last few decades because of cardiac arrest during surgery and • Skin
delayed death due to liver injury. absorption
Other Designations: CAS No. 67-66-3, Freon-20, methane trichloride, methcnyl chloride, R-20 (refrigerant),
trichloroform, trichloromethane, TCM. Improperly called 'formyl chloride.'
Manuracb.Jrer: Contact your supplier or distnDutor. Consult latest CMmical Wed Bv;yuJ' Gui(k('3) for a suppliers Ii.st
Cautions: Chloroform is considered one of the most dangerous and volatile chlorinated hydrocarlxms. It is a central nervous
system (CNS) arxl cardiac depressan~ an eye. skin, arxl respiratory tract irritan~ and causes liver and kidney damage from acute
and chronic exposure.
HMIS·
H 3t
F 0
R 0
PPE; t Clu'omc
effecu
tSec.8
Chloroform, ca 99%. Usually oontains 0.75% ethanol u a stabilizer. Impurities include bromodicbloromethane. vinylidene. and diethyl carbonate.
1991 OSHA PEL 1992-93 ACGIH TL V 1985-86 Toxicity Data•
8-hr TWA: 2 ppm (9.78 mg/m3) TWA: 10 ppm (49 mg/m3) Human. inhalation. T<;..,: 10 mg/m3/l yoar caused anorexia, nause,, and
1990 lDLH Level
1000 ppm
1990 NIOSH REL
60 min STEL: 2 ppm (9.78 mg/m3)
1990 DFG (Germany) MAK
TWA: 10 ppm (50 mg/m3)
Category JI: Substances with
systemic effects. Half-life= 2 hr
Peak Exposure Limit: 20 ppm. 30
min average value. 4/shift
vomiting.
Ra~ oral TDi..,: 13832 mg/kg given oontinuously for 2 yean caused
leukemia.
Ra~ oral 1D50: 908 mg/kg caused weight loss or decreased weight gain.
Ra~ inhalation. Tei..,: 30 ppm/I hr administered from the 6 to 15 day of
pregnancy caused fetotoxicity or developmenlJII abncrmalities of the
musculoskeletal system.
Rabbi~ eye: 20 mg/24 hr caused modaate irritation.
• Sc.c NIOSH. KfF.CS (FS9100000), for additional irritation. mutation, reproductive, tumorigcnic, and toxicity data.
Bolling Point: 143 •p (62 'C)
Freezing Point: -82 'F ( ~3.5 'C)
Molecular Weight: 119.39
Viscosity: 5.63 mP at 68 'F (20 'C)
Relative Evaporation Rate (BuAc=l): 11.6
Surface Tension: 27.1 dyne/cm at 68 •p (20 •q
Refraction Index: 1.4422 at n 'F (25 'C)
Density: 1.49845 at 59 •p (15 "C)
Water Solublllty: Nearly inscluble; 0.5% at TI •p (25 'C)
Other Solubllltles: Soluble in ethano~ ethyl ether, benzene, acetone. carbon disulfide.
and carbon tetrachloride.
Odor Threshold: 85 to 307 ppm (range from combined sow-ces)
Vapor Pressure: 160 mm Hg at 68 'F (20 "C); 200 mm H~ at n 'F (25 'C)
Saturated Vapor Density (Air= 0.G75 lb/113 or 1.2 kg/m'): 0.B6 lb/ft' or 2.183 kg/m3
Appearance and Odor: Colorless, volatile liquid with a heavy, ethereal odor.
Extinguishing Media: Nonflammable from standanl tests in air but will born on prolonged exposore to flame or high temperature. To light fire, use
extinguishing agents suitable for surrounding fire. Do not acattcr material with a high-pressure waler stream. Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards:
Container may explode in heat of lire. Special Fln,-ftghting Procedures: Because fire may produce toxic thermal deoomposition produel>, wear a
self -rontaincd breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in pres sore-demand or positive-pressure mode. Structural lirefighten'
protective clothing is Mt effective. Stay away from ends of tanks. Do not release runoff from fire control methods to sewers or waterways.
Stablllty/Polymerlzatlon: Chloroform is stable at room temperature in closed containers under normal storage arxl handling conditions. Hazardous
polymerization cannot occur. It's pH decreases on prolonged exposure to air and light due to hydrochloric acid (HCl) formation. 1ne recommended
shelf-life is 2 months for full oontainers and 2 weeks for partially full containers. Chemical Incompatibllltles: Incompatible with acetone, alkalis.
aluminum, disilan~ lithium, magnesium. dinitrogen dioxide. nittogcn tettoxide, pcn::hloric acid. phosphorus pcntoxide. potassium. potassium
hydroxide. methyl aloohol. potassium lert-butoxide, sodium, sodium hydroxide, sodium methylate, sodium-potassium alloy, triisopropylphosphine.
calcium hydroxide. and fluorine arxl any strong oxidiurs. Conditions to Avoid: Exposure lo ligh~ prolonged heat, and inoompa11l,les. Hazardous
Products of Decomposition: Thermal oxidative decomposition of CHC13 can produce CaJbon dioxide arxl toxic chlorine. HCI, and phosgene gas.
CHCI3 decomposes at 437 •F to formic aci~ carbon monoxide. and HCI on prolonged heating with water.
Carcinogenicity: Chloroform is oonsidered a carcinogen by the IARC (Class-2B, possibly carcioogenic in humans with limited human arxl
sufficient animal evidence),<16•> NTP (Class 2. reasonably anticipated to be a can::inogen, limited human and sufficient animal evidence),C169l and
NIOSH (Class X. carcioogen defined with oo further categorization),<16') DFG (MAK-B, justifiably suspected of having carcioogenic potential),C163l
and ACGill (Class Al. suspected human carcinogen based on limited epidemiologic evidence or demonsrration)C163). Carcinogenicity tends to be
organ specific primarily to the liver and kidneys. Summary of Risks: Chloroform is a CNS depressan, eye, skin. and respiratory tract irritan, and
causes damage to the liver and kidneys. Symptoms range from dizziness lo cardi~ arrythrnias resulting in death. Chloroforms' toxicity is due to its
usy lipid solubility. Avoid exposure during pregnancy because CHCJ, diffuses relkiily across the placenta. Alcoholics seem to be affected sooner
and more severely than othm from chloroform exposure (alcohol may already have damaged lhc liver). Ethanol. polybrom.inated biphenols,
steroids, and kctones potcntiate chloroform's toxicity. ConJUU# °" AUi pa1e
Cop),ri&bt C l'92 Omia.m Pw.blidiiq; C;,rpontm Any~ -arn,prodamoa ~ Ibo pulilhDl"1 pamuaioo iJ ~
,, No.315 Chloroform 9f}2
ection 6: Health Hazard Data
arget Orgaos: Liver, kidney, heart, eyes, skin. Primary Entry Routes: Inhalation, ingestion, skin contact/absorption. Medkal Conditions
, ggravated by Long.Term Exposure: Alcoholism. liver, Ddncy, or OC"Vous system d.isordcn. Acute Flfects: Vapor inhalation causes varying
degrees or CNS depression depending on concentration and exposure length. Symptoms include headache, nausea. dizziness, drunkenness, progressive
'
cakness, vomiting. thirst. delirium, and disorientation. Exposure to 14,0CO to 16,(X)() ppm has caused rapid unconsciousness. Severe acute exposures
n damage the liver and kidney (damage is usually not observed for 24 to 48 hr post exposure), respiratory failure,, severe c.ardiac anythmias (reason
r discontinuation of use as an anesthetic), and de.alh. Apparent recovery from heavy exposures may result in delayed death due to liver or kidney
ilure. Death usually occurs 4 to S days post exposure and autopsy shows masaive liver necrosis. Vapors cause eye irritation and spasmodic winking.
Dire.ct eye contact with the liquid causes immediate burning pain and possible comea1 epithelium damage. Slcin contact with the liquid produces
I-ming pain, crythcma.. and vesiculation due to defatting of the skin. Ingestion can cause gastrointestinal irritation, irregular heartbeat, nausea and ··
miting, diarrhea (possibly blood.stained), drowsiness. unconsciousness, and state"of shock. Cbronk Eff'ects: Prolonged inhalation of chloroform
apors causes fatigue, digestive disrurbanccs, frequent and burning urination. mental dullness, and CNS and pcriphem neuropathies; Liver (fatty
degeneration and enlargement with hepatitis se.cn in dogs) and kidney damage may also occur.
'
RST AID Eyes: Do not allow victim to rub or keep eyes tightly shut Gently lift eyelids and flush immediately and continuously with flooding
ounlS of water until transported to an emergency medical facility. Consult a physician immediately. Skin: Qwid:Jy remove contaminated clothing.
nse with flocxiing amounts of water for at least 15 min. Wash exposed area with soap and water. Inhalation: Remove exposed person to fresh air
ind support brealhing as needed. Ingestion: Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. Contact a poison control center
and unless otherwise advised, have that con.rciou.r and altrt person drink: 1 to 2 glasses of water, to dilute. Do not induce.vomiting because victim may
'
come obtunded. Gastric lavage may be indicated if patient is comatose or at risk of convulsing. Note to Physicians: Because effects may be delayed
pecially kidney and liver problems), keep victim under observation for 24 to 48 hr. Administration of fluids may help to prevent kidney failure.
btain blocxi glucose, urinalysis, liver function ~ts. chest x•ray, and monitor carcliac function and fluid/electrolyte status. Monitor liver and kidney
function for 4 to 5 days aft.er exposure. Oisulfiram, its metabolites, and a high carbohydrate diet appear to protect somewhat against chloroform
:iticity. Do nol givt: adrtnalin! Tests may show increased bilirubin, ketosis, lowered blood prothrombin. and fibrogen.
f:111/Leak: Notify safety personnel, isolate and ventilate area, deny entty, and stay upwind H possible without risk. move container from spill area.
eanup personnel should wear fully encapsulating vapor.protective clothing. For small spills, take up with earth, sand, vcnniculite, ur other
sorbent, noncombustible material and place in suitable containers for disposal. For large spills, dike far ahead of spill and contain for later disposal
or reclamation. Spills in water may ne.ed to be trapped at the bottom with sand bag barriers and treated with activated carbon and remt:>ved by suction
hoses, mechanical lifts, and dredges. Follow applicable OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1910.120). Ecotoxlclty Values: Rainbow Trout (Salmo
l urdnm), LC,o = 2030 µg/L; bluegill(Lepomir macrochirus), LC,o = 100,000 µg/U96 hr; largemouth bass (Microptmu salmoides) LC,o = 51
nv96 hr. Environmental Degradation: If released to land, most chloroform evaporates rapidly (due to high vapor pressure) while some may
""""'ach to groundwater where it remains for a long time on the bottom. H released to water, chloroform evaporates rapidly with cstimab~ half.lifes of
36 hr (river), 40 hr (pond), 9 to 10 days (lake). In air, chloroform pho!Odegradcs with a half-life of 80 days. It can be transported long distances and
tme may return to earth via rain. Disposal: Reclamation is possible through distillation or steam stripping. Chloroform is a candidate for liquid
ection, rotary kiln, or fluidized bed incineration with an acid scrubber. Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommenda-
ns. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations.
PA Designations OSHA Designations .
Listed as a RCRA Hazardous Waste (40 CFR 261.33): No. U044 Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910.1000, Table Z-1-A)
l sted as a SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355), TPQ: 10,000 lb
sted as a SARA Toltic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)
sled as a CERCIA Hazardous Substance• (40 CFR 302.4): F,nal Reportable Quantity (RQ), 10 lb (4.54 kg)[• perRCRA. Sec. 3001; CWA,
Sec. 3l l(b)(4), & CWA Sec. 307(a)]
.e¢ti~,1•s.).~i>e¢ia1.•.I'.t.~te¢tiori•Qataft< ••.TL.Pi''@ v
oggles: Wear chemical safety goggles for concentrations of 5 ppm to 2% and a full racepiece for levels above 2%, per OSHA eye-and race-
ifrotection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133). Because contact lens use in industry is controversial. establish your own policy. Resplrato1r: Seek
lofessional advice prior to respirator selection and use. Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR 1910.134) and. if necessary, wear a MSHN
TOSH-approved respirator. For any detectable concentration use a supplied-air respirator or SCBA with a full facepiece and operated. in pressure-
mand or other positive pressure mode. For emergency or oonroutine operations (cleaning spills, reactor vessels, or storage tanks), wear an SCBA.
arning! Air-purifying rt:spiralors do not protect worUrs in oxygtn•<kficitnl a1m0spheres. If respirators arc used. OSHA requires a written
respiratory protection program that includes at least: medical certification, training, fit.testing. periodic environmental monitoring, maintenance,
I .. spection. cleaning, and convenient, sanitary storage areas. Other: Wear chemically protective gloves, boots. aprons, and gauntlets made of
lyvinyl alcohol or Viton (breakthrough times> 1 hr) to prevent skin contacL Ventilation: Provide general and local exhaust ventilation systems to
.. Wntain airborne concentrations below the OSHA PEL (Sec. 2). Local exhaust ventilation is preferred because it prevents contaminant dispersion
! into the work. area by controlling it at its source.<103> Safety Stations: Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-
'
ench showers, and washing facilities. Contamlnated Equipment: Separate contaminated work clothes from street clothes and launder before
use. Remove this material from your shoes and clean personal protective equipment Comments: Never eat. drink, or smoke in work areas.
actice good personal hygiene after using this material. espoc:ially before eating, drinking, smoking. using the toilet. or applying cosmetics.
'
orage Requirements: Prevent physical damage to containers. Store in lead-lined or mild steel containers or all-welded construction in a cool (<30
:), dry, well-ventilated area away from direct light and incompatibles. Engineering Controls: To reduce potential health hazards, use sufficient
lution or local exhaust ventilation to control airborne contaminants and to maintain concentrations at the lowest practical level Isolate operations I involving chloroform. Administrative Controls: It is suggested that chloroform use for extractions in labs should be avoided and replaced because
~ its toxicity and carcinogenic potential. Consider preplacement and periodic medical exams of exposed workers.
Transportation Data (49 CFR 172,101)
OT Shipping Name: Chloroform Packaging Authorizations Quantity Limitations
OT Hazard Class: 6.1 a) Exceptions: None a) Pa.,senger Alrcran or RaUcar: 5L
I No.: UN1888 b) Nonbulk Packaging: 173.202 b) Cargo Aircraft Only:: 60L
I OT Packing Group: ll c) Bulk Packaging: 173.243 Vessel Stowage Requirements
OT Label: Poison
Special Provisions (172,102): N36, T!4 a) Vessel Stowage: A b) Other: 40
SDS Coll«~on Rererences: 26, 73, 100, IOI, 103,124, 126,127,132, 133,136,139, 140, 148, 153, 159,163,164, 167,168,169, 171,174,175, l"/6, 180.
epared by: M Gannon, BA; Industrial Hygiene Rev&ew: PA Roy, MPH, Cill; Medical Review: W Silvennan, MD
c-..rialaOt992t,,,OarisanP'llblahina~A.avc........cial .. m~•im<llltlblp,Lbll:oih.'1i-maian1J~Ja..-•""lhl•-\iilityofWanmtkct...inblbl1..-diua'1~ U9
(
\
I.
I
I
I.
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Material Safety Data Sheet No. 359 <§P ETHYLENE DICHLORIDE From Genium's Reference Collection (Formerly 1,2-Dichloroethane) Genium Publishing Corporation (Revision C) 1145 Catalyn Street Issued: November 1978 Schenectady, NY 12303-1836 USA
[phone] GEHIUM PUBLISHING CORP. Revised: August 1987 ;;~ ~· 11 •lll'INil~IV'lfA"'•1~1t; LI 1;1'A',1 11 ■r1;-N111I H"ll:.:l'A'n;ll'_J r~1:~J;!'~o/:..~·.~~:~,, 'i;;.·~:.'.;lW;S~ff~,i~~Jirl:t~:.,; ·:>': .. ::. ?!:rJ:~!i(\: ·•.·····.~ CHEMICAL NAME: ETHYLENE DICHLORIDE (Changed to reflect common industrial practice) ~ DESCRIPTION (Origjn!(Jses): Made from acetylene and HCL Used as a degreaser, a scavenger in leaded gasoline, as an intcnnediatc in the manufacture of vinyl chloride, in paint removers, in wetting and penetration agents, in ore flotation processes, as a fumigant, and as a solvent for fats, oils, waxes, and gwns. QIHER PESJQNATIQNS: 1,2-Dichloroethane; .sym-Dichloroethane; Dutch Liquid; Dutch Oil; EDC; HMIS Ethane Dichloride; Ethylene Chloride; 1,2-Ethylene Dichloride; Glycol Dichloride; C,H,CI,; H I NIOSH RTECS Kl0525000; CAS #0107-06-2 F 3 R I MAN! !!:ACT! 1RER$/Sl !EEi ,IEE$: Available from several suppliers, including: R 0 I 4 Dow Chemical USA, 2020 Dow Center, Midland, Ml 48640; Telephone: [phone] PPE' s 2 CQMMF.NTS: Ethylene dichloride is a flammable, toxic liquid. • See Sect. 8 K 4
JiiSEC,TION~211):rNGR:EDIENI'S;'AND,HXZ'.A'RDS' :·.:','.:(}it1~,:;,;::~; 1:r~r:::·%·::?i~J::1~ ~" HAZ~',DATA'.:!illiti1~H
100 ACGIH Values 1937-88
TLV-TWA: 10 ppm,40 mg/m' OSHA PEL• 1986-87 H H 8-Hr TWA: 50 ppm; I I Ceiling: 100 ppm (15 Min.) Cl -C -c el N!OSH REL 1986-87 I I 10-HrTWA: I ppm H H Ceiling: 2 ppm ( I 5 Min.)
Toxicity Data
•The maximum allowabledtak concentration (above the ceiling level value) Man, Inhalation, TC\{: 4000 ppm/I Hr
of eth~ene dichloride is 2 0 ppm for 5 minutes in any 3-hour period. Human, Oral, TD\f: 28 mg/kg COM ENIS: Additional data concerning toxic doses and tumorigenic, Man, Oral, TD"': 92 mg/kg re¥roductive, and mutagcnic effects is listed (with references) in tfie NIOSH Man, Oral, LD"': 714 mg/kg R 'ECS 1983-84 supplement, pages 865-66. Rat, Oral, LD,.,: 670 mg/kg
.-fSEGTION/cJ!'iP.H¥SIG'A:EiD'A'f.'A'il::'i"c: {~_:-=~X·?t.~t·-O·~~-'ii1m> .--~"d((.!tt~t; ~/;;~~•:.·: -~ . .,, '_":";-'af;_.·:': .. ,,·•:· -~ .,.. ; .. '. Boiling Point ... 182.3 F (83.5 C) Evaporation Rate (n-BuAc = 1) ... Not Listed Vapor Pressure ... 87 Torr at 77 F (25 C) Specific Gravity ... 1.2569 at 69 F (20 C) Water Solubility ... Soluble in about 120 Parts Water Freezing Point ... -31.9 F (-35.5 C) Vapor Density ( Air = I) ... 3.4 Molecular Weight ... 98.96 Grams/Mole Appearance and odor: Colorless, clear liquid. Sweet, chlorofonnlike odor is typical of chlorinated hydrocarbons. The recognition threshold ( I 00% of test panel) for ethylene dichloride is 40 ppm. Odor detection probably indicates an excessive exposure to vapor. High volatility and flammability, coupled with its toxicity and carcinogenic potential. make this material a major health hazard. COMMENIS: Ethylene dichloride is miscible with alcohol, chloroform, and ether.
'',SEC::;£10Nf4'.tlcIRE'iA:NifE;x:PLOSIONU:AT'A''''??:'',i'···· ){!;} ,., .. ·} t:J ·•··-..... ,,-:·::.i,: ,_.,~ -. ' :u l'.J'! ... ·.t-t ·.,,
Flash Point and Method Autoignition Temperature Flammability Limits in Air
See Below 775 F(413 C) % bv Volume 6.2 15.9 EXIINGl 11$HlliQ Mf,PJA: Use chemical, carbon dioxide, alcohol foam, water spray/fog, or dry sand to fight fires involving ethylene dichloride. Direct water sprays may be ineffective extinguishing agents, but they may be successfully used to cool fire-exposed containers. Use a smothering effect to extinguish fires involving this material. llNl !Sl !Al, EIRMXEl,QSIQN HAZIIRPS: Ethylene dichloride is a dangerous fire and explosion hazard when exposed to sources of ignition such as heat, open flames, sparks, etc. Its vapors arc heavier than air and can flow along surfaces to distant, low-lying sources of ignition and flash back. If it is safe to do so, remove this material from the fire area. Ethylene dichloride bums with a smoky flame. SEECIAL EIRE-EIQHIINQ PROCEDURES: Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus with a full facepiece.operated in a pressure-demand or another positive-pressure mode.
CQMMENIS: Flash Point and Method: 56 F ( 13 C) CC; 65 F (18 C) OC.
OSHA Flammability Class (29 CFR 1910.106): IB. DOT Flammability Class (49 CFR 173.115): Flammable Liquid
'SE<::TION'rSl~;JlE'AGTMT,YD:A'UA ', ... ·\ ,,:;,tt,./:. -r,. '.:··,· :.,::.::>< ... ,,,, ,. , :/Jt'c ·
Ethylene dichloride is stable. Hazardous polymerization cannot occur.
CHEMICAL INCOMPATIBILITIES include strong oxidizing agents. Explosions have occurred with mixtures of this material and liquid ammonia or dimethylaminopropylamine. Finely divided aluminum or magnesiu_m metal may be hazardous in contact with ethylene dichloride.
CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Eliminate sources of ignition such as excessive heat, open flames, or electrical sparks, particularly in low-lying areas, because the explosive, heavier-than-air vapors will concentrate there.
PRODUCTS OF HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION can include vinyl chloride, chloride fumes, and phosgene. Phosgene is an extremely poisonous gas. Products of thermal-oxidative degradation (i.e., fire conditions) must be treated with appropriate caution.
Copyright C 1917 Gmium Publilhing Corporation
My commercial use or reproduction without the publisher's perm inion is prohibited
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
No. 359 8/87 ETHYLENE DICHLORIDE
S .,..,,.,,1·o·Nr..;,,•CUT.'.iA'-T'c'T'Ili-u,.,.,.,,.,;nn' · · · , ,, · · · "'"'''•"''''""'·'' "".i1',"'•· .. ,,.,,,,.,, • "'I"'• .,.,;;·•,,. ..... """"""",,.,.,.,,.,,,"'"" E..::..11.--.•lo!¾l.n..l!J~•1.n.i.J•~~INFORM·AWJ0NK!:::;,~-,i;,,;~~::.\',;,',;.t-·L_.:,. · ,,_"4'-~•:..r~k~•:_;.\"'.•t I..-.~•:t-'kf~• .. ~~AWt~,\!i"~~b,r,J.1.1
Ethylene dichloride is listed as an anticipated human carcinogen by the NTP and as a probable human carcinogen (Group 2B), by the !ARC.
It was found to be an animal-pqsitive carcinogen by the IARC. NCI CCJ):.Orted positive results (mouse, rat) from its carcinogenesis bioassay.
SUMMARY O~ RISI:)$: Ettiylene dichloride is considered to be one of the more toxic of the common chlorinated hydrocarbons. Deaths
from accidentalingcstton of this material have been reported. Inhalation ofva~rs reportedly caused three fatalities. Excc-ssivc inhalation of
ethylene dichloride vapors can cause respiratory irritation, intoxication, narcotic and anesthetic effects. vomiting, dizziness, depression, and
diarrhea. The hepatox1c (injurious to liver) effects of this material are significant. The systemic effects from·overexposure can appear in the
liver, kidneys, digestive tract, blood, lungs, adrenal glands, and the central nervous system. Tests on animals have revealed reproductive
failure and fetal resorption. There may be mcreased risk to nursin~infants of exposecl mothers. TARGET ORGANS: Central nervous
system eyes kidneys, liver, heart. adrenal glands, and skin. PR ARY ENTRY: Inhalation, absorrition through skin, oral, or eye contact. ,t\ClITE EFFECTS: Skin contact causes irritation, defatting, and, lre~eated or ~rolonged, burning. E_ye contact causes in-itation and serious
mjury (clouding of the cornea) if it is not removed promptly. CHRO_IC EFF~S: Injuries to tlte liver (hepatoxicity) and kidnexs, weight
loss, low blood ~ressure, ifundice, oliguria (reduceQ excretion of urine)1 or anemia. MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAV AI'pD ~Y J,ONG-TEB,M APOSlJ E: Persons fakiW anticoa~lants could expenence an increase in tenden?, to bleed. Persons takmg msulm face an
increased nsk of lowered blood sugar. FI SI AID: Be prepared to restrain a hyperactive victim.YE CONTACT: Flush eyes, including. under the eyelids gently: but thoroughly with plenty of running water for at least I 5 minutes. Get medicaJ help.• SK.Il::LCO:t:ffACT:
Immediatery flush the affected area with water. Wash thoroughly with soap and water. Remove and launder contaminated clothing before
wearing it again; clean material from shoes and equipment. Get medical help.• INHALATION: Remove victim to fresh air; restore and/or
support his 6reathing as needed. Get medical help.• TNGESTION: Never give anything by mouth to someone who is unconscious or
convulsing. Rinse victim's mouth with water. Oxygen and artificial respiration may be needed. Get medical help.•
• GET MEDICAL ASSISTANCE= IN PLANT, PARAMEDIC, COMMUNITY. Get prompt medical assistance for further treatment, observation, and support after first aio.
SEGfIONIF/tsl~IBE:I\E:EXKJi1fNifDISPb'S~D)PR'citEDURES.;,___ ''""'' ,., ... , :i~aci,;"I:':~J£;\~':} :A!1;
SPII .I JI EAK: Before using ethylene dichloride, it is essential that proper emergency procedures be established and made known to all
personnel involved in handling it Notify safety personnel of ethylene dichloride spills or leaks and implement containment procedures.
Remove and eliminate all possible sources of ignition such as heat, sparks, and open flames from the area Cleanup personnel should use
protection against inhalation of vapors and contact with liquid. Contain spills by using an absorbent materiaJ such as dry sand or vennicu-
lite. Use nonsparking tools to mix waste material thoroughly with absorbent and place it in an appropriate container for disposal. Flush
trace residues with large amounts of water. Do not flush waste to sewers or open waterways.
WASTE DISPOSAL: Consider reclamation, recycling, or destruction rather than disposal in a landfill. Waste may be burned in an
approved incinerator equipped with an afterburner and a scrubber. ·follow Federal, state, and local regulations.
Ethylene dichloride is designated as a hazardous substance by the EPA (40 CFR I 16.4). Ethylene dichloride is reported in the 1983 EPA
TSCA Inventory.
EPA Hazardous Waste Number (40 CFR 261.33): U077
EPA Reportable Quantity (40 CFR 117.3): 5000 lbs (2270 kgs)
Aquatic Toxicity Rating, TLm 96: IOOO • I 00 ppm
:•:->,;, ... ,, ... , ~;':., -)~
GOGG) .ES: Always wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles. Ethylene dichloride is particularly harmful to the eyes, and
direct contact results in corneal opacity (pennanent clouding of the eye). GLOVES: Wear impervious rubber gloves to prevent skin
contact. RESPIRATOR: Use a NIOSH-approved respirator per the NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemical Ha:;:ards (Genium ref. 88) for the
maximum-use concentrations and/or the exposure limits cited in section 2. Follow the respirator guidelines in 29 CFR 1910.134. Any
detectable concentration of ethylene dichloride requires an SCBA, full facepiece, and pressure-demand/positive-pressure modes. Warning:
Air-purifying respirators will n21 protect workers from oxygen-deficient atmospheres. Oil:::IE.&: Wear rubber boots, aprons. and other
protective clothing suitable for use conditions to prevent skin contact. Remove contaminated clothing and launder it before wearing it
again. Discard contaminated shoes. VENTILATION: Provide maximum explosion-proof local fume exhaust ventilation systems to
maintain the airborne concentrations of ethylene dichloride vapors below the exposure limits cited in section 2. Install properly designed
hoods that maintain a minimum face velocity of 100 lf-rn (linear feet per minute). SAFETY STATIONS: Make eyewash stations, washing
facilities, and safety showers available in areas of use and handling.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS: Vapors are heavier than air and will collect in low-lying areas. Eliminate sourc~s of ignition in these areas and again provide good ventilation there.
COMMENTS: Practice good personal hygiene. Keep materials off of your clothes and equipment. A void transferring this material from
hands to mouth while eating, drinking, or smoking. Immediately remove ethylene dichloride-saturated clothing to avoid flammability and
health hazards. Contact lenses pose a special hazard; soft lenses may absorb irritants, and all lenses concentrate them.
SEGWION'9l'l'SPEGI!A.E',PRECAUTIONS''AND,,COMMENTSl't
STORAGE SEGREGATION: Store ethylene dichloride in tightly closed containers in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from sources
of ignition. Protect containers from physical damage and from exposure to excessive heat. A ,·aid direct physical contact with strong acids,
bases, oxidizing agents, and reducing agents, SPECIAL HANDLING/STORAGE: Use nonsparking tools. Outside or detached storage is
preferred. Store and handle ethylene dichloride in accordance with the regulations concerning OSHA class 18 flammable liquids.
ENGINEERING CONTROLS: During transfer operations involving ethylene dichloride, the liquid and its vapors must not be exposed to
nearby sources of ignition from engineering systems that are not explosion proof. Preplan emergency response procedures.
TRANSPORTATION PATA (per 49 CFR 172.1 O 1-2):
DOT Hazard Class: Flammable Liquid
DOT Label: Flammable Liquid
IMO Class: 3.2
References: 1-9, 12, 19, 21, 26, 43, 47, 73, 87-102. CK
Judgements as to the suitability of information herein for purchaser's purposes
arc necessarily purchaser's responsibility. Therefore, although reasonable care
has been taken in the preparation of such infonnation, Gcnium Publishing Corp.
extends no warranties, makes no representations and assumes no responsibility
as to the accuracy or suitability of such information for application to
purchaser's intended pwposcs or for consequences of its use.
Copynght 0 1917 Gcmum Pubh1hm1 CDfPDl"l.llon
Any commerc:ial use 01'" reproduction withou1 lhe publisher'1 permission it prohibited.
DOT Shipping Name: Ethylene Dichloride
DOT ID No. UN 118-1
IMO Label: Flammable Liquid, Poison
Approvals
In dust. Hygiene/Safety , , 'pffe}
Medical Review ~ '.. SZ-:IIJ .,
Copyright © August I, J 987
I
I
I
I
·1
,I
I'
I
I
I
I
<§P Genium Publishing Corp. Material Safety Data Sheet Collection
. . ......... One Genium Plaza
. . Schenectady, NY 12304-4690 Methylene Chloride MSDSNo.310
[phone]
Date of Preparation: I 1n1 Revision: G, 6/94
!i)\fff)( ..... ,. ::':·:':·:::u U/SecH6u1:; cfi'emicater;:;aucta'nac;:;iniianvlcientmci.tfontI••···•• :r/:·: ~: •·••I I 44• :·.-:·;:;:;;::;;.:.;
:,:·:-:-:-::-::):·:-:···· ): ::::,•-:::-:-:::·i::❖•
Product/Chemical Name: Methylene Chloride
Chemical Formula: CH2Cli
CASNo.: 75-09-2
Synonyms: DCM, dichloromethane, Freon 30, methylene bichloride, methylene dichloride, NCI-C50102, Solmethine
Derivation: Produced by chlorination of methane.
General Use: Used as a solvent for cellulose acetate, adhesives, food processing, and pharmaceuticals; in degreasing and
cleaning fluids, paint and varnish removers, decaffeination of coffee, in propellant mixtures for aerosols; as a blowing agent in
foams, dewaxing agent, component of fire extinguishing compound, chemical intermediate, low temperature heat-transfer
medium, and as a fumigant. Formerly used as an anesthetic.
Vendors: Consult the latest Chemical Week Buyers' Guide. (73)
" .. -·~: . ·:•.,:,:,:,.:••·. :,:::::://;: , .. ,.,.,~, r:secti6i'1 zs C9mBl>~tUilhIZ1nt <>rm~tioi:i -0I1.•l6!!reillen~n :·::·!!: ::\):):/·:': ,: : . : ::1\1)\?:·l\i \\) :-:·:·:·.::;;: ;:::;:;:::;:::::;:::;:::;:;·::;·;:;.;;;: :-::,:-::·:·:·:-::-:-:-:-:-:::-:-:-:,::,::,::,:::-::,,::-:-···
Methylene chloride, ca < 100 % vol
Trace Impurities: Stabilizers may be added such as: amines, 4-cresol, hydroquinone, methanol, 2-methyl-2-ene,
nitromethane + 1,4-dioxane, phenol, resorcinol, and thymol.
1-naphthol,
OSHAPELs NIOSHREL DFG (Germany) MAK
8-hr TWA: 500 ppm• Carcinogen; lowest TWA: 100 ppm (360 mgim3)
Ceiling: 1000 ppm (2000 ppm 5 min. feasible concentration. Category II: Substances with systemic effects
peak in any 2 hr period) IDLHLevel Onset of Effect: < 2 hr
ACGIHTLV Ca [5000 ppm] Half-life: 2 hr to shift length
TWA: 50 ppm (174 mg/m3) Peak Exposure Limit:
500 ppm, 30 min. average value, 2/shift
*Proposed change to: 25 ppm (TWA); 125 ppm (STEL)
.. -.. · .... , •. :-::·:·:-::} .. ·-,:·-·.··· :-:-:-:-:;:•:::_: :·): ·.::··,::-·::.::·· : setffi-00 3;•·•Jtazarasitdent1li.~aHBn:••• ,, ·······:❖:-:,:·•··· ........ -............. ,-. ... ,. :·:-::-:-:-:-::-:-::-:-:-;:;::·;:;:;;.: :';'::·::·:=:·:=:=:-:=:-:-:•:•:'··!:::":·:'''' !:1.\:1'\tn.r:,tJ/{!i.:+:; ;;.;:;:;:;;:::;=::;·:::.;-::;.;::.;,;:;::·:·:.:·::;·;it\::.:C:)/j•:::->;)-: :·:.,::=·:-:·:::-:;:-;,;.:-;,,,:?::-:: ... "'"w ):,::· ..
***** Emergency Overview ***** Wilson
Risk Methylene chloride is a colorless, volatile liquid with a sweet odor. It is irritating to the eyes, skin, and Scale respiratory tract. At high concentrations it can cause narcosis (unconsciousness). Methylene chloride is R I metabolized to carbon monoxide in the body which contributes to much of its toxicity. It can form flammable I 3 mixtures with air (forming toxic phosgene when burned) and becomes explosive when mixed with oxygen. s 2•
Potential Health Effects K I
*Skin Primary Entry Routes: Inhalation, skin and eye contact. abso'""tion Target Organs: Eyes, skin, central nervous system (CNS), cardiovascular system (CVS), blood. HMIS Acute Effects H 2* Inhalation: Symptoms include headache, giddiness, irritability, nausea, stupor, numbness and tingling of limbs, F I fatigue, anemia and polymorphonuclear leukocytosis, digestive disturbances, and neurasthenic disorders R O· (emotional and psychic disorders characterized by easy fatigue, lack of motivation, feelings of inadequacy, and
psychosomatic symptoms). Many symptoms are attributed to the metabolism of methylene chloride to carbon *Chronic monoxide in the body. The carbon monoxide forms carboxyhemoglobin in the blood, which unlike hemoglobin, Effects
does not have the ability to carry oxygen. This lack of oxygen leads to CNS and CVS problems. However, CNS PPEt
effects have been seen in persons without a significantly elevated blood carbon monoxide level. tseo. 8 Eye: Exposure to vapors produces irritation, tearing, and conjunctivitis. Direct contact with the liquid causes
severe pain, but permanent damage does not occur.
Skin: Contact is irritating and can be painful (bums) if confined to skin (i.e. trapped under gloves or clothing). Methylene
chloride can be absorbed through the skin to cause systemic effects.
Ingestion: Expected to cause gastrointestinal irritation, nausea, vomiting, and systemic effects (see inhalation).
Carcinogenicity: !ARC (Class 2B, possibly carcinogenic to humans with limited human and sufficient animal evidence), NTP
(Class 2, reasonably anticipated to be a carcinogen with limited human and sufficient animal evidence), ACGIH (TL V-A2,
suspected human carcinogen as agent is carcinogenic in animals at dose levels considered relevant to worker exposure but
insufficient epidemiological studies are available to confirm an increased cancer risk), NIOSH (Class X, carcinogen defined
without further categorization), EPA (Class B2, sufficient evidence from animal studies and inadequate or no data from
epidemiologic studies), and DFG (MAK B, justifiably suspected of having carcinogenic potential). ...
Cupyn11ha O 1994 by Ge111um P\iblu1hin11 Corponillun. Any ~vnvi1m:u,I 1111,C ur rc:prodU<.1wn without the: publ1•her• pcnnu1111un u prohibited. 1'iiJ11men111 u to the •wt&bility uf 1nfomui11un hc:~m for the pun:h:uer •
purp<IKII llfC ncce.uily the pu.n:hua'• mi.p.-.bility. Alr.htx!Jh o:..M>11ablc Ql'I: hu been tak.en in the: prcp,iniiun u( -=h infofflllLtiun, Gcnium PliblW.inJ CurpuRtiun u~ 00 ,..-a,nnt.iu, mUc,i 00 •
n:prncnta1.1un-. anJ """umc:11 oo rc,cp,..-..ibilily 11111.11 the 111:curacy ur ~uitabi~ty uf KI.ICh infunnat.iun fur •ppfo:ation lu the pun;hucr'• intcnlJcd pu~ ur fur CUNIElfllCIII.-C:,C uf ii.II IIIIC.
IMSDS No. 310 Meth lene Chloride 6/94
Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long-Tenn Exposure: Skin and cardiovascular disorders.
Chronic EITects: Repeated skin contact can cause dermatitis. Liver disease has been reported. Case Reports: I yr exposure
caused toxic encephalopathy (toxicity of the brain) with audio and visual delusions and hallucinations; 3 yr exposure co 300 co 1 1000 ppm caused memory loss, intellectual impairment, and balance disturbances.
Other: Methylene chloride will cross the placenta The estimated lethal dose is 0.5 to 5 mLJkg. Although methylene chloride has
a distinct sweetish odor, it is not recognized at levels low enough to protect from overexposure.
,,· Inhalation: Remove exposed person co fresh air, administer I 00% humidified, supplemental oxygen and support breaching.
'Eye Contact: Do not allow victim to rub or keep eyes tightly shut. Gently life eyelids and flush immediately and continuously
with flooding amounts of water for at least 15 min. Consult an ophthalmologist if pain or irritation persist.
'
Skin Contact: Quickly remove contaminated clothing. Rinse with flooding amounts of water for at least 15 min. Wash exposed
, area with soap and water. For reddened or blistered skin, consult a physician.
, Ingestion: Never give anything by mouth co an unconscious or convulsing perso_n. Contact a poison control center. Unless the
pmson control center advises otherwise. have the conscwus and alert person dnnk I to 2 glasses of water. then mduce vorruung
with Ipecac syrup. If vomiting does not occur, the decision to perform gastric lavage should be made.
' l'After first aid, get appropriate in-plant, paramedic, or community medical support.
, , Note to Physicians: Lethal blood level= 280 mg/L. Biological monitoring: carbon monoxide in expired air (nonsmokers only).
Recently, methylene chloride concentrations in urine have been found to correlate well to concentrations in air.
'
"Flash Point: Methylene chloride does not have a flash point by standard tests. However, it does form NFP A
flammable mixtures with air. <®> 1 Autoignition Temperature: l033 "F (556 "C)
2
_1 O
LFL: 12% v/v
UFL: 19% v/v
·LEL: 15.5% (in oxygen)
!]EL: 66.4% (in oxygen)
Extinguishing Media: For small fires, use dry chemical or carbon dioxide. For large fires, use water spray,
, fog, or regular foam.
I.Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: Creates an explosion hazard if allowed co enter a confined space. Container may explode 1 in heat of fire.
I.· Hazardous Combustion Products: Hydrogen chloride, carbon monoxide and phosgene.
,., Fire-Fighting Instructions: Apply cooling water to sides of tanks until well after fire is out. Stay away from ends of tanks. Do
', not release runoff from fire control methods to sewers or waterways.
Fire-Fighting Equipment: Because fire may produce toxic thermal decomposition produces, wear a self-contained breathing
apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or positive-pressure mode. Structural firefighters'
, protective clothing provides only limited protection.
Spill /Leak Procedures: Notify safety personnel, isolate and ventilate area, deny entry, and stay upwind. Shue off ignition
'
sources. Cleanup personnel need to protect against inhalation and skin/eye contact ·
Small Spills: Take up with earth, sand, vermiculite, or other absorbent, noncombustible material.
Large Spills
, Containment: Dike far ahead of spill for later reclamation or disposal. Do not release into sewers or waterways.
Cleanup: Damp mop any residue,
· Regulatory Requirements: Follow applicable OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1910.120).
Handling Precautions: Do not use near ignition sources. Wear appropriate PPE. Do not use plastic or rubber hose for unloading
11
• trucks or tank cars unless the materials have been tested and approved for methylene chloride service.
Storage Requirements: Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from heat, ignition sources, and incompatibles (Sec. IO).
To minimize decomposition, all storage containers should be galvanized or lined with a phenolic coating. Indoor storage tanks
should have vents piped outdoors co prevent vapors from escaping into work areas. Prevent moisture from entering tanks.
I . · • Section 8 -· Ex osure Controls I Personal Protection : .
Engineering Controls: Do not use closed circuit rebreathing systems employing soda lime or other carbon dioxide absorber
'
because of formation of toxic compounds capable of producing cranial nerve paralysis. To prevent static sparks, electrically
ground and bond all equipment used with and around methylene chloride. .
Ventilation: Provide general or local exhaust ventilation systems to maintain airborne levels below OSHA PELs (Sec. 2). Local
, exhaust ventilation is preferred because it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by controlling it at. its source.< 103)
Page 2 of 4 Copyrighl O 1994 Gcniun1 Pliblii<hilljf Curpontiun. A.,, ~-ummcn:ud woe w ~pruductiun without the publilchda pamiuiun i• pruhibito.l.
,I
I,,
II
,,,
I
I .
I
'I _,
II ,,
II
I
I
I
' 1, ij ,,,
I ' ..
I
6/94 Methylene Chlonde MSDSNo.310
Administrative Controls: Consider preplacement and periodic medical exams of exposed workers with emphasis on skin, liver,
CNS, CVS, and blood. A complete blood count should be performed and carboxyhemoglobin levels should be detennined
periodically. Any level above 5% should prompt investigation of employee and workplace to detennine the cause (smokers will
already have an increased level of carboxyhemoglobin and are at increased risk). Use less hazardous solvents where possible.
Respiratory Protection: Seek professional advice prior to respirator selection and use. Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29
CFR 1910.134) and, if necessary, wear a MSHA/NlOSH-approved respirator. For any detectable concentration, use any SCBA
or supplied-air respirator (with auxiliary SCBA) with a full facepiece and operated in pressure demand or other positive-
pressure mode. For emergency or nonroutine operations (cleaning spills, reactor vessels, or storage tanks), wear an SCBA.
Warning! Air•purifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen•deficient atmospheres. If respirators are used, OSHA
requires a written respiratory protection program that includes at least: medical cenification, training, fit-testing, periodic
environmental monitoring, maintenance, inspection, cleaning, and convenient, sanitary storage areas.
Protective Clothing/Equipment: Wear chemically protective gloves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets to prevent prolonged or
repeated skin contact. Polyvinyl alcohol and Viton laminated with Neoprene are suitable materials for PPE. Narural rubber,
synthetic rubbers, and polyvinyl chloride do not provide protection against methylene chloride. Wear p.rotective eyeglasses or
chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye-and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133). Contact lt:nses are not eye
protective devices. Appropriate eye protection must be worn instead of, or in conjunction with contact lenses.
Safety Stations: Make emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers, and washing facilities available in work area.
Contaminated Equipment: Separate contaminated work clothes from street clothes. Launder before reuse. Remove methylene
chloride from your shoes and clean personal protective equipment.
Comments: Never eat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene after using methylene chloride, especially
before eating, drinking, smoking, using the toilet, or applying cosmetics.
Physical State: Liquid
Appearance and Odor: Colorless; volatile with a sweet odor.
Odor Threshold: 205 to 307 ppm
Other Solubilities: Soluble in alcohol, acetone, chloroform,
carbon tetrachloride, ether, and dimethylformamide.
Boiling Point: 104 "F (40 ·q
Vapor Pressure: 350 mm Hg at 68 "F (20 "C); 440 mm Hg at
77 "F (25 "C)
Freezing Point: -142 "F (-97 "C)
Viscosity: 0.430 cP at 68 "F (20 "C)
Refractive Index: 1.4244 at 68 "F (2.0 "C/D)
Surface Tension: 0.5 to 2.3 g/L ( in oxygen)
Bulk Density: 11.07 lb/gal at 68 "F (20 "C)
Ionization Potential: 11.32 e V
Saturated Vapor Density(Air = 1.2 kgim3, 0.075 lb/ft3 ):
2.256 kgtm3 or0.141 lb/ft3
Formula Weight: 84.9
Specific Gravity (H2O=1, al 4 "C): 1.33 at 15 ·c
Water Solubility: 2%
OctanoVWater Partition Coefficient: log Kow = 1.25
Critical Temperature: 473 °F (245 "C)
Critical Pressure: 60.9 atm
Stability: Methylene chloride is stable at room temperarure in closed containers under normal storage and handling conditions.
Tends to carbonize when vapor contacts steel or metal chlorides at high temperarures 572 to 842 °F (300 to 450 °C).
Polymerization: Hazardous polymerization does not occur.
Chemical Incompatibilities: Include aluminum, lithium. sodium, aluminum bromide, azides, dimethyl sulfoxide + perchloric
acid, N-methyl-N-nitrosourea + potassium hydroxide, sodium-potassium alloy, potassium t-butoxide, dinitrogen pentoxide,
dinitrogen tetraoxide, nitric acid, and oxidizers. Methylene chloride will attack some forms of plastic, rubber, and coatings.
Corrodes iron, some stainless steel, copper, and nickel.
Conditions to Avoid: Exposure to heat, ignition sources, and incompatibles.
Hazardous Decomposition Products: Hydrogen chloride, carbon monoxide and phosgene.
Toxicity Data:•
Eye Effects:
Rabbit, eye: 162 mg caused moderate irritation.
Skin Effects:
Rabbit, skin: 810 mg/24 hr caused severe irritation.
Carcinogenicity:
Rat, inhalation: 3500 ppm/2 yr (intermittently) caused
endocrine tumors.
Mutagenicily:
Rat, oral: 1275 mg/kg caused DNA damage.
Human, fibroblast: 5000 ppm/I hr (continuously)
caused DNA inhibition.
'See NIOSH. RTECS (PA8050000). for additional toxicity data.
Acute Inhalation Effects:
Human, inhalation, TC1,o: 500 ppm/I yr (intermittently) caused
altered sleep time, somnolence, and change. in heart rate.
Human, inhalation, TC1,o: 500 ppm/8 hr caused euphoria.
Acute Oral Effects:
Human, oral, LDu,: 357 mg/kg caused somnolence, paresthesia,
and convulsions or effect on seizure threshold.
Rat, oral, LD50: 1600 mg/kg
Multiple Dose Toxicity Data:
Rat, inhalation: 8400 ppm/6 hr/13 weeks (intermittently) caus_ed
changes in liver weight.
•• , • C .< ... ~~~~~~
Cupyri1hl O 1994 Genirun P,.bliohin1 Curpuoiliun. Any cun,n>1:rcilll u..e ur n:pnl'Juctiun withmll 1M publi.•lu:r'• permi..,.jun i• pruhibuccJ. Page 3 of4.
LsD Meth lene Chloride
'.Ecotoxicity: Pimephales promelas (fathead minnow), LC50 = 193 mg/U96 hr; Lepomis macrochirus (bluegill), LC50 = 230
mg/U24 hr; Poecilia reticulata (guppies), LCso = 294 ppm/ 14 days. Cytotoxic to plants.
'
Environmental Degradation: In air, methylene chloride degrades by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals
, (half-life= a few months) but does not undergo direct photolysis. Degradation products include carbcn monoxide, carbon
dioxide, and phosgene. In water, it is removed primarily by evaporation (est. half-life= 3 to 5.6 hr under moderate mixing
conditions). Some may biodegrade but it is not expected to adsorb to sediment or bioconcentrate. If released to soil most f' methylene chloride will rapidly evaporate. Some may leach through soil. Methylene chloride will adsorb to peat moss but not to
sand.
Disposal: Pour on sand or earth at a safe distancenocation from occupied areas and allow to evaporate (most is transformed to
I carbcn monoxide). A good candidate for liquid injection, rotary kiln, or fluidized bed incineration. Investigate biodegradation:
/ methylene chloride is reported to completely biodegrade under aerobic conditions with sewage seed or activated sludge
between 6 hrs. and 7 days. Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable
Federal, state, and local regulations. ===
DOT Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.101):
I Shipping Name: Dichloromethane
Shipping Symbols: -
I Hazard Class: 6.1
ID No.: UN 1593
Packing Group: III
Label: Keep away from food.
Special Provisions (172.102): N36, T13
EPA Regulations:
Packaging Authorizations
a) Exceptions: 173.153
b) Non-bulk Packaging: 173.203
c) Bulk Packaging: 173.241
isted as a RCRA Hazardous Waste Number (40 CFR 261.33): U080
Quantity Limitations
a) Passenger, Aircraft, or Railcar: 60 L
b) Cargo Aircraft Only: 220 L
Vessel Stowage Requirements
a) Vessel Stowage: A
b) Other: -
Listed as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 302.4) per RCRA, Sec. 3001 and CWA, Sec. 307(a)
CERCLA Reportable Quantity (RQ), 1000 lb (454 kg)
Listed as a SARA Toxic Chemical ( 40 CFR 372.65)
SARA EHS (Extremely Hazardous Substance) (40 CFR 355): Not listed I OSHA Regulations:
Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910.1000, Table Z-1, Z-1-A)
1, 8, 73, 103, 124, 132, 136, 148, 149, 153, 159, 187. 190, 192, 194, 195
·Prepared By ................................. M Gannon, BA
I.· Industrial Hygiene Review ......... S Gilson, CIH
. Medical Review ........................... J Brent, MD, PhD
Disclaimer: Judgments as to the suitability of information herein for the purchaser's purposes are necessarily the purchasers
/ responsibility. Although reasonable care has been taken in the preparation of such information, Genium Publishing Corporation
'
-.extends no warranties, makes no representations, and assumes no responsibility as to the accuracy or suitability of such
information for application to the purchaser's intended purpose or for consequences of its use.
'
age4of4 Cupyrirhl O 1994 Gcnium Publii<hin( Curp,.,n,.liun. Any ~x,mmerciid uc ur repnxluction without the P'!blii<hcr'• p,.,,m,.,.;un i1 pmhibitctl.
I
I·
I
I
I
I
I . ,
I
I
'.'
<§P Genium Publishing Corporation Material Safety Data Sheets Collection:
One Genium Plaza Sheet No. 382
Schenectady, NY 12304-4690 USA Vinyl Chloride
[phone] Issued: 7 /78 Revision: C, 9/92
Section 1. Material Identification 39 Vinyl Chloride (C2H3CI) Description: Derived from ethylene dichloride and alcoholic potassium, by reaction of acetylene R 2 NFPA and hydrogen chloride (as gas or liquids}, or by oxychlorination where ethylene reacts with hydrochloric acid and oxygen. I 4 ~ Inhibitors such as butyl catechol, hydroquinone, or phenol are added to prevent polymerization. Used in the plastics industry s 4 for the production of polyvinyl chloride resins, in organic synthesis and formerly as a refrigerant, extraction solvent. and K 4 propellant (banned in 1974 because of its carcinogenic activity).
HMIS Other Designations: CAS No. 75..()1--4, chloroethylene, chloroethene, ethylene monochloride, Trovidur, VC, VCM. H 3• Manufacturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult latest Chemical Week Buyers' GuidJ.n) for a suppliers list. F 4 Cautions: Vinyl chloride is a confinned human carcinogen. Vapor inhalation leads to central nervous system (CNS) R 2 depression. The liquid can cause frostbite. It is a flammable gas at room temperature and polymerizes on exposure to air or PPE • Sec. 8 sunlight. A void exposure to VC through engineering controls and wearing PPE • Chronic effects
Section 2. Ingredients and Occupational Exposure Limits
Vinyl Chloride, ca 98 to 99%. Impurities include water, acetaldehyde, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen peroxide, methyl chloride, butane, 1,3-butadiene, chlorophenc, diacetylene, vinyl acetylene, and propine.
1991 OSHA PELs 1992-93 ACGIH TLV 1985-86 Toxicity Datat 8-hr TWA: I ppm TWA: 5 ppm (13 mg/m3) Man, inhalation, TCLo: Intermittent exposure to 200 ppm for 14 yr Ceiling: 5 ppm; OSHA-X TLV-Al caused liver tumors.
1990 DFG (Germany) TRK*
Man, inhalation, TC1.4: 30 mg/m3/5 yr caused spermatogenesis. 1990 NIOSH REL Human, inhalation, TC: Continuous exposw-c to 300 mglm3 for an NIOSH-X Existing Installations: 3 ppm undetermined number of weeks caused blood tumors. MAK-Al Rat, oral, LD50: 500 mg/kg; toxic effects not yet reviewed
• TRK (technical exposure limit) is used in place of MAK when a material is a carcinogen. Unlike an MAK below which no adverse effects arc expected, the TRK is a limit set below which adverse effects may still occur. This is based on the theory that I molecule of a carcinogenic substance may still produce a tumor. The TRK is set to allow for an acce~tablc risk (for example, I tumbr in I million persons may be an acceptable risk). t Sec NIOSH, RTECS (KU962 000), for additional mutation, reproductive, tumorigcnic, and toxicity data
Section 3. Physical Data
Boiling Point: 7 F(-13.9 C) Water Solubility: Slightly soluble, 0.1 % at 77 F (25 C) Freezing Point: -245 F (•159.7 C) Other Solubilities: alcohol, benzene, carbon tetrachloride, ether, hydrocarbon and oils. Molecular Weight: 62.5 Vapor Pressure: 2530 mm Hg at 68 F (20 C), 400 mm Hg at-18.4 F (·28 C) Specific Gravity: 0.9106 at 68 F (20 C) Critical Temperature: 304.7 F (151.5 C) Ionization Potential: 9.99 eV Critical Pressure: 56.8 atm Refraction Index: 1.370 at 20 CID Viscosity: 0.01072 cP at 68 F (20 C), gar; 0.28 cP at -4 F ( ·20 C), liquid Surface Tension: 23.1 dyne/cm at -4 F (·20 C) Appearance and Odor: A gas at room temperature. Usually found as a compressed/ Odor Threshold: 2000 to 5000 ppm•
Vapor Density (Air= 1): 2.155
cooled liquid. The colorless liquid forms a vapor with a pl1~asant ethereal odor.
•Toe actual vapor concentration that can be detected by humans has not been adequately detennined and varies from one individual to another, from impurities, and probably from exposure duration. The odor threshold is not an accurate warning of exposure.
Section 4. Fire and Explosion Data
Flash Point: -108.4 F ( • 78 C) OC I Autoignition Temperature: 882 F (472 C) I LEL: 3.6% v/v I UEL: 33% v/v
Extinguishing Media: For small fires, use dry chemical or carbon dioxide. For large tires, use water spray, fog, or regular foam. Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: Large tires can be practically inextinguishable. Vapors may travel to an ignition source and flash back. VC may polymerize in cylinders or tank cars and explode in heat of fire. Vapors pose an explosion hazard indoors, outdoors, and in sewers. VC decom-poses in fire to hydrogen chloride, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and phosgenc. Burning rate,:;, 4.3 mm/min. Speciul Fire-fighting Proce-dures: Because fire may produce toxic thermal decomposition products, wear a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or positive-pressure mode. Stop gas leak if possible. Let tank, tank car, or tank truck bum unless leak can be stopped. For massive fire in cargo area, use monitor nozzles or unmanned hose holders; if this is impossible, withdraw from area and let fire bum. Withdraw immediately if you hear a rising sound from venting safety device or notice any tank discoloration due to fire. Do not release runoff from fire control methods to sewers or waterways.
Section 5. Reactivity Data
~stability/Polymerization: Long tenn exposure to air may result in formation of peroxides which initiates explosive pol)'merization of the chloride . VC can polymerize on exposure to light or in presence ofa catalyst. Chemical Incompatibilities: VC can explode on contact with oxide of nitrogen, may liberate hydrogen chloride on exposure to strong alkalies, and is incompatible with copper, oxidizers, aluminum, and peroxides. In the presence of moisture, VC attacks iron and steel. Conditions to Avoid: Exposure to sunlight, air, heat, and incompatibles. Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thennal oxidative decomposition of vinyl chloride can produce carbon oxides, and chloride gas.
Section 6. Health Hazard Data
Carcinogenicity: Vinyl chloride is listed as a carcinogen by the IARC (Class I, sufficient human evidence)/1"'> NfP (Class I, sufficient human evidence),<169> NIOSH (Class X, carcinogen defined without further categorization),<163> ACGIH (11.,V-AI, confirmed human carcinogen),<163> DFG (MAK-A I, capable of inducing malignant tumors in humans),<163> and OSHA (Class X. carcinogen definedwithoutfurlher categoriza-tion).<164> Liver tumors (angiosarcomas) are confirmed from VC exposure. Other tumors of the CNS, respiratory system, blood, and lymphatic system have occurred from exposure to the polyvinyl chloride manufacture process but VC itself may not be the causative: agent. Summary of Risk.,: Vapor inhalation causes varying·degrees of CNS depression with noticeable anesthetic effects at levels of 1% (10,000 ppm). Studies have shown loss of libido and spenn in men exposed to VC and in Russian studies, 77% of exposed women experienced ovarian dysfunction, benign uterine growths, and prolapsed genital organs. However. no teratogenic effects have been seen in offspring of cxposed·workers.
. Conlinue on next page
Copynght C 1992 Geruum P'ubh1h1ng C0l'll0"1llOn. Any oomm~11l use Of ~Ion w,thou1 the Pllhluhet'1 oemnmnn ,~ r,mh1b1tr:d
No 382 Vinyl Chloride 9/92 ISection 6. Health Hazard Data. continued
It appears that metabolism is necessary before many ofVC's toxic effects occur. Some vinyl chloride is exhaled unchanged but most is metabolized to
'
chloroacetaldehyde. Skin absorption may occur if liquid is confined on skin but absorbed amount would be small. It is possible that the phenol inhibitor
may be absorbed as well. The compressed liquid can cause frostbite. Vapors are severely irritating to the eyes. Chronic exposure can cause cancer and a
i'.riad of.syndromes known as vinyl chloride disease. Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long-Term Exposure: Liver, cardiac, pulmonary, and
conncci:tve tissue disorders. Target Organs: Liver, CNS, respiratory and lymphatic systems, bone, and connective tissue of the skin. Primary Entry
Routes: Inhalation, skin/eye contact. Acute Effects: CNS effects include fatigue, headache, vertigo. ataxia, euphoria, visual disturbances, dulling of
auditory cues, numbness and tingling in the extremities, narcosis, unconsciousness, and death due to respiratory failure. Respiratory problems include
'
dyspnea, asthma, and pneumonoconiosis. Chronic Effects: Repeated exposure has lead to liver cancer; confinned because of the otherwise rarity of its
type (angiosarcoma). Tumors in other organs have occurred in the polyvinyl chloride industry but agents other than VC may be re·sponsible; authorities
are still debating this issue. A triad of other effects are associated with VC exposure. Acro-osteolysis is associated with hand cleaning of polymerization
vessels and characterized by dissolution of bone in the hands, especially when associated with resorption. Raynaud's Phenomenon is a vascular disorder
lmarked by ~ecurrent spasm of the capillaries and especially those of the fingers and toes on exposure to cold. This is usually accompanied by pain and in
evere cases may progress to local gangrene. Sclerodermatous skin changes (affecting the dorsal hands and distal forearms) are seen and described as a
lowly progressive disease marked by deposition of fibrous connective tissue in the skin. The skin becomes thickened and raised nodules appear.
'
Arthralgias (pain in one or more joints) and blood changes with decreased platelet number and capillary abnormalities may also occur.
FIRST AID Eyes: Do not allow victim to rub or keep eyes tightly shut. Gently lift eyelids and flush immediately and continuously with flooding
Jmounts of water until transported to an emergency medical facility. Consult a physician immediately. Skin: Quickly remove contaminated clothing.
Rinse with flooding amounts of water for at least 15 min. Wash exposed area with soap and water. For reddened or blistered skin, consult a physician.
For frostbite, immerse affected area in 107.6 F (42 C) water until completely rewarmed. Do not use dry heat. Inhalation: Remove exposed person to
'
esh air and support breathing as needed. Ingestion: Unlikely! VC is a gas above 7 F (-14 C). Note to Physicians: Endotracheal intubation may be
quired if significant CNS or respiratory depression occur. Diagnostic test: thiodiglycolic acid in urine (nonnally < 2 mg/g creatinine).
ction 7. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures
Spill/Leak: Notify safety personnel, isolate and ventilate area, deny entry, and stay upwind. If possible without risk. stop gas flow. Shut off ignition
lources. Report any release > I lb. Follow applicable OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1910.120). Environmental Transport: VC reacts with hydroxyl
adicals in the trophospherc with a half-life of 1.2 days. The half-life= a few hr in photochemical smog. Reaction products in the air include chloro-
acetaldehyde, hydrogen chloride, chloroethylene, epoxide, formaldehyde, formyl chloride, formic acid, and carbon monoxide. In soil, VC rapidly volatil-
izes. What does not evaporate will be highly mobile and may leach into groundwater. In water, VC is not expected to hydrolyze, bioconcentrate, or
Esorb to sediment. It will rapidly volatilize with an estimated half-life of0.805 hr for evaporation from a river I meter deep with a current of 3 meter/sec
d a wind velocity of3 meter/sec. In waters containing photosensitizers Such as humic acid, photodegradation will be rapid. Soil Absorption/Mobility:
ram an estimated solubility of2,700 ppm, a Koc of56 is established for VC which indicates high soil mobility and potential to leach into groundwater.
Disposal: Dilute any waste compressed liquid to a 1% solution and remove phenol inhibitor as sodium. Pour onto venniculite, sodium bicarbonate, or a
land & soda ash mixture (90/10). Add slaked lime if fluoride is present. Mix in paper boxes, place in incinerator, cover with scrap wood and paper, and
gnite with excelsior train. Another method is to dissolve waste in a nammable solvent and spray in incinerator firebox equipped with an afterburner and
'.lkali scrubber. Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations.
EPA Designations OSHA Designations
Listed as a RCRA Hazardous Waste ( 40 CFR 261.33): No. U043 Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 19 I 0.1000, Table Z-1-A)
~
ARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355), TPQ: Not listed
isted as a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)
isled as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance• (40 CFR 302.4): Final Reportable Quantity (RQ), I lb (0.454 kg)[' per CWA, Sec. 307 (a); CAA, Sec.
112, & RCRA, Sec. 3001]
llection 8. Special Protection Data .
Joggles: Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye-and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133). Because contact
lens use in industry is controversial, establish your own policy. Respirator: Seek professional advice prior to respirator selection and use. Follow OSHA , 129 CFR I 910.134) and, if necessary, wear a MSHA/NIOSH-approved respirator. According to NIOSHl148l, for any detectable concentration use a SCBA
r supplied-air respirator with a full face piece operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure mode. See 29 CFR 1910.1017 for detailed OSHA
espirator recommendations. For emergency or nonroutine operations (cleaning spills, reactor vessels, or storage tanks), wear an SCBA. Warning! Air-I purifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres. If respirators are used, OSHA requires a written respiratory protection
lrogram that includes at least: medical certification, training, fit-testing, periodic environmental monitoring, maintenance, inspection, cleaning, and
' onvenient, sanitary storage areas. Other: Wear chemically protective gloves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets made of Viton or chlorinated polyethylene to
revent skin contact. Ventilation: Provide general and local exhaust ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations below the OSHA PEL's (Sec.
2). Local exhaust ventilation is preferred because it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by controlling it at its source.003> Safety Stations:
Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers, and washing facilities. Contaminated Equipment: Separate
.ork clothes from street clothes, launder before reuse and clean PPE. Comments: Never eat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal
l1ygiene after using this material, especially before eating, drinking, smoking, using the toilet, or applying cosmetics.
Section 9. Special Precautions and Comments
'
to rage Requirements: Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area in clearly labeled containers. Outside or detached storage is preferred. Large amounts
hould be stored in steel containers under pressure. Keep separate from incompatibles (Sec. 5). Venting, under pressure should be safety relief. At atm,
coting should be pressure vacuum. Regularly monitor inhibitor levels. To avoid static sparks, electrically ground and bond all equipment used with VC.
A void open fl~cs, spark form_ation and electric discharges around VC. Engineering Controls: To reduce potential health hazards, use sufficient
l•.ilution or local exhaust ventilation to control airborne contaminants and to maintain concentrations at the lowest practical level. Install Class I, Group D
lectrical equipment. Administrative Controls: Inform VC exposed personnel of hazards associated with its use. Preplacement and periodic medical
xams of workers exposed above the action level is mandatory under OSHA 29 CFR ( 1910.1017). Monitor for liver cancer, scleroderma, pneumonitis,
cloning abnonnalities, and acro-osteolysis.
Transportation Data (49 CFR 172,101)
''OT Shipping Name: Vinyl Chloride Packaging Authorizations Quantity Limitations
OT Hazard Class: 2.1 a) Exceptions: 173.306 a) Passenger Aircraft or Railcar: Forbidden
D No.: UNI086 b) Non-bulk Packaging: 173.304 b) Cargo Aircraft Only: I 50 kg
DOT Packing Group: -c) Bulk Packaging: 173.314 & 173.315 Vessel Stowage Requirements
1?0T_ Label: !'!•mmable Gas a) Vessel Stowage: B
-~ecial Prov1soon, (172,102): B44 b) Other: 40
MSDSCollection Referenm: 26, 73, 100, IOI, 103, 124, 126, 127, 132, 133, 136, 140, 148, 149, 153, 159, 162, 163, 164, 167, 168, 171, 174, 175
Prepared by: M Gannon, BA; Industrial Hygiene Review: PA Roy, MPH, CIH; Medical Review: AC Darlington, MPH, MD . t yri&hl O tm by ~-i~ Publishina Corpontion. Any commc:n:ial ~or r~ withouc_ the publ~her'• P';rmiuion_is ~ibited. J~gments u to !he 111i~ility ofinfonnation herein ror the purchuer'1 ~cs -~ _nccasarily
pun:huer's re1poruab1lity. Although reuonable care hu been taken ,n lhc p,-epual!On of such 1nrormation. Gen1um Pubh1hm1 Corporabon extend, no warnn11cs. makci no ~Wions, and auumcs no rcspons1b1hty u to the
racy or suitability of wch information (Of -wlication to the purclwa'1 intended purpose o, for coruequences of its uie.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~p Genium Publishing Corporation Material Safety Data Sheets Collection:
One Geniurn Plaza Sheet No. 313
Schenectady, NY 12304-4690 USA Perchloroethylene
[phone] Issued: 11/78 Revision: E, 9/92
Section 1. Material Identification 39
Perchloroethylene (C2Cl4) Description: By chlorination of hydrocarbons and pyrolysis of the carbon tetrachloride R I NFPA that is formed, or by catalytic oxidation of I, 1,2,2-tetrachloroethane. Used in dry cleaning and textile processing, I 3 ~ metal degreasing, insulating fluid and cooling gas in electrical transfonners, production of adhesives, aerosols, paints, s 2•
and coatings; as a chemical intermediate, a solvent for various applications, extractant for pharmaceuticals, a pesticide K 0
intermediate, and an antihelminthic (parasitic worm removal) agent in veterinary medicine. • Skin
Other Designations: CAS No. 127-18-4, Ankilostin, carbon dichloride, Didakene, ethylene tetrachloride, Perchlor, absorption HMIS
Perclene, Perk, Tetracap, tetrachloroethylene. H 2t
Manufacturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult latest Chemical Week Buyers' Guide(73) for a suppliers list. F 0
R 0
PPEt
Cautions: Perchloroethylene is a central nervous system depressail.t, causes liver and kidney damage (from acute or t Chronic
effects chronic exposures), and is considered an IARC Class 2B carcinogen (animal sufficient evidence, human inadequate data). ! Sec. 8
Section 2. Ingredients and Occupational Exposure Limits
Perchloroethylene, < 99%. Impurities include a small amount of amine or phenolic stabilizers.
1991 OSHA PEL 1992-93 ACGill TLVs 1985-86 Toxicity Data•
8-hr TWA: 25 ppm ( 170 mg/m3) TWA: 50 ppm (339 mg/m3) . Man, inhalation, TCLo: 280 ppm/2 hr caused conjunctiva!
1990 IDLH Level STEL: 200 ppm (1357 mg/m3) irritation and anesthesia
500 ppm 1990 DFG (Germany) MAK Human, lung: I 00 mg/L caused unscheduled DNA synthesis.
1990 NIOSH REL TWA: 50 ppm (345 mg/m3) Rat, oral, LD50: 3005 mg/kg; caused somnolence, tremor,
Category II: substances with systemic and ataxia. NIOSH-X Carcinogen Rat, inhalation, TCLo: 200 ppm/6 hr given intermittently Limit of Quantitation: 0.4 ppm effects
Half-life: < 2 hr over 2 years produced leukemia and testicular tumors.
Peak Exposure Limit: I 00 ppm, 30 min Rabbit, eye: 162 mg caused mild irritation.
average value, 4/shift Rabbit, skin: 810 mg/24 hr caused severe irritation.
• See NIOSH, RTECS (KX3850000), for additional irritation, mutation, reproductive, tumorigenic, & toxicity data.
Section 3. Physical Data
Boiling Point: 250 F (121.2 C) Density: 1.63 I I at 59 F ( I 5/4 C)
Freezing Point: -8 F (-23.35 C) Water Solubility: 0.02% at 77 F (25 C)
Vapor Pressure: 13 mm Hg at 68 F (20 C) Other Solubilities: Miscible with alcohol, ether, benzene, chloroform, and oils.
Surface Tension: 31.74 dyne/cm at 68 F (20 C) Odor Threshold: 47 to 71 ppm (poor warning properties since olfactory fatigue
Viscosity: 0.84 cP at 77 F (25 C) is probable)
Refraction Index: 1.50534 at 68 F (20 C) Evaporation Rate: 0.15 gal/ft2/day at 77 F (25 C)
Molecular Weight: 165.82 Saturated Vapor Density (Air= 0.075 lb/ft' or 1.2 kg/m3): 0.081 lb/ft3 or 1.296 kg/m3
Appearance and Odor: Colorless liquid with an ether-like odor.
Section 4. Fire and Explosion Data
Flash Point: Nonflammable I Autoignition Temperature: Nonflamrilable I LEL: None reported I UEL: None reported
Extinguishing Media: For small fires, use dry chemical, carbon dioxide (CO2). For large fires, use water spray, fog, o.r regular foam.
Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: Vapors are heavier than air and collect in low-lying areas.
Special Fire.fighting Procedures: Because fire may produce toxic thermal decomposition products, wear a self-contained breathing apparatus
(SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or positive-pressure mode. Apply cooling water to sides of,:ontainer until well after
fire is out. Stay away from ends of tanks. Do not release runoff from fire control methods to sewers or waterways.
Section 5. Reactivity Data
Stability/Polymerization: Perchloroethylene is stable up to 932 F (500 C) in the absence of catalysts, moisture, and oxygen but deteriorates
rapidly in wann, moist climates. It is slowly decomposed by light. Amine or phenolic stabilizers are usually added. Hazardous polymerization
cannot occur. Chemical Incompatibilities: Slowly (faster in presence of water) corrodes aluminum, iron, and zinc. It is incompatible with
chemically active metals (i.e., barium, beryllium, and lithium (explodes with lithium shavings), strong oxidizers, sodium hydroxide, caustic soda,
potash. and nitric acid. Perchloroethylene forms an explosive mixture with dinitrogen tetraoxide and reacts with activated charcoal at 392 F (200
C) to yield hexachloroethane and hexachlorobenzene. Conditions to Avoid: Contact with moisture and incompatibles.
Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thermal oxidative decomposition ofpcrchloroethylene can produce carbon dioxide and toxic chlorine,
hydrogen chloride, and phosgene gas (also produced by contact with UV light).
Section 6. Health Hazard Data
Carcinogenicity: Perchloroethylene is listed as a carcinogen by The IARC (Group 2B. animal sufficient evidence, human inadequate data).('64)
NTP (Class 2, reasonably anticipated as a carcinogen, with limited human evidence and sufficient animal evidence),(169> NIOSH (Class-X,
carcinogen defined with no further explanation),C164) and DFG (MAK-B. justifiably suspected of having carcinogenic potentia1)(164l. There is
some controversy regarding human carcinogenicity because even though there is an increased number of cancers of the skin, colon, lung,
urogenital tract, and lympho-sarcomas; the dry cleaning workers studied were also exposed to other chemicals. Summnry of Risks: Perchloro•
ethylene is stored in the fatty tissue and slowly metabolized with the loss of chlorine. The half.life of its urinary metabolite (trichloroacetic acid)
is 144 hours. Perchloroethylene exerts the majority of its toxicity on the central nervous system causing symptoms ranging from light-
headedness and slight •inebriation' to unconsciousness. Liver damage is possible after severe acute or minor long-term exposure. It has a
synergistic effect with toluene. Conlinue on next page
Copynght e 1992 Ge,uum Pubh,h1ng Corpont1011. /uly commen:1&1 use or reproduction w,U\()tll the publisher's pem11n1on is proh1b1ted
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
No. 313 Perchloroethylene 9/92
Section 6. Health Hazard Data, continued
Medical Conditions Ag~ravated by Long.Term Exposure: Nervous, liver, kidney, or skin disorders. Target Organs: Liver, kidney, eyes.
upper respiratory tract, skin, and central nervous system. Primary Entry Routes: Inhalation and skin and eye contact. Acute Effects: Exposure to
high levels can cause liver damage which may take several weeks to develop. Vapor exposure can cause slight smarting of tht: eyes and throat (in
high concentrations). In human stu9ies, exposure to 2000 ppm/5 min caused mild CNS depression; 600 ppm/10 min caused numbness around the
mouth, dizziness, and incoordination; 100 ppm/7 hr caused mild eye, nose, and throat irritation, flushing of the face and neck, headache, somno-
lence, and slurred speech. Skin contact may produce dennatitis because of perchloroethylene's defatting action (more commo:n after repeated
exposure). Direct eye contact causes tearing and burning but no permanent damage. Ingestion is rare but can cause irritation of the lips, mouth and
gastrointestinal tract, irregular heartbeat, nausea & vomiting, diarrhea (possibly blood stained), drowsiness, unconsciousness, and risk of pulmo-
nary edema (fluid in lungs). Chronic Effects: Prolonged exposure can cause impaired memory, extremity (hands, feet) weakness, peripheral
neuropathies, impaired vision, muscle cramps, liver damage (fatty degeneration, necrosis, yellow jaundice, and dark urine) and kidney damage
(oliguric uremia, conjestion and granular swelling).
FIRST AID Rescuers must not enter areas with potentially high perchloroethylene levels without a self-contained breathing apparatus.
Eyes: Do not allow victim to rub or keep eyes tightly shut. Gently lift eyelids and flush immediately and continuously with flooding amounts of
water until transported to an emergency medical facility. Consult a physician immediately. Skin: Quickly remove contaminated clothing. Rinse
with flooding amounts of water for at least 15 min. Wash exposed area with soap and water. For reddened or blistered skin, consult a physician.
Inhalation: Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed. Never administer adrenalin! Ingestion: N1~ver give anything by
mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. Contact a poison control center and unless otherwise advised, have that conscious and alert person
drink I to 2 glasses of water, then induce vomiting. Be sure victim's head is positioned to avoid aspiration of vomitus into the lungs. Note to
Physicians: Monitor level of consciousness, EEG (abnonnalaties may indicate chronic toxicity), blood enzyme levels (for 2 to 3 wk after expo-
sure), EKG, adequacy of respirations & oxygenation. and liver and kidney function. BE/s: C2Cl4 in expired air (10 ppm), sample prior to last shift
of work week; C2Cl4 in blood (I mg/L), sample prior to last shift of work week; trichloroacetic acid in urine (7 mg,'L), sample at end of workweek.
Section 7. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures
Spill/Leak: Notify safety personnel, isolate and ventilate area, deny entry, and stay upwind. Shut off ignition sources (although noncombustible, it
fonns toxic vapors from thermal decomposition). For small spills, take up with earth, sand, venniculite, or other absorbent, noncombustible
material and place in suitable containers for later disposal. For large spills, dike far ahead of spill and await reclamation or disposal. Report any
release in excess of I lb. Follow applicable OSHA regulations (29 CFR 19!0.120). Environmental Transport: If released to soil, perchloroeth-
ylene evaporates and some leaches to groundwater. It may absorb slightly to soils with heavy organic matter. Biodegradation may be important in
anaerobic soils. In water, it is subject to rapid volatilization with an estimated half-life from <1 day to several weeks. In air, it exists mainly in the
vapor-phase and is subject to photooxidation with a half-life of 30 minutes to 2 months. Ecotoxicity Values: Guppy (Poecilia reticulata), LC50 =
18 ppm/7 days; fathead minnow (Pimephales promelas), LC,o = 18.4 mg/U96 hr, flow through bioassay. Disposal: Consider recovery by distilla-
tion. A potential candidate for rotary kiln incineration at 1508 to 2912 F (820 to 1600 C) or fluidized bed incineration at 842 to 1796 F (450 to
980 C). Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations.
EPA Designations OSHA Designations
List«: as a RCRA Hazardous Waste (40 CFR 261.33): No. U210 Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910. 1000,
Listed as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance• ( 40 CFR 302.4): Final Reportable Table Z-1-A)
Quantity (RQ), 100 lb (45.4 kg)[' per CWA Sec. 307 (a)]
SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355). TPQ: Not listed
Listed·./s a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)
Sectkm 8. Special Protection Data
Goggles: Wear a faceshield (8 inch minimum) per OSHA eye-and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133). Because contact lens use in
industry is controversial, establish your own policy. Respirator: Seek professional advice prior to respirator selection and use. Follow OSHA
respirator regulations (29 CFR 1910.134) and, if necessary, wear a MSHAJNIOSH-approved respirator. For any detectable concentration, use a
supplied-air respirator or SCBA with a full facepiece operated in pressure demand or otDer positive-pressu~e mode. For emergency or nonroutine
operations (cleaning spills, reactor vessels, or storage tanks), wear an SCBA. Warning! Air-purifying respirators do not protect workers in
oxygen-deficient atmospheres. If respirators are used. OSHA requires a respiratory protection program that includes at least: medical certification,
training, fit-testing, periodic environmental monitoring, maintenance, inspection, cleaning, and convenient, sanitary storage an:as. Other: Wear
chemically protective gloves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets made of butyl rubber, Neoprene, or Viton to prevent skin contact. Ventilation: Provide
general and local exhaust ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations below the OSHA PEL (Sec. 2). Local exhaust ventilation is
preferred because it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by controlling it at its source.(IOJ) Safety Stations: Make available in the
work area emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers, and washing facilities. Contaminated Equipment: Separate contaminated
work clothes from street clothes and launder before reuse. Remove this material from your shoes and clean personal protective equipment.
Comments: Never eat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene after using this material, especially before eating, drinking,
smoking, using the toilet, or applying cosmetics.
Section 9. Special Precautions and Comments
Storage Requirements: Prevent physical damage to containers. Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from sunlight, and incompatibles.
Do not store sludge from vapor degreasers in tightly'-sealed containers and keep outside until disposal is arranged. Engineering Controls: To
reduce potential health hazards, use sufficient dilution or local exhaust ventilation to control airborne contaminants and to maintain concentrations
at the lowest practical level. Check stabilizer levels frequently and ventilation equipment (air velocity, static pressure, air valve) at least every 3
months. Install an air dryer in ventlines to storage tanks to prevent moisture from rusting and weakening the tank and contaminating or discoloring
its contents. Purge all tanks before entering for repairs or cleanup. Build a dike around storage tanks capable of containing all the liquid. Ground
tanks to prevent static electricity. Administrative Controls: Consider preplacement and periodic medical exams of exposed workers that
emphasize liver, kidney, and nervous system function. and the skin. Alcoholism may be a predisposing factor.
Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.101)
DOT Shipping Name: Tetrachloroethylene Packaging Authorizations Quantity Limitations
DOT Hazard Class: 6.1 a) Exceptions: 173.153 a) Passenger Aircraft or Railcar: 60 L
ID No.: UNl897 b) Non-bulk Packaging: 173.203 b) Cargo Aircraft Only: 220 L
DOT Packing Group: lll c) Bulk Packaging: 173.241 Vessel Stowage Requirements
DOT Label: Keep away from food a) Vessel Stowage: A
Special Provisions (172.102): N36, Tl b) Other: 40
MSDSCo/1,ctlon Refmnm: 26, 73, tOO, IOI, 103R 124, 126, 127, 132c 13\:40, 148, 149, 153, 159, 163, lthi'67, 168, 171, 174 175 176 180. Prepared by: M Gannon, BA; Industrial Hygiene eview: D Wilson, IH; ed1cal Review: W Silverman, ' ' '
Copynglll Cl 1992 by Gm1um Pubhsh1ng COfPCJflllOn. Any oommcrc1&1 UM: or rqm,duction without the publisher's pemumon IS pmlub11.Cd. Judgments u to lhe su1t&b1hty ofW'ormwon herein for the purdwer'• purposa
arc ncceuarily the purchasd1 responsibility. Although reuonablc care has been taken in lhe prepuation ofsuch information. Gmium Publi1hing Corpomion C')l.tencls no warranties, malr.a, no repracnt,tions, and assumes
no responsibility as w the •ccuracy or suitability of 1uch information for applic.tion w the purchaser'1 intended purpose or for consequences oriu u,e,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Genium Publishing Corporation
One Genium Plaza
Schenectady, NY 12304-4690 USA
[phone]
Section 1. Material Identification
Material Safety Data Sheets Collection:
Sheet No. 312
Trichloroethylene
Issued: 7/79 Revision: F, 9/92
39 Trichloroethylene (C2HCl3) Description: Derived by treating tctrachloroethane with lime or other alkali in the presence of R I NFPA water, or by thermal decomposition of tetrachloroethane followed by steam distillation. Stabilizers such as epichlorohydrin, I 2 ~ isobutanol, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, benzene, or pentanol-2-triethanolamine are then added. Used as a degreasing s 2• solvent in electronics and dry cleaning, a chemical intermediate, a refrigerant and heat-exchange liquid, and a diluent in paint K 3 and adhesives; in oil, fat. and wax extraction and in aerospace operations (flushing liquid oxygen). Formerly used as a • Skin fumigant (food) and anesthetic (replaced due to its hazardous decomposition in closed-circuit apparatus). absorption HMIS Other Designations: CAS No. 79-01-6; acetylene trichloride; Algylen; Anamenth; Benzinol; Cecolene; Chlorylen; Dow-H 2t Tri; ethylene trichloride; Germalgene; Narcogen; Triasol; trichloroethene; TCE; 1,1,3-trichloroethylene. F 2 Manufacturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult latest Chemical Week Buyers' GuideC73> for a suppliers list R 0 PPEt t Chroni( Cautions: TCE is irritating and toxic to the central nervous system (CNS). Inhalation of high concentrations have lead to death due to Effects ventricular fibrillation. Chronic exposure may lead to heart, liver, and kidney damage. The liquid is absorbed through the skin. Although Pee. 8 it has a relatively low flash point, TCE bums with difficulty.
Section 2. Ingredients and Occupational Exposure Limits
Trichlorocthylcne, < 1()0% [contains stabilizers (Sec. I)].
1991 OSHA PELs 1992-93 ACGIH TLVs 1985-86 Toxicity Data• 8-hr TWA: 50 ppm (270 mglm3) TWA: 50 ppm (269 mglm3) Human, inhalation, TS.,: 160 ppm/83 min caused 15-min STEL: 200 ppm (l080 mglm3) STEL: 200 ppm (I 070 mglm3) hallucinations and distorted perceptions. 1990 IDLH Level 1990 DFG (Germany) MAK Human, lymphocyte: 5 mL/L caused DNA inhibition. l000 ppm Ceiling: 50 ppm (270 mglm3) Rabbit, skin: 500 mg/24 hr caused severe irritation. 1990 NIOSH REL Category II: Substances with systemic effects Rabbit, eye: 20 mg/24 hr caused moderate irritation. 10-hr TWA: 25 ppm (~135 mglm3) Half-life: 2 hr to shift length Mouse, oral, TDLo: 455 mg/kg administered intermit-Peal< Exposure Limit: 250 ppm, 30 min tently for 78 weeks produced liver tumors. average value; 2 peaks/shift
• See NIOSH, RTECS (KX4550000), for additional irritation, mutation, reproductive, tumorigenic and toxicity data. Section 3. Physical Data
Boiling Point: 189 F (87 C) Vapor Pressure: 58 mm Hg at 68 F (20 C); l00 mm Hg at 32 F (0 C) Freezing Point: -121 F (-85 C) Saturated Vapor Density (Air= 0.075 lbs/ft'; 1.2 kg/m3): 0.0956 lbs/ft3; 1.53 kg/m3 Viscosity: 0.0055 Poise at 77 F (25 C) Water Solubility: Very slightly soluble; 0.1 % at 77 F (25 C) Molecular Weight: 131.38 . Other Solubilities: Highly soluble in organic solvents (alcohol, acetone, ether, carbon Density: 1.4649 at 20/4 C tetrachloride, & chloroform) and lipids. Refraction Index: 1.477 at 68 F (20 CID) Surface Tension: 29.3 dyne/cm Odor Threshold: 82 to 108 ppm (not on effective warning)
Appearance and Odor: Clear, colorless (sometimes dyed blue), mobile liquid with a sweet chloroform odor.
Section 4. Fire and Explosion Data
Flash Point: 90 F (32 C) CC !Autoignition Temperature: 788 F (420 C)\LEL: 8% (25 C); 12.5% ( 100 C)IUEL:. IO% (25 C):90%(100 C) Extingui,hing Media: A Class IC Flammable Liquid. Although it has a flash point of 90 F, TCE bums with difficulty. For small fires, use dry chemical, carbon dioxide, water spray, or regular foam. For large fires, use water spray, fog, or regular foam. Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: Vapor/air mixtures may explode when ignited. Container may explode in heat of fire. Special Fire-fighting Procedure:s: Because fire may produce toxic thermal decomposition products, wear a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or positive-pressure mode. Structural firefighters' protective clothing provides only limited protection against TCE. Apply cooling water to sides of container until well after fire is out. Stay away from ends of tanks. Do not release runoff from fire control methods to sewers or waterways.
Section S. Reactivity Data
Stability/Polymerization: TCE slowly decomposes in the presence of light and moisture to form corrosive hydrochloric acid. Hazardous polym-erization cannot occur. Chemical Incompatibilities: Include alkalis (sodium hydroxide), chemically active metals (aluminum, beryllium, lithium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, and titanium), epoxides, and oxidants (nitrogen tetraoxide, perchloric acid). Contact with l-chloro-2,3-epoxy propane or the mono and di 2,3-cpoxypropyl ethers of 1,4-butanediol + 2,2-bis-4(2' ,3'-epoxypropoxy)-phenylpropane can, in the presence of catalytic quantities of halide ions, cause dehydrochlorination ofTCE to explosive dichloroacetylene. Conditions to Avoid: Exposure to light, moisture, ignition sources, and incompatibles. Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thermal oxidative decomposition ofTCE (above 300 C) or exposure to ultraviolet light can produce carbon dioxide (CO2) and toxic dichloro acetylene (explosive), chlorine, hydrogen chloride, and phosgene gas.
Section 6. Health Hazard Data
Carcinogenicity: The following agencies have rated TCE's carcinogenicity: IARC (Class 3. limited animal evidence & insufficient human data), Germany MAK (Class B, justifiably suspected of having carcinogenic potential), & NIOSH (Class X, carcinogen defined with no further categor-ization). Summary of Risks: TCE vapor is irritating to the eyes, nose, and respiratory tract and inhalation of high concentrations can lead to severe CNS effects such as unconsciousness. ventricular anythmias, and death due to cardiac arrest. Mild liver dysfunction was also seen at levels high enough to produce CNS effects. Contact with the liquid is irritating to the skin and can lead to dermatitis by defatting th,, skin. Chronic toxicity is observed in the victims increasing intolerance to alcohol characterized by 'degreasers flush', a transient redness of the face, trunk, and arms. The euphoric effect ofTCE has led to craving, and habitual sniffing of its vapors.
Continue on next page Copyn1t1t (11992 Gen11un Pubh1h1ng CorponU<>n. Any commm:1al use or rq,n;,duction Without the pubh1hel"1 pcmussion is pmh1b1tcd.
No. 312 Trichloroethylene 9/92
I Section 6. Health Hazard Data. Continued
TCE crosses the placental barrier and thus exposes the fetus (any effects arc yet unknown). There are increased reports of menstrual disorders in women workers and decreased libido in males at exposures high enough to cause CNS effects. TCE is eliminated unchanged in expired air and as
I
metabolites (trichloroacetic acid & trichloroethanol) in blood and urine. Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long-Term Exposure: Disorders of the nervous system, skin, heart.. liver, and kidney. Target Organs: Respiratory, central & peripheral nervous, and cardiovascular (heart) systems, liver, kidney, and skin. Primary Entry Routes: Inhalation. skin and eye contact, and ingestion (rarely). Acute Effects: Vapor inhalation can cause eye, nose, and throat irritation, nausea. blurred vision, ovcrcxcitement. headache, drunkenness, memory loss, irregular heartbeat (resulting in sudden death), unconsciousness, and death due to cardiac failure. Skin contact with the liquid can cause dryness and cracking and prolonged
I exposure (generally if the victim is unconscious) can cause blistering. Eye contact can cause irritation and watering, with corneal c:pithelium injury in some cases. Ingestion of the liquid can cause lip, mouth, and gastrointestinal irritation, irregular heartbeat. nausea and vomiting, diarrhea (possibly blood-stained), drowsiness, and risk of pulmonary edema (fluid in lungs). Chronic Effects: Effects may persist for several weeks or months after repeated exposure. Symptoms include giddiness, irritability, headache, digestive disturbances, mental confusion, intolerance to alcohol
I (degreasers flush), altered color perception, loss or impainnent of sense of smell, double vision, and peripheral nervous system function impainnent including persistent neuritis, temporary loss of sense of touch, and paralysis of the fingers from direct contact with TCE liquid. FIRST AID Eyes: Do nol allow victim to rub or keep eyes tightly shut. Gently lift eyelids and flush immediately and continuously with flooding amounts of water until transported to an emergency medical facility. Consult a physician immediately. Skin: Quickly remove conlaminated
I
clothing. Rinse with flooding amounts of water for at least 15 min. Wash exposed area with soap and water. Inhalation: Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed. Ingestion: Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. Contact a poison control center and unless otherwise advised, have that conscious and alert person drink I to 2 glasses of water, then induce vomiting. Do not give milk. as its fat content (TCE is lipid soluble) may inhancc gastrointestinal absorption ofTCE. Note to Physicians: TCE elimination seems to be triphasic with half lives at 20 min, 3 hr, and 30 hr. Some success is seen in treating patients with propranolol, atropine, and disulfimm. Monitor
I urine and blood (lethal level= 3 to 110 µg/mL) metabolites. BEi = 100 mg/g creatinine (trichloroacetic acid) in urine, sample at end of workweek. BEi -= 4 mg/L (trichloroethanol) in blood, sample al end of shift at end of the workweek. These tests are not I 00% accurate indicators of exposure; monitor TCE in expired air as a confinnatory test.
I
Section 7. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures
SpilVLeak: Immediately notify safety personnel, isolate and ventilate area. deny entry, and stay upwind. Shut off all ignition sources. For small spills, take up with earth, sand, venniculite, or other absorbent, noncombustible material and place in suitable container for later disposal. For large spills, flush to containment area where density stratification will fonn a bottom TCE layer which can be pumped and containerized. Report any
I
release in excess of 1000 lbs. Follow applicable OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1910.120). Ecotoxicity Values: Bluegill sunfish, LC,o = 44,700 µg/U 96 hr; fathead minnow (Pimephales promelos), LC50 = 40.7 mg/U96 hrc Environmental Degradation: In air, TCE is photooxidized with a half-life of 5 days and reported to fonn phosgene, dichloroacetyl chloride, and fonnyl chloride. In water it evaporates rapidly in minutes to hours. TCE rapidly evaporates and may leach since it does not absorb to sediment. Soil Absorption/Mobility: TCE has a Log Koc of 2, indicating high soil mobility. Disposal: Waste TCE can be poured on dry sand and allowed to vaporize in isolated location, purified by distillation, or returned to I supplier. A potential candidate for rotary kiln incineration at 1508 to 2912 F (820 to 1600 C) with an acid scrubber to remove halo acids. Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations. EPA Designations OSHA Designations SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355): Not listed Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910.1000, Table Z-1-A) 1Listed as a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)
I Listed as a RCRA Hazardous Waste ( 40 CFR 261.33 & 261.31 ): No. U228 & F002 (spent solvent) , Listed as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance• ( 40 CFR 302.4): Final Reportable Quantity (RQ), I 00 lb ( 45.4 kg) [• per RCRA, Sec. 300 I, CW A Sec. 311 (b)(4), & CWA Sec. 307 (a)]
(Section 8. Special Protection Data
Goggles: Wear chemical safety goggles (cup-type or rubber framed, equipped with impact-resistant glass), per OSHA eye-and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133). Because contact lens use in industry is controversial, establish your own policy. Respirator: Seek professional l:dvice prior to respirator selection and use. Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR 1910.134) and, if necessary, wear a MSHA/NIOSH-approved respirator. At any detectable concentration, wear a SCBA with a full facepiece operated in pressure demand or other positive pressure mode. For emergency or nonroutine operations (cleaning spills, reactor vessels, or storage tanks), wear an SCBA. Warning! Air-purifying respira-lors do not protect workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres. If respirators are used, OSHA requires a respiratory protection program that includes at least: medical certification, training, fit-testing, periodic environmental monitoring, maintenance, inspection, cleaning, and convenient. sanitary ltrage areas. Other: Wear chemically protective gloves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets made from Viton or Neoprene to prevent skin contact. Do not use natural rubber or polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Ventilation: Provide general and local exhaust ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentra-tions below OSHA PELs (Sec. 2). Local exhaust ventilation is preferred because it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by control-ling it at its source.Cl03> Safety Stations: Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drehch showers, and washing ~:cilities. Contaminated Equipment: Separate contaminated work clothes from street clothes and launder before reuse. Remove this material from our shoes and clean personal protective equipment. Comments: Never eat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene especially before eating, drinking, smoking, using the toilet. or applying cosmetics.
Section 9. Special Precautions and Comments
Storage Requirements: Prevent physical damage to containers. Store in steel drums, in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from·sunlight, heat, ignition sources, and incompatibles (Sec. 5). Store large quantities in galvanized iron, black iron, or steel containers; small amounts in dark (amber) colored glass bottles. Engineering Controls: To reduce potential health hazards, use sufficient dilution or local exhaust ventilation to control f rbome cont~inants and to maintain concentrations at the lowest practical level. Design processes so that the operator is not directly expo~d to he solvent or its vapor. Do not use open electric heaters, high-temperature processes, arc-welding or open names m TCE atmospheres. Admmis-rative Controls: Consider preplacement and periodic medical exams of exposed workers with emphasis on skin, respiratory, cardiac, central and peripheral nervous systems, and liver and kidney function. Employ air and biological monitoring (BE!s). Instruct employees on safe handling of TCE.
Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.101) ~~T Shipping Name: Trichloroethylene Packagin~ Authorizations Quantity Limitations OT Hazard Class: 6.1 a) Excett•ons: 173.153 a) Passenger Aircraft or Railcar: 60L ID No.: UNI710 b) Non-ulk Packaginr 173.203 b) Cargo Aircraft Only: 220L l)OT Packinl Group: lII c) Bulk Packaging: 17 .241 Vessel Stowage Requirements J)OT Label: eep Away From Food
J)OT Special Provisions (172.102): N36. Tl a) Vessel Stowage: A bi Other: 40 MSDSCollectwn Rcrcrcnm: 26, 73,100, IOI, 103,124,126,127,132,133,136,139,140,148,149,153,159,163,164,167,168,171,174,175,176,180 . .,Prepared by: M Gannon, BA; Industrial Hygiene Review: D Wilson, CIH; Medical Review: AC Darlington, MD · I c.,,,,,;.,,, C 1992 by°"'"""""''""'•• c.,.......,., Any -m=i.O =«""""""'"" wMO<rt"" publi,ha', """"'''" i, prohibi..,. J""gmm• u <o"" wiubai<y ,n.r-..,. homo rM <h< pu,dwa'•,,..,,,.,.., are neecuarily 1M pun:h.aset1 raporuibility. Although reuon.blc care h.u been W.ezi in the pttpll"llion o(wch. information., Gcnium PubliJhin1 COl"f)Ol'Worl extends 110 warnnties, makes 110 ttpreseziwions. and assumes
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Genium Publishing Corporation
1145 Catalyn Street
Schenectady, NY 12303-1836 USA
[phone]
Material Safety Data Sheets Collection:
Sheet No. 70
Antimony Metal/Powder
Issued: 9/80 Revision: A, 11/89
;'Section lJrMatifrfat:Identificatio1fr,< .. ,,. ... ' 30
Antimony Metal/Powder Description: A naturally occurring ore found in sulfides, oxides, complex lead, silver, copper,
and mercury sulfides. Prepared in the laboratory by reducing Sb O, with KCN. Used in manufacturing bullets, bearing
metal, hard lead, blackening iron, coating metals, white metal, tfiennoelectric piles, storage batteries, cable sheaths, type
metal, and alloys (Britannia or Babbitt metal). Pure antimony compounds are used as catalysts in organic synthesis,
abrasives, plasticizers, pigment, and flameproofing compounds; also used in manufacturing paints, enamels, matches,
glass, pharmaceuticals, explosives, and tartar emetic.
R I Genium
I 3 ~ s 3
K I
HMIS
Other Designations: Stibium; antimony regulus; Sb; CAS No. 7440-36-0.
Manufacturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult the latest Chemicalweek Buyers' Guide (Genium ref. 73)
for a suppliers list.
H
F
R
3
I
I
PPG'
.•sectiOD·2:/Iiigredienti(arid•·Qccupational.Exposur'_eLiiiiits'}f.· ';'',,);}:ifoc;,i .··
Antimony, ca 99%
OSHA PEL
• Sec. 8
Toxicity Datat
8-hr TWA: 0.5 mg/m3 (as Sb)
ACGIH TLV, 1989-90
TLV-TWA: 0.5 mg/m' (as Sb)
NIOSH REL, 1987*
10-hr TWA: 0.5 mg/m' Rat, intraperitoneal, LD50: 100 mg/kg
Rat, oral, LD,,: 100 mg/kg
• NIOSH has proposed a 10-hr TWA of 0.5 mg/m1 with an action level at 0.25 mg/m,. The TL V was established at a level to prevent i1rritation and systemic effects.
t See NIOSH, RTECS {CC4025000), for additionaJ data with references to toxic effects.
isectfoii'3::,E1t~sica1ioaiaj1ittrm,··
Boiling Point: 2975 F ( 1635 C)
Melting Point: 1166.9 F (630.5 C)
Vapor Pressure: I mm Hg at 1627 F (886 C)
Molecular Weight: 121.76 g/mol
Specific Gravity (H,O = I at 39
Water Solubility: Insoluble
Mohs Hardness: 3.0 to 3.5
Appearance and Odor: A brittle, flaky, crystalline solid with a lustrous blue-white color; however, a noncrystalline fonn is also known. The
powder form is dark gray, lustrous.
Flash Point: None reported Autoignition Temperature: Cloud,• 788 F (420 C); dust I LEL: Dust cloud explosion,
· layer,• 626 F (330 C) . ! 0.42 oz/ft'
Extinguishing Media: Dry chemical powder.
Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: Antimony bulk metal is combustible in air at high temperature. When ignited it bums with a brilliant
flame, giving off dense, white antimony trioxide (Sb20 3) fumes. When exposed to heat or ignition sources, powdered antimony is a moderate fire
and explosion hazard. Particle size and dispersion in air detennine reactivity.
Special Fire-fighting Procedures: Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in the pressure-demand or
positive-pressure mode. Personal protective clothing and eye protection are essential.
• Ninety-one percent of dust goes through a 74-µm sieve. A 1.92-J spark can ignite an antimony dust cloud.
Stability/Polymerization: Antimony metal (bulk) is stable in dry air at room temperature in closed containers. [t slowly tarnishes in moist air.
Hazardous polymerization cannot occur.
Chemical Incompatibilities: Antimony is not very reactive with cold, dilute acids, but it reacts readily with aqua regia and hot, concentrated
sulfuric acid. Powdered antimony• also reacts with hot, concentrated hydrochloric acid (HCI). On contact with acid, it emits toxic antimony
trihydride (SbH1) fumes; electrolysis of acid sulfides and stirred antimony halide yields explosive antimony. Antimony can react vigorously or
violently with oxidizing agents such as nitrate salts, halogens, nitric acid, perchloric acids, chlorine trifluoride (CIF1), potassium pennanganate
(KMn04), ammonium nitrate (NH4N01), bromine trinitride (BrN1), bromine trifluoride (BrF1), chlorine monoxide (CIO), chlorine trifluoride
(CIF,), potassium nitrate (KN03), sodium nitrate (NaNO,), and potassium oxide (K,02).
Conditions to Avoid: Nascent hydrogen can react with Sb, or its alloys with Mg or Zn, to fonn antimony trihydride, a colorless, highly toxic gas
(causing headache, nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, hemolysis (separation of hemoglobin from red blood corpuscles), hematuria (blood in the
urine), and death) with a disagreeable odor (0.1-ppm TLV).
Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thennal oxidative decomposition of antimony can produce toxic Sb8i fumes.
• Powdered antimony reac~ more vigorously than the bulk material and fonns dangerous mixtures with oxidizing agents. Heating further increases its reactivity.
Copyri1h1 e 1919 Genium Publithins Corporation.
Any cornmm::ial vse or reproduction without the publisher'1 perm.Wion is prohibited
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
No. 70 Antimony Metal/Powder 11/89
Section 6.tHealth-·'Hazard Data:
Carcinogenicity: Neither the NTP, IARC, nor OSHA lists antimony as a carcinogen. However, its ore is a suspected carcinogen in antimony
trioxide production. Antimony trioxide is prepared in the laboratory by a volatilization process involving antimony trichloridc (SbC~) and water.
Summary of Risks: An irritant to mucous membranes, eyes, and skin. Exposures to dust/powder can cause eye inflammation (conjunctivitis),
nasal irritation (rhinitis -perforation of the nasal septum), chronic dcnnatitis ranging from mild rashes to blemishes resembling chicken pox, and
muscle pain and weakness. Some sources refer to antimony as a human poison by an unspecified route. Exposure to antimony may result in
"metal fume fever," a flu-like syndrome with fever, fatigure, cough, and muscle ache.
Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long-Term Exposure: Chronic inhalation of subtoxic doses of dust or fume above the TL V may result in
chemical pneumonia, intraalveolar lipid deposits. liver and cardiac involvement, and possible kidney disease.
Target Organs: Skin, eyes, mucous membranes. respiratory system, and cardiovascular system.
Primary Entry: Inhalation (dust and fume), ingestion.
Acute Effects: Acute ingestion may cause violent vomiting, diarrhea.. slow pulse and low blood pressure, shallow breathing, and death.
Chronic Effects: Chronic exposures lead to dizziness, dry throat. sleeplessness, anorexia.. and nausea.
FIRST AID
Eyes: Flush immediately, including under the eyelids, gently but thoroughly with flooding amounts of running water for at least 15 min.
Skin: After rinsing affected area with flooding amounts of water, wash it with soap and water.
Inhalation: Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed.
Ingestion: Contact physician! Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. Give I to 2 glasses of water to dilute,
although vomiting may be spontaneous after ingestion.
After first aid, get appropriate in-plant, paramedic, or community medical attention and support.
Physician's Note: If indicated, intravenous gastric lavage chelation therapy with BAL (British Anti-Lewsite) for 10 days is recommended.
SpilVLeak: Notify safety personnel of powder spills. Small spills can be removed by vacuuming or wet sweeping to minimize airborne dust.
Cleanup person.nel should use protective equipment.
Disposal: Return scrap metal to your supplier. Unsalvageable waste may be buried in an approved secure landfill. Contact your supplier or a
licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations.
OSHA Designations
Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910.1000, Table Z-1)
EPA D,~signations
RCR,(Hazardous Waste (40 CFR 261.33): Not listed
Listed'as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance• (40 CFR 302.4), Reponable Quantity (RQ): 5000 lb (2270 kg)[' per Clean Water Act, Sec. 307(a))
SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355): Not listed
Listed as a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)
• Se~tion 8;/'SpedaI,llfi>,tii~!iriii1P11ta
Goggles: Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye-and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133).
Respirator: Wear a NIOSH-approved respirator if necessary. Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR 1910.134). Respirators should be
available for nonroutine or emergency use for concentrations above the TLV: high-efficiency dust respirators for concentrations below 5 mg/m1
and self-contained or air-supplied respirators with full facepiece for concentrations above 5 mg/m1.
Warning: Air-purifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres.
Other: Wear impervious gloves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets to prevent prolonged or repeated skin contact.
Ventilation: Provide general and local explosion-proof ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations below the OSHA PEL standard
(Sec. 2). Local exhaust ventilation is preferred since it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by elil11inating it at its rource (Genium
ref. 103).
Safety Stations: Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers, and washing facilities.
Contaminated Equipment: Never wear contact lenses in the work area: soft lenses may absorb, and all lenses concentrate, irritants. Launder
contaminated clothing before wearing. Remove this material from your shoes and equipment.
Comments: Never cat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene after using this material, especially before eating, drinking,
smoking, using the toilet. or applying cosmetics.
Section 9, SpeciaU~recautioris;and Comments
Storage Requirements: Store in a dry, well-ventilated, low fire-risk area. Avoid heat and direct sunlight.
Engineering Controls: Avoid breathing dust or fumes. Practice good housekeeping and cleaning techniques to prevent dust accumulation and to
minimize airborne particulates. Minimize skin contact by using barrier creams, rubber gloves and aprons, and good personal hygiene. Keep
antimony dust off clothing. Provide preplacement and periodic medical examinations for those workers exposed regularly to, antimony, with
emphasis on the skin, mucous membranes, and the pulmonary, cardiac, and reproductive systems. Provide suitable training to those working with
antimony. Monitor the workplace. Keep records.
Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.102)
IMO Shipping Name: Antimony compounds, inorganic, n.o.s.
IMO Hazard Class: 6.1
IMO Label: Poison/St. Andrews Cross (Stow away from foodstuffs)
IMDG Packaging Group: I, 11, III
MSDS Collection References: I, 2-12, 24, 26, 27, 31, 37, 38, 41, 81, 84, 87, 89, 90, 91, 100, 109
Prepared by: MJ Allison, BS; Industrial Hygiene Review: DJ Wilson, CIH; Medical Review: MJ Hardies, MD F7
Copyligln O 1919 by Gcnium Publi,hing C'ol'pornion. Any commercial use or reproduction withou1 lhe publisher'• penninion is prohibited. Judgmenb u IO the 1uitability ofinfonnition h,crein for the pun::huer'1 purpoteS
are necnnrily the pufcilllller'I raporuibility. Although rcuona.ble eare hu been W:en in the preparation ofsudi information, Oenium Publishins Corpontion nlenlb no wvnntia, maka no repra<nt&tions, and assumes
no raponsibility u ID the 1ecuracy or suitability of1ueh infonnaiM>n Tor appliQ.lion IO the pun:hud1 intended purpose or for consequences of iu ux
I
I
Material Safety Data Sheets Collection:
liP Genium Publishing Corporation
One Genium Plaza Sheet No. 83
Schenectady. NY 12304-4690 USA Chromium Metal/Powder
(5 I 8) 377-8854
Issued: 3/81 Revision: A, 11/89
I
I
I
Section 1. Material Identification e · ... ., .. . · . 30 . .
Chromium Metal/Powder Description: Obtained from chrome ore, chromite (FeCr1O ), by electrolysis of chromium R Genium --I
solutions, by direct reduction (ferrochrome), and by reducing the ox.ide with finely divided carbon or aluminum. Used for I 4 ~ chromeplating other metals: for greatly increasing metal resistance and durability; in manufacturing chrome-steel or s I
chrome-nickel-steel alloys (stainless steel); as a constituent of inorganic pigments; as protective coating for automotive K I
and equipment accessories; and in nuclear and high-temperature research.
HMIS Other Designations: Chrome; Cr; CAS No. 7440-47-3. H 2 Manufacturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult the latest Chemicalweek Buyers' Guide (Genium ref. 73) F I for a suppliers list. R I
PPG•
• Sec. 8
I
Section 2. Ingredients and'Occupatfonal Exposure Limits :·· ,, ..
Chromium metal/powder, ca 100%
OSHA PEL ACGIH TLV, 1988-89• NIOSH REL, 1987' Toxicity Data;
I
8-hr TWA; I mg/m3 TLV-TWA: 0.5 mg/m3 8-hr TWA {for chromium metal Rat, implant. TDL,: 1200 µg/kg body weight
and insoluble salts): I mg Cr/m1 administered intermittently over six weeks
I • This TLV is applicable to Cr1 and Cr1 compounds. For water soluble and water-insoluble Cr"', the 8-hr TWA is 0.05 mg Cr ••tm3• Certain water-insoluble Cr•
compounds (zinc chromate, calcium chromate, lead chromate. barium chromate, strontium chromate, and sintered chromium triox;idc) .are designated as A la (human
carcinogen).
I
'The NIOSH REL (10-hr 1W A) for carcinogen cr•compounds is I µglml: for noncarcinogenic Cr• compounds (including chromic acid), the REU ( 10-hr TW As)
arc 25 µglm> and 50 µgtm> ( 15-min ceiling). The noncarcinogcnic compounds include mono-and dichromatcs of hydrogen, cesium, sodium, lithium, potassium,
rubidium, ammonia, and Cr' (chromic acid anhydride). Any and all er• materials excluded from the noncarcinogcnic group above arc carcinogetlic Cr' com•
pounds.
t Sec NIOSH, RTECS (OB4200000), for additional data with references to tumorigcnic effects.
I
I
• Section 3; ·· Physical Data .. •· ., ·c,:;/ ,:·· ,· ... .,· ............ :,..· .. ... . •:• .. '
Boiling Point: 4788 °F (2642 'C) Atomic Weight: 51.996 g/mol
Melling Point: 3452 °F (1900 °C) Specific Gravity (H,O = 1 at 39 'F (4 'C)):7.2 at 68 'F (20 °C)
Vapor Pressure: I mm Hg at 2941 °F (1616 'C) Water Solubility: Insoluble
Vapor Density (Air= 1): 1.79
Appearance and Odor: Steel-gray, lustrous metal; no odor.
I
I
Section 4. Fire and Explosion Data
Flash Point: None reported I Autoignition Temperature: Cloud, I 076 'F (580 °C); dust !LEL: Dust cloud explosion, [UEL: None reported
. !aver, 752 'F (400 •q 0.230 oz/ft3 I ------·-. --·---Extinguishing Media: Use dry chemical or sand.
Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: Particle size and dispersion in air detennine reactivity. Chromium powder explcdes spontaneously in air,
while chromium dust suspended in CO2 is ignitable and explosive when heated.
I Special Fire-fighting Procedu~es: Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in the pressure.demand or
positive-pressure mode.
I •one hundred percent of dust goes through a 74-µm sieve. A 140-mJ spark can ignite a dust cloud.
·-Section 5. Reactivity Data ·. .
. . -.
I
I
.. ·--···--Stability/Polymerization: Chromium is stable when properly handled and stored. Hazardous polymerization cannot occur.
Chemical Incompatibilities: Chromium reacts readily with dilute, not nitric, acids to form chromous salts. It is soluble in acids (not nitric) and
strong alkalis. Its powder is incompatible with strong oxidizing agents. including high 0 2 concentration. Evaporation of mercury (Hg) from Cr
amalgam leaves pyrophoric chromium. Finely divided Cr attains incandescence with nitrogen oxide, potassium chlorate, and sulfur dioxide.
Molten lithium at 18 °C severely attacks Cr. Fused ammonium nitrate below 200 °C reacts explosively and may ignite or react violently with
bromine pentafluoride.
Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thermal oxidative decomposition of Cr can produce toxic chromium oxide fumes.
I
I Copyn1hl Cl 1989 Gcmum Pubh1hm1 Corponllon.
Any comrnen;:ial UK or reproduelion without the publi1hcr'1 pcnniuion is prohibited.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
No. 83 Chromium Metal/Powder 11/89
Section 6. Health ':Hazard· Data ... ,,.: .. ::. -,_•._ ,, .. .. : .. . . . , .. ·· ·. ,, ·.,:, ..
Carcinogenicity: The NTP and OSHA list chromium as a human carcinogen.
Summary of Risks: When ingested chromium is a human poison, with gastrointestinal (GI) effects. Chromium 3 (Cr'"1) compounds show little or
no toxicity. Less soluble chromium 6 (Cr'"6) compounds are suspected carcinogens and severe irritants of the larynx, nasopharynx, lungs, and skin
(Sec. 2). Chromic acid or chromate salts cause irritation of the skin and respiratory passage. Ingestion leads to severe irritation of the gastrointes-
tinal tract. renal damage, and circulatory shock. Chromium metal (when heated to high temperatures) and insoluble salts are said to be involved in
histological fibrosis of the lungs, which may progress to clinically evident pneumoconiosis. Ex.posure to chromate dust and powder can cause skin
(dermatitis) and eye irritation (conjunctivitis).
Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long-Tenn Exposure: An incresed incidence of bronchogenic carcinoma occurs in workers ex.posed to
chromate dust.
Target Organs: Respiratory system.
Primary Entry: Inhalation, percutaneous absorption, and ingestion.
Acute Effects: Acute exposures to dust may cause headache, coughing, shortness of breath. pneumoconiosis. fever, weight loss, nasal irritation,
inflammation of the conjunctiva, and dermatitis.
Chronic Effects: Asthmatic bronchitis.
FIRST AID
Eyes: Flush immediately, including under the eyelids, gently but thoroughly with flooding amounts of running water for at least 15 min.
Skin: Brush off chromium dust. After rinsing affected area with flooding amounts of water, wash it with soap and water.
Inhalation: Remove ex.posed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed.
Ingestion: Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. If ingested, have that conscious person slowly drink I to 2
glasses of water to dilute. Do not induce vomoting. A physician should evaluate all ingestion cases.
After nrst aid, get appropriate in-plant, paramedic, or community medical attention and support.
Physician's Note: Acute tox.icity causes a two-phase insult: 1) multisystem shock due to gastrointestinal corrosivity and 2:) hepatic, renal,
hematopoetic insult. Treatment should use ascorbic acid as a neutralizer with gastric lavage. If the ingestion is substantial, exchange transfusions
and/or consider hemodialysis. Treat allergic dermatitis with local cortisone or 10% ascorbic acid to reduce Cf"6 to Cr+3• Ten percent EDT A in a
lanolin base applied every 24 hr helps heal skin ulcers.
Section 7. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures ·, C' · ·· ' ... .I,", ..<. .. ; .. -·, : ..
Spill/Leak: Notify safety pei:-5onnel of large spills. Cleanup personnel should wear protective clothing and approved respirators. Remove heat and
ignition sources. Provide adequate ventilation. Keep airbonie dust at a minimum. Remove spills quickly and place in appropriate containers for
disposal or reuse.
Disposal: Reclaim salvageable metal. Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal,
state, and local regulations.
OSHA Designations
Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR I 9 IO. 1000, Table Z-1 )
EPA Designations
RCRA Hazardous Waste (40 CFR 261.33): Not listed
Listed as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance• (40 CFR 302.4), Reportable Quantity (RQ): I lb (0.454 kg)[• per Clean Water Act, Sec. 307(a)]
SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355): Not listed
Listed as a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)
Section 8. Special ·Protection' Data , .. . ·••.,
Goggles: Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye-and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133).
Respirator: Wear a NIOSH-approved respirator if necessary. Wear an SCBA with a full facepiece when the particle concentration's upper limit is
50 mg/m'.
Warning: Air-purifying respirators do not protect workers in ox.ygen-deficient atmospheres.
Other: Wear impervious rubber gloves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets to prevent prolonged or repeated skin contact.
Ventilation: Provide general and local ex.plosion-proof ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations below the OSHA standard
(Sec. 2). Local ex.haust ventilation is preferred since it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by eliminating it at its rource (Genium
ref. i03).
Safety Stations: Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers, and washing facilities.
Contaminated Equipment: Never wear contact lenses in the work area: soft lenses may absorb, and all lenses concentrate:, irritants. Launder
contaminated clothing before wearing. Remove this material from your shoes and equipment.
Comments: Never eat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene after using this material, especially before eating, drinking,
smoking, using th~ toilet, or applying cosmetics.
Section 9. Special Precautions and Comments •·
Storage Requirements: Store material in cool, dry, well-ventilated area separate from acids and oxidizing agents. Seal and protect containers
from physical damage. Keep away from heat or ignition sources.
Engineering Controls: Avoid dust inhalation. Practice good housekeeping (vacuuming and wet sweeping) to minimize airborne particulates
and to prevent dust accumulation. Use nonsparking tools and ground electrical equipment and machinery.
Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.IOI, .102): Not listed
·--, .. MSDS Collection References: I, 2, 26, 38, 80, 87. 88, 89, 100, 109, 124, 126 ·---------··--"·-------~
Prepared by: MJ Allison, BS: Industrial Hygiene Review: DJ Wilson. CIH; Medical Review: MJ Hardies. MD MS
Copyri1ht Cl 19!9 by Gcnium Publidlin1 Co,pon1ion. Any commcmal UJC Of reprodUClion wuhou1 the publi1hc(1 perm inion is prohibilctl. Jutlgmcnu u 10 1he mitabiliry of infonnariori herein (Of lhc pun;hasct's purpo,cs
are nca:nuily !he purchaser', rgponsibility. Allhou1h ru,onable care has been 1alccn in lhc pn:puation of 1uch infonnarion. Gcnium Publi1hin1 Corpon,1ion uu:nds no warnn1ic1. fflUCJ no n;procnlltions. and usumc
no ~pon1ibility u 10 chc accu.ncy or ruit&bility of such infonn.uion for applw;&lion 10 1hc pun;h.ucr'• iftlcndcd purpose,.. for con,cq-e,, of iu 11,c,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~p Genium Publishing Corporation
1145 Catalyn Street
Schenectady, NY 12303-1836 USA
[phone]
Material Safety Data Sheets Collection:
Sheet No. 148
Manganese Metal/Powder
Issued: 9/85 Revision: A, 11/89
· 30
Manganese MetaVPowder Description: A metallic clement associated with iron ores such as pyrolusite, manganite, R I Genium
psi lo me lane, and rhodochrosite found mainly in open-hearth slags. Manganese is obtained from the reduction of the oxide
with aluminum or carbon. Pure manganese is obtained electrically from chloride or sulfate solution. Used in ferroalloys
(steel manufacture); for wagon buffers, rock crushers, railway points and crossings; as a purifying and scavenging agent in
metal production; in the manufacture of aluminum by Toth process, dry-cell batteries, glass, welding rods, inks, rubber and
wood preservatives, paints, and ceramics; high-purity salt for various chemical uses.
I s
K
3 ¢ I
HMIS
Other Designations: Manganese; colloidal manganese; magnacat; Mn; CAS No. 7439-96-5.
Manufacturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult the latest Chemicalweek Buyers' Guide (Genium ref. 73)
for a suppliers list.
H
F
R
3
2
I
PPG'
: Section• 2;\Irigredients and Occtipa!I~1fal'.Exposure.I:.im.its
Manganese, ca I 00%
OSHA PEL
Ceiling limit: 5 mg/m3 (manganese compounds,
as Mn)
ACGIH TLVs, 1988-89
TLV-TWA: 5 mg/m' (dust and compounds)
TLV-TWA: I mg/m' (fume)
STEL: 3 mg/m' (fume)
• See NIOSH, RTECS (009275000), for additionaJ data with references to mutagenic and tumorigenic effects.
: Sectiori"3:,f,pfi· sicaHData'\\'}d. ·,. . .......... Y . ,,, .. ,. , . ,, .
Atomic Weight: 54.94
NIOSH REL, 1987
Ceiling limit: 5 mg/m3 (manganese and
compounds, as Mn)
Toxicity Data*
Human, inhalation, TCL; 2300 µg/m'
Boiling Point: 3803 F (2095 C)'
Melting Point: 2300 F (1260 C)
Vapor Pressure: I mm Hg at 2358 F (1292 C)
Specific Gravity (1110 = I at 39 F (4 C)): 7.20
Water Solubility: Impure Mn decomposes slowly
Appearance and Odor: Reddish-grey or silvery powder or metal. No odor.
• Other sources (Genium refs. 7, 89, and 126) give 3807 F (2097 C), 3564 F (1962 C), and 3452 F (1900 C) boiling points, respectively.
,Section 4; Fife',and:Explosion Dat~' ; ',,,; ,
Extinguishing Media: Use dry chemical ext':nguishing agent designed for metal fires.
Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: Manganese dust or powder is flammable and moderately explosive when exposed.to flame or heated in
carbon dioxide. Mixtures of manganese dust and aluminum dust may explode in air. Ammonium nitrate and manganese may explode when
heated. Flammable hydrogen gas is generated under certain conditions (Sec. 5).
Special Fire-fighting Procedures: Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in the pressure-demand or
positive-pressure mode.
• M,,nganese metal/powder can present a dust explosion hazard under favoring conditions of particle size and airborne dust dispersion. The minimum explosive
concCntration of Mn is 0.125 oz/ft3, with a minimum ignition temperature of 842 F (450 C). Oxygen concentrations of less than 15% prevent ignition.
Stability/Polymerization: Manganese is stable at room temperature in closed containers. Hazardous polymerization cannot occur.
Chemical Incompatibilities: The powdered metal ignites on contact with hydrogen peroxide; bromine pentafluoride, fluorine, chlorine and heat,
and sulfur dioxide and heat. It reacts violently with oxidants and nitrogen dioxide {N02), and incandescently with nitric acid, phosphorus, and
nitryl fluoride. Manganese reacts slowly with water at 21 F (100 C), fanning hydrogen gas (flammable). Contact with acids (including dilute
acids) readily dissolves Mn, with the evolution of hydrogen. Hot, concentrated potassium and sodium hydroxides also dissolve Mn, forming
hydrogen and manganese hydroxide.
Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thennal oxidative decomposition of manganese can produce manganese oxides.
Copyriibt 0 1919 Gmium Publishing Coq,oration.
Any commen:ial use or repn>duetion without the publisher's permiuion i1 prohibiled.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
No. 148 Manganese Metal/Powder 11/89
·Section 6:·.iHealtli1'Hiizafd'.'Dafa -~ ., ., • .. ,.,,,,, •. ~-~-··;.-: .... :· -,,. ~":'::.:'+)?' . :: .. :]~(:·•--:,.· ,-, . .:'':•!·'.:':~· .. ·_, ... ·
Carcinogenicity: Neither the NTP, IARC, nor OSHA lists manganese as a carcinogen.
Summary of Risks: Although an essential element for man, manganese is also toxic to humans in several ways. Acute or chronic manganese
poisoning can result from excessive inhalation or ingestion. The immune system reacts to aCute exposures with "metal fume fever," characterized
by: fever, chills, nausea, weakness, body aches, frontal headache, occasional blurred vision, low back pain, muscle cramping, shallow respiration,
throat dryness and irritation, a dry cough, a sweet or metaJlic taste, and chest tightness occurring over several hours. Progressive and pennanent
injury can result from chronic, untreated Mn poisoning. Its most notable effects are the neurological disorders caused by its ability to inhibit the
chemical transmission of electrical impulses in the central nervous system. The lungs may become inflammed (manganese pneumonititis), as
reported in workers exposed to manganese ores and compounds. Sufficient evidence proves that in several species, manganese is embryolethal at
toxic doses. Impotence is a common symptom in grossly contaminated men.
Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long.Term Exposure: Degenerative brain changes, muscle weakness, change in motor activity.
Target Organs: Central nervous system (CNS), respiratory system, kidneys, blood.
Primary Entry: Inhalation, ingestion.
Acute Effects: High-concentration exposures may cause metal fume fever, with its onset occurring over several hours. Inhalation of large con-
centrations may cause managanese pneumonitis. This material is a skin and eye irritant leading to dennatitis, conjunctivitis, and corneal damage.
Chronic Effects: Exposure to manganese fume over 6 months to 2 years may harm the central nervous system, with symptoms progressing from
headache, restless sleep or sleej:,iness, personality changes, irritability and inappropriate laughing or crying to visual hallucinations, double vision,
uncontrolled impulse behavior, euphoria. and to abnonnal reaction to painful stimuli, excess salivation, trembling in the e:<tremities and head,
impaired walking, and other signs similar to Parkinson's disease.
FIRST AID
Eyes: Flush immediately, including under the eyelids, gently but thoroughly with flooding amounts of running water for at least 15 min.
Skin: After rinsing affected area with flooding amounts of water, wash it with soap and water.
Inhalation: Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed.
Ingestion: Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. If ingested, have that conscious person drink I to 2 glasses of
water, then induce repeated vomiting until vomit is clear.
After first aid, get appropriate in•plant, paramedic, or comm_unity medical attention and support.
,~ei:t\lin 7. SpH!ftealc;:~i1d:,QI~Posal l'fo:{@ut.es ·.,?~~J:r~~~1::i~~/};:i\(f ~,> \:,·r/~/~1}:!I:: · .. · . ::. J:~t:~t:~~"'• ' .,,, ·;~· /El}
Spill/Leak: Remove heat and ignition sources. Ventilate spill area. Cleanup personnel should wear appropriate respiratory protective equipment.
Carefully scoop spilled material, avoiding dust generation, into a suitable salvage container.
Disposal: Return scrap material to supplier or processor for recovery. Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommenda-
tions. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations.
OSHA Designations
Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910.1000, Table Z-1)
EPA.Designations
RCRA Hazardous Waste (40 CFR 261.33): Not listed
CERCLA Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 302.4): Not listed
SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355): Not listed
Listed as a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)
, Section 8. Spedatl'rote.~ti~!!••J:>ata ., ... ,. ''.\> ·':c ,.,.: ... cc ;, :!:'. ::, ::;/ . . ..,., .. \c; i/:i\i ··:;,t;:<':C:, .. . ,:, ~ . '', , . l,'. ~
Goggles: Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye-and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133).
Respirator: Wear a NIOSH-approved respirator where airborne concentrations exceed the ceiling limit. Fume or high-efficiency particulate filter
respirators are acceptable for concentrations up to 50 mg/m3 (250 mg/m3 with full facepiece). Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR
1910.134). For emergency or nonroutine operations (cleaning spills, reactor vessels. or storage tanks), wear an SCBA.
Warning: Air•purifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen•deficient atmospheres.
Other: Wear impervious gloves, boots. aprons, and gauntlets to prevent prolonged or repeated skin contact.
Ventilation: Provide general and local explosion-proof ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations below OSHA, ACGIH, and
NIOSH standards. Local exhaust ventilation is preferred since it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by eliminating it at its S)urce
(Genium ref. I 03). Consider the dust explosion potential of finely divided Mn powder when designing exhaust ventilation systems and other
process equipment to contain heavily dust•laden air.
Safety Stations: Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers, and washing facilities.
Contaminated Equipment: Never wear contact lenses in the work area: soft lenses may absorb, and all lenses concentrate, irritants. Launder
contaminated clothing before wearing. Remove this material from your shoes and equipment.
Comments: Never eat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene after using this material, especially before eating, drinking,
smoking, using the toilet. or applying cosmetics.
.Section 9. Special Precallti<1ns and Coiifmeiits .. ' y .. • . : .. ·: .. , :.) .: . .,.:· '<:: .. f',
Storage Requirements: Store in closed containers in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from ignition sources, acids, alkali, and other
incompatible materials. Protect containers from physical damage.
Engineering Controls: Use with adequate ventilation. A void breathing dust and fumes. Maintain good housekeeping practices to prevent dust
accumulation. Use cleanup procedures that minimize dust generation. Practice good personal hygiene. Examine exposed personnel at regular
intervals with emphasis on the respiratory and central nervous systems.
Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.101 •. 102): Not listed
MSDSCol/ection References: 2, 4, 7; 8, 9, 12. 14, 20, 25, 27, 38. 44. 47, 55, 58, 81, 89, 90,100,124, 126
Prepared by: MJ Allison, BS; Industrial Hygiene Review: DJ Wilson, CIH; Medical Review: Warren Silverman, MD " Copyright 0 1919 by Genium Publishina Corporation. Any commercial use or reproduction wilhou1 the publisher's pcrmis1ion is pmhibi!Od, Judgmcni. 111 to the wiiability ofinf'onnltion ,l\erein for the purclwcr'1 purposes
arc necessarily the purchue!'s re,pon11ibility. Although n:uonable care has been l&ken in the prC'!)lfltion ofsueh infonnl!ion. Genium Publishina Corporation utcnds no wunntie.. make, no rq,n:s~wions. Uld ll$$UfflCS
no resporu;ibility u to the 1ccuracy or 1&1iubility of 1uc;h information for application to !he purclluet's intended purpose or for c:onscquenees of ii. use.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Material Safety Data Sheet No. 677 ~p from Genium's Reference Collection 1,1,2,2-TETRACHLOROETHANE Genium Publishing Corporation
1145 Catalyn Street Issued: November 1988 Schenectady, NY 12303-1836 USA
/518\ 377-8855 GENIUM PUBLISHING CORP.
,SECTION,};1;/fMA'FERIAL. IDEN;IIFICATION:•. ~ ·,,;' :v. . . ... .· •;',:: ·. , ... 27
Material Name: 1.1.2.2-TETRACHLOROETHANE ~ Description (Origin/Uses): Used as a solvent primarily for cleaning and extraction procedures and as a chemical intermediate in the manufacture oftrichlorocthylene and tctrachlorocthylene; and as an analytic reagent by textile
.
manufacturers in polymer characterization tests. Genium
Other Designations: Acetylene Tetrachloride; sym•Tetrachloroethane; CHCl1CHCl1; CAS No. 0079.34-5 HMIS
H 2 R I Manufacturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult the latest edition of the Chemicalweek F 0 I 4 Buyers' Guide (Genium ref. 73) for a list of suppliers. R 0 s .. PPG• •see sect. 8 K ·-.SECTIONi':Z;elNGREDIENTS AND;HAZARDS ·':·, ,. % ,, EXPOSURE LIMI<fS, ,
1.1,2.2-Tetrachloroethane. CAS No. 0079-34-5 Ca 100 OSHA PEL (Skin')
8-Hr TWA: I ppm. 7 mg/m'
ACGIH TLV (Skin'), 1988,89
TL V -TWA: I ppm, 7 mg/m'
Toxicity Data** •This material can be absorbed through intact skin, which Mntributes to overall Human, Oral. TD .. : 30 mg/kg exposure:. J Human. Inhalation. re .. : IOOO mg/m' (30 Mins) "See NIOSH. RTECS (KI8575000). for additional data with references to Rat, Oral, LO,.,: 800 mg/kg reproductive, _tumorigenic, and irritative effects.
iSECTION;,,;,3:;;,;RHYSICAL 'DATA!f :•·, '!."' ',:,'. " : · ... ,;,', .,,\:, , >:t-: .. ,'.•;•,i,;:c(
Boiling Point: 295 F (146 C) Molecular Weight: I 68 Grams/Mole
Melting Point: -47 F (-44 C) Solubility in Water(%): Insoluble
% Volatile by Volume: Ca 100 Specific Gravity(H,O = I): 1.58658 at 77 F (25 C)
Vapor Pressure: 6 Torrs at 77 F (25 C)'
Appearance and Odor: A colorless, nonflammable, heavy, mobile liquid; sweetish, suffocating, characteristic chloroform odor. The odor recognition threshold is reported to be less than 3 ppm.
• At 77 F (25 C) the concentration of l, 1,2,2-tetrachloroethane in saturated air is approximately 7900 ppm.
: SECTION/a'.4i>IURE '~D .. EXPLOSIONfDATA , •t· . : ' _;:, "",''.--.. :,,:,· ·)'•,,•,/"
Flash Point' I Autoignition Temperature• I LEL' I UEL'
Extinguishing Media: • t, 1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane does not bum. Use extinguishing agents that will put out the surrounding fire. Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: None reported. Special Fire.fighting Procedures: Wear a self-con_tained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in the pressure-demand or positive-pressure mode to protect against the effects ofthe_nearby fire.
, 'SE<?rION:\S:t:REACTMTY DATA :1~1: . ''.: l. '·f. " .' ;;;::;; :,','j:, · .. , ·'(
Stability/Polymerization: I, 1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane is stable in closed containers during routine operations at room temperature. Hazardous polymerization cannot occur. Chemical Incompatibilities: Hazardous reactions between I. 1,2,2-tetrachloroethane and 2,4-dinitrophenyl disulfide, nitrogen tetroxide, chemically active metals such as potassium; and strong caustics such as potassium hydroxide, sodium, sodium-potassium alloy, hot iron, aluminum, and zinc in the presence of steam are reported. Conditions to Avoid: Prevent exposure to the incompatible chemicals listed above. Contact with water causes appreciable hydrolysis that will degrade and decompose this liquid. Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thermal-oxidative degradation of 1.1.2,2-tetrachloroethane can produce highly toxic gases such as carbon monoxide (CO) and oxides of chlorine (CIOJ
·.sECTION'6iHEALTH HAZARD,:INFORMATION '·?'-· ,. ' '. «:
Carcinogenicity: NIOSH lists I, 1,2,2-tetrachloroethane as a carcinogen.
Summary of Risks: I, 1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane is absorbed through intact skin in significant amounts; one human fatality has been attrib-uted to this route of exposure. This liquid is considered to be one of the most toxic of the common chlorinated hydrocarbons, particularly with respect to the liver. Severely acute exposure causes depression of the central nervous system (CNS). which can cause death within 12 hours. Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long-Term Exposure: None reported. Target Organs: Skin, eyes, respiratory system, CNS, gastrointestinal system, liver, and kidneys. Primary Entry: (nhalation. skin contact/absorption. Acute Effects: The initial symp,,-toms of exposure are lacrimation, salivation. and irritation of the nose and throat; continued exposure can lead to nausea. vomiting, and narcosis. Also, low blood pressure and cardiac rhythm abnormalities; respiratory depression; nausea, vomiting, bums of the esophagus, and diarrhea; and anesthesia with dizziness leading to loss of consciousness and coma; plus possible transient liver and kidney changes. Chronic Effects: The two sets of manifestations are (I) malaise, drowsiness, decreased appetite, then nausea and retching, a bad taste in the throat, constipation, headache, pale stools, jaundice. and dark urine. as well as mental confusion, stupor, and coma; and (2) hand
Copyrighl 0 1918 by Genium Publishing Coq,oration
Any eommcrcial use or reproduction without the publisher'1 permiuion is prohibited
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
No. 677 I, 1,2,2-TETRACHLOROETHANE 11/88
SE€TION ,6:i1HEAL THHI~ZARD:'·INE.ORMATION('fcoiit: t'.)i:':' · ,·,.,,,~··,, · '-:-.i•:vi:-,.,~·1,; .. ra.-
tremors, sensation of deafness, numbness in hands and feet. a decrease in reflexes, headache. and nausea. FIRST AID: Eyes. Immediately
flush eyes, including under the eyelids, gently but thoroughly with flooding amounts of running water for at least 15 minutes. Skin. Rinse .
the affected areas with flooding amounts of water, then wash it with soap and water. Inhalation. Remove the exposed person t0 fresh air;
restore and/or support his or her breathing as needed. Have qualified medical personnel administer oxygen as required. Keep the exposed
person warm and at rest until medical help is available. Ingestion. Unlikely. Should this type of exposure occur, give the exposed person 3
glasses of water to drink and induce vomiting, then repeat this procedure. Get medical help (in plant, paramedic, community) for all
exposures. Seek prompt medical assistance for further treatment, observation, and support after first aid. Note to Physician: Workers
exposed to this liquid should be evaluated with a full battery of tests for the liver, kidneys, and CNS systems, as well as the blood.
SEC,FION •-:nt.SPILL, LE:AK, AND};DJSl'OSAL\:PRO.CED:uRES ;;-'>;'. :·•• : . · .. • •.. ·
Spill/Leak: Notify safety personnel, evacuate unnecessary personnel, and provide adequate ventilation. Cleanup personnel must be prop-
erly clothed and equipped to protect the skin and eyes against any contact with the liquid as well as inhalation of its vapor (see sect. 8).
Vacuum the spilled 1,1,2,2~tetrachloroethane and pump it into suitable containers for disposal. Waste Disposal: Contact your supplier
or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow Federal. state, and local regulations.
OSHA Designations
Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910. I 000 Subpart Z).
EPA Designations (40 CFR 302.4)
RCRA Waste, No. U209
CERCLA Hazardous Substance, Reportable Quantity: I lb (0.454 kg), per the Clean Water Act (CWA), § 307 (a); and the, Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), § 300 I.
SE€TION:,:,,8:i!:1SPEClAl!fiiPROTEC'FIONi;!1,INFORMATI0N;;~1,;,t!•.· '/ lf:~:f~~~!-~i:i~i,\\'. :·::=:tt\f}fif\ti.~~;;t·" . ,:c,;:; ..
Goggles: Always wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles. Where splashing of this liquid is possible, wear a full face
shield. Follow OSHA eye-and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910. 133). Respirator: Use a NIOSH-approved respirator per
Genium reference 88 for the maximum-use concentrations and/or the exposure limits cited in section 2. Follow OSHA respirator regula-
tions (29 CFR I 9 l0.134). For emergency or nonroutine operations (spills or cleaning reactor vessels and storage tanks), wc:ar an SCBA.
Warning: Air-purifying respirators will not protect workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres. Other: Wear impervious gloves, boots,
aprons, gauntlets, etc., to prevent skin contact with this liquid. Ventilation: Install and operate general and local ventilation systems
powerful enough to maintain airborne levels of this material below the OSHA PEL standard cited in section 2. Local exhaust ventilation
is preferred because it prevents dispersion of the contaminant into the general work area by eliminating it at its source. Consult the latest
edition of Genium reference I 03 for detailed recommendations. Safety Stations: Make emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench
showers, and washing facilities available in work areas. Contaminated Equipment: Contact lenses pose a special hazard; soft lenses
may absorb irritants, and all lenses concentrate them. Do not wear contact lenses in any work area. Remove contaminated c:lothing and
launder it before wearing it again; clean this material from your shoes and equipment. Comments: Practice good personal hygiene;
always wash thoroughly after using this material and before eating, drinking, smoking, using the toilet, or applying cosmetics. Keep it off
your clothing and equipment. A void transferring it from your hands to your mouth while eating, drinking, or smoking. Do not eat. drink,
or smoke in any work area. Do not inhale 1, 1,2,2-tetrachloroethane vapor.
SECTION 9i.••:1SPECIAL, PRECAUTIONS AND COMMENTS .·•·•.it>: .,i . . ...... ·•·:.:r·::.J
Storage/Segregation: Store 1, 1,2,2-tetrachloroethane in closed, airtight containers in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from incom-
patible chemicals (see sect. 5). Special Handling/Storage: Provide storage areas with adequate ventilation to prevent concentrations of
the vapor from building up beyond the occupational exposure limits cited in section 2.
Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.101-2)
DOT Shipping Name: Tetrachloroethane
DOT Hazard Class: ORM-A
ID No. UN 1702
DOT Packaging Requirements: 49 CFR 173.620
DOT Packaging Exceptions: 49 CFR 173.505
IMO Shipping Name: I, 1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
IMO Hazard Class: 6.1
IMO Label: Poison
lMDG Packaging Group: II
References: I, 38, 84-94, 100, 116, 117, 120. 122.
Judgmmts as to the suitability of information herein for purchaser's purposes arc i Prepared by: PJ Igoe, BS necessarily purchaser's responsibility. Therefore. although reasonable care has I
been taken in the preparation of such information, Genium Publishing Coq,.
I
Industrial Hygiene Review: DJ Wilson, CIH extends no warranties, makes no representations and assumes no responsibility
as 10 the accW11;cy or suitability of such infonnation for application to I
purchaser's intended purposes or for consequences of its use. ' I Medical Review: W Silvennan, MD
Copytigh1 C 1911 by Genium Publishina Corpontion
Any commercial use or reproduction without the publisher's permiuion ii prohibited
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Material Safety Data Sheets Collection: ~p Genium Publishing Corporation
1145 Catalyn Street
Schenectady, NY 12303-1836 USA
[phone]
Sheet No. 73
Zinc Metal/Powder
Issued: 7 /80 Revision: A, 11/89
· Section 1,;;;Materialldentification
Zinc Metal/Powder Description: A metallic element extractt!d from ores which are first roasted to form zinc oxide and then: I) the zinc oxide is leached from the roasted material with sulfuric acid to form a zinc sulfate solution which is electrolyzed in cells to deposit zinc on cathodes and 2) the zinc oxide is reduced with carbon in retorts (distilling vessels) to yield distilled and condensed zinc. Used as ingredient in alloys such as brass, bronze, and die•casting alloys; galvanizing sheet iron; for electrical apparatus, especially castings, building materials, dry cell batteries, automotive equipment, household utensils, railroad car linings; as a fungicide; in nutrition (essential growth element); as reagent in analytical chemistry; in bleaching bone glue, manufacturing sodium hydrosulfite, and insulin zinc salts. Other Designations: Blue powder; spelter; granular zinc; jasad; merrillite; pasco; Zn; CAS No. 7440-66-6. Manufacturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult the latest Chemicalweek Buyers' Guide (Genium ref. 73) for a suppliers list.
Section2?,Ingreaients and,!,OccupationalExposure Limits
Zinc metal/powder, ca 99%
OSHA PEL ACGIH TLV, 1989-90 Toxicity Datat
R I
I I s I
K I
30
NFPA
~
HMIS
H 0
F I
R I
PPG•
• Sec. 8
None established* None established•
NIOSH REL, 1987
None established* Human, inhalation, Tc;_
0: 124 mg/m'l50 min,
pulmonary system effects
• The current OSHA standard and ACGIH (1989-1990) TWA for zinc oxide (ZnO) fumes is 5 mglm1. The ACGIH TWA for zinc oxide dust is 10 mg/m1, providing that total contains no asbestos and is <1% crystalline silica NIOSH has recommended a 10-hr TWA of 5 m·gtm1 and a ceiling level of 15 mg/m1 (15-min sample) for zinc oxide fume. The TL V-TW A level was set to prevent metal fume fever. t Sec NIOSH, RTECS (ZG8600000), for additional data with references to irritative effects.
· Section 3;CPhysii:ar.Qata
Boiling Point: 907 F ( I 663 C)
Melting Point: 4 I 9 F (787 C)
Vapor Pressure: I mm Hg at 909 F (487 C)
Brinell Hardness: 31
Atomic Weight: 65.37 g/mol
Specific Gravity (H,O = I at 39 F (4 Cl): 7.13 at 77 F (25 C)
Water Solubility: Insoluble
Index ofExplosibility, Zn Powder {<0.1 weak, >10 severe): 0.1
Appearance and Odor: Bluish-white lustrous metal, also finely divided forms.
Sectim(4." Fire a~d Expl<>sfon Data •
Flash Point: None reported I Autoignition Temperature: Cloud, 1256 F (680 C);' dust layer, ILEL: Dust cloud explosion, UEL: None reported I 860 F (460 C);' powder, 650 ml' 0.5 oz/ft'
Extinguishing Media: Use special dry chemical or clean dry sand. Never use COr Using a direct stream of water may scatter the fire or disperse dust, creating a potentially explosive mixture if exposed to heat or ignition sources. A water spray may be used to cool fire-exposed containers and disperse vapors.
Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: Flammable hydrogen gas is liberated by reaction with alkali hydroxides (sodium, potassium, and calcium hydroxides), acids, or even water (when material is in dust form) and is an explosion hazard in a confined space. (n a fire, zinc may melt, vaporize, and burn to fonn ZnO fumes (Sec. 2).
Special Fire-fighting Procedures: For major fires, or if large quantities of this material are involved, fire fighters should wear appropriate protective clothing and respiratory protection. Wear a self~contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in the pressure-demand or positive-pressure mode:
• Zinc dust refers to the product of zinc vapor condensation, and zinc powder to the product of molten zinc atomization (Zinc Dust anti Zinc Powder: Their Production, Properties, and Applications, B.C. Hafford, W.E. Pepper, and T.B. Lloyd, 1982). Dust 100% thru 74-µm sieve; a 0.96-J spark can ignite a cloud. The ignition temperature in CO2 is 896 F (480 C). The reaction temperature in a nitrogen abnospherc is 1112 F (600 C).
Stability/Polymerization: Zinc is stable in dry air at room temperature. Moist zinc dust can react exothermically and ignite-spontaneously in air. Hazardous polymerization cannot occur.
Chemical Incompatibilities: Zinc dust is an explosion hazard when reacted with acids, chlorates, oxidizing agents (sulfur and oxygen), haloge-nated hydrocarbons, hydrazine mononitrate, hydroxylamine, ammonium nitrate, barium dioxide, barium nitrate, cadmium, performic acid, manganese chloride, nitric acid, ethyl acetoacetate and tribromoneopentyl alcohol, tellurium. carbon disulfide, lead azide, magnesium and barium nitrate and barium dioxide, selenium, sodium peroxide, potassium nitrate, and water. In humans, a toxic effect results from inhaling 124 mg/m3 of zinc metal/powder for 50 min.
Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thermal oxidative decomposition of zinc can produce highly toxic fumes. Above 999 F (537 C) vaporized zinc burns in air with a blue•green flame to produce zinc oxide fumes.
Copyright Cl 1919 Omium Publishing Coq,ofalion.
Any commen:i1J uae or reproduction without the publisher', permiuion is prohibited.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
No. 73 Zinc Metal/Powder 11/89
Section'6 .. :.Heiilth,fHazard Dafa ., ,
Carcinogenicity: Neither the NTP, IARC, nor OSHA lists zinc as a carcinogen.
Summary of Risks: Zinc is relatively nontoxic, but when combined with other materials such as oxygen or mineral acids, lhc resulting com-
pounds can have toxic effects. It is not readily absorbed through the skin, gastrointestinal (GI tract), or lungs. Although most inorganic zinc com-
pounds are potential causes of gastrocnteric irritation, a high-level dose is relatively nontoxic when ingested. Zinc is considered essential to life.
Ingestion of soluble salts may cause nausea and vomiting, sluggishness, and light-headedness. Inhalation of zinc fumes normally generated by
zinc and extreme heat may cause metal fume fever, which is accompanied by throat dryness and irritation, coughing, weakness, dyspnea. and
generalized aching that generally passes within 24 hr. These symptoms usually begin 3 to 10 hr after exposure and resolve within 24 to 48 hr. In-
halation of zinc dust may cause mild irritation to the upper respiratory tract. Prolonged skin contact with zinc may cause a mild. drying dermatitis.
Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long-Term Exposure: Since metallic zinc particulates can be considered a niusance dust, repeated
inhalation of zinc dust could lead to respiratory complications.
Target Organs: Respiratory system.
Primary Entry: Inhalation, ingestion.
Acute Effects: Metal fume fever is an acute, self-limiting condition, without recognized complications, aftereffects, or chronic forms. Symptoms
appear several hours after exposure. Removal from exposure normally alleviates symptoms with no residual or chronic effects. A degree of
tolerance may result from continued exposure, but is quickly lost after a day or two of nonexposure.
Chronic Effects: Zinc and zinc powder have little history of causing chronic effects.
FIRST AID
Eyes: Flush immediately, including under the eyelids, gently but thoroughly with flooding amounts of running water for at least 15 min.
Skin: After rinsing affected area with flooding amounts of water, wash it with soap and water.
Inhalation: Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed.
Ingestion: Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. If ingested, have that conscious person drink I to 2 glasses of
water, then induce repeated vomiting until vomit is clear. Physician's Note: Calcium disodium edetate (CaN~-EDTA) has been used medically
to increase the rate of zinc removal from the body; however, this usually results from chronic fume exposure or exposure to zinc salts, not to zinc
metal powders.
After first aid, get appropriate in-plant, paramedic, or community medical attention and support.
-Sectfoii'7;'1S···mo,1;e·a141a:iidlDis -osal Pi'licedufesa,''. .. , .. ,. J>. '· ,, ....... , .... , P,. , .. , ..... , .· ., ·"''
SpilULeak: Notify safety personnel of powder spills. Eliminate alt heat and ignition sources. Cleanup personnel should protect against dust
inhalation and eye contact. Use nonsparking tools for cleanup. Sweep or otherwise place the spilled material in an appropriate, pressure-vented,
dry-metal container (with lid) for later disposal. Container should be pressure vented. A void creating airborne dust conditions.
Disposal: Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations.
OSHA Designations
Air Contaminant (29 CFR 19!0.1000, Subpart Z): Not listed
EPA Designations
RCRA Hazardous Waste (40 CFR 261.33): Not listed
Listed as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance• (40 CFR 302.4), Reportable Quantity (RQ): 1000 lb (454 kg)[• per Clean Water Act, Sec. 307(a)]
SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355): Not listed
Zinc (fume or dust) is listed as SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)
Goggles: Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye-and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910. 133).
Respirator: For zinc oxide dust or fume concentrations up to 50 mg/m3 and 250 mg.lm3, use, respectively, a fume (high-efficiency particulate)
respirator or an air-supplied or self-contained respirator with a full facepiece. Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR I 910.134 ). For emer-
gency or nonroutine operations ( cleaning spills, reactor vessels, or storage tanks), wear an SCBA.
Warning: Air-purifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres.
Other: Wear impervious gloves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets to prevent prolonged or repeated skin contact.
Ventilation: Provide general and local explosion-proof ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations below established TLVs-TWAs
(Sec. 2). Local exhaust ventilation is preferred since it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by eliminating it at its s:>urce (Genium
ref. !03).
Safety Stations: Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers. and washing facilities.
Contaminated Equipment: Never wear contact lenses in the work area: soft lenses may absorb, and all lenses concentrate, irritants. Launder
contaminated clothing before wearing. Remove this material from your shoes and equipment. Wash thoroughly before changing to street clothes.
Comments: Never eat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene after using this material, especially before eating, drinking,
smoking, using the toilet, or applying cosmetics.
Section 9. Speci~(!Precautions and Coniinents ,
Storage Requirements: Store in covered metal containers in a dry, well-ventilated, low fire risk area. Protect containers from physical damage.
Never store with acids, halogenated hydrocarbons, or strong alkalis.
Engineering Controls: Avoid breathing dust or fumes. Use good housekeeping and cleaning techniques to minimize airborne particulates and to
prevent dust accumulation. Provide suitable training in personal hygiene and in the cause and effect of metal fume fever. Prevent exposure of
workers with respiratory problems or gastrointestinal disorders.
Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.102)
IMO Shipping Name: Zinc, powder or dust, nonpyrophoric IMO Shipping Name: Zinc, powder or dust, pyrophoric
IMO Hazard Class: 4.3 IMO Hazard Class: 4.2
IMO Label: Dangerous when wet
IMDG Packaging Group: II
IMO Label: Spontaneously combustible
IMDG Packaging Group: II
MSDS Collection References: 2, 4-11, 24, 3 I, 39-41, 80, 81,84,85,91, 109
Prepared by: MJ Allison, BS; Industrial Hygiene Review: DJ Wilson, CIH; Medical Review: Warren Silveoman, MD f7
Copyright C 1919 by Genium Publithing COfPO«tion. Any mmmen;i•I Ille°' reproduaion without die publi1hcr'1 pcnninion it prohibited. Judgtnentll .. 10 the 111itability ofin!Offlluion herein ror the purehua't purpota
uc ncccuuily the purdwef'1 rcspomibility, Although reuomb1e ure h .. been Wen in the PfCl)Ul.tion oftix:h inronnWon. Genium Publishing Corporation e;,i:tends 1'10 wan-.nties, mlit:11'10 repraenlations. and usumcs
1'10 responsibility .. to the 1ccuracy or 111illbility of such infonn•tion for 1pplia.tion IO the purchuc:r't in1cnded pu~e or ror consequences or iu use.
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 7/28/98
68680842.A 1T
Attachment D
Hot Work Permit
' I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I·
I
I
Site Hot Work Permit
Location: Date: ___ _
Activity:
YES NO
L Is there any alternate procedure to use instead of hot work?
2. Is it possible to move the hot work to a designated hot work area?
3. Is it possible to move all fire hazards at least 35 feet from the hot work operation?
4. If all fire hazards can not be removed, can guards, barriers, or screens be used to confine any heat,
sparks, or slag, and to protect the immovable fire hazards?
5. Is there any flammable or combustible liquid storage areas within 50 feet?
6. Is the area where the work is to be perforrned free of combustible debris?
7. Are all floor, wall, and window openings or cracks within a 50-foot radius protected to prevent
exposure of combustible material to heat, sparks, flying sparks, or slag?
8. Are combustible materials adjacent to the opposite side of partitions, walls, or ceilings protected by
guards or moved 35 feet away from the surface?
9. Is everything moved or protected that could be damaged by sparks or water?
I 0. Is suitable fire extinguishing equipment on-hand and ready for immediate use?
IL Is the sprinkler system in the area operational?
12. Are the surrounding employees in an area where flying sparks and slag may injure them? Have
precautions been implemented to prevent injury to the employees?
13. Has the area supervisor been notified?
14. Is a fire watch in place?
15. Is hot work to be conducted in a confined space?
16. Is appropriate personal protective equipment and respiratory protection being used?
After the Hot Work Activity Is Completed, the Work Area Must Be Cleaned Up and the A,rea Thoroughly
Checked for Fires and Smoldering Material for at Least 30 Minutes!
Employee Completing Perrnit: ______________ _
YOUR SUPERVISOR MUST SIGN THIS FORM BEFORE HOT WORK BEGINS.
Supervisor: ___________________ DatefTime: ________ _
Upon completion of hot work activities covered by this perrnit, it must be given to the HSS for filing on-site.
7/28198
68680842.A TT
I
I
I
I
I
I ,,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 7/28198
68680842.ATI
ATTACHMENT E
DAILY AIR MONITORING LOG
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
' I
I
I
I
I 7n8198
68680842.ATT
DAILY AIR MONITORING LOG
Date:
Activity: ·
In~trument Reading Comments· .
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I' ATTACHMENT F
I BBLES DAILY SAFETY MEETING LOG ,,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 7128198
68680842.AlT
I
1.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BBLES DAILY SAFETY MEETING LOG
PROJECT: _____________ _
DATEffIME: ______________ _
7/28/98
68680842.ATI
LOCATION: __________ _
ACTIVITY: ________ _
"
"
'
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
;I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I 7128/98
68680842.AlT
ATTACHMENT G
ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-BBL-----------------
Bl,A,5lA',O. _ BOUCK 6_ LEE. NC.
•noin••ri & ,c,eMIU1
ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
Date of Report ______ Date of Accident ________ Time of Accident ____ _
Employee's Name Title --------------------------
Address ----------------------Employee# ____ _
City State Zip Code ----------------------
Age Sex Marital Status ------------------------
Date of Hire Social Security# # of Dependents -------------------------
Injuries Required:
D First Aid (At Scene) D Emergency Room Treatment D Hospitalization
Location of Accident
First Aid Provided By
Medical Facility/Address
Attending Physician
Did Employee Return to Work?
D Yes D No If Yes, Give Date ____ _
Employee Signature
H&S Review
7/28198
6861101142.A Tf
Did Employee Lose Time at Work?
D Yes D No If Yes, Give Amount ___ _
Date
Date
I
I
I
I
1·
I
I
I·
I
I
I
I
1·
I
1·
I
I
I
I
Appendix H
Construction Quality Assurance Plan
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC,
engineers & scientists
,,
I
1,
,I ,.~-
I
I
I ,,
I
11
I'
I
I
I
I ,,
a
:1,
:I
I
C
Cl
PLAN
DRAFT
Construction Quality Assurance Plan
Combined OUJ and OU3
Pretreatment System
National Starch and Chemical Company
Cedar Springs Plant Site
Salisbury, North Carolina
July 1998
BBL
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
engineers & scientists
6723 Towpath Road, P.O. Box 66
Syracuse, New York, 13214-0066
[phone]
DRAFT
Table of Contents
Section 1.
Section 2.
Section 3.
Section 4.
Figures
68780842.RPT --7/30/98
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2 Pretreatment System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.3 Plan Organization ................................ 1-1
Construction Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 CQA Management Organization ..................... 2-1
2.2.1 Engineer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2.2 Contractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.3 Construction Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.4 Technical Specifications ........................... 2-4
2.5 CQA Submittals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
CQA Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1 Site Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 Treatment Building Modifications .................... 3-1
3.3 Process Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.3.1 Low-Profile Air Stripper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.3.2 Catalytic Oxidation and Scrubber System . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.3.3 Storage Tanks .................................. 3-3
3.3.4 Pumping Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.3.5 Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.3.6 Process Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3.3.7 Flow Meters and Pressure Gauges .................. 3-5
3.4 Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Documentation of Construction Activities ................. 4-1
4.1 Methods of Documentation ......................... 4-1
4.2 Construction Certification Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
1 Construction Quality Assurance Organization Chart
BlASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
9nglneers & sc/Bnrists
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
. 1
I
,
' I
1·
DRAFT
1. Introduction
1.1 General
This Construction Quality Assurance Plan (CQAP) has been developed to ensure that construction of the Combined
Operable Unit I (OU!) and Operable Unit 3 (OU3) Pretreatment System (Pretreatment System) at the National
Starch and Chemical Company (NSCC) Cedar Springs Road Plant Site located in Salisbury, North Carolina is in
accordance with the Final Design Plans and Specifications. Contained within this document is a description of the
materials and procedures necessary to ensure proper construction, evaluation, and documentation during
construction of the Pretreatment System.
1.2 Pretreatment System Overview
The Pretreatment System will collect and treat ground water extracted from both OU! and OU3. Six existing OU!
extraction wells, one proposed OU3 collection trench and pumping well, and two new OU3 extraction wells will
collect area ground water. Collected ground water is then pumped to the existing OU! pretreatment building
equalization tank for pH adjustment via sodium hydroxide (caustic) addition. The neutralized ground water will
then be pumped through a low-profile air stripper where volatile organic compounds (VOCs) will be stripped to
the vapor phase via a forced draft, countercurrent air stream. The VOC-impacted vapor stream will be drawn
through a catalytic oxidation and scrubbing system for treatment. The ground-water effluent leaving the air stripper
will be pumped directly to Lagoon I unless site screening of the air stripper's effluent warrant further treatment.
In this case, ground-water effluent leaving the air stripper will be pumped through a granular activated carbon
(GAC) unit before discharging to Lagoon 1. The low-profile air stripper, catalytic oxidizer and scrubbing system,
caustic storage tank, and related electrical and instrumentation equipment will be located in the existing OU!
pretreatment building. Existing OU I pretreatment system equipment will be removed as necessary and the building
will be retrofitted to accommodate the proposed Pretreatment System.
1.3 Plan Organization
This CQAP is organized for use as a reference document and is organized by major project components (e.g.,
containment area, process equipment, etc.). The Construction/Start-Up Contractor (the Contractor) should be
completely familiar with the entire contents of this document prior to commencing construction activities.
Following this introductory section, Section 2.0 describes the construction organization. In Sections 3.0,
Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) requirements for major project components are described as follows:
• Section 3. I -Site Preparation;
• Section 3 .2 -Containment Area;
• Section 3.3 -Enclosure Area;
• Section 3.4 -Process Equipment; and
• Section 3.5 -Electrical Equipment.
In Section 4, the methods of documenting construction activities are described .
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68780842.RPT -7130/98 engineers & scientists 1-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
2. Construction Organization
2.1 General
This section describes the organization, qualifications, and responsibilities of the project consulting engineer (the
Engineer) and the Remedial Action Contractor (Contractor) for this project. Also discussed in this section are the
interactions required between the Engineer and Contractor to ensure CQA is maintained through completion of
construction.
2.2 CQA Management Organization
2.2.1 Engineer
NSCC has retained the services ofBlasland, Bouck & Lee, Inc. (BBL) to serve as the Engineer for the design of
the Pretreatment System. BBL is licensed to practice engineering in North Carolina. BBL prepared the Final
Design Plans and Specifications for the Pretreatment System and will be responsible for observing, documenting,
and certifying that activities associated with the construction phase of the Pretreatment System are in conformance
with those documents. Figure I illustrates the CQA management organization for the construction activities
associated with the pretreatment system.
The Engineer will provide qualified personnel to serve in the following capacities:
Project Officer -Joseph J. Hochreiter, Jr., CGWP will serve as Project Officer and official representative for the
Engineer. Mr Hochreiter will assume ultimate responsibility for the Pretreatment System design, coordination of
CQA activities performed by the Engineer, and preparation of the Remedial Action Report.
Project Officer -Edward R. Lynch, P.E. will serve as the Project Certifying Officer for the Engineer. Mr. Lynch
will have the ultimate technical responsibility for the Pretreatment System design and will provide professional
certification for completion of the remedial construction in accordance with the Final Design Plans and
Specifications.
Project Manager -Michael P. Fleischner will serve as the Project Manager for the Engineer and will report to the
Project Officer. Mr. Fleischner will have the following responsibilities in the implementation of the procedures
presented in this CQAP:
• Serve as the primary contact person for the Engineer, and maintain communications with NSCC and the
Contractor regarding conformance with the requirements in the Final Design Plans and Specifications;
• Provide overall coordination of the activities of the field construction CQA office services staff;
• Provide assistance to the CQA field services staff in the review and interpretation of field and laboratory
testing results;
• Ensure that all submittals by the Contractor are reviewed by the office services staff;
• Determine acceptance of the installed portion of work to permit further construction;
• Review Weekly Construction Summary Reports prior to submittal to NSCC; and
Bl.ASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC
6878011-U.RPT --7/30fl8 engineers & scientists 2-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
• Notify NSCC of proposed substantive changes to the approved Final Design Plans and Specifications.
Office Services Staff -The office services staff will report to the Project Manager and will have previous
experience and demonstrated knowledge and training relating to any work which they perform during construction.
The office services staff will have the following responsibilities:
• Review shop drawings and other submittals for conformance with the Final Design Plans and Specifications;
• Review and document sampling results to confirm results are consistent with the Final Design Plans and
Specifications;
• Coordinate with Contractor on shop drawing approval; and
• Provide technical support for Contractor staff as necessary.
2.2.2 Contractor
NSCC has retained the services of BBL Environmental Services, Inc. (BBLES) to serve as the Contractor for
construction of the Pretreatment System. BB LES will be responsible for ensuring that construction activities
adhere to the provisions of this CQAP. The Contractor shall have the following general responsibilities associated
with CQA procedures:
I. Provide the Engineer with the following:
• The name and qualifications of the field crew foreman proposed by the Contractor; and
• A Work Plan outlining the sequence of construction.
2. Review and be completely familiar with the Final Design Plans and Specifications;
3. Maintain a continuous line of communication with the Engineer to identify and discuss field issues as they
arise;
4. Coordinate with all equipment suppliers to ensure compliance with CQAP requirements;
5. Prepare and submit to the Engineer all shop drawings and other required submittals;
6. Ensure that all CQA requirements are achieved;
7. Identify any potential design and/or construction issues as early as possible to allow resolution in a manner
that will not impact the quality of the construction and the schedule of construction and start-up activities; and
8. Maintain a continuous record of any approved changes or modifications to the Final Design Plans and
Specifications.
The Contractor will provide qualified personnel to serve in the following capacities:
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68780&'2.RPT -· 7/3-0/,8 engineers & scientists 2-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
Project Officer -Richard P. Difiore will serve as Project Officer and official representative for the Contractor. Mr.
Difiore will assume ultimate responsibility for construction of the Pretreatment System design in accordance with
the Design Plans and Specifications, coordination and control of all subcontractors, coordination ofCQA activities
performed by the Contractor, and coordination with the Engineer to implement CQA activities to be performed by
the Engineer.
Construction Manager-John C. Yackiw, P.E. will serve as the Construction Manager for the Contractor and will
report to the Project Officer. Mr. Yackiw will have the following responsibilities in the implementation of the
procedures presented in this CQAP:
• Serve as the primary contact person for the Contractor, and maintain communications with NSCC and the
Engineer regarding conformance with the requirements in the Final Design Plans and Specifications;
• Provide overall coordination of construction activities and management of subcontractors;
• Document field and laboratory testing at the frequency established in the Construction Drawings and
Construction Specifications;
• Delineate areas of non-conformance with Construction Drawings and Construction Specifications;
• Visually observe construction materials delivered to the site to determine general conformance with
Construction Drawings and Construction Specifications;
• Observe and record procedures used for site preparation;
• Observe and record procedures used for excavation and backfilling to required elevations;
• Oversee and coordinate CQA testing;
• Collect samples during start-up;
• Record any on-site activities that could potentially result in damage to the Site and report these activities to
the Contractor and Project Manager;
• Prepare Weekly Summary Reports which will include any implemented changes from the approved
Construction Drawings and Construction Specifications; and
• Serve as the daily on-site contact person(s) and maintain routine contact with Project Manager regarding
conformance with the Construction Drawings and Construction Specifications.
2.3 Construction Meetings
Prior to the start of construction activities, a pre-construction meeting will be held with representatives ofNSCC,
the Engineer, and the Contractor. Topics covered at this meeting will include, but may not be limited to:
• This CQAP and its role relative to the Final Design Plans and Specifications;
• Responsibilities of each individual and organization;
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68700812.RPT --7130/98 engineers & scientists 2-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
• Lines of authority and communication for each organization;
• Established procedures for construction, change orders, deficiencies, repairs, and retesting;
• Work area security and safety practices;
• Procedures for the location and protection of construction materials, and for the prevention of damage of the
materials from inclement weather or adverse conditions;
• Required training and acknowledgment forms documenting that required health and safety training has been
completed prior to conducting work at the site;
• A review of site conditions, including staging and storage locations; and
• Contractor's proposed construction plan, schedule, procedures and other topics of discussion.
During the construction period, formal progress and coordination meetings shall be held at least morithly between
NSCC, the Engineer, and the Contractor. These meetings may include, but not be limited to, review of work
progress; field observations; construction issues and remedies; work and submittal schedule status; pending requests
for changes or substitutions; and other topics, as required.
2.4 Technical Specifications
The primary function of the Technical Specifications (which are given on the Final Design Plans and
Specifications) will be to:
I. Identify the scope of work necessary to achieve the design objectives;
2. Provide a basis by which the Contractor can develop a construction cost quotation; and
3. Indicate the specific materials, equipment, and standards to be utilized in performing the construction.
The Technical Specifications will also play an important role in the implementation and monitoring of desired CQA
measures by establishing CQA elements for activities occurring before, during, and after construction. The
Technical Specifications may, depending on the given component of construction, specify any or all of the
following:
I. Manufacturer and model number for specific equipment;
2. Performance standards or operating conditions to assist the Contractor in the selection and purchase of
equipment;
3. Required construction materials;
4. Required conformity with codes, standards, and specifications to govern material and workmanship quality;
5. Information to be submitted for technical review (also referred to as shop drawing submittals);
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68700842.RPT --7/J0fiB engineers & scientists 2-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
6. Coordination activities with other elements of construction;
7. Manufacturer or field testing requirements;
8. Performance guarantees; and
9. Workmanship/equipment warranties.
The requirement of the Technical Specifications will provide the framework for CQA measures. CQA activities
will gauge compliance with the requirements of the Technical Specifications. Such activities will involve the
review of technical submittals, material/equipment testing, on-site observation, and start-up.
2.5 CQA Submittals
For several elements of construction, the Contractor will prepare technical data (e.g., shop drawings, proposed
electrical equipment layout, etc.) and submit this information for review. This requirement allows for monitoring
of the Contractor's understanding of the design and prevention of any misinterpretation of the Technical
Specifications that may otherwise impact the design objectives or construction schedule. The submittal of technical
data, also referred to as shop drawing submittals, encompasses many elements of the construction activity. Typical
submittals that will be required as part of the Technical Specifications may include the following performance data;
a material list with manufacturer data showing co'mpliance with the Technical Specifications; material samples;
engineering drawings of the components showing sizes, widths, weights, connections, etc.; installation drawings;
operating descriptions; layout drawings; detail drawing, etc.
The submittal review will be an essential activity for monitoring CQA before construction is initiated. The
Contractor's submittal of a shop drawing will constitute their representation that they have determined and verified
all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, model numbers, and submittals with the
requirements of the Technical Specifications (including CQA requirements). The Engineer's review of shop
drawings will be to determine general compliance with the Technical Specifications. Submitted data will be
reviewed and stamped by the Engineer as follows:
I. "Reviewed" if no objections are observed or comments made;
2. "Reviewed and Noted" if minor objections, comments, or additions are made but resubmittal is not considered
necessary provided the Contractor addresses the noted items;
3. "Resubmit" if objections, comments, or additions are extensive. In this case, the Contractor would resubmi_t
the items after revision; and
4. "Rejected" if the submittal under consideration is not, even with reasonable revision, acceptable or when the
data submitted are not sufficiently complete to establish compliance with the Technical Specifications.
The shop drawing submittal and review process will afford an opportunity to monitor and control the quality of
construction before construction is actually initiated and thus be a key element of the CQA process.
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68780842.RPT .. 7/30fJB engineers & scientists 2-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
3. CQA Requirements
3.1 Site Preparation
The combined OU I and OU3 Pretreatment System will be located in the trench pretreatment building. Currently
located in the trench pretreatment building are process equipment, electrical, controls, and piping not related to the
remedial design. Therefore, the trench pretreatment building will be retrofitted to enclose the new Pretreatment
System by removing all unrelated equipment, electrical, controls, and piping, installing a 10-foot by 18-foot roll-up
door, and installing a 4-foot-high block wall for caustic storage containment.
Site preparation activities also include the modification of existing extraction wells NS-49 and NS-51 and piping.
Well pumps will be installed into each of the two extraction wells and will be controlled by intrinsically safe
contact probes and local control panels. The wells will discharge to a 2-inch schedule 80 galvanized steel pipe.
The discharge pipe will run aboveground on the existing pipe rack system (modified as necessary) or a new pipe
rack will be provided to the trench pretreatment building.
A collection trench will also be installed during site preparation in the northeastern portion of the site. The
collection trench will be approximately 200-feet long by 3-feet wide by 20-feet deep, and include an 8-inch-
diameter high density polyethylene (HOPE) perforated pipe installed approximately I-foot above the base of the
trench. The pipe shall discharge directly into a 14-inch-diameter HOPE pumping well. The perforated pipe shall
be embedded in thoroughly washed crushed gravel, which shall be used to backfill the trench to a depth of 3-feet
below grade. The crushed gravel shall be durable, sharp angled fragments free from coatings and a minimum of
85 percent by weight of the crushed particles shall have at least two fractured faces. The crushed gravel within the
trench shall be surrounded by non-woven geotextile fabric to mitigate the influx of fine sediment into the trench.
The remainder of the trench shall be backfilled with native soil to grade.
The pumping well is located at the eastern end of the ground-water collection trench. The pumping well consists
of a 14-inch-diameter, by approximately 22-foot-deep HOPE pipe containing one submersible pump and associated
level controls. The pump is connected to a 2-inch-diameter PVC discharge pipe; this pipe exits the top of the well
and transitions to a 2-inch-diameter schedule 80 galvanized steel pipe, which transports the ground water to the
trench pretreatment area.
All site preparation activities shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with the Final Design Plans and
Specifications. CQA testing will consist of observation and documentation of all site preparation activities by the
Construction Manager during construction. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's details including materials
of construction and detailed shop drawings showing all pertinent information necessary for the site preparation
activities. Any changes to the Final Design Plans and Specifications must be shown and highlighted on the shop
and record drawings.
3.2 Treatment Building Modifications
As shown on the Construction Drawings, the existing pretreatment building at the site will be used to house the new
Pretreatment System. Therefore, no new enclosures will be erected as part of the construction phase. However,
modifications to the existing pretreatment building (discussed above in Section 3.1) will be necessary for
installation of the new Pretreatment System. All modifications to the existing pretreatment building will be made
in accordance with the Final Design Plans and Specifications. CQA testing will consist of observation and
documentation of all modifications by the Construction Manager during construction.
BLASI.AND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68700&42.RPT --7/30/18 engineers & scientists 3-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
The Contractor will submit all detailed shop drawings (including the new roll-up door) showing all pertinent
information necessary for the modification of the pretreatment building. Any changes to the Final Design Plans
and Specifications will be shown and highlighted on the shop and record drawings.
A secondary containment system comprised of a 4-feet-tall concrete-block wall will surround the 5,000-gallon
caustic storage tank. The containment wall will be constructed and tested in accordance with the procedures
discussed below. The containment wall will be constructed to the dimensions shown on the Construction Drawings.
The installation of the containment wall will be observed by the Construction Manager. The Construction Manager
will visually examine and document the materials used to construct the containment wall. All damaged materials
will be rejected and removed from the site by the Contractor at the sole expense of the Contractor.
The following submittals are required from the Contractor associated with the containment area:
I. Coating.material information including chemical compatability, application procedures, and warrantee; and
2. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) stairs shop drawings.
3.3 Process Equipment
All process equipment (i.e., low-profile air stripper, catalytic oxidation system, storage tanks, piping, pumps, etc.)
must be installed in accordance with the configuration shown on the Final Design Plans. CQA testing of the
equipment and required submittals will be in accordance with the procedures described below.
3.3.1 Low-Profile Air Stripper
The installation and start-up of the low-profile air stripper system will be performed with a manufacturer's
representative on site. Installation will be performed in accordance with the Final Design Plans and Specifications,
and specific installation instructions from the manufacturer's representative.
The following submittals are required for the proposed low-profile air stripper:
I. Dimensioned shop drawings of the complete low-profile air stripper system showing equipment sizes, widths,
weights, and connections;
2. Listing of equipment components;
3. Listing of materials of construction for all components;
4. Installation instructions;
5. Manufacturer's initial start-up and operating procedures, including trouble-shooting guide (i.e., Operation and
Maintenance Manual [O&M Manual]);
6. Manufacturer's performance guarantee;
7. Manufacturer's warranty (to be transferred to NSCC); and
8. List of recommended spare parts.
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68700842.RPT --7fJ0fi8 engineers & scientists 3-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
3.3.2 Catalytic Oxidation and Scrubber System
The installation and start-up of the catalytic oxidizer and scrubber system will be performed with a manufacturer's
representative on site. Installation will be performed in accordance with the Final Design Plans and Specifications,
and specific installation instructions from the manufacturer's representative.
The following submittals are required for the proposed catalytic oxidizer and scrubber system:
I. Dimensioned shop drawings of the complete catalytic oxidizer and scrubber system showing equipment sizes,
widths, weights, and connections;
2. Listing of equipment components;
3. Listing of materials of construction for all components;
4. Installation instructions;
5. Manufacturer's initial start-up and operating procedures, including trouble-shooting guide (i.e., O&M
Manual);
6. Manufacturer's performance guarantee;
7. Manufacturer's warranties (to be transferred to NSCC); and
8. List ofrecommended spare parts.
3.3.3 Storage Tanks
One 5,000-gallon capacity caustic storage tank will be used to store 25 percent sodium hydroxide solution used to
feed the existing equalization tank and scrubber. As shown on the Final Design Plans, the caustic storage tank will
be 8 feet and I inch in diameter and 14 feet and 9 inches in height, have a flat bottom, domed top, and be
constructed of FRP.
The storage tanks will be installed and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Portions
of the tanks observed to be damaged during transport to the site or during installation at the site will be repaired
either in the field or at the manufacturer's facility, as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the field
Construction Manager.
The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings showing all materials, dimensions, fittings, and piping for the
storage tanks. Any deviations from the Final Design Plans and Specifications must be highlighted on the shop
drawings.
3.3.4 Pumping Equipment
Each pump will be tested hydrostatically in the manufacturer's shop at a pressure equal to not less than twice the
specified shut-off head or 150 pounds per square inch (psi), whichever is greater. Pump casings should show no
undue deflection, cracks, or other signs of weakness under the test pressure and there should be no sweating through
porous metal.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68700842.RPT -7(J0f;8 engineers & scientists 3-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
Each pump assembly with auxiliary equipment will be field tested by the Contractor after installation. Field test
to demonstrate satisfactory operation over the full range of operating conditions will be conducted by the Contractor
with the Construction Manager present. Additionally, the following will also be demonstrated:
I. The unit has been properly installed and has no mechanical defects;
2. The unit is in proper alignment and has been properly connected;
3. The unit is free from undue vibration; and
4. The unit is free from overloading or overheating.
All field testing will be documented by the field construction CQA staff and will be included in the Construction
Certification Report. Test data will include, at a minimum, the following:
• Date and time of tests;
• Person performing the tests and witnesses;
• Pump size, model, serial number, and location;
• The nature of any noted deficiencies; and
• Repair procedures performed for failing tests (including retest results).
_The Contractor shall make the following submittals for the pumping equipment:
1. Pump performance curves for each pump provided;
2. Shop drawings of pumps and motors, including dimensional information and materials of construction; and
3. Technical manuals for pumps and motors (including O&M Manuals), trouble-shooting information, and spare
parts list.
3.3.5 Valves
Operation and hydraulic testing on all valves will be performed by the Contractor to ensure the integrity of the
equipment and its operation. Following installation, the Contractor will operate all valves with the Construction
Manager present to demonstrate that they operate without grinding or strain. All pipelines in which valves are
installed shall also be filled with potable water and pressurized to the design pressure recommended by the
manufacturer to demonstrate that the installed valves do not leak. The Contractor will correct any valve
deficiencies observed during the operation and hydraulic testing at no cost to NSCC.
The following submittals are required for all valves:
1. Detailed shop drawings and descriptions of all valves;
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
687008-12.RPT --7/30m engineers & scientists 3-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
2. A materials and parts list which includes full information regarding all components of the equipment,
including materials of construction;
3. The manufacturer's O&M Manuals for each type of valve; and
4. The manufacturer's warranties for each type of valve.
3.3.6 Process Piping
All process piping will be installed by the Contractor in accordance with the Final Design Plans and Specifications
and will be tested hydrostatically for leakage prior to being placed in service. The Contractor will submit to the
Engineer drawings and manufacturer's data on the hose, pipe, joints, and fittings.
Hydrostatic testing will consist or pressurizing the pipe to a pressure of 150 psi for a period of at least two hours.
Leak testing will be conducted concurrently with the hydrostatic testing. The rate of leakage will be determined
at 15-minute intervals by means of volumetric measurement of the makeup water added to maintain the test
pressure. The test will proceed until the rate of leakage has stabilized or is decreasing to zero, for three consecutive
15-minute intervals. All piping will be examined by the Construction Manager during the test and all leaks, and
defective material or joints shall be repaired or replaced before repeating the tests.
3.3.7 Flow Meters and Pressure Gauges
All flow meters and pressure gauges shall be calibrated and certified at the manufacturer's shop to ensure integrity
and compliance with the Final Design Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's details
including materials of construction. Copies of the calibration tests shall also be submitted for review by the
Construction Manager.
3.4 Electrical Equipment
All electrical equipment must be installed in accordance with the configuration shown on the Final Design Plans
and Specifications. Prior to obtaining any material in connection with electrical work, detailed shop drawings will
be submitted. In addition to equipment data, shop drawings will be submitted for approval that show proposed
raceway layout, electrical equipment layout, grounding system layout, interconnecting wiring, and elementary
diagrams.
Testing/inspections of electrical equipment requiring documentation for the Pretreatment System may include, but
will not be limited to, the following:
l. Inspection of all electrical work by a representative of the North Carolina Board of Fire Underwriters and by
local authorities having jurisdiction;
2. Certification of compliance with the National Electric Code;
3. Testing of all wire and cable when in-place but before final connections are made;
4. UL master label approval of lightning protection system;
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
68780&12.RPT .• 7/JOfiB engineers & scientists 3-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
5. Inspection and approval of the incoming electrical and telephone service by the power and telephone company
and the local inspection agency, certificate of inspections to be provided;
6. Performance of an electrical grounding system;
7. Coordination and calibration of instrumentation components; and
8. Field tests of all miscellaneous electrical controls.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
687008-U.RPT --7/J0J98 engineers & scientists 3-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
4. Documentation of Construction Activities
4.1 Methods of Documentation
1. The Construction Manager will keep a daily log documenting all work performed and completed by the
Contractor each day. The log may include, but need not be limited to, the following:
• The date, project name, location, and other information;
• Relevant conversations with the Contractor;
• A summary of any unusual circumstances, deficiencies, and/or defects;
• A record of the labor, material, and equipment deployed each day;
• Materials brought to the site;
• A summary oftest results, failures, and retests; and
• Record of visitors to the site; and
• The signature(s) of the Construction Manager.
2. The Construction Manager will prepare Weekly Construction Summary Reports, which will summarize the
progress of the project.
3. The Contractor will maintain equipment and personnel logs for all work performed during the construction
and start-up of the Pretreatment System.
4. The Construction Manager will take photographs on a daily basis to document the progress of the project.
4.2 Construction Certification Report
The Engineer will prepare a Construction Certification Report to certify that the work has been performed in
general accordance with the Final Design Plans and Specifications. The report will provide a summary of the work
performed during the construction and start-up of the Pretreatment System. The report will contain the following:
• Summaries of construction activities, including a comprehensive narrative which summarizes the daily reports
of the Construction Manager;
• Testing data sheets;
• Chronology of significant milestone dates;
• Contractor submittals;
• Summary of construction problems and solutions;
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68780&12,RPT •• 7/30fl8 engineers & scientists 4-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
• Summary of changes from the approved Final Design Plans and Specifications;
• Color photographs of major project features;
• Construction Certification Statement sealed and signed by the Project Certifying Officer; and
• Record drawings sealed and signed by the Project Certifying Offi~er showing all changes to the approved
Construction Drawings.
BLASlAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
68700842.RPT --7/JOfiB engineers & scientists 4-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I Figures
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OUCK !>LEE.INC. BLASLAND, 8 t Is ts
& scion engineers
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BBL
7/28/98
08561538.CDA
Environmental Services, Inc.
Syracuse, New York
Contractor
Richard P. DiFiore
Project Officer
John C. Yackiw, P.E.
Construction Manager
Field Services Staff
NCDENR
Michael L. Ford, P.E. I
Remedial Action Coordinator
National Starch and Chemical Company USEPA
Blasland, Bouck & Lee, Inc.
Syracuse, New York
Engineer
,__
Joseph J. Hochreiter, CGWP Edward R. Lynch, P.E. Project Officer Project Certifying Officer
Michael P. Fleischner
Project Manager
Office Services Staff
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT • SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
COMBINED OU1 AND OU3 PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
CONSTRUCTION QUALITY
ASSURANCE PIAN
ORGANIZATION CHART BBL BLASIANP BOUCK. IEE INC
RGURE
•npln••r• & ,c1,nt11t1 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
••
Appendix I
Operation and Maintenance Plan·
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & sc/enflsls
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I v
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ,,
I,
I
I
PLAN
Operation and Maintenance Plan
Combined OUJ and OU3 Pretreatment System
National Starch and Chemical Company
Cedar Springs Plant Site
Salisbury, North Carolina
July 1998
BBL
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, 1NC.
engineers & scientists
6723 Towpath Road, P.O. Box 66
Syracuse, New York, 13214-0066
[phone]
DRAFT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I, ,,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
,I
I
DRAFT
Table of Contents
Section 1.
Section 2.
Section 3.
Section 4.
99761369.RPT --7(30/,8
Introduction .......................................... 1-1
1.1 General ....................................... 1-1
1.2 Background Information ........................... 1-1
1.2.1 Site History and Description ........................ 1-1
1.2.2 Remedial Design/Remedial Action
Requirements1-2 .................................. .
1.3 O&M Plan Organization ........................... 1-3
Pretreatment System Process and Components ............ 2-1
2.1 Pretreatment System Overview ..................... 2-1
2.2 Ground-Water Collection System .................... 2-1
2.2.1 Ground-Water Collection Trench and Pumping
Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 2-1
2.2.2 Extraction Wells ................................. 2-2
2.3 Ground-Water Treatment .......................... 2-3
2.3.1 Existing Equalization Tank ......................... 2-4
2.3.2 Low-Profile Air Stripper ............................ 2-5
2.3.3 Catalytic Oxidizer and Scrubbing System .............. 2-6
2.3.4 Caustic Storage Tank ............................. 2-9
Operation and Maintenance ............................. 3-1
3.1 General ....................................... 3-1
3.2 System Monitoring ............................... 3-1
3.2.1 Monitoring ..................................... 3-1
3.2.2 Sampling ...................................... 3-1
3.2.3 Daily Monitoring ................................. 3-1
3.2.4 Weekly Monitoring ............................... 3-2
3.3 Maintenance .................................... 3-2
3.3.1 Air Stripper Maintenance .......................... 3-2
3.3.2 Air Stripper Cleaning ............................. 3-3
3.3.3 Catalytic Oxidizer and Scrubbing System .............. 3-3
3.4 Caustic Tank Filling Operation ...................... 3-4
Startup/Testing and Shutdown Procedures ................ 4-1
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
General ....................................... 4-1
Pretreatment System Startup/Testing ................. 4-1
Initial Pretreatment System Startup/Testing ............ 4-3
Initial Extraction Wells and Pumping Wells
Startup4-3 ....................................... .
Pretreatment System Shutdown ..................... 4-3
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I ~
I
' I ,,
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
'
I
I
I.
I
Section 5.
Section 6.
Section 7.
99781369.PPT •• 7/30/JS
DRAFT
Information Management ............................... 5-1
5.1 General ....................................... 5-1
5.2 Record Keeping ................................. 5-1
5.2.1 O&M Data ..................................... 5-1
5.2.2 Sampling Data .................................. 5-1
5.2.3 Inspection Data ................................. 5-1
5.2.4 Weekly Summary Reports ......................... 5-1
5.2.5 Monthly Summary Reports ......................... 5-2
5.3 Data Reporting .................................. 5-2
Sampling and Analysis ................................. 6-1
6.1 Routine Sampling and Analysis· ..................... 6-1
6.2 Initial Startup Sampling and Analysis ................. 6-1
6.3 Long-Term Ground-Water Sampling and
Monitoring Requirements .......................... 6-2
Health and Safety ..................................... 7-1
7.1 Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan ................. 7-1
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I I •
·I
I
·1
I
I
I
DRAFT
1. Introduction
1.1 General
This document presents the Operations and Maintenance Plan (O&M Plan) for the combined Operable Unit I
(OUI) and Operable Unit 3 (OU3) Pretreatment System (Pretreatment System) at the National Starch and Chemical
Company (NSCC) Cedar Springs Road Plant Site (Site) located in Salisbury, North Carolina. This plan describes
the Site and information management procedures, and provides information regarding the Pretreatment System
components, operation and maintenance, start-up and testing and shutdown activities, sampling and analysis
requirements, and health and safety requirements.
This plan has been developed based on the anticipated operating characteristics of the Pretreatment System
equipment as presented in the OU3 Final Design Report (FDR). As required by the Remedial Design/Remedial
Action (RD/RA) Statement of Work (SOW), this document will serve as a basis for the O&M manual to be
submitted by the Remedial Contractor at the 30 percent construction stage. The O&M manual will contain more
detailed information on the Pretreatment System equipment as provided by the equipment manufacturers.
1.2 Background Information
Presented below is relevant background information regarding the Site history and description, and RD/RA
requirements.
1.2.1 Site History and Description
The Site is located in Rowan County, North Carolina, approximately 5 miles south of the city of Salisbury.
Salisbury is approximately 40 miles northeast of Charlotte, North Carolina. The Site property is approximately
500 acres in size. The areas surrounding the Site are used for industrial, commercial, and residential purposes.
Construction of the Cedar Springs Road Plant began in 1970. The production facility is located in the southeastern
portion of the site. Operations at the plant consist of the production of textile-finishing chemicals and custom
specialty chemicals. Chemical production takes place on a batch basis and varies depending on demand. Volatile
and semi-volatile organic chemicals are used in the manufacturing process at the Site and acid and alkaline
solutions are used in both the manufacturing and cleaning processes. The waste stream includes reactor and feed
line wash and rinse, containing trace amounts of organic and inorganic constituents in solution.
Three wastewater lagoons were constructed in an area of natural clay at the Site during the original plant
construction. The process waste stream was discharged to these lagoons form 1970 to 1978. Lagoon 3 was lined
with concrete in 1978 and Lagoon I and 2 were excavated and lined with concrete in 1984. The three lagoons are
used for pretreatment consisting of equalization, settling, and surface aeration of the raw waste stream before
controlled discharge to the city of Salisbury publicly owned treatment works (POTW). Prior to connection to the
POTW, effluent from the on-site treatment lagoons was discharged to infiltration trenches located to the west of
the plant area. This is known as the Trench Area and is the focus of the remedial activities in OU! and OU2.
In 1992, a fourth lagoon was constructed as part of the Remedial Action for OU I to pretreat effluent and impacted
ground water extracted from the trench and plume periphery areas. Plant, trench, and plume periphery water is
equalized in Lagoon I, aerated in Lagoon 2, and treated biologically in Lagoon 3. The fourth Lagoon is operated
as a clarifier for the bio-treated water prior to discharge to the POTW.
BlASlAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99761369.RPT .. mom engineers & scientists 1-1
I
1:
I
1,
\. .
I
,I '. ,.
I
,f,
I
I
I
DRAFT
Currently, ground-water extraction and monitoring occurs at the Site in accordance with Records of Decision
(RODs) for OUI and OU2. OU! consists of impacted ground water located in the west-southwest portion of the
Site. OU2 consists of impacted soils in the former trench disposal area. The Plume Periphery Extraction System
consists of four extraction wells which pump at a combined rate of approximately 80 gallons per minute (gpm) and
discharge directly to the plant wastewater lagoons. The OU I Trench Area Extraction System consists of six
extraction wells which pump at a combined rate of approximately 12 gpm. The existing OU 1 Pretreatment System
consists of pH adjustment (by lime addition) and air stripping prior to discharge to Lagoon 1. Ground-water
monitoring at the site is performed quarterly by plant employees.
OU3 addresses impacted ground water, surface water, and sediments in the plant area within the watershed of the
Northeast Tributary. OU4 addresses residually impacted soils in the OU3 area.
1.2.2 Remedial Design/Remedial Action Requirements
The RD/RA requirements are set forth in the following documents:
• The ROD for OU3 dated October 7, 1993; and
• The Unilateral Administrative Order (UAO) for OU3 and OU4 dated September 29, 1995 including an
attached SOW dated September 22, 1995 ..
These requirements include the following:
• Monitoring of the surface water and sediment quality in the Northeast Tributary;
• Review of the existing ground-water monitoring system to ensure proper monitoring of ground-water flow and
quality;
• Implementation of a deed restriction on the property which has been completed by NSCC;
• More accurate evaluation of the speed and direction of the flow of ground water in the bedrock; and
• Design and implementation of a ground-water remediation system.
The ground-water remediation system description in the UAO and ROD includes the following:
• Ground-water extraction wells;
• An air stripper;
• Vapor-phase carbon adsorption filters to control air emissions; and
• Discharge of treated water to the POTW.
The results of remedial design field investigation and a ground-water modeling program indicated differing
conditions in the hydrogeology and nature of the impacts to ground water than those reported in the Remedial
Investigation (RI). Specifically, these differing conditions include the following:
BlASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
99781)69.R.PT--7/J0~8 engineers & scientists 1-2
I
DRAFT
• Concentrations of volatile organic compounds in ground water which would make the implementation of
carbon adsorption for air emissions control uneconomical;
• A transition zone between the saprolite and the bedrock which acts as a significant conduit for the flow of
ground water;
• A zone of low hydraulic conductivity in the saprolite, transition zone, and bedrock in the vicinity of Area 2;
and
• A potential dense non-aqueous phase liquid (DNAPL) in the ground water in OU3.
The final remedial design of the Pretreatment System addresses the intent of the design requirements presented in
the UAO and ROD, and the differing conditions described above. Specifically, the intent of the Pretreatment
System is to:
• Control the aqueous phase volatile organic compounds (VOCs) impact that may be emanating from the
potential DNAPL zone;
• Use a monitoring program that will effectively assess the technical practicability of aquifer restoration within
the potential DNAPL zone; and
• Emphasize the use of the transition zone for controlling the aqueous phase VOCs impact including the use of
a shallow ground-water collection trench in Area 2 in lieu of extraction wells.
1.3 O&M Plan Organization
This O&M Plan is organized into the following sections:
• Section 1 -presents the introduction and relevant site background information;
• Section 2 -presents a description of the Pretreatment System process and components;
• Secti_on 3 -presents information regarding system operation and maintenance;
• Section 4 -presents information regarding Pretreatment System startup and testing and shutdown;
• Section 5 -presents information management procedures;
• Section 6 -presents sampling and analysis activities to be conducted during operation of the Pretreatment
System; and
• Section 7 -presents information regarding health and safety procedures to be followed during operation of the
Pretreatment System.
BlASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
99781369.RPT •. 7/30IJ8 engineers & scientists 1-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
2. Pretreatment System Process and Components
2.1 Pretreatment System Overview
The Pretreatment System will collect and treat ground water extracted from both OU I and OU3. Six existing OU!
extraction wells, one new OU3 collection trench and pumping well, and two new OU3 extraction wells will collect
area ground water. Collected ground water is then pumped to the existing OU I pretreatment building equalization
tank for pH adjustment via sodium hydroxide (caustic) addition. The neutralized ground water will then be pumped
through a low-profile air stripper where VOCs will be stripped to the vapor phase via a forced draft, countercurrent
air stream. The VOC-impacted vapor stream will be drawn through a catalytic oxidation and scrubbing system for
treatment. The ground-water effluent leaving the air stripper will be pumped directly to Lagoon I unless site
screening of the air stripper's effluent warrant further treatment. In this case, ground-water effluent leaving the
air stripper will be pumped through a granular activated carbon (GAC) unit before discharging to Lagoon I. The
low-profile air stripper, catalytic oxidizer and scrubbing system, caustic storage tank, and related electrical and
instrumentation equipment will be located in the existing OU! pretreatment building. Existing OU! pretreatment
system equipment will be removed as necessary and the building will be retrofitted to accommodate the new
Pretreatment System.
2.2 Ground-Water Collection System
2.2.1 Ground-Water Collection Trench and Pumping Well
The ground-water collection trench will be located in the northeastern portion of the site parallel to the site fencing
approximately 25 feet north of well NS'.45. The collection trench will be approximately 200-feet long by a
minimum 3-feet wide by 20-feet deep. The trench will include an 8-inch-outside-diameter high density
polyethylene (HOPE) perforated pipe installed approximately I-foot above the base of the trench. The pipe will
discharge directly into a 14-inch-diameter HOPE pumping well.
The perforated pipe will be embedded in thoroughly washed crushed gravel, which will be used to backfill the
trench to a depth of 3-feet below grade. The crushed gravel shall be durable, sharp angled fragments free from
coatings and a minimum of 85 percent by weight of the crushed particles shall have at least two fractured faces.
The crushed gravel within the trench shall be surrounded by non-woven geotextile fabric to mitigate the influx of
fine sediment into the trench. Backfill above the crushed gravel will consist of approximately 3 feet of native soil
to grade.
The pumping well is located at the eastern end of the ground-water trench. The pumping well consists of 14-inch-
diameter by approximately 22-foot-deep HOPE pipe containing one submersible pump and associated level
controls. The pump will be connected to a 2-inch-diameter PVC discharge pipe. This discharge pipe exits the top
of the pumping well and transitions to a 2-inch-diameter schedule 80 galvanized steel pipe, which transports the
ground water to the pretreatment building.
The ground-water discharge flow rate from the pumping well will be measured by a flow meter located in the
pretreatment building. The total operating time of the submersible pump will be recorded on an elapsed time meter
located in the pumping well control panel. The pumping well control panel also contains a main panel breaker
switch, hand/off/auto switch, ready/run light, and a high-level alarrn light.
Operation of the pump within the pumping well will maintain a constant drawdown on the water level in the trench
and thereby create an inward gradient from the surrounding formation.
BlASlAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781)69.RPT --7/30/18 engineers & scientists 2-1
I
I
I
I
I'.
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I.
,, lj
I ,,
I,
I
II
I,
DRAFT
The submersible pumping well is controlled by a four float-type level-control and associated alarm switches. The
four floats and their corresponding control/alarm depths are included in the following table.
Approximate Top of Pumping Well 755.0
Approximate Bottom of Pumping Well 733.0
Low Level Alarm 737.0
Pump Off 739.0
Pump On 741.0
High Level Alarm 743.0
As ground water enters the pumping well, the pump will turn on at the elevation shown above. The pump will
operate until the water level is lowered to the pump "off' elevation. If the water level continues to rise (signifying
a failure to start the pump) the high level alarm may be activated.
The following is a summary of equipment, controls, and alarms associated with pump operations within the
pumping well.
Equipment
I. Pumps
Number:
Pump Sizing:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Type:
Electrical:
2. Float Switches
Number:
2.2.2 Extraction Wells
20 gpm at 80 feet Total Dynamic Head (TOH)
Goulds
3885
Submersible Pump
I½ horse power {hp), 460 Volt, 3 phase
4
Existing wells NS-49 and NS-51 are located on the eastern portion of the site near Lagoon 2. Submersible well
pumps will be installed into each of the wells and will be controlled by intrinsically safe contact probes and local
control panels. Operation of the pumps within the new extraction wells shall maintain a constant drawdown on the
water level and create an inward gradient from the surrounding formation. Each pump discharge pipe will have
a pressure gauge, a check valve to prevent backflow into the well, and a ball valve to throttle the discharge flow.
Each control panel will each have a main breaker, run and ready lights for the pump, and an elapsed time meter.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781369.RPT --7/J0/18 engineers & scientists 2-2
I
I
I
) I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
••• I
DRAFT
The submersible well pumps are controlled by a three float-type level-control and associated alarm switches. The
three floats and their corresponding control/alarm depths are included in the following table.
Diameter (inches) 6.0 6.0
Top of Casing Elevation 767.0 765.0
Well Depth (feet) 115.5 117.6
Screen Interval (feet) -44.5 to -113.6 -43.5 to -112.S
Casing Interval (feet) +2.58 to -44.5 +2.41 to -43.S
Pump Intake Elevation 658.4 647.4
Pump Off Elevation
Pump On Elevation
High Level Alarm Elevation
Note: Elevations listed as feet above mean sea level.
As ground water enters the wells, the pump will start at the elevation shown above. The pump will run until the
water level is lowered to the pump "off' elevation. If for some reason water level within the well reaches the high
level alarm elevation, the corresponding alarm will be activated.
The following is a summary of equipment, associated with pump operations within extraction wells NS-49 and NS-
51.
Equipment (oer well)
I. Pumps
Number:
Pump Sizing:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Type:
Electrical:
2. Float Switches
20 gpm at 225 feet ofTDH
Goulds
18E10.434
Submersible pump
1 hp, 460 Volt, three phase
Number: 3
2.3 Ground-Water Treatment
Impacted ground water pumped from the ground-water collection system described in Section 4.5 and the existing
OU 1 ground-water collection system will be combined and treated in the existing pre-treatment building. As
described in the Final Design Report basis of design (Section 4.2), the Pretreatment System will consist of
integrated, pre-engineered packaged treatment equipment designed for treatment of both the liquids and vapors.
Major Pretreatment System equipment includes: the existing equalization tank, a low-profile air stripper, a vapor
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
9978\369.RPT •· 7fJOfl8 engineers & scientists 2-3
1
1
Al
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
phase catalytic oxidation and scrubbing system, and a liquid phase granular activated carbon unit for final effluent
polishing, if necessary. The Pretreatment System is designed to run continuously with minimal operator attention.
This section provides a description of the Pretreatment System equipment, its operation, and control.
2.3.1 Existing Equalization Tank
Ground water collected from the existing OU .1 collection system, the new collection trench and pumping manhole,
and the new extraction wells will be routed directly to the existing equalization tank. The purpose of the
equalization tank is to provide storage of coliected ground water to equalize Pretreatment System flow rates and
to provide a vessel for pH adjustment. The equalization tank is located in the exterior containment area adjacent
to the pretreatment building. The tank is a 13-foot-diameter by 20-foot-high FRP chop hoop wound tank with a
19,900-gallon nominal capacity. The tank is equipped with an existing Lightning Mixer Model 17-S-5 which will
remain active as part of the new Pretreatment System. A new pH element and indicating transmitter will be located
on a 2-inch recirculation line at the equalization tank. The pH of the combined ground water entering the tank is
expected to be approximately 5.5 to 6.5 standard units (s.u.). The pH in the tank will be maintained ai
approximately 7.0 via caustic addition. A metering pump will pump caustic solution directly into the tank and will
be controlled via a 4-20 milli-amp (mA) signal sent from the pH transmitter.
The impacted ground water will be discharged from the equalization tank to the air stripper by a centrifugal transfer
pump located adjacent to the tank in the exterior containment area. The discharge pumping rate will be regulated
by a control valve on the discharge line. The control valve will be controlled by a 4-20 mA signal sent from a level
transmitter located on the hydrolysis/equalization tank sidewall. Therefore, the flow control valve will regulate
the discharge pumping rate to maintain a level set point in the tank.
The transfer pump is controlled by a level transmitter mounted to the equalization tank. The tank level set point
is 50 percent full. The corresponding control/alarm logic is as follows:
Turn off PU-305 and PU-605 (LALL-300) 10
Close LV-300 (LAL-300) 15
Turn off all well pumps and PU-315 (LAH-300) 90
The caustic metering pump is controlled by a pH transmitter mounted to the recirculation line at the equalization
tank. The pH set point is 7.0. The corresponding control/alarm logic is as follows:
Transmitter Failure (AALL-300)
Turn off PU-605 and Close LV-300
Close LV-300 (AAL-300)
Close LV-300 and Turn off PU-605
(/
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
99781369.Wf .. 7/J0/98 enf}ineers & scientists
0.0
6.0
8.0
2-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
The following is a summary of equipment, controls, and alarms for pump operations associated with the
equalization tank.
Equipment
I. Caustic Metering Pump
2.
3.
Number:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Electrical:
Transfer Pump
Number:
Pump Sizing:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Type:
Electrical:
pH Transmitter
Number:
· PulsaFeeder
25 HJ w/ Automatic DLC control
1/3 hp, 208-230/460V, 3-phase
I 00 gpm at 50 feet TOH
DURCO
3 x 1.5 -62 Mark Ill ANSI Process Pump
Centrifugal
3 hp, 230/460V, 3-phase
Re-use existing pH transmitter
4. Level Transmitter
Number:
Re-use existing pH transmitter
2.3.2 Low-Profile Air Stripper
Impacted ground water will be pumped directly from the equalization tank to the top of the low-profile air stripper.
The low-profile air stripper will likely be a Shallow Tray Model 3651 as manufactured by Northeast Environmental
Products (NEEP). The air stripper will consist of a tank with five trays constructed of 316 stainless steel, a forced
draft blower, a discharge pump, and associated controls. The low profile air stripper will use forced draft, counter-
current air stripping through five baffled aeration trays to remove VOCs from the impacted ground water. The
impacted ground water is sprayed into the inlet chamber through a coarse mist spray nozzle. The water flows over
a flow distribution \Veir and along the baffled aeration trays. Clean air, blown up through 3/16-inch-diameter holes
in the aeration trays, forms a froth of bubbles generating a large mass transfer area where the VOCs are volatilized
and partitioned from the liquid to vapor phase. Vapors leaving the air stripper are routed through stainless steel
ductwork to the catalytic oxidation and scrubbing unit for treatment.
The air stripper is equipped with three float switches in the sump and pressure switch at the blower inlet. The
control logic is as follows: ,
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781369,RPT •. 7130/18 eng,ineers & scientists 2-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
High-High Level Switch (LAHH-400)
High Level Switch (LSH-400)
Low Level Switch (LSL-400)
Blower Fail Safe Switch (PSL-400)
( under pressurization)
Pressure Switch High (PSH-401)
Turn off PU-305 and BL-400
Signal alarm light
Turn on PU-405
Turn off PU-405
Turn off PU-305
Turn off BL-400 (5 min. Lag)
Turn off PU-305
Turn off BL-400
The following is a summary of equipment associated with the low-profile air stripper system.
Equipment
I. Air Stripper
Number:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Design Flow Rate:
Number of Aeration Trays:
Material of Construction:
2. Blower
Number:
Manufacturer:
Model:
NEEP Systems
Shallow Tray Model 3651
3-160gpm
5
316 Stainless Steel
American Fan
DRAFT
Performance Criteria:
Diameter:
900 cubic foet per minute (cfm)@ 22 inches of water column Inlet/Outlet
IO inches
Electrical:
3. Discharge Pump
Number:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Design Flow Rate:
Electrical:
7.5 hp, 230V, 3-phase, totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC)
NEBCO
80 gpm @ 50 feet TDH
2 hp, 230V, 3-phase
2.3.3 Catalytic Oxidizer and Scrubbing System
The VOC-impacted vapor stream discharged from the low-profile air stripper will be drawn through a catalytic
oxidation and scrubbing system for treatment. The catalytic oxidizer and scrubbing system will likely be a Global
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781369.PPT •• 7/30/18 enf}ineers & scientists 2-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
Model 10 VTM-Chloro-Cat Oxidizer and a Global Model 10 Scrubber. The catalytic oxidation and scrubbing
system will consist of the following components:
• A centrifugal fan to pull VOC-impacted air from the low-profile air stripper arid force it through the catalytic
oxidizer and scrubbing system; •
• An air-to-air heat exchanger to increase the temperature of the VOC-impacted air influent for efficient
oxidation and catalysis;
• A catalyst bed where thermal destruction of VOCs in vapor stream (99 percent destruction efficiency) at
temperatures as low as 850 degrees Fah~enheit (°F) (significantly lower than thermal oxidation);
• A hastelloy quench section to cool the vapor stream exiting the catalyst bed; and
• A caustic scrubber, to treat the hydrogen chloride (HCL) generated from the oxidation of chlorinated
hydrocarbons with a minimum scrubbing efficiency of 99 percent.
In addition to electrical requirements, utility connections to the catalytic oxidation and scrubbing system will
include potable water for quench water make-up, and natural gas for supplemental burner fuel. Periodic wastewater
discharges from the scrubber sump will occur based on elevated levels of salts in the scrubber water. This
wastewater discharge will be routed to Lagoon 1. Caustic addition to the scrubber will be accomplished using a
metering pump to pump caustic solution from the caustic storage tank directly into scrubber sump. The caustic
addition rate will be controlled via a 4-20 mA signal sent from a pH transmitter located in the scrubber sump.
Clean vapors exiting the scrubber will be discharged through a fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) stack through
the building roof.
The catalytic oxidizer unit is equipped with pressure switches, flame detectors, and temperature elements. The
control logic is as follows.
Loss of air flow to WS-500 (DPS-500)
I
Loss of burner flame (IAL-500)
High gas pressure at burner (PSH-500)
Low gas pressure at burner (PSL-500)
1. Shut down oxidizer
-turn off burner
close PV-500
-open DV-500
shut off FN-500 after lag
(for system cool down)
-and-High temp. before catalyst at WS-500
(TAH-500) 11-----------------t 2. Turn off PU-305 and BL-400
High temp. leaving catalyst at WS-500
(TAH-501)
Low temp. at WS-500 discharge stack
(TAL-502)
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781369.RPT -· 7/30/18 engineers & scientists 2-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
The scrubber unit is equipped with pressure switches, pH elements, conductivity elements, and level elements. The
control logic is as follows:
Low pH at WS-520 sump (AAL-520) I. Shut down oxidizer
11----------------1 2. Turn off PV-305 and BL-400
High pH at WS-520 sump (AAH-520)
Low-low level at WS-520 sump (LALL-
520)
Loss of PU-525 motor (XSL-525)
I .Shut down oxidizer
2.Turn off PV-525
3.Turn off PV-305 and BL-400
High temp. at WS-510 (TAH-510) I .Shut down oxidizer
lt-----------,-------t 2.Turn offPV-305 and BL-400
High-high conductivity at WS-520
(CAHH-520)
Low pressure at WS-510/520
recirculation line (PAL-520)
High pressure at WS-510/520
recirculation line (PAH-520)
I .Shut down oxidizer
2.Turn off PV-305 and BL-400
The following is a summary of equipment as~ociated with the catalytic oxidizer and scrubber system.
Equipment
I. Catalytic Oxidizer System
Number:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Design Flow Rate:
Destruction Efficiency:
Catalysts Type:
PLC:
2. Centrifugal Fan
Number:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Inlet/Outlet Diameter:
Electrical:
99781369.RPT--7/J0/,8
Global
IO VTM-Chloro-Cat Oxidizer
I 000 standard cubic feet per minute (SCFM)
99 percent
Noble Metal
Square D
New York Blower
8 inches
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists 2-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
3. Scrubber System
Number:
Manufacturer: Global
Model: IO
Efficiency: 99 percent
PLC: Square D
4. Caustic Metering Pump
Number:
Manufacturer: PulsaF eeder ,
5. Recirculation Pump
Number:
Manufacturer: SerFilco
Model:
Electrical: 2 hp, 230/460V, 3-phase
6. pH Analyzer/Sensor
Number:
Manufacturer: Great Lakes Instruments
7. Conductivity Analyzer/Sensor
Number:
Manufacturer: Great Lakes Instruments
2.3.4 Caustic Storage Tank
In order to provide caustic for pH adjustment in the equalization tank and the vapor phase scrubber, a new caustic
storage tank will be provided in the pretreatment building. The caustic storage tank will be 8 feet in diameter, 14
feet high, 5,000-gallon FRP domed top tank. The tank will be manufactured of a filament wound glass fiber
reinforced thermoset resin specially formulated to be compatible with 25 percent or 50 percent caustic to be stored
in the tank. The tank will be located inside a concrete containment area to be constructed within the pretreatment
building. The containment area will consist of a 4-foot-high block wall surrounding an area sized to contain 110
percent of the tank volume. The containment area floor and interior walls will be coated with a caustic resistant,
water-tight coating. A sump will be provided within the containment area. Associated meting pumps will be
located within the containment area. Access to the containment area will be provided via FRP stairs. The tank will
be equipped with a tank level gauge and high level alarm. Filling of the tank will occur via bulk (tanker truck)
delivery. A quick connect tank fill line will be provided through the building wall terminating above the exterior
containment area. Tank filling procedures are'documented in the operation and maintenance plan (see Section 3).
A safety shower and eye wash station will be provided adjacent to the tank containment area and on the building
exterior at the tank filling station.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC
99781369.F\PT •• 7/30fi8 engineers & scientists 2-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Equipment
I . Caustic Storage Tank
Number:
Manufacturer:
Capacity:
Dimensions:
Materials of Construction:
99781369.fl.PT --7{J0fi8
DRAFT
Beden-Baugh Products, Inc.
5,000 gallons (domed top and flat bottom)
8-foot -inch outside diameter x 14-foot 3-inches sidewall height x 14-foot 9-
inches overall height
FRP
BLASlAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
ehgineers & scientists 2-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
3. Operation and Maintenance
3.1 General
The Pretreatment System is designed to operate continuously with little operator attention. NSCC operating
personnel will be responsible for operating and maintaining the system. NSCC personnel are on-site 24-hours per
day to respond to the operational needs and alarm conditions of the Pretreatment System. This section describes
general activities required for proper O&M of the Pretreatment System. Detailed O&M activities, as required by
specific equipment manufacturers, will be provided in the O&M manual to be completed during construction of
the Pretreatment System.
3.2 System Monitoring
3.2.1 Monitoring
Certain monitoring activities will be required to ensure the Pretreatment System is operating correctly and ground
water is being treated as required for compliance with system design parameters. This section describes the general
Pretreatment System monitoring requirement_s that can be identified at this time.
3.2.2 Sampling
Routine sampling and analysis activities to be conducted during operation of the Pretreatment System are discussed
in Section 5.0 of this O&M Plan.
3.2.3 Daily Monitoring
The following monitoring activities will be p~rformed by NSCC operating personnel on a daily basis.
1. General Housekeeping
• Observe containment areas and piping/tanks for leaks and spills.
• Record the instantaneous flow rates and totalized flow to the equalization tank from the existing OU I trench
area, the collection trench pumping well, and NS-49/NS-5 l.
2. Equalization Tank
• Observe tank for signs of leaks or deterioration.
• Record the pH reading.
• Record the level reading.
• Record the effluent discharge rate. Verify that it nearly equals the total influent rate to the equalization tank.
3. Low-Profile Air Stripper System
• Observe the air stripper system for pro~er operation.
BlASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
997B1369.RPT •• 7!30/JB engineers & scientists 3-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
• Verify that influent and effluent flow rates are equal. If flow rates are not equal, adjust manual valve on
air stripper pump discharge line until they are equal.
• Record the pressure readings for the following:
Air stripper influent line,
Air inlet line,
Air discharge line, and
Air stripper effluent line.
4. Catalytic Oxidizer and Scrubbing System
• Observe the catalytic oxidizer and scrubbing system for proper operation.
• Observe the message display/keypad on the system control panels. Verify that there are no alarm
conditions. In the event that there is an alarm, record the conditions.
3.2.4 Weekly Monitoring
The following monitoring activities will be performed by NSCC operatory personnel on a weekly basis.
• Check and change-out, if necessary, the flow recorder paper.
• Open well caps ways at the pumping well and extraction wells. Check piping for leaks, record pressure gauge
readings, and note any unusual sounds if pumps are running.
• Visually observe the inside of the equalization tank from the roofmanway.
• Walk the overhead pipe route. Note any damages to the piping. Cut back brush as necessary.
• Empty the caustic loading pad sump of any accumulated rainwater.
3.3 Maintenance
3.3.1 Air Stripper Maintenance
The low-profile air stripper is designed to operate with a minimal amount of maintenance. The following general
maintenance should be performed on the air stripper annually:
I. Clean blower motor housing;
2. Clean blower blades;
3. Lubricate blower fan and motor bearings as necessary;
4. Check and tighten/replace blower belts as necessary; and
5. Clean air stripper aeration trays and sump as described in Section 3.4.2
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
99781369.RPT --7/J0/16 engineers & scientists 3-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
3.3.2 Air Stripper Cleaning
During operation, dissolved minerals (namely calcium carbonate and iron) may precipitate out of the water onto
the air stripper trays. These minerals form insoluble deposits that can "foul" the aeration openings in each tray.
"Fouling" may cause higher than normal operating air pressure within the air stripper unit. In order to prevent
fouling of the aeration trays, the trays should be periodically pressure washed. Pressure washing of the air stripper
aeration trays and sump with a dilute acid solution should be conducted as necessary to maintain normal operating
air pressures within the air stripper. Access to the air stripper trays is made through clean out ports located on each
end of the air stripper trays. Normal cleaning operations can be accomplished via the access ports therefore
removal of the air stripper trays is not necessary.
3.3.3 Catalytic Oxidizer and Scrubbing System
The catalytic oxidizer and scrubbing system is designed to operate with a minimal amount of maintenance. The
following general maintenance should be performed as noted.
1. Fan
• Check and clean fan wheel quarterly. If worn out or out of balance, contact manufacturer.
• Check air proving switch for proper operation by increasing set point until switch trips.
• Check inlet filter every 1,000 hours of operation. Clean or replace, if required.
• Inspect belt for proper tension monthly or 2 to 3 days after any belt replacement.
2. Controllers
• Check and adjust controllers quarterly. Calibrate transmitters, as necessary.
3. Burner
• Inspect flame rod and spark ignitor quarterly. Clean if necessary.
• Inspect burner air distribution plates yearly for excessive warping or breakage.
4. Fuel Train
• Check main shut off valve for leakage semi-annually.
• Check high and low gas pressure ditches. Verify proper operation by adjusting set point up or down until
the switch opens.
• Verify that all gas pressures are within previously recorded parameters.
• Check operation of firing rate valve and actuator. Use controller manual mode to run it through its full
stroke. Check linkage for binding, slippage, wear, and corrosion. Replace, if necessary.
5. Catalyst
• Inspect catalyst semi-annually, clean if necessary with high pressure air or a vacuum.
• Inspect catalyst gaskets for proper seating.
• Remove catalyst plug yearly and send it in to the catalyst supplier for testing.
• Inspect catalyst access door gasket for proper seating.
• Check catalyst modules yearly for fouling or discoloration.
BLASI.AND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781369.RPT ·· 7/30/,8 engineers & scientists 3-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
6. Dampers
• Check system inlet and dilution air dampers for free movement.
7. Flame Arrestor
• Check differential pressure across flame arrestor monthly and clean if differential exceeds 3 inches of water
column.
8. Heat Exchanger
• Inspect heat exchanger quarterly and clean if necessary.
• Inspect heat exchanger bypass linkages for binding, loose linkage or damper blade fouling or binding
quarterly.
3.4 Caustic Tank Filling Operation
Periodically, the 5,000-gallon caustic storage tank will need to be refilled. NSCC operating personnel will schedule
and oversee all tank filling operations. The caustic tanker truck will be directed to back up onto the caustic filling
containment pad. Once the truck is in place, temporary spill containment berms will be placed around the tanker
truck to ensure potential spills are contained on the filling pad. The tanker truck driver will be responsible for
making all connections to the caustic tank fill piping. Once piping connections are made, the NSCC personnel will
check the piping and authorize the commencement of tank filling. During tank filling, both the tanker truck driver
and overseeing NSCC personnel will remain at the fill station. The tank level gauge will be continuously
monitored. Upon delivery of the desired quantity of caustic, filling activities will cease and the tanker truck driver
will disconnect all piping and leave the site. The amount of caustic delivered will be recorded. Should the tank
high level alarm sound during filling activities, the tanker truck driver or NSCC personnel should immediately stop
the flow of caustic into the storage tank.
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99761:369.RFT --7/30/JB engineers & scientists 3-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
4. Startup/Testing and Shutdown Procedures
4.1 General
This section describes general procedures for Pretreatment System strartup/testing and shutdown. The information
provided herein is for general reference purposes. More specific startup/testing and shut down procedures which
include manufacturer's instructions will be included in the O&M manual to be completed by the remedial
contractor.
4.2 Pretreatment System Startup/Testing
The following general procedures will be followed during Pretreatment System.
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Check that all electrical components associated with the treatment system are turned off.
Open all process valves on the equalization tank influent lines and verify that all sample/drain valves are
closed.
Close the manual valve preceding the control valve on the equalization tank discharge line to the air stripper.
Verify that all normally open valves on the equalization tank recirculation line are open.
Switch each well pump in areas OU I and OU3 to the "On" position.
Switch each well pump hand/off/auto switch to the "Auto" position. If the level of water within the pumping
well is at a sufficient level, the pump in that well will start.
Manually adjust process valves on the equalization tank influent lines so that the total pumping rate from each
influent line equals the desired ground-water extraction rate. The basis of design average flow rates are as
follows:
OU! Well Pumps=
OU3 Well Pumps NS-49 and NS-5 I =
OU3 Collection Trench Well Pump=
12 gpm
20gpm
5 gpm
Verify that the equalization tank is filling with ground water and that the level indicating transmitter is
functioning.
When the equalization tank exceeds 5 percent full, switch the equalization transfer pump to the "Auto"
position to begin recirculating groundwater.
9. Verify that the pH indicating transmitter is functioning.
I 0. Switch the equalization tank mixer main breaker switch to the "On" position.
11. Switch the equalization tank's caustic metering pump to the "Auto" position.
12. If the pH of the recirculating solution is below 7.0, verify that the caustic metering pump is pumping solution
to the equalization tank.
BLASI.AND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
99781369.RPT •• 7/30/18 engineers & scientists 4-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
13 Observe the pH indicator and the level indicator. When the tank water level exceeds 15 percent and the pH
level is between 6 and 8, verify that the control valve opens
14. Simulate a pH transmitter failure. Verify that the control valve closes and the caustic metering pump turns
off.
15. Restore the pH transmitter to normal operation.
16. Allow the water level in the equalization tank to rise to 90 percent full. Verify that all pumping wells are
turned off.
17. Switch the equalization tank transfer pump from the "Auto" position to the "On" position.
18. Start-up the scrubbing system per manufacturer's instructions.
19. Start-up the catalytic oxidizer per manufacturer's instructions.
20. Once the catalyst has reached its ready temperature, open the system process inlet valve while maintaining
the air dilution valve at I 00 percent open.
21. Fill the air stripper sump with potable water.
22. Verify that the normally open valves on the air stripper discharge line are open.
23. Energize the air stripper control panel and place the air stripper blower and discharge pump hand/off/auto
switch to the "Auto" position.
24. Proceed to the blower start/stop switch on the frame of the air stripper and press the start switch to start the
blower. The blower will automatically start once all permissives have been satisfied.
25. Switch the equalization tank transfer pump back to the "Auto" position.
26. Open the process valve preceding the control valve on the equalization tank discharge line. Manually set the
control valve to achieve a discharge flow rate to the air stripper of 40 gpm.
27. Adjust the process valve on the air stripper discharge line so that an air stripper discharge flow rate of 50 gpm
is achieved.
28. Verify that the air stripper discharge pump turns off when a low level condition occurs in the air stripper sump
and turns on when a high level condition occurs in the air stripper sump.
29. Adjust the process valve on the air stripper discharge line so that an air stripper discharge flow rate of20 gpm
is achieved.
30. Verify that the equalization tank transfer pump turns off, the air stripper blower turns off shortly after, and an
alarm light illuminates on the air stripper control panel when a high-high level condition occurs in the air
stripper sump.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781369.RPT --7(J0{J8 engineers & scientists 4-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
DRAFT
31. Restart the air stripper blower and verify that the equalization transfer pump is in "Auto" position and is
running.
32. Adjust the process valve on the air stripper discharge line so that an air stripper discharge flow rate of 40 gpm
is achieved (same as influent flow rate).
33. Start to close the air dilution valve on the catalytic oxidation unit per manufacturer's recommendations in
order to optimize natural gas use.
34. Verify that a catalyst outlet temperature between 750°F and 825°F is being achieved.
35. Verify that no alarm conditions are occurring in the entire system.
36. Simulate a catalytic oxidation and scrubbing unit "shutdown". Verify that the equalization tank transfer pump
and air stripper blower are both simultaneously turned off.
4.3 Initial Pretreatment System Startup/Testing
During the initial pretreatment startup/testing, the Pretreatment System startup will follow the procedures listed
above except that clean (potable or plant) water will be used as influent to the equalization tank. Potable or plant
water will be routed to the equalization tank from the nearest hose bib or fire hydrant. The influent tank will be
filled to the desired level set point and the system startup procedures will begin item number 9 listed above. If
possible, the clean water influent will be valved to provide approximately 37 gpm to match the anticipated average
influent design flow rate. Once the Pretreatment System has been throughly tested, the temporary clean water
influent will be removed and the ground-water influent lines will be activated and flow rates adjusted as necessary.
4.4 Initial Extraction Wells and Pumping Wells Startup
Anticipated design flow rates from the extraction wells and collection trench pumping well were established in the
ground-water flow modeling presented in the Technical Memorandum for Site Ground-Water Flow Modeling
prepared by BBL in June 1998. Based on this model, well pumps located in extraction wells NS-49 and NS-51 will
be started and the flow rate, monitored. Valves located at the extraction wells and/or the pretreatment building will
be manually adjusted to control the flow rate from each extraction well entering the equalization tank to the target
rate of IO gpm.
The submersible pump in the collection trench pumping manhole will be started and the flow rate monitored.
Valves located at the extraction wells and/or the pretreatment building will be manually adjusted to control the flow
rate from the pumping well to an initial set point of 5 gpm (24-hour average flow rate). Ground-water levels will
be monitored daily in the collection trench to ensure that ground-water elevations are maintained at or below 740.0.
If ground-water elevations vary significantly (greater than I foot) from this target elevation, the average pumping
rate will be correspondingly increased or decreased.
4.5 Pretreatment System Shutdown
Manual shutdown of the Pretreatment System may periodically occur for general maintenance reasons (e.g., pump
repair/maintenance, air stripper cleaning, catalyst cleaning/changeout, etc.). If a complete Pretreatment System
shutdown is required, the following general procedures will be adhered to:
Bl.ASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
99781369.RPT •. 7/J0/18 engineers & scientists 4-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
1. Tum off the equalization tank transfer pump and all well pumps;
2. Tum off the equalization tank caustic metering pump and mixer;
3. Wait 5 minutes to allow water already in the air stripper to be treated, then tum off the air stripper blower
start/stop switch on the frame of the air stripper;
4. Shutdown the catalytic oxidation unit per manufacturer's instructions;
5. Shutdown the scrubbing system unit per manufacturer's instructions; and
6. Tum off and lock out the power at the main disconnect switches on the air stripper, catalytic oxidation,
scrubbing units control panels and other equipment as necessary to complete desired maintenance.
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781369.RPT •• 7/30/18 engineers & scientists 4-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
5. Information Management
5.1 General
Records will be maintained throughout the operation of the Pretreatment System in order to verify performance.
This section identifies the procedures for record keeping and reporting for proper documentation of Pretreatment
System operations.
5.2 Record Keeping
Records for the operation of the Pretreatment System will be maintained as described below. All operations,
maintenance, monitoring, and sampling documentation will be maintained in separate files and segregated by
calendar weeks. In addition to the records related to operation activities described below, the following documents
will be available on site:
• O&M Plan;
• Site-Specific HASP;
• Record Drawings; and
• O&M Manual.
5.2.1 O&M Data
NSCC will be responsible for O&M of the Pretreatment System. All O&M activities, whether routine or non-
routine, will be documented in the daily log book and/or specific inspection logs as developed by NSCC personnel.
5:2.2 Sampling Data
All preliminary analytical results and final analytical data packages, including, for the latter, the associated quality
assurance/quality control (QA/QC), will be maintained in chronological order by sampling date in a sample results
file. To the extent practicable, sample results will be segregated by sample location (e.g., Pretreatment System
effluent, pumping manhole, extraction wells, etc.). Sampling results and associated QA/QC will be copied as
necessary; the original copies are to remain on site in a designated sample results file. The sampling program
associated with operation of the treatment system is described in Section 5.0.
5.2.3 Inspection Data
All required Facility Inspection Logs and Equipment Logs will be maintained in chronological order in an
inspection file. Completed forms will be copied as necessary; the original copies are to remain on-site in a
designated inspection file. Specific inspection logs will be developed for the Pretreatment System and included
in the O&M manual.
5.2.4 Weekly Summary Reports
Weekly summary reports will be maintained in chronological order. The weekly summary reports and associated
data will be copied as necessary; the originals are to remain on site in a designated file. At a minimum, the weekly
summary reports will include the following:
• Total volume of ground water treated during the week (based on flow totalizer readings);
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781369.RPT •. 7/30/,8 engineers & scientists 5-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
• Daily screening analytical results;
• System downtime/reason; and
• Operational issues.
5.2.5 Monthly Summary Reports
Monthly summary reports will be maintained in chronological order. The monthly summary reports will be copied
as necessary, the originals are to remain on site in a designated file. At a minimum, the monthly summary reports
will include the following:
• Total volume of ground water treated during month (based on flow totalizer readings); and
• Compilation of weekly summary reports for that month.
5.3 Data Reporting
As required by the facility air permit, an annual report of actual emissions (pounds per year) of each constituent
will be submitted to the USEPA. Ground-water data will be submitted in progress reports prepared in accordance
with the Performance Verification Plan.
BlASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781369.RPT--7/30/,8 engineers & scientists 5-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
6. Sampling and Analysis
6.1 Routine Sampling and Analysis
NSCC personnel will collect a daily grab sample from the air stripper water effluent and perform an on-site
screening level analysis for 1,2-DCA. Results of this analysis will be used to track air stripper performance and
evaluate the need for implementing final polishing of the air stripper effluent using granular activated carbon.
6.2 Initial Startup Sampling and Analysis
In order to compare actual influent conditions with the basis of design conditions, sampling of the Pretreatment
System influent will occur. Once the Pretreatment System has been started up and thoroughly testing (after
approximately 30 days of continuous operation), one influent sample will be collected. The influent sample will
be a composite sample collected from the three influent lines (existing Area OU! extraction system, new extraction
well NS-49, and NS-51, and the collection trench pumping well). The composite sample will be collected at sample
taps provided on the influent lines prior to entering the equalization tank. The composite sample will be
volumetrically proportioned to match the proportional flow rate of each influent line. The sample will be analyzed
for the following parameters:
v§~i!wm¥ii18aI
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) 8260
Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs) 8270
Target Analyte List (TAL) -Metals 6010/7000
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) 160.1
Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 160.2
Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 415.2
Bio-Chemical Oxygen-Demand (BOD), 405.1
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 185220B
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN) 351.2
pH 150.1
Alkalinity 3 IO. I
Oil & Grease 413.1
Surfactants l 85540C
Ammonia 350.2
Chlorides l 84500C
Sulfate 375.4
Hydrogen Sulfide 376.1
BLASI.AND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781369.RPT--7/30/18 engineers & scientists 6-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'.
I
DRAFT
6.3 Long-Term Ground-Water Sampling and Monitoring Requirements
A detailed description of the long-term ground-water monitoring program to be implemented during operation of
the Pretreatment System is presented in Appendix J -Performance Verification Plan.
BLASlAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
99781369,RPT .• 7/JO/iB engineers & scientists 6-2
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
7. Health and Safety
7.1 Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan
All activities associated with the operation of the Pretreatment System will be conducted in accordance with
NSCC's site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP). A copy of the HASP will be kept on site at all times in an
accessible location in the vicinity of the Pretreatment System. At a minimum, the site-specific HASP addresses
the following health and safety requirements:
• Identification of key health and safety personnel;
• Task/operation health and safety risk analysis;
• Personnel protective equipment (PPE);
• PPE equipment reassessment program;
• Personnel training requirements;
• Medical surveillance;
• Site control measures;
• Personnel decontamination; and
• Emergency response/contingency plan.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
99781369.RPT •. 7130/JB engineers & scientists 7-1
I
I
I'
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
AppendixJ
Performance Verification Plan
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
II
I
I
' I
I,
I
1:
IC, ,,
I
I I
I
I
I,
I
I
I,
BBL
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
ong/neers & scientists
PLAN
Performance Verification Plan
Operable Unit 3
National Starch and Chemical Company
Cedar Springs Road Plant
Salisbury, North Carolina
July 1998
6723 Towpath Road, P.O. Box 66
Syracuse, New York, 13214-0066
[phone]
DRAFT
,,
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
Table of Contents
Section 1.
Section 2.
Section 3.
Section 4.
Section 5.
Section 6.
Tables
Figures
Attachments
685808-42.RPT --7(J0fi8
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1. 1 Purpose and Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2 Report Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Ground-Water Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1 Water Level Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1.1 Measurement Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1.2 Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 Ground-Water Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.2.1 Monitoring Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.2.2 Monitoring Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.2.3 Quality Assurance/Quality Control Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.2.4 Well Purging and Sample Collection Methods . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.2.4.1 Well Purging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2.2.4.2 Sample Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Surface Water Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1 Stream Elevation and Flow Measurement ............. 3-1
3.2 Surface Water Sampling ........................... 3-1
3.2.1 Monitoring Locations and Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2.2 QA/QC Samples ................................. 3-1
3.2.3 Sampling Method ................................ 3-1
Sediment Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1 Monitoring Locations and Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2 QA/QC Samples ................................. 4-1
4.3 Sampling Method ................................ 4-1
Performance Monitoring Deliverables and Submission Schedule5-1
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
2-1 Monitoring Well Depths and Screened Intervals
2-2 Performance Standards for OU3 Ground Water and Surface
Water
1-1 Site Location Map
2-1 Sample Location Map
5-1 OU3 Monitoring and Reporting Schedule
A Standard Operating Procedures
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
1. Introduction
This Performance Standards Verification Plan (PSVP) was prepared for Operable Unit 3 (OU3) at the National
Starch and Chemical Company (NSCC) facility in Salisbury, North Carolina (Figure l-l ). OU3 contains ground
water beneath the Production Area and surface water and sediment in the Northeast Tributary. The remedial action
for OU3 will consist of ground-water collection and treatment to provide hydraulic control for the aqueous phase
impacts of a potential dense non-aqueous phase liquid (DNAPL) zone.
This PSVP is an appendix to the Final Design Submission (FDS) for OU3, transmitted to the United States
Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) in July 1998. The FDS and its associated appendices are hereby
incorporated by reference into this document.
1.1 Purpose and Objectives
The purpose of this PSVP is to outline methods to be used for ground-water, surface water, and sediment
monitoring conducted as part of the ongoing Remedial Design/Remedial Action (RD/RA) program. The objectives
of the ground-water, surface water, and sediment sampling are to:
• Evaluate operation of the ground-water extraction system for providing hydraulic control over the inferred
source area;
• Monitor ground-water quality within the zone of hydraulic control, and surface water and sediment quality;
• Address vertical delineation concerns per the USEPA's correspondence of July 7, 1998; and
• Collect additional data to expand the current site ground-water, surface water, and sediment quality database.
Methods outlined in this PSVP were obtained from the USEPA Region IV Environmental Investigation Standard
Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual (EISOPQAM) (USEPA, 1996). The ElSOPQAM is hereby
incorporated into this document by reference.
1.2 Report Organization
This report is organized into the following sections:
• Section 2 -Ground-Water Monitoring;
• Section 3 -Surface Water Monitoring;
• Section 4 -Sediment Monitoring; and
• Section 5 -Performance Monitoring Deliverables and Submission Schedule.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A.'\68S80812.RPT --7/30/9B engineers & scientists 1-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
2. Ground-Water Monitoring
Ground-water monitoring will consist of measuring ground-water levels and collecting ground-water samples for
laboratory analysis.
2.1 Water Level Measurement
Ground-water level and total well depth measurements will be collected on a monthly basis to identify ground-
water flow direction, evaluate the drawdowns imposed by the operation of the collection system and calculate well
volumes.
2.1.1 Measurement Points
Ground-water level and total well depth measurements will be collected at the following OU3 wells (Figure 2-1 ):
1:11:::r ~/:::i:·;,:t•i .'.•:Monito,ririg Wells, ExtractiorfWells/and Collection Trench ., I
NS-13 NS-40 NS-48
NS-14 NS-41 NS-49
NS-24 NS-42 NS-50
NS-35 NS-43 NS-51
NS-36 NS-44 NS-52
NS-37 NS-45 NS-53
NS-38 NS-46 NS-54
NS-39 NS-47 Collection Trench Cleanout
2.1.2 Methods
All ground-water level and total depth measurements will be made relative to an established reference point on the
well casing, which will be recorded in the field book. Photoionization detector (PID) readings will be collected
from each well upon removal of the inner casing lid to identify organic vapors (if present). The depth to water
(DTW) will be measured by introducing an electronic water level indicator probe into each well and slowly
lowering down the well column. The apparent DTW will be recorded to the nearest 0.01 foot at the depth indicated
by the pulsating tone of the probe. The apparent DTW will be subtracted from the elevation of the top of the well's
inner PVC casing to calculate the apparent ground-water elevation.
Total well depth will be measured by introducing an electronic water level indicator probe into each well and
slowly lowering down the well column until the weighted end is felt resting on the bottom of the well. The total
well depth will be recorded to the nearest 0.01 foot.
Prior to insertion into each well, the probe and probe tape will be decontaminated by a Liquinox and tap water scrub
followed-by a tap water rinse and a distilled water rinse (USEPA, 1996).
Standard Operating Procedures for these activities were obtained from the US EPA Region IV EISOPQAM and are
provided in Attachment A.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A-\68580842.RPT -mom engineers & scientists 2-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
2.2 Ground-Water Sampling
Ground-water samples will be collected to evaluate ground-water quality in OU3 and evaluate vertical delineation
by monitoring the ground-water quality in deeper wells.
2.2.1 Monitoring Points
Ground-water samples will be collected from the following 23 monitoring wells located inside and outside the
ground-water extraction system zone of hydraulic control (Figure 2-1 ):
NS-13 NS-46 NS-24
NS-14 NS-47 NS-35
NS-39 NS-48 NS-36
NS-40 NS-50 NS-37
NS-41 NS-52 NS-38
NS-42 NS-53 NS-43
NS-45 NS-54 NS-44
Monitoring wells located inside the zone of hydraulic control will be sampled annually. Monitoring wells located
outside the zone of hydraulic control, pumping wells NS-49 and NS-51, and the collection trench will be sampled
semi-annually for two years followed by annual sampling. This monitoring frequency is supported by the low
hydraulic conductivity of the saturated zone, and small expected changes in ground-water quality, and is consistent
with the existing monitoring frequency.
Total depths and screened intervals for these wells are shown in Table 2-1.
2.2.2 Monitoring Parameters
Ground-water samples will be analyzed for the following table of Target Compound List (TCL) Volatile Organic
Compounds (VOCs) and Semivolatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs) and Target Analyte List (TAL) metals. The
results of the sampling will be compared to the Performance Standards identified in the OU3 Record of Decision
(ROD) for the following selected 11 VOCs, two SVOCs, and five metals:
r ._.,, . ..-,t >"''ttVOCiV"' ,;;,;> ,-. , :, " " , ;;~. ·. syocs ., Metals -. ~l':. , -· .-!t> •• "-. • ' __ >c;! . . , .. ¥';:, ' '" '\ .... .
Acetone Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether Antimony
Chloroform Bis(2-ethylhexyl) Phthalate Chromium
1,2-Dichloroethane Manganese
I, 1-Dichloroethene Thallium
1,2-Dichloroethene (cis/trans) Zinc
BLASL'IND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A\68500842.RPT -7/30/98 engineers & scientists 2-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
;,:,: 'it r~:!: ,z;t;•!~~, :,rry p~5-:,(~t~':;1:'.'\': ~-::,:, k '? ·/1 \>•: '·-',"-~ (SVOCs-., •· ... . ·.,,,· . Metals· .. .
1,2-Dichloropropane
Methylene chloride
Tetrachloroethene
I, 1,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethene
Vinyl chloride
In accordance with the Region IV EISOPQAM, (USEPA, 1996), the following containers, preservatives, and
holding times will be used for the ground-water samples:
' A'"'-'Jo'1 t. r b'.IJ.¾?.: 1/T~;+.1, O[" oHS>l • C ~ , Vf ••• jJ> i, ,\ c?<r '::;; \t;:•I; ,,.,.' ~:-::t, .. ' ·•· . . Holiling ' '11,c-~, j,•:P. l '"\ ,: : ~;:,. J':\'.j•1'fi ~•t<J~<~;;,:", -~,,,~-,: ~-,'..?,''Ci,, ~-'i .,,. .· ~ .. •, .:.~reser~ativc ,.· /Co'ii~s_titii,e~ll (t 01<••-·'--~--,-:r,}, 1,g_,r .• ~o~tS:u~er" _,:•, ~ i"· . I · ··Tiriie · '> ' ,' '\ ' .. . .
voes 40 ml glass (Teflon septum lid) Sodium bisulfite*; Ice (4 degrees C) 14 days
SVOCs One liter amber glass (Teflon lid) 50 % H,SO, (pH < 2); Ice ( 4 degrees C) 28 days
Metals One liter polyethylene 50 % HN03 (pH< 2) 180 days
* With residual CI, mix sample in ,8 oz. glass container with 8 drops of 25 percent ascorbic acid
All chemical preservatives will be supplied by a Region IV-approved laboratory and all samples requiring
preservation will be preserved immediately upon collection in the field. Standard Operating Procedures for sample
containers, holding times, and preservatives were obtained from the USEPA Region IV EISOPQAM and are
provided in Attachment A.
Samples will be analyzed using USEPA-approved methods that can achieve detection limits equal to or less than
the OU3 Performance Standards (Table 2-2) for undiluted samples.
2.2.3 Quality Assurance/Quality Control Samples
Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QNQC) samples for the ground-water monitoring will include one trip blank
(two vials) to accompany samples for VOC analysis, one field blank per day of sampling, and one "blind duplicate"
sample per 20 field samples. Based on a total of 23 field samples, two blind duplicate samples will be collected
and analyzed. Sampling personnel will record the monitoring well identification numbers where the QNQC
samples were collected.
2.2.4 Well Purging and Sample Collection Methods
Well purging and sample collection methods to be used for collecting VOC and SVOC samples and metals samples
were obtained from the Region IV EISOPQAM (USEPA, 1996) and are presented below.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A\685808-12.PJ'T --713MB engineers & scientists 2-3
I
I
I
•
I
D
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
2.2.4.1 Well Purging
Purging is the process of removing stagnant water from a monitoring well immediately prior to sampling to obtain
a ground-water sample that is representative of the adjacent formation.
Volume Calculations
Prior to initiating purging, the amount of water standing in the water column should be calculated based on the well
diameter, the water level, and the total well depth. The volume of water is calculated by subtracting the water level
from the total well depth, providing the length of the water column. In accordance with Section 7 .2.1 of the Region
IV EISOPQAM (USEPA, 1996), this length is multiplied by the appropriate factor shown below, providing the
amount of water (in gallons) contained in the well.
1£:t~:'c'.$};./('::~'J'J,~e!FCl!sing Diameter.vs, Vohim,e '({;allons)/Feet of-Water · .
Casing Diameter Gallons/Ft of .fi, Casing Diameter "
(inches) Water ". :.) (inches) .•.
I 0.041. f, 7
2 0.163 ,,; 8 '. ~
"
3 0.367 . s. 9
4 0.653 10
5 1.02 • ,,l I I
6 1.469 ., 12
Well and purge volume calculations will be recorded in the field book.
Purging Technique
Gallons/Ft of
Water
1.999
2.61 I
3.305
4.08
4.934
5.875
I
Purging of the OU3 wells will be performed using low-flow/low-volume purging technique, as outlined in Section
7.2.2 of the Region IV EISOPQAM. Well purging will be conducted using a YSI low-flow cell and a stainless steel
or Teflon bladder pump with dedicated polypropylene tubing. The bladder pump introduced into the wells will be
thoroughly decontaminated by a Liquinox and tap water scrub followed by a tap water and a distilled water rinse
prior to purging of each well. Standard Operating Procedures for field cleaning activities were obtained from the
USEPA Region IV EISOPQAM and are provided in Attachment A.
The pump intake will be slowly lowered into the well and will be placed within the screened interval at the zone
of sampling or at least 2 feet above the bottom of the well (to prevent disturbance and resuspension of sediment).
The water level will be measured again with the pump or tubing in the well prior to starting the pump. Purge rates
will be less than the recharge rate of the aquifer, which will be verified measuring the water level with a water level
recorder while purging. If the water level decreases during purging, purge rates will be decreased to obtain a stable
water level during purging (drawdown of0.3 foot or less).
Purging will begin using purge rates of0.05 gallons (200 ml) to 0.13 gallons (500 ml) per minute. Purge rates will
be selected to prevent pumping the wells dry. If wells are pumped dry prior to the purge completion, purging will
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
A\685808-42,RPT -7/3M8 engineers & scientists 2-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
be considered complete and wells will be sampled following sufficient recovery. All of the wells will be sampled
within two hours of purging. Purged ground water will be conveyed to the on-site ground-water pretreatment plant.
Standard Operating Procedures for well purging activities were obtained from the US EPA Region IV EISOPQAM
and are provided in Attachment A.
Field Parameter Measurement
Field parameters will include temperature, specific conductance, pH, oxidation-reduction potential (ORP),
dissolved oxygen, and turbidity, and will be measured, along with the water level, at five-minute intervals. Field
parameters will be measured directly from the low-flow cell, with the exception of turbidity, which will be recorded
as a field observation.
With respect to ground-water chemistry, an adequate purge is achieved and wells are ready for sampling when the
pH, specific conductance, temperature, and turbidity have stabilized. According to USEPA (1996), stabilization
occurs when:
• pH measurements remain constant within 0.1 Standard Units;
• Specific conductance varies no more than IO percent; and
• Temperature is constant for at least three consecutive readings.
Dissolved oxygen will be considered stable when measurements are within IO percent.
According to USEPA (I 996), if chemical parameters have not stabilized according to the above criteria after three
well volumes have been removed, additional well volumes may be removed; and if the parameters have not
stabilized within five volumes, then a judgement will be made by the project manager to continue purging or to
collect a sample.
Standard Operating Procedures for measuring field parameters were obtained from the USEPA Region IV
EISOPQAM and are provided in Attachment A.
2.2.4.2 Sample Collection
Ground-water samples will be collected directly from the outlet tubing from the pump after disconnecting the low-
flow cell or through a T-valve inserted in the tubing between the pump and the low-flow cell. The flow rate will
be reduced to between 0.03 gallons (100 ml) and 0.07 gallons (250 ml) per minute, so that the drawdown of the
water level in the well does not exceed 0.3 foot. In accordance with EISOPQAM Section 5.13.9, voe samples
will be collected first and sample containers should be filled with minimal turbulence by allowing ground water
to flow from the tubing gently down the inside of the decontaminated, preserved sample bottles provided by the
analytical laboratory. voe samples should be checked for air space by turning the bottle over after capping and
tapping to check for air bubbles. If any bubbles are present, another clean 40-ml vial should be filled and checked.
Samples will immediately be placed in iced coolers, and all ground-water samples will be documented on a chain-
of-custody prior to transport to the analytical laboratory for analysis. ·
BIASLAND. BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A.\685008-42.RPT -7130/iB engineers & scientists 2-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
Standard Operating Procedures for ground-water sampling were obtained from the US EPA Region IV EISOPQAM
and are provided in Attachment A.
BLASL.AND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A\68S80842.RPT •• 7/30/98 engineers & scientists 2-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
3. Surface Water Monitoring
Surface water monitoring will consist of measuring stream elevations and collecting surface water samples for
laboratory analysis.
3.1 Stream Elevation and Flow Measurement
Stream elevations will be measured at two locations in the Northeast Tributary (Figure 2-1 ). Measurements will
be collected on a monthly basis, concurrent with the ground-water elevation measurements. Surface water elevation
will be measured by reading the water level on the staff gauge to the nearest 0.01 foot if possible.
Surface water flow in the Northeast Tributary will be measured using the velocity-area method in accordance with
USEPA (1996). The velocity-area method calculates flow (cubic feet/second) as the average velocity (feet/second)
multiplied by the cross-sectional area (square feet) of the channel. The velocity of the water will be measured with
a current meter, and the area of the channel will be measured or calculated using an approximation technique
(US EPA, I 996).
3.2 Surface Water Sampling
Surface water samples will be collected to evaluate surface water quality in the Northeast Tributary.
3.2.1 Monitoring Locations and Parameters
Surface water samples will be collected on an annual basis from four locations (09, I 0, 11, and I 3) in the Northeast
Tributary in accordance with the OU3 ROD and the RD/RA Work Plan (Figure 2-1). Surface water samples will
be analyzed for 1,2-dichloroethane in accordance with the OU3 ROD and RO/RA Work Plan. Samples will be
analyzed using a USEPA-approved method which can achieve a detection limit equal to or less than the OU3
Performance Standard for undiluted samples.
3.2.2 QA/QC Samples
QA/QC samples for the surface water monitoring will include one trip blank (two vials) to accompany samples for
VOC analysis, one field blank per day of sampling, and one "blind duplicate" sample per 20 field samples. Based
on a total of four field samples, one blind duplicate sample will be collected and analyzed. Sampling personnel
will record the sampling location identification numbers where the QA/QC samples were collected.
3.2.3 Sampling Method
Surface water samples will be collected sequentially from the most downstream location to the most upstream
location. Samples will be collected by slowly lowering a dedicated Teflon bailer into the water column to middepth
while angling the bailer so that the tip of the bailer is facing upstream. Care should be taken not to disturb
sediment.
In accordance with EISOPQAM Section 5.13.9, water will be carefully poured from the bailer into the 40-ml VOC
vials, minimizing sample aeration. VOC samples should be checked for air space by turning the bottle over after
capping and tapping to check for air bubbles. If any bubbles are present, another clean 40-ml vial should be filled
and checked. Samples will immediately be placed in iced coolers, and all surface water samples will be documented
on a chain-of-custody prior to transport to the analytical laboratory for analysis.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\68580842.RPT --mane engineers & scientists 3-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
Standard Operating Procedures for surface water sampling were obtained from the USEPA Region IV EISOPQAM
and are provided in Attachment A.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE. INC.
A\68500&\2.RPT --7(30/98 engineers & scientists 3-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. Sediment Monitoring
Sediment samples will be collected to monitor sediment quality in the Northeast Tributary.
4.1 Monitoring Locations and Parameters
DRAFT
Sediment samples will be collected on an annual basis from four locations (09, JO, 11, and 13) in the Northeast
Tributary in accordance with the OU3 ROD and the RD/RA Work Plan (Figure 2-1). Sediment samples will be
analyzed for 1,2-dichloroethane in accordance with the OU3 ROD and RD/RA Work Plan. Samples will be
analyzed using a USEPA-approved method which can achieve a detection limit equal to or less than the OU3
Performance Standard for undiluted samples.
4.2 QA/QC Samples
QA/QC samples for the sediment monitoring will include one trip blank (two vials) to accompany samples for VOC
analysis, one field blank per day of sampling, and one "blind duplicate" sample per 20 field samples. Based on a
total of four field samples, one blind duplicate sample will be collected and analyzed. Sampling personnel will
record the sampling location identification numbers where the QA/QC samples were collected.
4.3 Sampling Method
Sediment samples will be collected sequentially from the most downstream location to the most upstream location,
and will be collected after surface water sample collection has been completed at each location. Sediment samples
will be collected by scooping the sample along the bottom of the stream bed in the upstream direction using a
stainless steel spoon or scoop. Excess water may be removed from the scoop or spoon, taking care to minimize
the loss of fine particulate matter. Because the sediment samples will be analyzed for VOCs, the sample jars should
be completely filled so that no head space remains in the sample container; in accordance with EISOPQAM
Sections 5.13.8 and 5.13.9, no sample mixing should occur. Samples will be immediately placed in iced coolers,
and all sediment samples will be documented on a chain-of-custody prior to transport to the analytical laboratory
for analysis.
Stainless steel spoons and scoops will be decontaminated by a Liquinox and tap water scrub followed by a tap water
rinse and a distilled water rinse (USEPA, 1996) prior to each sample collection.
Standard Operating Procedures for sediment sampling were obtained from the US EPA Region IV EISOPQAM and
are provided in Attachment A.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A:\685808-42.RPT --7/30/98 engineers & scientists 4-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
5. Performance Monitoring Deliverables and
Submission Schedule
The results of the OU3 performance monitoring will be provided in a Semi-Annual Monitoring Report for OU!,
OU2, and OU3, which will consist of the following information for OU3:
• Summary of methods used to collect ground-water and surface water level measurements and ground-water,
surface water, and sediment samples, and deviations from the methodology proposed in this PSVP, if any;
• Field sampling logs recording field parameters collected for ground-water and surface water samples;
• Discussion and tabular summary of the analytical results;
• Copies of the laboratory data deliverables;
• Comparison of the analytical results to the OU3 Performance Standards shown in Table 2-1;
• Comparison of the analytical results to historical data obtained from the OU3 monitoring database;
, Evaluation of the operation of the ground-water collection system for providing hydraulic control over the
inferred source area;
• Discussion of vertical delineation concerns; and
• Recommendations for improving the OU3 monitoring program, if any.
The schedule for monitoring and reporting is shown on Figure 5-1. As indicated on Figure 5-1, two semi-annual
monitoring reports will be submitted to US EPA within 60 days after receipt of the final data deliverables from the
laboratory.
BLASLAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
A\68S808-12.RPT --7/JOfiB engineers & scientists ·5-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DRAFT
6. References
NSCC. 1996. Remedial Design/Remedial Action Workplanfor Third Operable Unit. National Starch and Chemical
Company, Cedar Springs Road Plant Site.
USEPA. 1996. Environmental Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual.
United States Environmental Protection Agency, Region IV.
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
A..\68580842.RPT --7(30fi8 engineers & scientists 6-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Table2-1
OU3 Monitoring Well Depths and Screened Intervals
National Starch and Chemical Company
Salisbury, North Carolina
Monitoring Total Depth Screened Interval
Well ID (feet) (feet bgs)
NS-13 14.4 4.4 to 14.4
NS-14 16.3 6.3 to 16.3
NS-24 75.1 55.1 to 75.1
NS-35 12.0 6.5 to 11.5
NS-36 41.3 28.5 to 40.8
NS-37 54.0 43.5 to 53.5
NS-38 85.0 66.5 to 81.5
NS-39 41.3 30.8 to 40.8
NS-40 94.8 74.3 to 90.3
NS-41 147.0 122.0 to 138.0
NS-42 80.0 60.0 to 80.0
NS-43 49.0 38.5 to 48.5
NS-44 66.6 51.8 to 61.8
NS-45 . 52.7 12.8 to 52.7
NS-46• 200.4 143.9 to 163.7 ·
NS-47 41.6 11.7 to 41.6
NS-48• 201.3 151.0 to 170.8
NS-49 113.6 44.5 to 113.6
Ns-so· 200.4 130.3 to 150.2
NS-51 117.5 43.5 to 117.5
NS-s2• 200.4 119.4 to 139.0
NS-53 115.0 45.0 to 115.0
NS-54• 201.0 174.9 to 203.3
• Screened intervals are proposed bedrock well retrofits
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Table 2-2
Performance Standards for OU3 Ground Water and Surface Water
National Starch and Chemical Company
Salisbury, North Carolina
Pertormance
Constituent Standard Basis
GROUND WATER
voes
Acetone 700 State
Chloroform eROUState•
1,2-Dlchloroethane CRQUState•
1, 1-Dlchloroethene 7 MCUState
1,2-Dlchloroethene (cis/trans) 70 MCUState
1,2-Dichloropropane 1 CRQUState•
Methylene chloride 5 MCUState
Tetrachloroethene CRQUState•
1, 1,2-Trichloroethane 5 CRQUState•
Trichloroethene 2.8 State
Vinyl chloride CRQUState•
SVOCs
Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether 5 CRQUState•
Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 5 CRQUState•
Metals
Antimony 6 MCL
Chromium 50 State
Manganese 50 State
Thallium 2 MCL
Zinc 2,100 State
SURFACE WATER
voes
1,2-0lchloroethane 2,000 USEPA Region IV Chronic Screening Value
Unit ln ug/I
State -State of North Carolina Ground-Water Quality Standards (NCAC 15-2L.0202)
CRQL -Contract Required Quantitation Limit
MCL -USEPA Maximum Contaminant Level
* Where the maximum allowable concentration of a substance is less than the limit of detectability
[NCAC 15-2L.0202(b)(1 )].
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I '
I
REFERENCE: Base Map Source, USGS 7.5 Min. Topo. Quad., China Grove, N.C., 1969 and Rowan MIiis, N.C., 1970.
2000' 0 2000'
Approximate Scale: 1 • ~ 2000'
07/98 SYR.054-0JH
05055011/05055n01.CDR
AREA LOCATION
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY
CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT
SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
SITE LOCATION MAP
BBL BIASIAND. BOUCK & LEE. INC.
eng/neer1 ,5: 1c/ont/1t1
FIGURE
1-1 -
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
/ ,• . ,
lC: HSc:01.0WG
L: OF"F"•"JlltE,t,KuNES.11,"12."IC()HSl",°f>.O.TT• P: STD-PCS' /DI.
J.Jl.Y 20, 10& CffA.-62-S[I( ..oN
ot.0/05055012\05055SM1 .oWG
\
/
I
/
I
/
\
' '
I __., / r ,
I ,'
I '
I
1
/
./ --/ -'-./
/ J1 ~· -·,
\
I
I
/
I
\ ;
\ / .
\ I
I \
I \
I I
\
I
\
\
' I ' \
\
' /
I
I
/
;
LEGEND
• MONITORING WELL LOCATION
♦ EXTRACTION WELL LOCATION
.A. SURFACE WATER / SEDIMENT
SAMPLE LOCATION
SOURCES:
-MAP ENTHLED ·s1TE MAP' PREPARED-FOR NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY BY INTERNATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
CORPORATION, KNOXVILLE, TENN .• DATED 5/18/93.
-MONITORING 't'.£LL SURVEY BY SCHULEf',IBERGER SURVEYING COMPANY, SALISBURY, N.C., DATED 1/21/97
-MONITORING WELL SURVE;Y BY TAYI...OR \lr'E"ISMAN & TAYLOR
RALEIGH N.C., DA TED 3/98 '
SC"-l.E IN FEET
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEt.41CAL COMPANY
CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD PLANT, SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS VERIFICATION PLAN
SAMPLE LOCATION MAP
BlASlAND, BOUCK ~ LEE, INC. BBL I
FlGURE
engineers & scientists 2-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
AciMly
PSVP Approval
Ground-water/surface water level measurement
Semi-annual monitoring
Ground-water monltOfing •
Receipt of Anatytlcal Data
Preparation of OU1. OU2, and OU3 Semi-Annual Monitoring Report
Figure 5-1
OU3 Monitoring and Reporting Schedule
National Starch and Chemical Company
Salisbury, North Carolina
1211!8 1/W 2199
' ' ' '
' ' ' Submission of OU1, OU2, and OU3 Semi-Annual Monitoring Report to USEPA
Annual monitoring
Ground-water monitoring •r-
Surtace water monltorlng
Sediment monitoring
Receipt of Analytical Data
Preparation of OU1, OU2, and OU3 Semi-Annual Monitoring Report
Submission of OU1, OU2, and OU3 Semi-Annual Monitoring Report to USEPA
"Wells outside zone of hydraulic control (NS-24, Ns.35, NS-36, NS-37, NS-38, NS--43, NS--44, NS_.5)
Time
3199 .,,,,, 5199 """
' ' ' '
' ' ' '
"Wells Inside zone of hydraulic control (NS-13, NS-1◄, NS.39, NS-40, NS-41, NS-42, NS-46, NS-47, NS--48, NS-49, NS-50, NS-51, NS-52, NS-53, NS-54)
7199 """ 9199 10/99
' ' ' ' '
' ' ' ' ' ' ' '
I
I
I
I
I
Attachment A
I Standard Operating Procedures
• Sample Containers, Holding Times, and Preservation
I • Field Cleaning Procedures
I • Ground-Water Elevation Measurement
• Well Purging
I • Field Parameter Measurement
I • Ground-Water Sampling
• Surface Water Sampling
I • Sediment Sampling
I
I
I
I
11
I
7/30/98
m
8981369A.WPD
g
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I -✓
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sample Containers, Holding Times, and Preservation
I
I
1,
1·
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX A
RECOMMENDED CONTAINERS, HOLDING TIMES, & PRESERVATION
ANALYTICAL GROUP Soil/Sediment Water/\V astewatcr' Waste
Cont Pres Hold Cont Pres Hold Con( Pres Hold
BIOLOGICAL I
Bacteriological" ---B I 6hr ---
Toxicity, ACU!e ---cu I 2 ---
Toxicity, Chronic ---cu I 2 ---
INORGANICS I
pH" 8G NA ----8G NA N
Dermal Corrosion ------8G NA N
Flashpoint ------8G NA N
BTUContem ------8G NA N
Ash Contem ------8G NA N
Residual Chlorine . SM NA I ------
Twi>idity ---SM I 2 ---
Conductivity ---SM I 28 11 ---
Temperarure . SM NA I ------
BODS ---HP' I 2 ---
. Solids Series ---HP I 7 ---
Senleable Solids ---HP I 2 ---
Nuuients (N,P) 8G I NS HP Sil 28 ---
Chloride ---LP NA 28 ---
Onho-P. 8G I NS LP I' 2 ---
Dissolved P ---LP S'll 28 ---
COD 8G I NS LP Sil 28 ---
Alkalinity ---LP Sil 28 ---
Color ---GP I 2 ---
Oil & Grease . LG Sil 28 ------
Metals 8G I 180 LP N 180 8G NA 180
EIBSOPQAM A· I May 1996
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IJ
I
ANALYTICAL GROUP
Mercwy
Metals • TCLP
Metals. EP
Cromiurn VI
Cyanide
Sulfides
Sulfates
Nitrite
Nitrate
Hardness
Fluoride
I ORGANICS
voes·
VOCs-TCLP0
Extractables1'
Extractables • TCLP
Dioxins"
Percent Alcohol
Phenols
Org Halide (fOX)
General Footnotes:
Cont
Pres
Hold
Container
Preservation
Holding Time (days)
Soil/Sediment
Cont Pres Hold
8G I 180
8G I 3601'
8G I 3601'
·----
-----
----
---
----
--· -
----
-----
2G I 14
2G I 2813
8G I 5411
8G I 6 I 1'
A I 75u
8G I NS
-

-
-
8G I 28
Water/\Vastewater'
Con, Pres Hold
LP N 28
LP I 3601'
LP I 3601'
LP I I
LP A'IC'fl 14
LP ZJC'fl 7
LP I 28
LP I 2
HP I 2
LP N 180
LP NA 28
V B'/1 I4n1•
V I 28 13
GG r 47 11
GG I 61 1'
LA' 110 751s
GG I --NS
LA S/1 28
LA S/1 28
• Grab sample only, unless indicated a grab or composite is acceptable .
Waste
Cont Pres Hold
8G NA 180
8G NA 360U
8G NA 36012
---
8G NA 14
-

-
-
---
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
. ---
I
8G NA 14
8G NA 2813
8G NA 5411
8G NA 61 1•
A I 7519
8G • NA NS
--

-
-

-

-
Consult 40 CFR Pan 136 Table II. -Required Containers, Preservation Techniques, and Holding Times fur
latest requirements.
Including pesticides, herbicides and PCBs 19
20 Consult local laboratory for most receru dioxin coO!ainer and preservation requirements.
EIBSOPQAM A-2 May 1996
I _,,
I Containers:
I
I)
I
I
I ,,
I
I ,,
-) I
I
B -Bateriological container
CU -Cubitainer: one gallon or 2-gallon
8G - 8 oz. widemouth glass (Teflon lid)
2G -2 oz. widemouth glass (Teflon septum lid)
LP -One liter polyethylene
GG -One gallon amber glass (Teflon lid)
V -40 ml glass (Teflon septum lid)
SM -Stonnore 500 ml polyethylene
LG -One liter widemouth glass (Teflon lid)
GP -Gallon polyethylene
HP -Half-gallon polyethylene
LA -One liter amber glass (Teflon lid)
A -500 ml widemouth amber glass (Teflon lid)
2 -Use GP for BOD with multiple parameters
3 -Collect 2 sample containers ( LA) per sample plus 4 at one location for matrix spike.
Preservatives:
A -Ascorbic acid
B -Sodium bisulfite
C -NaOH
H -HCI
I -Ice (4'C)
N -50% HNO, (pH< 2.0 S.U.)
NA -Not applicable
S -50% H,SO, (pH< 2.0 S.U.l
Z -Zinc acetate
4 -Filter on-site
5 -Only with residual CL,
6 -To pH> 12.0 S.U.
7 -TopH>9.0S.U.
8 -With residual CL, mix sample in 8 oz. glass container with 8 drops 25% ascorbic acid
9 -With residual CL, mix sample with 0.008% sodium thiosulfate
IO -With residual CL, mix sample with 80 mg of sodium thiosulfate per liter
Holding Times: in days unless noted otherwise:
NS -Not Specified
N lndefinate
I -Immediate (within 15 minutes: 40 CFR 136 Table II)
11 -Determine on-site if possible
12 -360 days: 180 days to extraction plus 180 days to analysis
13 -28 days: 14 days to TCLP extraction plus 14 days to analysis (7 days if not preserved following extraction)
14 -61 days: 14 days to TCLP extraction, 7 days to solvent extraction, 40 days to analysis
15 -Method 8290 specifies 30 days to extraction plus 45 days to analysis
16 - 7 days if not preserved
17 -4 7 days: 7 days to extraction. 40 days to analysis
18 -54 days: 14 days to extraction. 40 days to analysis
EIBSOPQAM A-3 May 19%
I
I
I
I
I
I
I __ )
1,
I
Shipping Note:
When samples are to be shipped by common carrier or sent through the United States mail, it must comply with the
Depanment of Transportation Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR 172). The person offering such material
for transportation is responsible for ensuring such compliance. For the preservation requirements of 40 CFR, Pan
136, Table IL the Office of Hazardous Materials. Materials Transportation Bureau. Deparonent of Transportation
has detennined that the Hazardous Materials Regulations do not apply to the following materials: Hydrochloric Acid
(HCL) in water solutions at concentrations of 0.04% by weight or less (pH about 1.96 or greater); Nitric acid
(HN03) in water solutions at concentrations of 0. I 5% by weight or less (pH about 1.62 or greater); Sulfuric acid
(H,SO,) in water solutions at concentrations of 0.35% by weight or less (pH about 1.15 or greater); and Sodium
Hydroxide (NaOH) in water solutions at concentrations of0.08% by weight or less (pH about 12.30 or less). This
footnote is wholly reproduced from 40 CFR 136.3. which is definitive.
EIBSOPQAM A-4 May 1996
I
I
I
I
Ii
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Field Cleaning Procedures
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I)
I
••
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX B ·STANDARD FIELD CLEANING PROCEDURES
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE:
• To remove contaminants of concern from sampling, drilling and other field equipment to
concentrations that do not impact srudy objectives using a standard cleaning procedure.
B.1 Introduction
Cleaning procedures in this appendix are intended for use by field personnel for cleaning sampling and
other equipment in the field Emergency field sample container cleaning procedures are also included; however,
they should not be used unless absolutely necessary. Cleaning procedures for use at the Field Equipment Center
(FEC) are in Appendix C.
Sampling and field equipment cleaned in accordance with these procedures must meet the minimum
requirements for Data Quality Objectives (DQO) definitive data collection. Alternative field decontamination
procedures may be substiruted as outlined in Section 5.12 when samples are to be analyzed for data uses at a
lower DQO level. Deviations from these procedures should be documented in the approved srudy plan, field
records, and investigative reports.
These are the materials. methods, and procedures to be used when cleaning sampling and other
equipment in the field.
8.1.1 Specifications for Cleaning Materials
Specifications for standard cleaning materials referred to in this appendix are as follows:
• S,Qlll! shall be a standard brand of phosphate-free laboratory detergent such as Liquinox®. Use of
other detergent IOllSt be justified and documented in the field logbooks and inspection or investigative
reports.
• Solvent shaIJ be pesticide-grade isopropanoL Use ofa solvent other than pesticide-grade isopropanol
for equipment cleaning purposes must be justified in the srudy plan. Otherwise its use must be
documented in field logbooks and inspection or investigation reports.
• Tap water may be used from any municipal water treatment system. Use of an untreated potable
water supply is not an acceptable substirute for tap water.
• Analyte free ll:1lfel: /deionized ll:1lter) is tap water that has been treated by passing through a standard
deionizing resin col= At a minimum, the finished water should contain no detectable heavy metals
orother inorganic compounds (i.e., at or above analytical detection limits) as defined by a standard
inductively coupled Argon Plasma Spectrophotometer (ICP) (or equivalent) scan. Analyte free-water
obtained by other methods is acceptable, as long as it meets the above analytical criteria.
EIBSOPQAM B-1 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Organjc/analyre free warer is defined as tap water that has been treated with activated carbon and
deionizing units. A portable system 10 produce organic/analyte free water under field conditions is
available. At a minimum. the finished water must meet the analytical criteria of analyte free water
and should contain no detectable pesticides, herbicides, or extractable organic compounds, and no
volatile organic compound~ above minimum detectable levels as determined by the Region 4
laboratory for a given set of analyses. Organic/analyte free water obtained by other methods is
acceptable, as long as it meets the above analytical criteria.
• Other solvents may be substituted for a particular purpose if required. For example, removal of
concentrated waste materials may require the use of either pesticide-grade hexane or petroleum ether.
After the waste material is removed the equipment must be subjected to the standard cleaning
procedure. Because these solvents arc not miscible with water, the equipment must be completely
dry prior to use.
Solvents, laboratory detergent. and rinse waters used to clean equipment shall not be reused during field
decontamination.
. B.1.2 Handling and Containers for Cleaning Solutions
Improperly handled cleaning solutions. may easily become contaminated. Storage and application
containers must be conso-ucted of the proper materials to ensure their integriry. Following are acceptable
materials used for containing the specified cleaning solutions:
• Soap must be kept in clean plastic. metal, or glass containers until used It should be poured directly
from the container during use.
0 Solvent must be stored in the unopened original containers until used They may be applied using
the low pressure nitrogen system fitted with a Teflon® nozzle, or using Teflon® squeeze bottles.
• Tap water may be kept in clean tanks. hand pressure sprayers, squeeze bottles, or applied directly
from a hose.
• Analyte free water must be stored in clean glass, stainless steel, or plastic containers that can be
closed prior to use. It can be applied from plastic squeeze bottles.
• Organjc/analyre free water must be stored in clC"..n glass, Teflon®, or stainless steel containers prior
to use_ It may be applied using Teflon® squeeze bottles, or with the portable system.
Note: Hand pump sprayers generally are Ol!l acceptable storage or application containers for the above materials
(with the exception of tap water). This also applies to stainless steel sprayers. All hand sprayers have internal
oil coated gaskets and black rubber seals that may contaminate the solutions.
B.1.3 Disposal of Solvent Cleaning Solutions
Procedures for the safe handling and disposition of investigation derived waste (IDW), including used
wash water, rinse water, and spent solvents are in Section 5.15.
B.1.4 Equipment Contaminated with Concentrated Wastes
Equipment used to collect samples of hazardous materials or toxic wastes or materials from hazardous
waste sites, RCRA facilities, or in-process waste streams should be field cleaned before returning from the study.
At a minimum, this should consist of washing with soap and rinsing with tap water. More stringent procedures
may be required at the discretion of the field investigators.
EIBSOPQAM B-2 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
) I
•·
B.1.5 Safety Procedures for Field Cleaning Operations
Some of the materials used to implement the cleaning procedures outlined in this appendix can be
harmful if used improperly. Caution should be exercised by all field investigators and all applicable safety
procedures should be followed. At a minimwn. the following precautions should be taken in the field during these
cleaning operations:
• Safety glasses with splash shields or goggles, and latex gloves will be worn during all cleaning
operations.
• Solvent rinsing operations will be conducted in the open (never in a closed room).
• No eating, smoking, drinking, chewing, or any hand to mouth contact should be permitted during
cleaning operations.
B.1.6 Handling of Cleaned Equipment
After field cleaning, equipment should be handled only by personnel wearing clean gloves to prevent re-
contaminatioIL In addition, the equipment should be moved away {preferably upwind) from the cleaning area to
prevent recontamination. If the equipment is not to be immediately re-used it should be covered with plastic
sheeting or wrapped in aluminum foil to prevent re-<:ontamination. The area where the equipment is kept prior
to re-use must be free of contaminants.
B.2 Field Equipment Cleaning Procedures
Sufficient clean equipment should be transponed to the field so that an entire study can be conducted
without the need for field cleaning. However, this is not possible for some specialized items such as portable
power augers (Little Beaver®), well drilling rigs, soil coring rigs, and other large pieces of field equipment In
addition, particularly during large scale studies, it is not practical or possible to transport all of the precleaned
field equipment required into the field. In these instances, sufficient pre-cleaned equipment should be rransported
to the field 10 perform at least one days work. The following procedures are to be utilized when equipment must
be cleaned in the field.
B.2.1 Specifications for Decontamination Pads
Decontamination pads constructed for field cleaning of sampling and drilling equipment should meet the
following minimum specifications:
• The pad should be constructed in an area known or believed to be free of surface contamination.
• The pad should not leak excessively.
, If possible, the pad should be constructed on a level, paved surface and should facilitate the removal
of wastewater. Titis may be accomplished by either constructing the pad with one comer lower than
the rest, or by creating a sump or pit in one comer or along one side. Any sump or pit should also
be lined.
• Sawhorses or racks constructed to hold equipment while being cleaned should be high enough above
ground to prevent equipment from being splashed.
EIBSOPQAM B-3 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Water should be removed from the decontamination pad frequently.
• A temporary pad should be lined with a water impermeable material with no seams within the pad.
This material should be either easily replaced (disposable) or repairable.
At the completion of site activities, the decontamination pad should be deactivated. The pit or sump
should be backfilled with the appropriate material designated by the site project leader, but only after all
waste/rinse water has been pumped into containers for disposal. No solvent rirt~ates will be placed in the pit.
Solvent rinsates should be collected in separate containers for proper disposal. See Section 5.15 of this SOP for
proper handling and disposal of these materials. If the decontamination pad has leaked excessively, soil sampling
may be required.
B.2.2 "Classic Parameter" Sampling Equipment
"Classic Parameters" are analyses such as oxygen demand, nutrients, certain inorganics, sulfide, flow
measurements, etc. For routine operatiort~ involving classic parameter analyses, water quality sampling
equipment such as Kemmcrers, bucket~. dissolved oxygen dunkers, dredges, etc. may be cleaned with the sample
or analyte-free water between sampling locations. A brush may be used to remove deposits of material or
sediment. if necessary. lfanalyte-frccwater is samplers should be flushed at the next sampling location with the
substance (water) to be sampled. but before the sample is collected.
Flow measuring equipment such as weirs, staff gages, velocity· meters, and other· stream gaging
equipment may be cleaned with tap water between measuring locations, if necessary.
The previously described procedures are not to be used for cleaning field equipment to be used
for the collection of samples undergoing trace organic or inorganic constituent analyses.
B.2.3 Sampling Equipment used for the Collection of Trace Organic and Inorganic Compounds
The following procedures arc to be used for all sampling equipment used to collect routine samples
undergoing trace organic or inorganic constituent analyses:
1. Clean with tap water and soap using a brush if necessary to remove particulate matter and surfilce
films. Equipment may be steam cleaned (soap and high pressure hot water) as an alternative to
brushing. Sampling equipment that is steam cleaned should be placed on racks or saw horses at least
two feet above the floor of the decontamination pad. PVC or plastic items should not be steam
cleaned.
2. Rinse thoroughly with tap water.
3. Rinse thoroughly with analyte free water.
4. Rinse thoroughly with solvent Do not solvent rinse PVC or plastic items.
5. Rinse thoroughly with organic/analyte free water. If organic/analyte free water is not available,
equipment should be allowed to completely dry. Do llQJ apply a final rinse with analyte water.
Organic/analyte free water can be generated on-site utilizing the portable system.
6. Remove the equipment from the decontamination area and cover with plastic. Equipment stored
overnight should be wrapped in aluminum foil and covered with clean, unused plastic.
EIBSOPQAM B-4 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I )
I
I
I
I
I
I
8.2.4 Well Sounders or Tapes
I. Wash with soap and tap water.
2. Rinse with tap water.
3. Rinse with analyte free water.
8.2.5 Fultz® Pump Cleaning Procedure
CAUTION -To avoid damaging the Fultz® pump:
• Never run pump when dry
• Never switch directly from the forward to the reverse mode without pausing in the "OFF" position
The Fultz® pump should be cleaned prior to use and between each monitoring well. The following procedure
is required;
I. Pump a sufficient amount of soapy water through the hose to flush out any residual purge water.
2. Using a brush, scrub the exterior of the contaminated hose and pump with soapy water. Rinse the
soap from the outside of the hose with tap water. Rinse the hose with analyte-free water and recoil
onto the spool.
3. Pump a sufficient amount of tap water through the hose to flush out all the soapy water
(approximately one gallon).
4. Pump a sufficient amount ofanalyte-freewater through the hose to flush out the tap water, then purge
with the pump in the reverse mode.
5. Rinse the outside of the pump housing and hose with analyte-free water (approximately 1/4 gal.).
6. Place pump and reel in clean plastic bag.
8.2.6 Goulds® Pump Cleaning Procedure
CAUTION -During cleaning always disconnect the pump from the generator.
The Goulds© pump should be cleaned prior to use and between each monitoring well.
The following procedure is required;
I. Using a brush, scrub the exterior of the contaminated hose and pump with soap and tap water.
2. Rinse the soap from the outside of the pump and hose with tap water.
3. Rinse the tap water residue from the outside of pump and hose with analyte-free water.
4. Place the pump and hose in a clean plastic bag.
EIBSOPQAM B-5 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I • )
I
I
I
I
I
B.2. 7 Redi-Flo2® Pump
The Redi-Flo2® pwnp should be cleaned prior to use and between each monitoring well. The following
procedure is required:
CAUTION -Make sure the pump is not plugged in.
I. Using a brush, scrub the exterior of the pump, electrical cord and garden hose with soap and tap
water. Do not wet the clecoical plug.
2. Rinse with tap water.
3. Rinse with analyte free water.
4. Place the equipment in a clean pla~tic bag.
To clean the Redi-Flo2® ball check valve:
I. Completely dismantle ball check valve. Check for wear and/or corrosion. and replace as needed.
2. Using a brush, scrub all components with soap and tap water.
3. Rinse with analyte free water.
4. Reassemble and rc-anach the ball check valve to the Redi-Flo2® pump head.
B.2.8 Automatic Sampler Tubing
The Silastic® and Tygonli. tubing previously used in the automatic samplers may be field cleaned as
follows:.
I. Flush tubing with tap water and soap.
2. Rinse tubing thoroughly with tap warer.
3. Rinse tubing with analyte free water.
B.3 Downhole Drilling Equipment
These procedures are to be used for drilling activities involving the collection of soil samples for traee
organic and inorganic constituent analyses, and for the construction of monitoring wells to be used for the
collection of groundwater samples for trace organic and inorganic constituent analyses.
B.3.1 Introduction
Cleaning and decontamination of all equipment should occur at a designated area ( decontamination pad)
on the site. The decontamination pad should meet the specifications of Section B.2. I.
EIBSOPQAM B-6 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I '
I
I
I
I
Tap water (potable) brought on the site for drilling and cleaning purposes should be contained in a pre-
cleaned tank of sufficient size so that drilling activities can proceed without having to stop and obtain additional
water.
A steam cleaner and/or high pressure hot water washer capable of generating a pressure of at least 2500
PSI and producing hot water and/or steam (200'F plus), with a soap companment, should be obtained.
B.3.2 Preliminary Cleaning and Inspection
The drill rig should be clean of any contaminants that may have been transported from another hazardous
waste site, to minintize the potential for cross-contamination. Further, the drill rig itself should not serve as a
source of contaminants. In addition, associated drilling and decontamination equipment, well construction
materials, and equipment handling procedures should meet these minimum specified criteria:
• All downhole augering, drilling, and sampling equipment should be sandblasted before use if painted,
and/or there is a buildup of rust, hard or caked matter, etc., that cannot be removed by steam cleaning
(soap and high pressure hot water), or wire brushing. Sandblasting should be performed prior to
lmn'.fil on site, or well away from the decontamination pad and areas to be sampled.
• Any portion of the drill rig, backhoe, etc., that is over the borehole (kelly bar or mast, backhoe
buckets, drilling platform. hoist or chain pulldowns, spindles, cathead, etc.) should be steam cleaned
(soap and high pressure hot water) and wire brushed (as needed) to remove all rust, soil, and other
material which may have come from other hazardous waste sites before being brought on site.
• Printing and/or writing on well casing, tremie tubing, etc., should be removed before use. Emery
cloth or sand paper can be used to remove the printing and/or writing. Most well material suppliers
can supply materials without the printing and/or writing if specified when ordered.
• The drill rig and other equipment associated with the drilling and sampling activities should be
inspected to insure that all oils. greases, hydraulic fluids'. etc., have been removed, and all seals and
gaskets are intact with no fluid leaks.
• PVC or plastic materials such as tremie tubes should be inspected. Items that cannot be cleaned are
not acceptable and should be discarded.
B.3.3 Drill Rig Field Cleaning Procedure
Any portion of the drill rig, backhoe, etc., that is over the borehole (kelly bar or mast, backhoe buckets,
drilling platform. hoist or chain pulldowns, spindles, cathead, etc.) should be steam cleaned (soap and high
pressure hot water) between boreholes.
EIBSOPQAM B-7 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I )
I
I
I
I
I
I
I • )
I
B.3.4 Field Cleaning Procedure for Drilling Equipment
The following is the standard procedure for field cleaning augers. drill sterns, rods. tools, and associated
equipment This procedure does llQ! apply to well casings, well screens, or split-spoon samplers used to obtain
samples for chemical analyses, which should be cleaned as outlined in Section B.2.3.
I. Clean with tap water and soap. using a brush if necessary, to remove particulate maner and surface
films. Steam cleaning (high pressure hot water with soap) may be necessary to remove maner that
is difficult to remove with the brush. Drilling equipment that is steam cleaned should be placed on
racks or saw horses at least two feet above the floor of the decontamination pad. Hollow-stem
augers, drill rods, etc .. that arc hollow or have holes that transmit water or drilling fluids. should be
cleaned on the inside with vigorous brushing.
2. Rinse thoroughly with tap water.
3. Remove from the decontamination pad and cover with clean. unused plastic. If stored overnight, the
plastic should be secured to cn~urc that it stays in place.
When there is concern for low level contaminants it may be necessary to clean this equipment between
borehole drilling and/or monitoring well installation using the proced~re outlined in Section B.2.3.
B.4 Emergency Disposable Sample Container Cleaning
New one-pint or one-quart mason jars may be used to collect samples for analyses of organic compounds
and metals in waste and soil samples during an emergency. These containers would also be acceptable on an
emergency basis for the collection of water samples for extractable organic compounds, pesticides, and metals
analyses. These jars cannot be used for the collection of water samples for volatile organic compound analyses.
The rubber sealing ring should not be in contact with the jar and aluminum foil should be used, if
possible, between the jar and the sealing ring. If possible, the jar and aluminum foil should be rinsed with
pesticide-grade isopropanol and allowed to air dry before use. Several empty bonles and lids should be subn)ined
to the laboratory as blanks for quality control purposes.
EIBSOPQAM B-8 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
u
•
I
I
I
15.8 Ground Water Level Measurements
15.8.1 General
The measurement of the ground water level in a well is frequently conducted in conjunction with ground
water sampling 10 determine the "free" water surface. This potentiometric surface measurement can be used to
establish ground water flow direction and gradients. Total well depth and ground water level measurements are
needed to determine the volume of water in the well casing prior to purging the well for sampling purposes.
All ground water level and total depth measurements should be made relative to an established reference
point on the well casing and should be documented in the field records. To be useful for establishing ground
water gradient, the reference point should be tied in with the NGVD (National Geodetic Vertical Datum) or a
local datum. For an isolated group of wells, an arbitrary datum common to all wells in that group may be used
if necessary.
15.8.2 Specific Ground Water Level Measuring Techniques
Measuring the depth to the free ground water surfuce can be accomplished by the following methods (9).
Method accuracies are noted for each of the specific methods described below.
• E!ecu-onjc Water Level Jndjcators This instrument consists of a spool of dual conductor wire, a
probe attached to the end and an indicator. When the probe comes in contact with the water, the
cin:uit is closed and a meter light and/or buzzer attached to the spool will signal the contact Penlight
or 9-vol\ batteries arc normally used as a power source. Measurements should be made and recorded
to the nearest 0.01 foot.
' • Weighted Tape --This method is similar to the "bell sounder" method, except that any suitable
weight, not necessarily one designed to create an audible pop, can be used to suspend the tape. The
weight should, ideally, be made of a relatively inert material and should be easily cleaned.
Measurements should be made and recorded to the nearest 0.1 foot.
• Chalked Tape Chalk rubbed on a weighted steel tape will discolor or be removed when in contact
with water. Distance to the water surfuce can be obtained by subtracting the wet chalked length from
the total measured length. The tape should be withdrawn quickly from the well because water has
a tendency to rise up the chalk due to capillaiy action. Measurements should be made and recorded
to the nearest 0.0 I foot This method is not recommended if samples are to be collected for analyses
of organic or inorganic contaminants.
• Other Methods --There are other iypes of water level indicator.; and recorder.; available on the
market such as the sliding float method, air line pressure method, and electrical and automatic
recording methods. These methods are primarily used for closed systems or permanent monitoring
wells. Acoustic water level indicator.; are also available which measure water levels based on the
measured return of an emitted acoustical impulse. Accuracies for these methods vary and should
be evaluated before selection. Any method not capable of providing measurements to within 0.1
foot should not be used.
15.8.3 Total Well Depth Measurement Techniques
EISOPQAM 15 • 24 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The bell sounder, weighted tape. or electronic water level indicator.; can be used to determine the total
well depth. This is accomplished by lowering the tape or cable until the weighted end is felt resting on the bottom
of the well. Because of tape buoyancy and weight effects encountered in deep wells with long water columns,
it may be difficult to determine when the tape end is touching the bottom of the well. Care must be taken in these
situations to ensure accurate measurements. All total well depth measurements must be made and recorded to
the nearest 0.1 foot.
15.8.4 EquipmentAvailable
The following equipment is available for ground water level and total well depth measurements:
• weighted steel measuring tapes
• electronic water level indicator.;.
15.8.5 Specific Quality Control Procedures
Devices used to measure ground water levels should be calibrated against the Invar steel surveyor's chain.
These devices should be calibrated 10 0.01 foot per 10 feet length. Before each use, these devices should be
prepared according to the manufacturer's insauctions (if appropriate) and checked for obvious damage. These
devices should be decontaminated according to the procedures specified in Appendix B prior to use at the next
well. All calibration and maintenance data should be recorded in a log book.
EISOPQAM IS. 25 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
D
u
7.2 Purging
7.2.1 Purging and Purge Adequacy
Purging is the process of removing stagnant water from a monitoring well, immediately prior to
sampling, causing its replacement by ground water from the adjacent formation. which is representative of actual
aquifer conditions. In order to determine when a well has been adequately purged, field investigators should:
I) monitor the pH, specific conduetanee. tcmperarure, and tutbidity of the ground water removed during purging;
and 2) obsetve and record the volume of water removed.
Prior to initiating the purge. the amount of water standing in the water column (water inside the well riser
and screen) should be determined. To do this. the diameter of the well should be determined and the water level
and total depth of the well are measured and recorded. Specific methodology for obtaining these measurements
is found in Section 15.8 of this SOP. Once this information is obtained, the volume of water to be purged can
be determined using one of several methods. One is the equation:
V = 0.041 d'h
Where: h = depth of water in feet
d = diameter of well in inches
V = volume of water in gallons
Alternatively, the volume may be determined using a casing volume per foot factor for the appropriate
diameter well, similar to that in Table 7.2.1. The water level is subtracted from the total depth, providing the
length of the water column. This length is multiplied by the factor in the Table 7.2.1 which corresponds to the
appropriate well diameter, providing the amount of water, in gallons, contained in the well. Other acceptable
methods include the use of nomographs or other equations or formulae.
With respect to volume, an adequate purge is normally achieved when three to five times the volume of
standing water in the well has been removed. The field notes should reflect the single well volume calculations
or determinations, according to one of the above methods, and a reference to the appropriate multiplication of
that volume, i.e., a minimum three well volumes, clearly identified as a purge volume goal.
With respect to the ground water chemistry, an adequate purge is achieved when the pH, specific
conductance, and temperature of the ground water have stabilized and the turbidity has either stabilized gt is
below 10 Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTUs). Ten NTUs is the goal for most ground water sampling
objectives. This is twice the Primary Drinking Water standard of 5 NTUs. Stabilization occurs when pH
measurements remain constant within 0.1 Standard Unit (SU), specific conductance varies no more that 10
percent, and the temperature is constant for at least three consecutive readings. There are no criteria establishing
how many setS of measurements are adequate for the determination of stability. If the calculated purge volume
is small, the measurements should be taken frequently to provide a sufficient number of measurements to evaluate
stability. If the purge volume is large, measurements taken every 15 minutes may be sufficient
If; after three well volumes have been removed, the chemical parameters have not stabilized according
to the above criteria, additional well volumes may be removed. If the parameters have not stabilized within five
volumes, it is at the discretion of the project leader whether ornot to collect a sample or to continue purging. The
conditions of sampling should be noted in the field log.
EISOPQAM 7 • 2 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
0
0
I
TABLE 7.2.1
WELL CASING DIAMETER vs. VOLUME
WELL CAS!NG DIAMETER vs. VOLUME (GALS.)/FEET of WATER
CASING GALLONS/FT
SIZE ofWATER
I 0.041
2 0.163
3 0.367
4 0.653
5 1.02
6 1.469
7 1.999
8 2.611
9 3.305
10 4.08
11 4.934
12 5.875
In some situations, even with slow purge rates, a well may be pumped or bailed dry ( evacuated). In these
situations, this generally constitutes an adequate purge and the well can be sampled following sufficient recover:y
(enough volume to allow filling of all sample containers). It is not necessar:y that the well be evacuat.ed three··
times before it is sampled. The pH, specific conductance, temperature, and turbidity should be measured, during
collection of the sample from the recovered volume, as the measurements of record for the sampling event.
Attempts should be made to avoid purging wells to dr:yness. This can be accomplished, for example, by
slowing the purge rate. !fa well is pumped dry, it may result in the sample being comprised partially of water
contained in the sand pack, which may be reflective, at least in pan, of initial, stagnant conditions. In addition,
as water re-enters a well that is in an evacuated condition, it may cascade down the sand pack or the well screen,
snipping volatile organic constituents that may be present and/or introducing soil fines into the water column.
EISOPQAM 7-3 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
I
D
I
Equipment Available
Monitoring well purging is accomplished by using in-place plumbing and dedicated pumps or, by using
portable pwnps/equipment when dedicated systems are not present The equipment may consist of a variety of
pumps, including peristaltic, large and small diameter turbine ( electric submersible), bladder. centrifugal, gear-
driven positive displacement, or other appropriate pumps. The use of any of these pumps is usually a function
of the depth ofthe well being sampled and the amount of water that is to be removed during purging. Whenever
the head difference between the sampling location and the water level is less than the limit of suction and the
volume to be removed is reasonably small, a peristaltic pump should be used for purging. Appendix E of this
SOP contains the operating instructions for all pumps commonly used during Branch ground water investigations.
Bailers may also be used for purging in appropriate siruations, however, their use is discouraged Bailers
tend to disturb any sediment that may be present in the well, creating or increasing sample turbidity. !fa bailer
is used, it should be a closed-top Teflon:~ bailer.
7.2.2 Purging Techniques (Wells Without Plumbing or In-Place Pumps)
For pennanently installed wells. the depth of water and depth of the well should be determined (if
possible) before purging. Electrical water level indicators/well sounders can be used for this purpose .. It is
standard practice to mark the top of casing. providing a point of reference from which these measurements will
be consistently made. Field investigators should look for these markings when taking these measurements.
Extreme caution should be exercised during this procedure to prevent cross-contamination of the wells. This is
a critical concern when samples for trace organic compounds or metals analyses are collected At a minimum,
the well sounding device should be cleaned by w.ishing in a laboratory detergent solution, followed by rinses with
tap water and analyte-free water. After cleaning, it should be placed in a clean plastic bag or wrapped in foil.
Purging with Pumps
When peristaltic pumps or centrifugal pumps are used, only the intake line is placed into the water
column. The line placed into the water should be either standard-cleaned (see Appendix B) Teflon<lli tubing, for
peristaltic pumps, or standard-cleaned stainless steel pipe attached to a hose for centrifugal pumps.
When submersible pwnps (bladder. turbine, displacement, etc.) are used, the pump itself is lowered into
the water column. The pump must be cleaned as specified in Appendix B. ·
Pureiog with Bailees
Standard-cleaned (Appendix B) closed-top Teflon® hailers with Teflon® leaders and new nylon rope
are lowered into top of the water column. allowed to filL and removed. The water is either discarded or contained
and managed as investigation derived waste. It is critical that hailers be slowly and gently immersed into the top
of the water column, particularly during final stages of purging, to minimize turbidity and disturbance of volatile
organic constituents. The use ofbailers for purging and sampling is discouraged because the correct technique
is highly operator dependent.
EISOPQAM 7-4 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
field Care of Puq:ioe Equipment
Regardless of which method is used for purging, new plastic sheeting should be placed on the ground
surface around the well casing to prevent contamination of the pwnps, hoses, ropes, etc., in the event they need
to be placed on the ground during the purging or they accidentally come into contact with the ground surface.
It is preferable that hoses used in purging that come into contact with the ground water be kept on a spool or
contained in a plastic-lined tub, both during transporting and during field use, to further minimize contamination
from the transporting vehicle or ground surface.
Purging Entire Water Column
The pump/hose assembly or bailer used in purging should be lowered into the top of the standing water
column and not deep into the column. This is done so that the purging will "pull" water from the fonnation into
the screened area of the well and up through the casing so that the entire static volwne can be removed. If the
pump is placed deep into the water column, the water above the pwnp may not be removed, and the subsequent
samples, particularly if collected with a bailer. may not be representative of the ground water. ·
It is recommended that no more than three to five feet of hose be lowered into the water column. If the
recovery rate of the well is faster than the pump rate and no observable draw down occurs, the pump should be
raised until the intake is within one foot of the top of the water column for the duration of purging. If the pump
rate exceeds the recovery rate of the well. the pump will have to be lowered, as needed, to accommodate the draw
down. After the pump is removed from the we 11, all wetted portions of the hose and the pwnp should be cleaned
as outlined in Appendix B of this SOP.
Careful consideration shall be given to using pwnps to purge wells which are excessively contaminated
with oily compounds, because it may be difficult to adequately decontaminate severely contaminated pwnps under
field conditions. When wells of rhis type are encountered, alternative purging methods, such as bailers, should
be considered.
General Low Flow/Low Stress Method Preference
The device with the lowest pwnp or water removal rate and the least tendency to stress the well during
purging should be selected for use. For example, if a bailer and a peristaltic pwnp both work in a given situation,
the pump should be selected because it will greatly minimize turbidity, providing a higher quality sample (Section
7.2.4 contains a description oflow flow purging and sampling with a peristaltic pump used in a temporary well).
If a Fultz® pump or a Grundfos Redi-Flo2® could both be used, the Redi-Flo2® may be given preference
because the speed can be controlled to provide a lower pump rate, thereby minimizing turbidity.
Low Flow/Low Volume euwoe IecboiquestProcedures
Alternatives to the low flow purging procedures exist and may be acceptable. The low flow/low volume
purging is a procedure used to minimize purge water volwnes. The pwnp intake is placed within the screened
interval at the zone of sampling, preferably, the zone with the highest flow rate. Low flow rate purging is
conducted after hydraulic conditions within the well have re-stabilized, usually within 24 to 48 hours. Flow rates
should not exceed the recharge rate of the aquifer. This is monitored by measuring the top of the water column
with a water level recorder or similar device while pumping. These techniques, however, are only acceplllble
under certain hydraulic conditions and are not considered Slllndard procedures.
EISOPQAM 7.5 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7.2.3 Purging Techniques -Wells with In-Place Plumbing
Wells with in-place plumbing are commonly found at municipal water treaonent plants, industrial water
supplies, private residences, etc. Many permanent monitoring wells at active facilities are also equipped with
dedicated, in-place pumps. The objective of purging wells with in-place pumps is the same as with monitoring
wells without in-place pumps. i.e .. to ultimately collect a sample representative of the ground water. Among the
types of wells identified in this section. two different approaches are necessary. The permanent monitoring wells
with in-place pumps should, in all respects. be treated like the monitoring well without pumps. They generally
are sampled only occasionally and require purging as described for wells without in-place pumps, i.e., 3 to 5 well
volumes and stable parameters.
In the case of the other types of wells. however, not enough is generally known about the construction
aspects of the wells to apply the same criteria as used for monitoring wells, i.e., 3 to 5 well volumes. The volume
to be purged in these situations. therefore, depends on several factors: whether the pumps are running
continuously or intermittently and whether or not any storage/pressure tanks are located between the sampling
point and the pump. The following con.~iderations and procedures should be followed when purging wells with
in-place plumbing under the condition.~ described.
Continuously Running Pumps
If the pump runs more or less continuously. no purge (other than opening a valve and allowing it to flush
for a few minutes) is necessary. If a storage tank is present, a spigot, valve or other sampling point should be
located between the pump and the storage tank. If not, locate the valve closest to the tank. Measurements of pH,
specific conductance, temperature. and turbidity are recorded at the time of sampling.
Inrennjttently Running Pumps
If the pump runs intermittently. it is necessary to determine, if possible, the volume to be purged,
including storage/pressure tanks that are located prior to the sampling location. The pump should then be run
continuously until the required volume has been purged. If construction characteristics are not known. best
judgement should be used in establishing how long to run the pump prior to collecting the sample. Generally,
under these conditions, 30 minutes will be adequate. Measurements of pH, specific conductance, temperature
and turbidity should be made and recorded at intervals during the purge and the final measurements made at the
time of sampling.
7.2.4 Purging Techniques -Temporary Monitoring Wells
Temporary ground water monitoring wells differ from pennanent wells because temporary wells are
installed in the ground water for immediate sample acquisition. Wells of this type may include standard well
screen and riser placed in boreholes created by hand augering, power augering, or by drilling. They may also
consist ofa rigid rod and screen that is pushed, driven. or hammered into place to the desired sampling interval,
such as the Direct Push Wellpoint®, the Geoprobe® and the Hydropunch®. As such, the efforts to remove
several volumes of water to replace stagnant water do not necessarily apply in these siruations, because generally,
stagnant water is non-existent It is important to note, however, that the longer a temporary well is in place and
not sampled. the more appropriate it may be to apply, to the extent possible, standard pennanent monitoring well
purging criteria to it
In cases where the temporary well is to be sampled immediately after installation. purging is conducted
primarily to mitigate the impacts of installation. In most cases, temporary well installation procedures disrurb
the existing aquifer conditions, resulting primarily in increased turbidity. Therefore, the goal of purging is to
reduce the turbidity and remove the volume of water in the area directly impacted by the installation procedure.
EISOPQAM 7-6 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
' I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Low turbidity samples in these types of wells are typically and routinely achieved by the use of low-flow purging
and sampling techniques.
The following low-flow purging technique using peristaltic pumps has been used routinely to achieve
acceptably low NTU values in a variety of temporary monitoring well applications.
In purging situations where the elevation of the top of the water column is no greater than approximately
25 feet below the pwnp head elevation. a peristaltic pwnp may be used to purge temporary wells. Enough tubing
is deployed to reach the bottom of the temporary well screen. At the onset of purging, the tubing is slowly
lowered to the bottom of the screen and is used to remove any fonnation material which may have entered the well
screen during installation. This is critical to ensuring rapid achievement of low turbidity conditions. After the
fonnation material is removed from the bottom of the screen. the tubing is slowly raised through the water column
to near the top of the column. The tubing can be held at this level to detennine if the pwnp is lowering the water
level in the well. If not, secure the tubing at the surface to maintain this pumping level.
If the water column is lowered. and the pump is not variable speed, continue to lower the tubing as the
water column is lowered. If a variable speed peristaltic pump is being used and draw down is observed on
initiation of pumping, reduce the pump speed and attempt to match the draw down of the well. Sustained
pumping at these slow rates will usually result in a relatively clear, low turbidity sample. If the draw down
stabilizes, maintain that level. however, if it continues to lower, "chase" the water column until the well is
evacuated. In this case, the recovered water column may be relatively free of turbidity and can be sampled. It
may take several episodes of recovery to provide enough volume for a complete sample.
With many of the direct push sampling techniques, no purging is conducted. The sanipling device is
simply pushed to the desired depth and opened and the sample is collected and retrieved.
7.3 Sampling
Sampling is the process of obtaining, containerizing, and preserving the ground water sample after the
purging process is complete. Non-dedicated pumps for sample collection generally should not be used. Many
pumps are made of materials, such as brass, plastic, rubber, or other elastomer products which may cause
chemical interferences with the sample. Their principle of operation may also render them unacceptable as a
sample collection device. The pump may be turbine driven. which may release volatile organic constituents. It
is recognized that there are situations, such as industrial or municipal supply wells or private residential wells,
where a well may be equipped with a dedicated pump from which a sample would not nonnally be collected.
Discretion should always be used in obtaining a sample.
7.3.1 Equipment Available
Because of the problems with most pumps described in the preceding paragraph, only three devices
should be used to collect ground water samples from most wells. These are the peristaltic pump/vacuum jug
assembly, a stainless steel and Teflon® bladder pump, and a closed-top, Teflon® bailer. ·
Other monitoring equipment used during sampling includes water level indicators, pH meters,
thennometers, conductivity bridges, and nephelometers.
7.3.2 Sampling Techniques -Wells With In-Place Plumbing
Samples should be collected following purging from a valve or cold water tap as near to the well as
possible, preferably prior to any storage/pressure tanks that might be present Remove any hose that may be
EISOPQAM 7. 7 May 1996
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
Ii
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Field Parameter Measurement
I
1,
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1-
SECTION 16
FIELD MEASURABLE PHYSICAUCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES:
To measure physical/chemical characteristics of a sample that are representative of field
conditions as they exist at the time of sample collection
• By selecting the appropriate meter/instrument(s)
• By properly calibrating each instrument(s)
16.1 Introduction
Temperature, specific conductance (conductivity), hydrogen-ion concentration (pH), turbidity, dissolved
oxygen {DO), chlorine, salinity, flash point. and halogen test will be the parameters discussed in this section. The
order in which the measurements are made is very important The sections will be discussed in the most
applicable order. References for each section can be found at the end of the section listed in order with respect
to the meter discussed.
Numerous meters/instruments are commercially available. Some meters are capable of numerous
measurements which may include: pH, temperature, conductivity, DO, salinity, and turbidity; therefore, individual
meterli discussed here are not necessarily the only ones available. However, the setup and use of all instruments
should follow a basic format to imply a consistency of use.
Regardless of the brand of meter used, all meters should be properly maintained and operated in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the calibration should be check prior use.
EISOPQAM 16 • I May 1996
I ~-
,_
I
I
.I·
I ,.
I
1:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
16.2 Temperature
Temperature is a measure of hotness or coldness on a defined scale.
Three types of thermometers are available:
• Digital (thermo-couple) thermistor
• Glass bulb mercury filled
• Bi-metal strip/dial indicator
Calibration:
Whichever type of thermometer is used. it should be calibrated semi-annually against a National
Instrumentation Standards and Technology (Nlsn certified thermometer.
Note: Thermistors should be checked against a mercury bulb thermometer prior to use and should
agree within ± 0.5 C.
Inspection:
All thermometers should be inspected for leaks, cracks, and/or function prior to use.
Note: A broken glass bulb-mercury filled thermometer can contaminate samples by the release of
mercury vapors.
Procedures: (Make measurements in-situ when possible)
J.loils:
I. Clean the probe end with de-ionized water and immerse into sample.
2. Swirl the thermometer in the sample.
3. Allow the thermometer to equilibrate with the sample.
4. Suspend the thermometer away from the sides and bottom to observe the readi!?g.
5. Record the reading in the log book. Report temperatures readings to the nearest 0.5 °c.
Note: Always clean the thermometer prior to storage and/or use.
Degrees Celsius ( 0 C) or Degrees Fahrenheit (' F)
Conversion Formulas:
'F = (9/5 'C) + 32 or •c = 519 (°F -32)
EISOPQAM 16 -2 May 1996
I
I ,,
I
I
I "
I
I,
i ,,
I
1,
:1
I
I
H
ti
I
I
I
16.J Specific Conductance (Conductivity)
Conductivity is defined as the quality or power of conducting or transmitting.
Meter<sl avajiabJe:
• Wheatstone bridge meters are typically used for measuring conductivity.
Calibration:
The meter should be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A two-point standard
should be used to insure the accuracy of the meter. Conductivity may be affected by temperature; therefore,
temperature should be read first so that appropriate adjustments can be made in accordance to the manufactures
instructions.
I. Check and record the temperature of the standard solutions.
2. Rinse the probe with analyte-free water before immersing it in the standards solution.
3. Immerse the probe in the first standard solution and record the results.
Note: Make sure the meter is "ON".
4.. Rinse the probe and immerse it into the second standard solution and record results.
Note: If the meter is not accurate to within ± 10% of the standards, correct the problem before
proceeding.
Procedures:
l.!ni.Is:
I. Collect the sample and check and record its temperature.
2. Correct the insttuments temperature adjustment to the temperature of the sample (if required).
3. Immerse the probe in the sample keeping it away from the sides and bottom of the container. It is
important that the enter ponion of the probe be wetted by the sample. This will be evident when
some of the sample water is seen coming out of the small weep hole.
4. Record the results in a log book.
5. Rinse probe.
Conductivity units are measured in micromhos per centimeter (µmohs/cm) at 25 'C. Results should be
reponed to the nearest ten ( 10) units for readings below 1,000 µmohs/cm @ 25 'C and to the nearest one hundred
( 100) units for reading above 1,000 µmohs/cm @ 25 ° C.
EISOPQAM 16. J May 1996
16.4 Hydrogen loo Concentration (pH)
The pH is defined as the negative logarithm of the effective hydrogen-ion concenuation or hydrogen-ion
activity in grams equivalents per liter used in expressing both acidity and alkalinity on a scale which ranges from
0 to 14 with 7 representing neuuality.
Meter1s1 available:
• Orion Model 399A
• Orion SA 250 or 230A
• Hydrolab Surveyor II
• YSI 3530, 3500 Water Quality Monitoring System
CaJjbratjon: (Follow manufacturer's instructions with the following as a minimum)
Procedures:
EISOPQAM
Note: The pH of the sample to be tested should be estimated either from historical data or by
using a four-color pH indicator paper or equivalent. Using this information, the 1.Wo
buffering points for calibration can be determined.
I. Remove the meter from storage and allow it to equilibrate to ambient temperature.
2. Use a thennometcr and determine the temperature of the buffering solutions and record.
3. Select either pH 4 and pH 7 or pH 7 and pH 10 solutions as described above.
4. Rinse the probe with analyte-free water and immerse it into the first buffer (pH 7) and record.
5. Rinse the probe with analytc-free water and immerse it into the second buffer and record.
6. Rinse and store the probe in a container filledwith analyte-free water.
I. Collect a sample. Measure the temperature prior to measuring the pH.
Note: If the temperature of the sample differs by more than 2'C or approximately 4 'F. refer to
the manufactures instructions on how to adjust for temperature variations.
Note: When the pH meter response is slow, unstable, or non-reproducible, it may be necessaiy
to check the conductivity. If the conductivity is lower than 20 to 30 µmhos/cm then add
I ml of IM potaSsium chloride solution per 100 mis of sample. Recheck the pH and
record
2. Immerse the probe in the sample keeping it away fonn the sides and bottom of the sample
container. Allow ample time for the probe to equilibrate with the sample.
3. While suspending the probe away from the sides and bottom of the sample container, record the
pH.
4. Rinse the probe with analyte-free water and store it in a analyte-free water filled container until
the next sample is ready. ,,,
16 .4 May 1996
OJ>erational check:
llnils:
EISOPQAM
I. While in use, periodically check the pH by rinsing the probe with analyte-free water and
immersing it into the pH 7 buffer solution.
2. Prefonn a post calibration at the end of the day and record all findings.
Units of pH are Standard Units (SU) and should be read in one-hundredths (0.01) and recorded in
tenths (0.1 ).
Note: If the pH measurements are to be used for RCRA regulatory purposes and when the pH
approaches the alkaline end (pH~ I 1.0) of the scale, the pH measurements should be made
by a qualified analyst using laboratory quality equipment to control the sample at 25°C
:!: I 'C.
\
16 -5 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
16.S Turbidity
A nephelometer/turbidimcter is used in comparing the turbidity of liquids by viewing light through them
and determining how much light is eliminated.
Meter<s} avajJabJe:
• Hach 2 I 00P Turbidimeter
Calibration:
I. Turn the meter "ON".
2. Rinse the sample cell 3 times with organic free or deionized water.
3. Fill the cell to the fill line with organic free or deionized water and then cap the cell.
4. Use a non-abrasive lent-free paper or cloth (preferably lens paper) to wipe off excess water and
streaks.
5. Open the cover and insen the cell (anow to the front) into the unit and close the cover.
6. Press "READ" and wait for the 'light bulb' icon to go off. Record the reading.
· 7. Using the Gelex standards. repeat steps 4, 5. and 6. Record all findings (note anomalies).
Procedures:
I. Collect a specific sample or use a ponion of the sample that is collected for pH, temperarure, or
conductivity analysis. and pour off enough to fill the cell to the fill line (approximately ¾ full) and
replace the cap on the cell.
2. Wipe off excess water and any streaks with non-abrasive lint-free paper or cloth (lens paper).
3. Place the cell in chamber of the 21 OOP with the anow towards the front and close the cover.
4. Press "READ" and wait for the 'light bulb' icon to go off. Record the reading.
5. Rinse the cell with organic-free or analyte-free water.
6. For the next sample, repeat Steps 1-5.
PlJerational check·
.l.!nil:i:
I. Periodically check the turbidity meter by using the standards provided.
2. Preform a post calibration at the end of the day and record all findings.
Turbidity measurements are reponed in nephelometric turbidity units (NTUs).
EISOPQAM 16 -6 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
16.6 Salinity
Salinity is the measure of salts of the alkali metals or of magnesiwn found in water. This measurement is based on the direct proponionality between the magnitude of an induced electric current and the electrical conductivity of the water in which it is induced.
Meters available:
• Beckman Model RSS-3 Ponable Salinometer
• Hydrolab Surveyor II
• Scout
• Datasone Salinometer
Caljbrarion/Majntenance:
• Follow the manufacrures instructions.
• Routinely check the Beckman meter against a resistor matched to the meter.
Procedure:;:
Jlni.ts:
• The Beckman has an accuracy of± 0.3 pans per thousand (ppt) salinity,± 0.05 'C temperature, and ± 0.5 rnillimhos/cm specific conductance.
• The Hydrolab Surveyor II. Scout. and Datasone Salinometer have an accuracy of± 0. 7 ppt at I% full scale conductance at± 0.1 'C.
• These meters are suited for use in brackish to saline waters having a salinity range of 0 to 40 ppt.
Units are reponed as salinity in the nearest tenth ofa ppt (0.1 ppt).
EISOPQAM 16 -7 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
I
I
I
16.7 Dissolved Oxygen (DO)
Meter avajJabJe:
• Membrane/electrode (ME) DO meter
Inspection:
The most common ME meters for determining the DO in water are dependent upon electrochemical
reactions. Under steady-state conditions, the current or potential can be correlated with DO
concentrations. Interracial dynamics at the ME/sample interfuce are a factor in probe response and
a significant degree or interfacial turbulence is necessary. For precision performance, turbulence
should be constant.
• Prior to field use, the membrane of the DO meter should be inspected for air bubbles and/or holes.
!fair bubbles or holes exist. replace the membrane.
• The membrane should be checked for dryness. If the membrane is diy, replace and soak it in analyte-
free or analyte-free water prior to calibration of the meter.
Calibration:
• Air calibrate according to the manufacturer's instructions, either in air saturated water or in a water
saturated air environment.
• The ME meter can be checked and/or calibrated against the Winkler method if desired.
Procedures:
I. When making measurements. be sure that the ME stirring apparatus is working.
2. Adjust the temperature and salinity compensators (if equipped).
3. Read the dial to the nearest 0. I mg/I and record the measurement.
To Collect a Sample:
EISOPQAM
I. When possible, measure the DO in-situ with a field probe; otherwise,
2. Collect the sample in a 300-ml BOD bottle and measure the DO with a Iaboratoiy type probe.
Note: Special care should be exercised to avoid entrainment of atmospheric oxygen or loss
of DO. The sample should be collected with a DO Dunker (APHA-type) for depths
less than five feet below water surface (BWS). A Kemmerer type sampler is
recommended for depths greater than five feet BWS.
3. !fan APHA-type DO Dunker is not available and a shallow depth sample is needed, a bucket
may be used to collect a sample of water. A siphon tube should be coiled into the bucket such
that the fill end is nearest the bottom. Using a 300-ml BOD bottle, allow the siphoning sample
to fill and overflow the bottle for a minimum of three volumes.
4. If a Kemmerer sampler is used, the BOD sample bottle should be filled to overflowing by
16 • H May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l!nils:
inserting the outlet tube of the sampler to the bottom of the borde. The tube should be withdrawn slowly as the borde is allowed to overflow three times its volume. Care must be exercised to prevent turbulence or the fonnation of bubbles when filling the bottle.
Duplicate analyses should agree within± 0.1 mg/I.
Units should be reported in mg/I.
Limitations:
• Dissolved inorganic salts are a factor with the perfonnance of DO probes.
Note: The presence of inorganic salts must be determined.
• Reactive gases which pass through the ME probes may interfere with the DO analysis. For example, chlorine will depolarizt the cathode and cause a high probe output. Long-term exposures to chlorine will coat the anode with the chloride of the anode metal and eventually desensitize the probe. Hydrogen sulfide will interfere with the ME probes if the applied potential is greater than the half-wave potential of the sulfide ion.
• Dissolved oxygen ME probes are temperature sensitive, and temperature compensation is nonnally provided by the manufacturer (see manufacturers instructions).
EISOPQAM 16 -9 May_1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
I
I
I
I
1·
I
I
Low turbidity samples in these types of wells are typically and routinely achieved by the use oflow-flow purging and sampling techniques.
The following low-flow purging technique using peristaltic pumps has been used routinely to achieve acceptably low NTU values in a variety of temporary monitoring well applications.
In purging situations where the elevation of the top of the water column is no greater than approximately 25 feet below the pump head elevation, a peristaltic pump may be used to purge temporary wells. Enough tubing is deployed to reach the bottom of the temporary well screen. At the onset of purging, the tubing is slowly lowered to the bottom of the screen and is used to remove any formation material which may have entered the well screen during installation. This is critical to ensuring rapid achievement oflow turbidity conditions. After the formation material is removed from the bottom of the screen. the tubing is slowly raised through the water column to near the top of the column. The tubing can be held at this level to determine if the pump is lowering the water level in the well. If not, secure the tubing at the surface to maintain this pumping level.
If the water column is lowered, and the pump is not variable speed, con\inue to lower the tubing as the water column is lowered. If a variable speed peristaltic pump is being used and draw down is observed on initiation of pumping, reduce the pump speed and attempt to match the draw down of the well. Sustained pumping at these slow rates will usually result _in a relatively clear, low turbidity sample. If the draw down stabilizes, maintain that level, however, if it continues to lower, "chase" the water column until the well is evacuated. In this case, the recovered water column may be relatively free of turbidity and can be sampled It may take several episodes of recovery to provide enough volume for a complete sample.
With many of the direct push sampling techniques, no purging is conducted. The sampling device is simply pushed to the desired depth and opened and the sample is collected and retrieved.
7.3 Sampling
Sampling is the process of obtaining, containerizing, and preserving the ground water sample after the pwging process is complete. Non-dedicated pumps for sample collection generally should not be used. Many pumps are made of materials, such as brass, plastic, rubber, or other elastomer products which may cause chemical interferences with the sample. Their principle of operation may also render them unacceptable as a sample collection device. The pump may be turbine driven, which may release volatile organic constituents. It is recognized that there are situations, such as industrial or municipal supply wells or private residential wells, where a well may be equipped with a dedicated pump from which a sample would not normally be collected. Discretion should always be used in obtaining a sample.
7.3.1 Equipment Available
Because of the problems with most pumps described in the preceding paragraph, only three devices should be used to collect ground water samples from most wells. These are the peristaltic pump/vacuum jug assembly, a stainless steel and Teflon® bladder pump, and a closed-top, Teflon® bailer.
Other monitoring equipment used during sampling includes water level indicators, pH meteis, thermometets, conductivity bridges, and nephelometers.
7.3.2 Sampling Techniques -Wells With In-Place Plumbing
Samples should be collected following purging from a valve or cold water tap as near to the well as possible, preferably prior to any storage/pressure tanks that might be present Remove any hose that may be
EISOPQAM 7 -

7

May 1_996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
present before sample collection and reduce the flow to a low level to minimize sample disturbance, particularly
with respect to volatile organic constituents. Samples should be collected directly into the appropriate containers
(see Standard Sample Containers. Appendix A). Also. refer to the Potable Water Supply discussion in Section
2.8. All me-asurements for pH, specific conductance. temperature, and turbidity should be recorded at the time
of measurement.
7.3.3 Sampling Techniques -Wells without Plumbing
Following purging, samples should be collected using a peristaltic pump/vacuum jug assembly, a
Teflon®/stainless steel bladder pump. or a closed-top Teflon® bailer. These techniques are described below.
Peristaltic pump/vacuum jug
The peristaltic pump/vacuum jug can be used for sample collection because it allows for sample
collection without the sample coming in contact with the pump tubing. This is accomplished by placing a
Teflon® transfer cap assembly onto the neck of a standard cleaned 4-liter ( I-gallon) glass container. Teflon®
tubing ( ¼-inch O.D.) connects the container to both the pump and the SllJllple source. The pump creates a
vacuum in the container, thereby drawing the sample into the container without it coming into contact with the
pump tubing.
Samples for volatile organic compound analysis should be collected using a bailer or by filling the
Teflon® tube. by one of two method~. and allowing it to drain into the sample vials. The tubing can be
momentarily attached to the pump 10 fi II the tube with water. After the initial water is discharged through the
pump head the tubing is quickly removed from the pump and a gloved thumb placed on the tubing to stop the
water from draining out The rubing is then removed from the weU and the water allowed to drain into the sample
vials. Alternatively, the tubing can be lowered into the well the desired depth and a gloved thumb placed over
the end of the tubing. This method will capture the water contained in the tubing. It can then be removed from
the well and the water collected by draining the contents of the tubing into the sample vials. Under no
circumstances should the sample for volatile organic compound analysis be collected from the content of any
other previously filled container. All equipment should be cleaned using the procedures described in Appendix
B. Also, refer to the Potable Water Supply discussion, Section 2.2, for additional information.
Bladder Pumps
After purging has been accomplished with a bladder pump, the sample is obtained directly from the pump
discharge. If the discharge rate of the pump, during purging, is too grea~ so as to make sample collection
difficult, care should be taken to reduce the discharge rate at the onset of actual sample collection. This is
necessary to minimize sample disturbance, particularly with respect to samples collected for volatile organic
compounds analysis.
EISOPQAM 7-8 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
I
I
I
I
I
Bailers
When bailing, new plastic sheeting should be placed on the ground around each well to provide a clean
working area. The nylon rope should be attached to the bailer via a Teflon® coated stainless steel wire. This
coated wire is semi-pennanently attached to the bailer and is decontaminated for reuse as the bailer is cleaned.
The bailer should be gently immersed in the top of the water column until just filled. At this point, the bailer
should be carefully removed and the contents emptied into the appropriate sample containers.
7.3.4 Sample Preservation
Immediately after collection. all samples requiring preservation must be preserved with the appropriate
preservative. Consult Appendix A for the correct preservative for the particular analytes of interest All samples
preserved using a pH adjustment (except VOCs) must be checked. using pH strips, to ensure that they were
adequately preserved. This is done by pouring a small volume of sample over the strip. Do not place the strip
in the sample.
7.3.5 Special Sample Collection Procedures
Trace Organic Compounds and Metals
Special sample handling procedures should be instituted when trace contaminant samples are being col-
lected. All sampling equipment. including pumps, ballers, water level measurement equipment, etc., which comes
into contact with the water in the well must be cleaned in accordance with the cleaning procedures described in
Appendix B. Pumps should not be used for sampling, unless the interior and exterior portions of the pump and
the discharge hoses are thoroughly cleaned. Blank samples should be collected to determine the adequacy of
cleaning prior to collection of any sample using a pump.
Filtering
As a standard practice, ground water samples will not be filtered for routine analysis. Filtering will
usually only be performed to determine the fraction of major ions and trace metals passing the filter and used for
flow system analysis and for the purpose of geochemical speciation modeling. Filtration is not allowed to correct
for improperly designed or constructed monitoring wells, inappropriate sampling methods, or poor sampling
techriique. ·
When samples are collected for routine analyses and are filtered. such as under conditions of excessive
tuibidity, both filtered and non-filtered samples will be submined for analyses. Samples for organic compounds
analysis should not be filtered. Prior to filtration of the ground water sample for any reason other than
geochemical speciation modeling, the following criteria must be demonstrated to justify the use of filtered
samples for inorganic analysis:
I. The monitoring wells, whether temporary or pennanent, have been constructed and developed
in accordance with Section 6.
2.
EISOPQAM
The ground water samples were collected using sampling techniques in accordance with this
section, and the ground water samples were analyzed in accordance with US-EPA approved
methods.
7-9 May 1996
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
3.
4.
Efforts have been undertaken to minimize any persistent sample turbidity problems. These
efforts may consist of the following:
Redevelopment or re-installation ofpennanent ground water monitoring wells.
• Implementation of low flow/low stress purging and sampling techniques.
Turbidity measurements should be taken during purging and sampling to demonstrate
stabilization or lack thereof. These measurements should be documented in the field notes.
If the ground water sample appears to have either a chemically-induced elevated turbidity, such as would
occur with precipitate formation. or a naturally elevated colloid or fine, particulate-related turbidity, filtration will
not be allowed
If filtration is necessal)' for purposes of geochemical modeling or other pre-approved cases, the
following procedures are suggested:
I. Accomplish in-line filtration through the use of disposable, high capacity filter cartridges
(barrel-type) or membrane filters in an in-line filter apparatus. The high capacity, barrel-type
filter is preferred due to the 'higher surface area associated with this configuration. If a
membrane filter is utilized. a minimum diameter of 142 mm is suggested.
2.
3.
Use a 5 µm pure-size filter for the purpose of detennining the colloidal constituent
concentrations. A 0.1 µm pore-size filter should be used to remove most non-dissolved
particles.
Rinse the cartridge or barrel-type filter with 500 milliliters of the solute (ground water to be
sampled) prior to collection of sample. If a membrane filter is used rinse with 100 milliliters
of solute prior to sample collection.
Potential differences could result from variations in filtration procedures used to process water samples
for the determination of trace element concentrations. A number of factors associated with filtration can
substantially alter "dissolved" trace element concentrations; these include filter pore size, filter type, filter
diameter, fUtration method, volume of samp!e processed, suspended sediment concentration, suspended sediment
grain-size distribution. concentration of colloids and colloidally-associated trace elements, and concentration of
organic matter. Therefore, consistency is critical in the comparison of short-tenn and long-tenn results. Further
guidance on filtration may be obtained from the following: 1) Metals in ground Water: Sampling Artifacts and
Reproducibility 13); 2) filtration of Ground Water Samples for Metals AnaJysjs (4); and 3) Ground Water
Sampling - A Workshop Sumrnazy <5).
Bacterial Saowliog
Whenever wells (normally potable wells) are sampled for bacteriological parameters, care must be taken
to ensure the sterility of all sampling equipment and all other equipment entering the well. Further information
regarding bacteriological sampling is available in the following: I) Sampling for Organic Chemicals and
Mjcroorganjsms ia the Subsurface (6); 2) Handbook for Evaluating Water Bacteriological Laboratories (7); and
3) MjcrobjoJogicaJ Methods for Monitoring the Environment Water and Wastes (8).
EISOPQAM 7. 10 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
n
D
B
I
7.3.6 Specific Sampling Equipment Quality Assurance Techniques
All equipment used to collect ground water samples shall be cleaned as outlined in Appendix B and repaired, if necessaiy, before being stored at the conclusion of field srudies. Cleaning procedures utilized in the field (Appendix B), or field repairs shall be thoroughly documented in field records.
7.3. 7 Auxiliaiy Data Collection
During ground water sample collection, it is important to record a variety of ground water related data. Ii:x:luded in the category of auxiliary data are water level measurements, well volume detenninations, pumping rates during pw-ging, and occasionally, drillers or boring logs. This infonnation should be documented in the field records. Well volume detenninations are described in Section 7.2.1. Water Level Measurements
Water table measurements from the top of the well casings (referenced to National Geodetic Vertical Datum) in pennanent wells, and ground surface elevations in temporary wells should be made to assist in detennining the general direction of ground water flow and gradient The methodology to be used to detennine weU water levels are given in Section 15.8. Tracer dyes and radioactive and thennal detection methods can be used to determine direction and velocities of flow (9). Also, a srudy of the general topography and drainage patterns will generally indicate direction of ground water flow.
The ground surfuce elevation and top of casing elevation at the wells should be determined by standard engineering survey practices as outlined in Section 15.
wen Pwuning Rate -Bucket/Stqp Watch Method
The pllll)Ping rate for a pump can be determined by collecting the discharge from the pump in a bucket of known volume and timing how long it takes to fill the bucket. The pumping rate should be in gallons per minute. This method shall be used primarily with pumps with a constant pump rate, such as gasoline-powered or electric submersible pumps. Care should be taken when using this method with some battery-powered pumps. · As the batteries' charge decreases, the pump rate also decreases so that pumping rate calculations using initial, high pump rates may be erroneously high. lfthis method is used with battery-powered pumps, the rate should be re-checked frequently to ensure accuracy of the pumping rate calculations.
EISOPQAM 7. 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
I
SECTION 10
SURFACE WATER SAMPLING
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE:
• To collect a representative sample of the surface water ofinterest.
10.1 Introduction
Surface water sampling techniques and equipment are designed to minimize effects on the chemical and p~ical integrity of the sample. If the guidance provided in this section is followed, a representative sample of the surfilce water should be obtained.
The p~ical location of the investigator when collecting a sample may dictate the equipment to be used. lfsurfilce water samples are required, direct dipping of the sample container into the stream is desirable. This is possible, however, only from a small boat, a pier. etc., or by wading in the stream. Wading, however, may cause the re-suspension of bonom deposits and bias the sample. Wading is acceptable if the stream has a noticeable current (is not impounded). and the samples are collected while facing upstream. If the stream is too deep to wade, or if the sample must be collected from more than one water depth, or the sample must be collected from a bridge, etc .• supplemental sampling equipment must be used.
10.2 Surface Water Sampling Equipment
10.2. I Dipping Using Sample Container
A sample may be collected directly into the sample container when the surfuce water soun:e is accessible by wading or other means. The sampler should fuce upstream and collect the sample without disturbing the sediment The surfuce water sample should always be collected prior to a sediment sample at the same location. The sampler should be careful not to displace the preservative from a pre-preserved sample container such as the 40-ml voe vial.
I 0.2.2 Scoops
Stainless steel scoops are useful for reaching out into a body of water to collect a surface water sample. The scoop may be used directly to collect and transfer a surfuce water sample to the sample container. or it may be attached to an extension in order to access the selected sampling location. The scoop is one of the most versatile sampling tools available to the field investigator.
I 0.2.3 Peristaltic Pumps
Another device that can be effectively used to sample a water column is the peristaltic pump/vacuwn jug system The use of a metal conduit to which the tubing is attached, allows for the collection of a vertical sample (to about a 25 foot depth) which is representative of the water column. Commercially available pumps vary in size and capability, with some being designed specifically for the simultaneous collection of multiple water samples.
EISOPQAM 10-I May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
B
u
I
I
10.2.4 Discrete Depth Samplers
When discrete samples are desired from a specific depth, and the parameters to be measured do not
require a Teflon® coated sampler, a standard Kemmerer or Van Dom sampler may be used The Kemmerer
sampler is a brass cylinder with rubber stoppers that leave the ends of the sampler open while being lowered in
a vertical position, thus allowing free passage of water through the cylinder. The Van Dom sampler is plastic
and is lowered in a horizontal positioIL In each case, a messenger is sent down a rope when the sampler is at the
designated depth, to cause the stoppers to close the cylinder, which is then raised Water is removed through a
valve to fill respective sample containers. With a rubber rube attached to the valve, dissolved oxygen sample
bottles can be properly filled by allowing an overflow of the water being collected With multiple depth samples,
care should be taken not to stir up the bottom sediment and thus bias the sample.
I 0.2.5 Bailers
Teflon® bailers may also be used for surface water sampling, if the srudy objectives do not necessitate
a sample from a discrete inn:1vaI ofthewatercolwnn. A closed top bailer with a bottom check-valve is sufficient
for many studies. As the bailer is lowered through the water column, water is continually displaced through the
bailer until the desired depth is reached, at which point the bailer is reaieved This technique may not be
successful where strong currents are found.
I 0.2.6 Buckets
A plastic bucket can be used to collect samples for in-siru analyses, e.g., pH, temperarure and
conductivity. However, the bucket should be rinsed twice with the sample water prior to collection of the sample.
. EISOPQAM 10 -2 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE:
SECTION 11
SEDIMENT SAMPLING
• To collect a representative sample of sediment from a surface water body.
I I. I Introduction
Sampling techniques and equipment are designed to minimize effects on the chemical and physical
integrity of the sample. If the guidance in this section is followed, a representative sample of the sediment should
be obtained.
The physical location of the investigator when collecting a sample may dictate the equipment to be used.
Wading is the preferred method for reaching the sampling location, particularly if the stream has a noticeable
current (is not impounded). However. wading may disrupt bottom sediments causing biased results. If the stream
is too deep io wade, the sediment sample may be collected from a boat or from a bridge.
To collect a sediment sample from a streambed, a variety of methods can be used:
• Dredges (Peterson. Eckman. Ponar),
• Coring (tubes. augers)
• Scoops (BMH-60, star,dard scoop) and spoons
Regardless of the method used, precautions should be taken to insure that the sample collected is
representative of the streambed. These methods are discussed in the following paragraphs.
11.2 Sediment Sampling Equipment
11.2.1 Scoops and Spoons
If the surface water body is wadeable, the easiest way to collect a sediment sample is by using a stainless
steel scoop or spoon. The sampling method is accomplished by wading into the surface water body and while
facing upstream (into the current), scooping the sample along the bottom of the surface water body in the
upstream direction. Excess water may be removed from the scoop or spoon. However, this may result in the loss
of some fine particle size material associated with the bottom of the surface water body. Aliquots of the sample
are then placed in a glass pan and homogenized according to the quartering method described in Section 5.13.8
of this SOP.
In surface water bodies that are too deep to wade, but less than eight feet deep, a stainless steel scoop
or spoon attached to a piece of conduit can be used either from the banks if the surface water body is narrow or
from a boat. The sediment is placed into a glass pan and mixed according to Section 5.13.8 of this SOP.
if the surface water body has a significant flow and is too deep to wade, a BMH-60 sampler may be used.
The BMH-60 is not particularly efficient in nwd or other soft substrates because its weight will cause penetration
EISOPQAM 11 • I May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
to deeper sediments. thus missing the most recently deposited material at the sediment water interface. It is also
difficult to release secured samples in an undisturoed fashion that would readily pennit subsampling. The BMH-
60 may be used provided that caution is exercised by only taking subsamples that have not been in contact with
the metal walls of the sampler.
11.2.2 Dredges
For routine analyses. the Peterson dredge can be used when the bottom is rocky, in very deep water, or
when the stream velocity is high. The dredge should be lowered very slowly as it approaches bottom, since it can
displace and miss fine particle size sediment if allowed to drop freely.
The Eckman dredge has only limited usefulness. It performs well where the bottom material is unusually
soft. as when covered with organic sludge or light mud. It is unsuitable. however. for sandy, rocky, and hard
bottoms and is too light for use in streams with high velocities. It should not be used from a bridge that is more
than a few feet above the water, because the spring mechanism which activates the sampler can be damaged by
the messenger if dropped from too great a heighL
The .Pllmrdredge is a modification of the Peterson dredge and is similar in size and weight It has been
modified by the addition of side plates and a screen on the top of the sample compartment. The screen over the
sample compartment pennits water to pass through the sampler as it descends thus reducing turbulence around
the dredge. The Ponar dredge is easily operated by one person in the same fashion as the Peterson dredge. The
Ponar dredge is one of the most effective samplers for general use on all types of substrates.
The "mjnj" Pon.a.r dredge is a smaller. much lighter version of the Ponar dredge. It is used to collect
smaller sample volumes when working in industrial tanks, lagoons. ponds, and shallow water bodies. It is a good
device use when collecting sludge and sediment containing hazardous constituents because the size of the dredge
makes it more amenable to field cleaning.
11.2.3 Coring
Core samplers are used to sample venical columns of sediment. They are panicularly useful when a
historical picture of sediment deposition is desired since they preserve the sequential layering of the deposit, and
when it is desirable to minimize the loss of material at the sediment-water interface. Many types of coring devices
have been developed depending on the depth of water from which the sample is to be obtained, the nature of the
bottom material, and the length of core to be collected They vary from hand push tubes to weight or gravity
driven devices.
Coring devices are panicularly useful in pollutant monitoring because turbulence created by descent
through the water is minimal. thus the fines of the sediment-water interface are only minimally disturbed; the
sample is withdrawn intact pennitting the removal of only those layers of interest; core liners manufactured of
glass or Teflon® can be purchased, thus reducing possible sample contamination; and the samples are easily
delivered to the lab for analysis in the tube in which they were collected.
The disadvantage of coring devices is that a relatively small surface area and sample size is obtained
often necessitating repetitive sampling in order to obtain the required amount of material for analysis. Because
it is believed that this disadvantage is offset by the advantages, coring devices are recommended in sampling
sediments for trace organic compounds or metals analyses.
In shallow. wadeable waters. the direct use of a core liner or tube manufactured of Teflon®, plastic, or
glass is recommended for the collection of sediment samples. (Plastic tubes are principally used for collection
of samples for physical parameters such as panic le size analysis). Their use can also be extended to deep waters
EISOPQAM II - 2 May 1996
I
~
I
1.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
when SCUBA diving equipment is utilized. Teflon® or plastic are preferred to glass since they are unbreakable
which reduces the possibility of sample loss. Stainless steel push tubes are also acceptable and provide a better
cutting edge and higher strength than Teflon@. The use of glass or Teflon<iil tubes eliminates any possible metals
contamination from core barrels, cutting heads, and retainers. The tube should be approximately 12 inches in
length if only recently deposited sediments (8 inches or less) are to be sampled. Longer tubes should be used
when the depth of the substrate exceeds 8 inches. Soft or semi-consolidated sediments such as mud and clays
have a greater adherence to the inside of the tube and thus can be sampled with larger diameter tubes. Because
coarse or unconsolidated sediments such as sands and gravel tend to full out of the tube, a small diameter is
required for them. A tube about two inches in diameter is usually the best size. The wall thickness of the tube
should be about 1/3 inch for Teflonait plastic, or glass. The inside wall may be filed down at the bottom of the
tube to provide a cutting edge and facilitate entry of the liner into the substrate.
Caution should be exercised not to disrurt, the bottom sediments when the sample is obtained by wading
in shallow water. The core tube is pushed into the substrate until four inches or less of the tube is above the
sediment-water interfuce. When sampling hard or coaise substrates, a gentle rotation of the rube while it is being
pushed will facilitate greater penetration and decrease core compaction. The top of the tube is then capped to
provide a suction and reduce the chance oflosing the sample. A Teflon® plug or a sheet of Teflon® held in place
by a rubber stopper or cork may be used. After capping, the rube is slowly extracted with the suction and
adherence of the sediment keeping the sample in the tube. Before pulling the bottom pan of the core above the
water surface, it too should be capped.
When extensive core sampling is required, such as a cross-sectional examination of a streambed (with
an objective of profiling both the physical and chemical contents of the sediment), a whole core must be collected.
A strong coring rube such as one made from aluminum, steel or stainless steel is needed to penetrate the sediment
and underlying clay or sands. A coring device can be used to collect an intact sediment core from streambeds that
have soft bottoms which allows several inches of penetration. It is recommended that the corer have a checkvalve
built into the driving head which allows water and air to escape from the cutting core, thus creating a partial
vacuum which helps to hold the sediment core in the tube. The corer is attached to a standard auger extension
and handle, allowing it to be cori<screwed into the sediment from a boat or while wading. The coring tube is
easily detached and the intact sediment core is removed with an extraction device.
Before extracting the sediment from the coring tubes, the clear supernatant above the sediment-water
interface in the core should be decanted from the rube. This is accomplished by simply turning the core tube to
its side, and gently pouring the liquid out until fine sediment particles appear in the waste liquid. The loss of some
of the fine sediments usually occurs with this technique.
EISOPQAM 11 - 3 May 1996
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
16
E
I
·•
I
I
I
Appendix K
Engineer's Estimate of Performance
Construction Cost
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
Item No.
l
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
IO
II
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
ERR
ERR
ERR
TABLE I
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY
SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
COMBINED OU! AND OU3 PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE OF CONSTRUCTION COST
Es!Imated
Description Quantity Unit Unit Cost
Momnzatton / Uemoo111zat10n l Lump :Sum )l>,vvv
Collection Trench & Pumping Well I Lump Sum SI0,000
Pumping Well Pumps & Controls I Lump Sum $3,500
Coll.Trench Pipe Rack, Piping, Insul. & Heat Tape 1450 Linear Feet S45
NS-49 & NS-51 Well Pumps & Controls I Lump Sum )3,900
NS-49/51 Pipe Rack, Piping, lnsul., & Heat Tape 1600 Linear Feet )50
NS•49/5 I Underground Double Containment Piping 200 Linear Feet )35
Gas Line Extension 450 Linear Feet $20
Equipment, Mech. & Elec. Demolition I Lump Sum $40,000
Process Pump PU-305 I Lump Sum )4,000
Caustic Storage Tank I Lump Sum $14,000
Caustic Metenng Pump & Controller I Lump Sum $4,500
Caustic Storage Tank Containment Area I Lump Sum )9,000
Shallow Tray Air Stripper System I Lump Sum )55,000
Catalytic Oxidizer & Caustic Scrubber System I Lump Sum )205,000
Roll Up Door I Lump Sum $5,000
Carbon Unit (initial setup) I Lump Sum $6,000
Exhaust Fan, Louvers, General HVAC I Lump Sum )8,000
Bedrock Well Retrofit I Lump Sum )16,000
General Electrical & Instrumentation I Lump Sum $90,000
General Mechamcal I Lump Sum $50,000
Subtotal:
Construction Contingency (15%):
..... onstructmn Lost ~ubtota1:
..... onstruchon Management:
1 otal t:stm. L'ost:
Hounded to:
M!Imated
Cost
)15,UUU
)10,000
$3,500
$65,250
$3,900
)80,000
$7,000
$9,000
$40,000
$4,000
)14,000
$4,500
-$9,000
)55,000
$205,000
$5,000
$6,000
$8,000
)16,000
$90,000
>50,000
$700,150
$105,023
.:,ou~,l"/j
;)H,U,l/b
~7 ..... ,,-1a
».o,vvv
I
I
TABLE I
(CONT'D)
NATIONAL STARCH AND CHEMICAL COMPANY
SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA
I Key Assumptions:
COMBINED OU! AND OU3 PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE OF CONSTRUCTION COST ,.
•
I
••
I
1·
I
I
I -I
I
I
I
I
I
All costs inclusive of installation, tax, shipping, and BBLES mark-up (15%).
Air stripper and catalytic oxidizer and scrubber systems costs inclusive of manufacturer start-up service (one week).
Construction contingency costs include insurance, contractor submittals, and other incidental costs .
No costs are included for soil disposal during construction.
Fire suppression system includes sprinkler system, water main extension, and hydrant.
General mechanical includes items such as equipment installation, treatment building piping, associated valves, fittings, gauges,
and pipe supports .
General electrical and instrumentation includes items such as conduit and wiring, panels, instrumentation, lights, alarms, PLC
connections, etc.
17/30/98
COSTAS.~D
I .
,.
I .,
I
I
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Appendix L
Preliminary Construction Schedule
BLASLAND, BOUCK & LEE, INC.
engineers & scientists
I
I
I
I
1:
I
I·
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Figure 5
Remedial Action Implementation Schedule
ID Task Name
Design Submission
2 Design Review
3 Design Revisions
4
5 Procurement
6 Equipment Solicitation
7 Notify Vendors & Solicit Quotes
8 Shop Drawing Receipt & Review
9 Issue PO to Vendor
10 Equipment Fabrication
11 Subcontractor Selection
12 Bid Package Preparation
13 Let Bids to Subcontractors
14 Bid Package Review
15 Site Walk
16 Receive Bids
17 Subcontract Negotiation
18
19 Construction
20 Equipment Demolition
21 Collection Trench Installation
22 Pipe Rack Construction
23 Exterior Piping
24 Exterior Electrical
25 Insulation & Heat Tracing
26 Monitoring Well Retrofit
27 Fire Suppression System Installation
28 HVAC & Plumbing Alteration
29 Caustic Tank Installation
30 Caustic Containment Construction
31 Equipment Installation
Project:
Date: 7/30/98
Task
Progress
Duration
1d
20d
10d
76d
76d 1
5d
5d
1d
50d
26d
5d
0d
10d
1d
1d
10d
73d
20d
10d
20d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
5d
1d
5d
3d
Start Finish 812
7/30/98 7/30/98
7/31/98 8/27/98
8/28/98 9/11/98
8/28/98 12116/98
8/28/98 12116/98
8/28/98 9/3/98
9/28/98 10/2/98
10/5/98 10/5/98
10/6/98 12/16/98
8/28/98 10/5198
8/28/98 9/3/98
9/3/98 9/3/98
9/4/98 9/18/98
9/14/98 9/14/98
9/21/98 9/21/98
9/22/98 10/5/98
10/6/98 1/20/99
10/6/98 11/2/98
10/6/98 10/19/98
10/6/98 11/2/98
11/3/98 11/16/98
11/3/98 11/16/98
11/17/98 12/2/98
10/19/98 10/30/98
11/3/98 11/16/98
11/3/98 11/9/98
11/3/98 11/3/98
11/4/98 11/10/98
12/17/98 12/21/98
Milestone ♦
Summary •
August September October
8/9 8/16 9/6 9/13 9/20 9/27 10/4 10/11 10/18 10/25 11/1
Rolled Up Task Rolled Up Progress • Rolled Up Milestone 0
Page 1
November December January
11/8 11/15 11/22 12/6 12/13 12/20 12/27 1/3 1/10 1/17
Cedar Springs Road Plant Site
Salisbury, North Carolina
February
1/24 1/31 2/7 2/14 2/21
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Figure 5
Remedial Action Implementation Schedule
ID Task Name
32 Interior Piping
33 Interior Electrical
34 PLC Programming
35 Equipment Shakedown & Clean Water Test
36
37 Start-Up
38 Baseline Ground-Water Quality Sampling
39 Trench Area Wells Water
40 Collection Trench Water
41 Lagoon Area Well Water
42 Combined Operation
Project: Task
Date: 7/30/98 Progress
Duration Start
10d 12122198
15d 12/8/98
Sd 12130/98
10d 1/7/99
69d 11/16/98
Sd 11/16/98
5d 1/21/99
Sd 1/28/99
5d 214/99
10d 2111/99
I I
Cedar Springs Road Plant Site
Salisbury, North Carolina
August September October November December January February
Finish 7126 I 812 I 8/9 I 8116 I 8123 I 8/30 I 9/6 I 9113 19120 I 912711014l10111l10118l1012s 1111 1111811111s11112211112911216 l121131121201121271 113 l 1110 I 111771124 1131 I 217 I 2114 I 2121
116/99 ' ' I
12129/98 ,,
1/6/99
1/20/99 1
2124/99
~
11/20/98 ' '~
1/27/99 fl
213/99 l~b
2110/99
2124/99 I I
Milestone ♦ Rolled Up Task Rolled Up Progress
Summary ' ' Rolled Up Milestone 0
Page 2